Full text of "The Bryologist"

See other formats

^ 53V ' . r

(b'l^r ^

tor

rnnru mjTJTnji.riJxrLriJTJxrm.riJTJTJTJTJTJTJa.riJi.riJi

VOLUME IX. NUMBER 1 5

im JANUARY, 1906

•wm

m-.

The BRYOLOGIST

AN ILLUSTRATED BIMONTHLY DEVOTED TO

NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES

HEPATICS AND LICHENS

EDITOR

ANNIE MORRILL SMITH

CONTENTS

Edward Tuckerman— A Brief Summary of His Work (Plate)

Bruce Fink

Lichen Notes No. 2.

G. K. Merrill

Hepatics— Cephalozia Francisci ( Illustrated )

Caroline Coventry Haynes

New or Unrecorded Mosses of N. A. ( Translated)

J. Cardot and /. Theriot

Book Reviews— GoebeFs Organography
Clute’s Fern Allies of N. A.

Sullivant Moss Chapter Note
Annual Reports .....

Offerings ......

List of Sullivant Moss Chapter Members

Elizabeth G. Britton 10
Annie Morrill Smith 12
Edward B. Chamberlain

£ Entered at the Post Office at Brooklyn, N. Y., April 2, 1900, as second class ot mail p
^ matter, under Act of March 3, 1879. p

L Published by the Editor, 78 Orange St., Brooklyn, N. Y., U. S. A. p

LTLrmJTJTJTJTJTJLTLrmJTJLJTJLnJLJlJTJLJLrmimrLrmJTJTJTJLnJTJaJTJmmjLrLJ JTJLlJTJ"b

PRESS OF MC BRIDE & STERN, 97-99 CLIFF STREET. NEW YORK

THE BRYOLOGIST

gitxxmxtMxj gjcrxtvual

DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN
MOSSES, HEPATICS AND LICHENS

ALSO OFFICIAL ORGAN OF

THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER

EDITOR

Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith

ASSISTED BY

Mr. A. J. Grout, Ph.D Mosses

Mr. G. K. Merrill Lichens

Miss Caroline Coventy Haynes ... Hepatics

Subscription, $1.00 a Year

Single Copies, 20 cents

FOUR Vols. 1898-1901 — $1.50 Four Vols. 1902-1905— $4.00

Address manuscript, advertisements, subscriptions and all communications
to Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. Requests for
Separates must accompany manuscript. Checks, except on New York City, must
contain 10 cents extra for Clearing House charges.

THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER

Invites all interested in the study of Mosses, Hepatics and Lichens,
to join. Dues, $1.10 a year — this includes a subscription to The
Bryologist. Send dues direct to Treasurer. For further information
address the Secretary.

OFFICERS FOR 1906

President— Mr. E. B. Chamberlain . . 1830 Jefferson Place
Washington , D. C.

Vice-President— Mr. G. K. Merrill .... 564 Main Street
Rockland , Maine

Secretary — Dr. John W. Bailey .... Walker Building
Seattle , Wash.

Treasurer— Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith . 78 Orange Street
Brooklyn , N. Y.

Plate 1. Edward Tuckerman, 1817-1886.

THE BRYOLOGIST.

Vol. IX. January, 1906. No. 1.

EDWARD TUCKERMAN-A BRIEF SUMMARY OF HIS WORK.

Bruce Fink.

In a paper entitled “Two Centuries of North American Lichenology,”
the present writer has called the time from 1847 to 1888 “ The Tuckermanian
Period.” During this time everything in American lichenology was colored
by the views of Tuckerman. Indeed Tuckerman stands out so pre-emin-
ently as an American lichenist that something of his history is a proper part
of the history of American lichenology. Born in 1817, he obtained his bache-
lor’s degree in 1837, and two years later finished the law course at Harvard.
In 1841 and 1842 he traveled in Europe and met the great lichenist, Elias
Fries, at Upsala. Returning to this country, he accompanied Asa Gray to
the White Mountains and began the difficult exploration which has rarely
been excelled for completeness. That he began his botanical studies in early
life and devoted himself chiefly to lichens from the first appears from the
fact that his first “ Enumeration of Some Lichenes of New England” was
published when he was not more than twenty-two years old, and appears to
have been read the year before. Excepting Halsey’s “ Synoptic View ” this
was the first work by an American, entirely devoted to lichens.

Tuckerman’ s writings, even from the first, contained careful notes which
•show that he was possessed of a genuine love of botany and a marked
adaptability for the work. Thus his meeting with Fries was not merely an
incident of his first European trip, and his visits and excursions with this
greatest lichenist of his time must have been a great inspiration in those
days when botanists were few in number. Indeed, we can hardly estimate
the value of this visit to American lichenology. In 1847, nearly ten years
after Tuckerman began his work on lichens, appeared his “Synopsis of the
Lichenes of New England, and other Northern States and British America.”
This work was the first to give descriptions and a classification of our
lichens, and though it contained but two hundred and ninety-five species,
with twenty new, it was of great importance as it formed a basis from which
others could work. At the same time Tuckerman began to issue his “Lich-
enes Americae Septentrionalis Exsiccatae,” the first issue of American speci-
mens giving authentic plants with which collectors could compare their'
lichens.

Tuckerman was more than a lichenist as his knowledge of the general
botany of his day was quite comprehensive, while he was a widely read and
scholarly man. His professorship in botany at Amherst began in 1858 and
continued till his death, twenty-eight years later. But we must confine our
attention to his work upon the lichens. In this field his activity continued to
the time of his death, and collections were determined by him, not only
from all portions of the Western Hemisphere, but also from the Eastern
Hemisphere and from the islands of the sea. How much labor and self-

The November Bryologist was issued November 1st, 1905.

— 2 —

sacrifice is involved in such a task will be appreciated by those who have
attempted a similar one even though upon a smaller scale, in some field of
taxonomic study. This work brought Tuckerman a knowledge of lichen
species possessed by very few even of the European lichenists, and cul-
minated in his two great contributions to North American lichenology, the
“ Genera Lichenum ” in 1872 and the “Synopsis,” the first volume of which
appeared in 1882 and the second in 1888. Of these two great works, we may
venture a few words. The author was conservative in his view of genera
and species and seemed to have followed Fries very largely in his classifica-
tion of the American lichens. His views as to system of classification and
as to generic and specific limitations can scarcely be expected to endure in
all particulars. Yet his conservatism was by no means a fault, and has no
doubt greatly aided in the study of lichens.

Tuckerman was to lichenology what Asa Gray was to the study of our
seed-plants, and we cannot pay too high a tribute to the labors of these two
men. Tuckerman's contributions to North American lichenology consist of
forty-eight titles, but the number by no means measures the amount of work
involved, for he aided others continually and much of his labor received no
public recognition. Conservative as he was, his new species and varieties
numbered some three hundred and sixty-five, about two hundred and fifty
of these being found on the North American continent, some sixty of the
remainder on the island of Cuba, and nearly an equal number from various
parts of the world and not to be regarded as North American. Including the
Cuban lichens named by Tuckerman, the number of species and varieties
described in the two volumes of the “Synopsis” for North America, is
approximately one thousand and fifty, and this number is no doubt consid-
erably below the whole number of North American lichens known by Tuck-
erman.

Tuckerman was pre-eminently a systematist, but some words are in
order regarding his views on some other questions of lichenology. In regard
to the theory of Schwendener as to the dual nature of lichens, he was more
guarded in his statements than many of the other systematic lichenists of
his day. While he readily admitted that there were some arguments in favor
of the theory, he seems finally to have adopted the views of Minks, and like
Muller and some others of his day, thought that he had himself demonstrated
the existence of the “ microgonidia.” This he regarded as establishing a
boundary line between lichens and fungi. It is pleasant to note, however,
that during the years of sharp debate, Tuckerman was always careful and
•considerate in his treatment of the question. It is also quite as pleasant a
task to record that in a short paper entitled, “ Can Lichens be Identified by
Chemical Tests,” Tuckerman remarks that his own observations have led
him to believe that such tests are scarcely reliable, a view which doubtless
meets the approval of later lichenists generally, since we have reached
more definite knowledge regarding the anatomy of these plants.

Excellent memoirs of Tuckerman by Willey, Gray and Farlow give much
more detail than can be incorporated here. Grinnell, Iowa.

- 3 —

LICHEN NOTES No. 2.

G. K. Merrill.

It is no unusual event for the collector to observe lichen species growing
in situations utterly discordant with their natural habitat, but the recent
finding by the writer of Umbilicaria pustulata, Hoffm., b. papulosa. Tuck.,
attached to one of the lower limbs of a young spruce seems worthy of a few
words

Itis to be noted that the genus Umbilicaria is typically saxicoline, and the
occurrence of an individual on any other substratum is distinctly a departure
from habit. The plant was normal in appearance, well fruited, perhaps 60
mm. in major diameter, firmly attached to the branch, and apparently in no
wise physiologically affected by its untoward surroundings. The branch
was four feet from the earth, living and thrifty, and the tree was one of
numbers growing in the vicinity. The locality was ledgy and numerous
outcroppings supported myriad Umbilicariae of similar and diverse species.
Speculating on how the plant received its start in an uncongenial habitat, it
is inconceivable that it should have been a nomad. While well known that
fragments of lichen thallus, wind blown or moved by other agencies, may
and do become attached to new supports, it is equally a fact that the anchor-
age of the Umbilicariae is very secure whether in their younger stages or as
matured. Then again we have no observations to prove that a new attach-
ment may be formed once the old is broken, either through the same umbili-
cus or by growth of a new one. It seems a safe conclusion that our plant
originated precisely as others of its kind do, and in situ. It has been men-
tioned that the spruce was a young tree, and the consideration suggests itself
that a fairly accurate idea of the lichen’s age might be deduced should that
of the tree be ascertained. This was found to be slightly less than thirty
years, but the information in establishing one limit fails to furnish a mimi-
mum. While reasonable to infer that from the branch being one of the
largest, it was also one of the oldest, assumption can scarcely go further, and
certainly not to that limit of fixing a time for the meeting of the proto- thal-
line film with its algal affinity. We can be sure that the tree had passed its
juvenile stage, that the branch had acquired some size and a developed cor-
tex. All this may have acquired ten years ; if so, how extraordinarily moder-
ate are the functional activities of a lichen only attaining to a diameter of 60
mm. in twenty years. That lichens derive their inorganic components from
the substrata has long been asserted, the rhizoids supposedly furnishing the
deus ex machina . If this be true of Umbilicaria (it seems incredible) our
plant evidently found the assimilated products of the host branch entirely to
its liking, and if so,' why should it have been unattended? Why not
more individuals on the same branch, other branches of the same tree, or
other trees of the same species and locality? Indeed the same interrogations
might be made if it were a known fact that lichens derive their nutrition
solely from meteoric sources.

A very curious lichen received during the summer of 1904 from Mrs. L.
A. Carter, of Laconia, N. H., finds a name, the result of a recent examina-

— 4—

tion of the Cetrariae in the Tuckerman herbarium. The plant was collected
in Central Point, Oregon, by Mrs. Agnes Ashworth, and as we are informed
by Mrs. Carter, grew inmixtwith Everniavulpina . While the thalline char-
acters were obviously those of Cetraria. patient search on our part failed to
find a specific name. A portion of the specimen sent to Prof. Fink drew a
statement that it was new to him, “ that it seemed nearest to Cetraria Rich-
ardsonii ,” although he was not sure. In May, 1905, through the kindness of
Prof. John Macoun, we received a suite of the lichens collected by him during
the summer of 1904 in the Rocky Mountains. No. 7 of the set from Glacier,
British Columbia, found on bushes, proved to be like the Oregon plant above
mentioned, except a better specimen. Prof. Macoun had marked the packet
Cetraria scepincola , but admitted a doubt of the correctness. More search
and study on our part still failed in satisfactory reference, and our final
word in the interchange of opinion with Prof. Macoun was, that if Cetraria
Islandica was known ever to grow on trees or shrubs, our plant might be
that form. At a later date, gathering from Th, Fries, Lich. Scan. Pt. I. p.
98, that small forms of the species were sometimes to be found on wood, we
were quite prepared to find that Tuckerman knew the form, although this
habitat was not mentioned in the Synopsis. The specimens appearing in
Tuckerman’s collection all come from West America, and in addition to being
marked C. Islandica have a qualifying sub-label “ aboricolaC It is not
believed that the word is used to designate a particular variety or form of
C. Islandica but merely as descriptive of its habitat. This opinion is borne
out by Tuckerman’s frequent use of “ aboricola ” throughout his herbarium
to designate corticoline forms. Unlike the Umbilicaria of our first topic,
which presented no divergence from normal appearance, this plant varies not
a little, as may be seen by comparison of the appended description with
Tuckerman’s a.

Cetraria Islandica (L.) Ach.

*M. arborialis (conditional nomination).

Thallus cartilagineous, foliaceous, sub-erect or now appressed ; lacinae
plane, variously and irregularly divided, the apices commonly obtuse, from
narrowed to sometimes four mm. in breadth, very smooth and shining or
sub-opaque : greenish-olivaceous or olivaceous-fucescent, the margins of the
lacinae either spinulose or not, in the later case sometimes white- sorediate.
Apothecia not observed.

The lacinae seem to be held to the twigs not by rhizinae, but by an
obscure adglutinated intergrowth. No trace of the sanguineous color char-
acteristic of the basal portion of the type plant is observed. The resemblance
of the plant to some forms of C. ciliaris is sufficiently marked to suggest the
thought of its being factorial in the phylogeny of that species. It is rather re-
markable that Tuckerman gave no space to the form, and it might be taken
that he considered it of no importance. However this may be, the plant
varied sufficiently in habit to be extremely puzzling to the writer, and on
present evidence diverges enough from the normal presentments of C. Island-
ica to be regarded as a distinct form. Rockland, Maine.

:M= modification.

— 5 —

Fig. i — Cephalozia Francisci, leafy stem X 130.

Fig. 2 — Perianth and involucre X 42.

Fig. 3 — Male plant X 70. Reduced X-

CEPHALOZIA FRANCISCI (HOOK.) DUMORT.

Cephalozia Francisci being an American as well as European species
[see Torreya, 3:40. Mr. 1903, in which I recorded the fact of having detected
it in a collection made by Mrs. Alice R. Northrop, near Prospect Harbor,
Maine], I have thought I would publish some drawings of it as it has never been
figured in our books. In its habit this Cephalozia shows the same charac-
teristics as the genus Odontoschisma, except in its regularly bifid leaves and
a few minor details : the obtuse lobing of the leaves, however, is unusual
among the Cephalozia. Even this exception loses some of its importance
when it is remembered that both O. Sphagni and O. prostratum show, in
very rare cases, bifid leaves obtusely lobed. Its upright flagella-like gem-
miparous branches recall those of O. denudatum, in miniature. Dr. Evans
has given the above facts in the Botanical Gazette (36:337, N. 1903) and
shown it to be one of the connecting links between the two genera ; he also
mentions that it was principally on account of this species that Spruce
included Odontoschisma among the sub-genera of Cephalozia. The speci-
mens found in Maine grew on a shady path in company with C. bicuspidata
(L.) Dumort, and formed little compact tufts, showing perianths with imma-
ture sporogonia and immature androecia. I am in hopes of soon hearing of
its occurrence at other stations and add a short description of it.

The pallid-green plant is sometimes tinged a clear wine-color ; leaves
oval to orbicular, alternate, strongly imbricate at apex, spreading at base,
obliquely attached, concave, sinus acute, lobing very obtuse : erect stems bear-

— 6 —

ing many crowded, imbricate leaves, prostrate stems with leaves scattered,
all bifid one-fourth their length ; leaf cells large and pellucid, 30-49// with
small trigones, cell walls otherwise slightly thickened : underleaves delicate,
bifid, appressed or spreading. Dioicous. Androecium suberect, bracts large,
four to five pairs, bifid, imbricate and each bract complicate, lobes wide-
spreading, apices rounded, obtuse to apiculate, these bracts all having
rhizoids, excepting apical pair ; antheridia small, oval, short-stalked.
Perianth 10-12 mm. long by 5 mm. wide, almost three-carinate from base,
mouth six-plicate, rep and. Spruce says that the perianth at base is three
cells, in middle two cells thick : in the Maine plant I found it to possess a
thinner wall, two cells thick one-third its length; bracts in about three pairs,
large, bifid, recurved : capsule dark reddish-brown, oval-cylindrical : gemmae
green, triangular, in globose mass at apex of flagellate branch, with scattered
spreading leaves. Spruce mentions rose-colored gemmae, Hooker, green.

Caroline Coventry Haynes,

16 East 36th street.

NEW OR UNRECORDED MOSSES OF NORTH AMERICA

By J. Cardot and I. Theriot.

Translated and condensed from The Botanical Gazette, May, 1904.

Descriptions of new species given in full. See Bryologist, January,
March, July and September, 1905.

Bryum distantifolium Card. & Ther.

Tufts soft, brownish, about 5 cm. high. Stems erect, sparingly radicu-
lose, simple or sending out 5-5 slender innovations above. Leaves dimor-
phous, all entire, narrowly but distinctly decurrent; margins plane or
subrevolute at base only, the lower leaves distant, small, short acuminate
often obtuse or subobtuse, 0.9 mm. long, 0.5 mm. broad, border wanting or
indistinct, costa not excurrent, the middle and upper leaves less remote,
larger, 2-2.4 mm. long, 0.9 mm. broad, lanceolate, long acuminate, costa 70//
thick at the base, short excurrent in a reddish cusp; median cells rectangular,
60-80// long, 15 /i broad, marginal cells narrow, linear, forming a border of
two or three rows. Other characters unknown. Plate XXI.

Assiniboia: Wood Mountains (Macoun, 1895. Sent as B. erythrophyl-

loides Lindb.)

Somewhat recalling the slender forms of B . pallens Sw. , but differing
by its dimorphous leaves, which are plane on the margins or nearly so. The
leaves decurrent at base, the upper distinctly limbate, at once distinguish this
moss from Kindberg’s B. erythrophyllum and B. erythropylloides .

Bryum dimorphophyllum Card. & Ther.

Apparently dioicous, rather robust. Tufts compact, cohering, yellowish-
green above, densely rufus-tomentose within. Stems erect, 4-5 cm., fre-
quently branching. Leaves erect when dry on twisted branches, erecto-patent
when wet, dimorphous, the lower very concave long-ovate or oblong from a
long decurrent base, costa vanishing below the apex, upper leaves larger and

— 7-

narrower, 2.2 mm. long, 0.8 mm. broad, lanceolate, a'cuminate, acute, less
decurrent, costa percurrent or shortly excurrent; margins all entire and revo-
lute from the base to near the apex ; cells quadrate, short-rectangular or
rhomboidal, 30/^ long, 14/4 broad, slightly chlorophyllose, with thick walls,
marginal cells narrower and linear. Perichaetial leaves smaller, narrower*
acute ; costa shortly excurrent. Capsule nodding or pendulous, narrowly sub-
pyriform, 3 mm. long, 0.9 mm. thick, slightly constricted under the mouth both
when wet and when dry; operculum concave-conic. Seta dark reddish-brown
about 2 cm. long. Annumus broad, triple. Membrane of the inner peristome
high, cilia 2-3 appendiculate. Spores smooth, unequal, some frequently ii/i
in diameter, others more rarely 18 /j. in diameter. Male plants unknown.
Plate XIX.

N. W. Montana: Mt. Lottie Stanton and Mt. Trilby, in the vicinity of

Lake MacDonald, Flathead Co., 1100-1800 alt. (J. M. Holzinger and J. B.
Blake, 1898).

Belongs to the group of B . pseudotriquetrum Schw. , but is at first sight
distinguished from all the other species of this group by its dimorphous
leaves.

Aulacomnium palustre Schw. var. dimorphum Card. & Ther.

Stems densely branched above. Leaves dimorphous, stem leaves
elongated acutely acuminate, apex sinuate, subdenticulate, strongly papil-
lose ; branch leaves much shorter, obtuse, entire, less papillose, sometimes
smooth.

Colorado: Near Breckenridge, 175 km. from Denver, alt. 3000 m. (J. M.

Holzinger, 1896).

A similar form is recorded by Mr. Dixon in his admirable Handbook of
British Mosses, p. 282.

Aulacomnium palustre Sch. var. lingulatum Card. & Ther.

Slender, in the larger forms similar to A. androgynum. Leaves lingu-
late, all obtuse, entire or faintly sinuate at the apex.

Colorado: Bog near Chamber’s Lake (C S. Crandall, 1894; herb, J. M.

Holzinger).

Distinguished from the var. imbricatum Br. Eur. by its smaller size and
its longer not imbricated leaves.

Fontinalis subcarinata Card.

Soft, yellowish or dirty green. Stems 1 5-20 cm. long, denudate in the lower
part ; branches elongated, erect, attenuate, subcuspidate. Leaves soft four-
ranked, erect, 4-5 mm. long, 1-2 mm. broad, narrowly lanceolate, long acumi-
nate, , entire or subdenticulate at the apex, nearly all distinctly sulcate in the
middle, the lateral leaves subconduplicate; cells very long and narrow, the
alar cells few, small, hardly distinct, often nearly wanting. Other charac-
ters unknown. Plate XXIII.

Assinoboia: Cypress Hills, Battle Creek (Macoun, 1895. Sent as F.

Lescurii).

This species belongs to the Sect. Malacophyllae , and is closely allied to

— 8—

F. seriata Lindb., but differs from it by its plicate leaves, with less distinct
alar cells.

Climacium Americanum Brid. var. pseudo-Kindbergii Card. & Ther.

Habit in all respects of C. Kindbergii but the areolation agrees exactly
with C. Americanum.

Missouri: Paw Paw Junction, on old log; Pleasant Grove, on wet bank

(C. F. Bush, 1897 and 1899).

Contrary to the opinion of Dr. A. J. Grout, we think that C. Kindbergii
cannot be distinguished specifically from C. Americanum. We have speci-
mens on which the distinctive characters become attenuated. The plant of
which we make the variety psuedo-Kindbergii is just one of these forms.
Brachythecium subasparrimum Card. & Ther.

Loosely intricate-caespitose, yellowish-green, rather glossy. Stem slen-
der, 3-6 cm. long, prostrate, radiculose; branches unequal, attenuate, ascend-
ing, pinnate. Stem leaves erecto-patent, deltoid from a decurrent base,
gradually longly and narrowly acuminate scarcely plicate, nearly smooth,
1.8-2 mm. long, 0.75 mm. broad, margin slightly reflexed at base: subentire
or slighly serrulate at base; costa narrow, 36/* thick at base; median cells
linear, narrow, 60-85/* long, 6/* broad, basal cells laxer, hyaline, rectangular
or subhexagonal ; branch leaves oblong, long and narrow- acuminate, neither
deltoid nor decurrent, more distinctly plicate, 1.6 mm. long, 0.5 mm. broad,
margins revolute for a greater or less distance, minutely denticulate above.
Perichaetial leaves ecostate, ovate from a clasping base, abruptly narrowed
into a long slender, entire, spreading or reflexed acumen. Capsule inclined
or subhorizontal: ovate- gibbous, slightly constricted under the mouth when
dry, 1.7 mm. long, 0.8 mm. broad; operculum unknown. Seta dark red,
1.5 cm. long, very rough, densely covered with high papillea. Peristome
perfect, cilia appendiculate. Spores 15 /* thick. Apparently dioicous (male
flowers unknown). Plate XXIV.

British Columbia: New Westminster (A. J. Hill, 1902: herb, C. F.

Baker).

By the habit, dioicous inflorescence and very rough pedicel this moss
stands near B . asperrimum (Mitt.) Kindb. and A*. Was king tonianum Eaton,
differing from both in having 'the leaves scarcely plicate, almost smooth
with the acumen much longer and narrower, and the borders very slightly
denticulate or subentire and partly revolute.

Plagiothoecium sulcatum Card. & Ther.

Monoicous in rather lax, depressed tufts, glossy. Stems slender, creep-
ing; branches ascending, subarcuate, about 1 cm. long, rather flattened.
Branch leaves loosely subdistichous-homomallous, 1.2-1.5 mm. long, 0.4-0. 5
mm. broad, not at all decurrent, lanceolate, gradually long-acuminate, mar-
gins plane, serrulate from the middle, sometimes from the base ; costa double,
short or sometimes longer with one fork reaching almost to the middle ; cells
narrowly linear, 70-90/* long, 6/* broad, the lower cells shorter, laxer, not
porose, 20-40/* long, 12-15/* broad. Male flowers growing near the female.

— 9 -

Perichaetial leaves erect, appressed, ecostate, short-ovate, apex rounded,
abruptly short-opiculate. Capsule sub-horizontal or inclined, 2 mm. long,
0.7 mm. thick, subcylindric, arcuate constricted below the orifice when
empty, deeply sulcate in both young and mature stages ; operculum obtuse
conical. Seta pale-red, delicate, flexuous, 2 cm. long. Annulus double,
Peristome perfect, 0.42 mm. long, cilia nodose, minutely papillose. Spores
smooth, 12 ju in diameter. Plate XXIV.

North Minnesota: On Fall Lake, near the foot of Kawasatchong Falls,

11 km. north of Ely (J. M. Holzinger, 1897. Sent as P. Muehlenbeckii Br.
Eur.).

This moss seems somewhat intermediate between P. striate llum Lindb.
(P . Muehlenbeckii Br. Eur.) and P. silesiacum Br. Eur., differing from the
former by its non-decurrent leaves, narrower at base, with a more distinct
costa, its much longer cells, the basilar ones not porose, its more arcuate cap-
sule, and the form of its perichaetial bracts ; and from the latter by its cap-
sule being deeply sulcate, even when young, and its more compressed
branches. According to the description, P . pseudo silesiacum Sch. differs
from our species by its much shorter pedicel (1 cm.), and its costate leaves.
Plagiothecium Groutii Card. & Ther.

Monoicous, delicate, glossy, in rather dense depressed tufts. Stems
slender, prostrate with numerous short complanate branches. Leaves minute
flattened distichous, erecto-patent, 0.7-0. 8 mm. long, 0.3-0.35 mm. broad,
not decurrent ; oblong lanceolate, the lateral subcultriform, with a shorter
and broader acumen : margins plane, ecostate, stem leaves subentire or obso-
letely denticulate, branch leaves in the upper third or from near the middle,
minutely but distinctly serrulate; median cells linear, very narrow, 60-90 ju
long, 6 ju broad, the upper cells shorter, the lower rectangular, the lowest
larger and subdilated. Perichaetial leaves oblong, abruptly short-cuspidate,
subentire or the lowest with sinnolate tip. Capsule horizontal inclined or sub-
erect, ovate, minute, hardly 1 mm. long, o. 5-0.7 mm. thick, smooth, not con-
tracted under the orifice when dry ; collumn short ; operculum rostrate.
Seta slender, erect, reddish, 1-1.5 mm. long. Spores irregular, 8-29 /j, in
diameter. Plate XXIV.

Hempstead, Nassau Co., N. Y. : Depression in base of a chestnut tree
(A. J. Grout, i899t

Allied to P. elegans Sch. , but easily distinguished from it by its short
leaves, more abruptly and broadly acuminate, the rameal rather strongly
denticulate in the upper third, the perichaetial bracts subentire with
a shorter acumen, the capsule smaller, the beak of the lid thinner and the
monoicous inflorescence.

Amblystegium laxirete Card. & Ther.

Belonging to the group of A. riparium , quite robust, floating, dull-
green, as much as 10 cm. in length, remotely pinnate, branches unequal,
slightly spreading, attenuate, laxly foliose. Leaves flattened, distichous,
spreading, ovate-lanceolate a little more shortly acuminate, about 3 mm.

— IO —

long, i mm. broad, margins plain, entire; costa strong, ioo ju thick at base,
vanishing far above the middle, areolation lax, cells 60-80/* long, 12/* broad,
walls thin and soft. Other characters unknown. Plate XXV.

Missouri. Monteer, in spring (B. F. Bush, 1899).

The leaves shorter acuminate, the longer and thicker costa and chiefly
the loose areolation, at first sight distingnishes this moss from A. riparium.
The last character also separates it from A. vacillans Sulliv. From A.
Kochii Br. Eur. it differs by its larger leaves and its much stronger and
longer nerve.

Hypnum malacocladum Card. & Ther.

Monoicous, fine, soft, rather lax, yellowish-green. Stems filiform, pros-
trate, denuded/; branches ascending, about 1 cm. long. Leaves quite dis-
tant, soft, concave, spreading, 0.8-1. 1 mm. long, 0.4-0.5 mm. broad, strongly
narrowed from an ovate base or oblong, very broadly or shortly acuminate,
apex rounded or subacute, margins plane, entire, costa thin, simple, extend-
ing to the middle or beyond, sometimes subfurcate above, 35-40/* thick at
base ; alar cells rectangular or subhexagonal hyaline, but not forming dis-
tinct auricles ; median cells shorter rhomboidal, with thicker walls. Per-
ichaetial leaves erect, longer acuminate, costate; capsule horizontal or
obliquely erect, short, gibbous, 1-1.5 mm. long, 0.7 mm. thick: opercu-
lum convex-apiculate, Seta short, rather thick, reddish, 8-10 mm. long.
Annulus simple, distinct. Peristome 0.4 mm. long, segments of the inner
peristome narrowly gaping at the keel, slightly papillose above; cilia 1-2.
Spores 12 ju in diameter. Plate XXV.

North America: Without locality or name of collector, in herb. L.

Debat.

This species somewhat resembles H. Goulardi Sch., from which it differs
by its longer leaves with a single long costa. It is also distinguished from
H. Closteri Aust. {Amblystegium Holzingeri Ren. & Card.) by its greater
size and longer costa.

The End.

BOOK REVIEWS.

Organography of Plants, especially of the Archegoniatae and Spermo-
phyta, by Dr. K. Goebel, Professor in the University of Munich.
Authorized English Edition by Isaac Bayley Balfour, Professor of
Botany in the University of Edinburgh. Published at The Clarendon
Press, Oxford.

The first volume of the English translation appeared in 1900. Part II
was issued last summer. A brief synopsis of the references to the Bryophyta,
in both volumes, may be of interest and stimulate to further study of the liv-
ing plants.

New Formation of Organs in Regeneration: “In mosses the propaga-

tive capacity is uncommonly great; one may almost say that nearly every
cell of the vegetative body in mosses and liverworts, and in fact also the

— II —

cells of the sporogonium which is generally still capable of development, can
give rise to a new plant. In the regeneration of the mosses a new plant is
not produced directly, but & protonema is first formed from which the plant
arises, in the same way as the juvenile stage of the plant is developed from
the germination of the spore.” This is contrasted with the liverworts and
suggestions are made for further experiment. A few instances of phenom-
ena of propagation in Bryophyta are cited, such as Marchantia. Dorsiventral
organs are described and orthotropous and plagiotropous positions are illus-
trated by Hylocotnium splendens and Mnium undulatum . Anisophylly, or
the differences in size between upper and lower leaves is illustrated by
Cycithophorum pennatum and reference is made to Rhacopilum and
Hypopterygium. Several hepatics are also cited.

Juvenile froms and stages of development are illustrated in Lejeunia
Metzgeriopsis, Ephemerum serratum and Funaria hygrometrica, and a
cushion of protonema of a species of Bryum in Fig. 90 is a remarkable
instance of an unusually large development of this stage of growth.

Investigations on the directive influence of light in the polar differentia-
tion of the spores of many Bryophyta and its influence in the formation of
roots are still wanting. The question of the influence of light on the position
of the capsules in mosses still requires experimental investigation. Differ,
ences are cited between Sphagnum , Orthotrichum and Grimmia and Bux-
baumia and Diphyscium, Barbula , Catharinea and Bryum .

The first section of the second volume deals with the sexual organs of
the Bryophyta with illustrations from Marchantia polymorpha, Phascum
cuspidatum , Funaria hygrometrica , Catharinea undulata , Monoclea dila-
tata , Sphaerocarpus, Blyttia. Jungermannia, and Mniuin undulatum.

The vegetative organs of the Hepaticae, the asexual propagation, the
phenomena of adaptation in order to retain water and resist drought are
described and figured in detail as well as the protection of their sexual organs
and the types of sporogonia and their development, and the germination
of the spores.

The life history of various mosses is described from the germination of
the spore, the development of the protonema, the formation of roots, stems
and leaves, their special forms and functions, their arrangements for retain-
ing water, and resisting drought ; their relation to light, the development of
the sexual organs ; the structure of the sporogonium and its various types
and adaptations for shedding the spores.

A few quotations will suffice to show how suggestive of further study
and experiment these chapters on the Bryophyta are: “ There is wanting in
the musci the wealth of adaptation in the form of the leaf in relation to the
retention of water that is so manifest in the Hepaticae : the complex auricles
are absent. Outgrowths of their surface, such as mamillae or papillae, occur
in species growing in dry sunny places, such as Hedwigia ciliata , but not
on hygrophilous species, and would probably disappear if cultivated in
moisture and shade. The method of sponge construction by means of empty
cells with perforated walls, is well shown in Sphagnum and Leucobryum ;
one is fitted to evaporate water rapidly, the other to retain it.”

— 12 —

A list of the illustrations would be too lengthy as there are ninety-seveu
of the Hepaticae and thirty-three of the mosses.

The connection between the Bryophyta and the Pteridophyta is dis-
cussed, although positive results have not been reached.

This book promises to be very stimulating to the student of mosses and
hepatics as living organisms, and will encourage further study along the
lines so clearly indicated. Elizabeth G. Britton,

N. Y. Botanical Gardens.

The Fern Allies of North America, north of Mexico, by Willard N. Clute.
With more than one hundred and fifty illustrations and eight colored
plates, by Ida M. Clute. Published by Frederick A. Stokes Co., New
York City, at $2.00.

This is a companion volume to the author’s “ Our Ferns in Their
Haunts,” and describes in technical language the scouring-rushes, horsetails,
running-pines, club-mosses, water-ferns, pillworts, water-peppers, quillworts
and the various other plants included among the Fern Allies. The illustra-
tions are most helpful, especially the black and white cuts. The claim is
made that here all our species are illustrated and many for the first time.
The book also contains a check-list of the North American species with syn-
onomy, a complete glossary, and seven keys to the genera and species based
on the most noticeable characters. In the matter of nomenclature our author
claims to have adapted a somewhat conservative treatment, using for the
most part the names common in other works of this class. This notice is
intended merely to call the attention of our readers to a good book to add to
their equipment for next season’s outdoor work and not as a critical analysis.
The book is well made up, though the printing as to type is not all one could
desire. The black and white drawings are clear and characteristic of the
species treated. The colored plates in our opinion add nothing to the value
of the illustrations. A. M. S.

SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER NOTES.

The list of members elsewhere printed numbers one hundred fifty-six.
Four have qualified for membership during December making our total one
hundred and sixty on January r, 1906: Prof. E. E. Bogue, Agricultural

College P. O., Michigan. Prof. John Macoun, Sussex street, Ottawa, Can-
ada. Mr. R. S. Gray, 508 Montgomery street, San Francisco, Calif. Mrs.
EllaL. Horr, Wor. Nat. Hist. Soc. , 12 State St., Worcester, Mass.

CHAPTER NOTE.

In connection with the admission to membership in the Sullivant Moss
Chapter of persons who are not resident in the United States or Canada,
the question has arisen as to how they may participate most easily in the
offerings published in each issue of the Bryologist. In view of the fact that
foreign letter postage is more than double that of domestic, it seems unfair
to impose upon our foreign friends the added cost of transportation. Hence
the following scheme is put forward:

—13-

Members offering specimens are requested to send to me at the address
below a quantity of their offerings sufficient to meet the demands of the
foreign members. Then if those members who are not residents of the
United States or of Canada, will send me a list of such specimens as they
wish to have, accompanied by stamps, even of their own countries, I will for-
ward to them the specimens desired. If the foreign members wish to offer
specimens, they may, if they wish, send me their entire offering and I will
gladly undertake the distribution of the same. In each case, those speci-
mens which are not distributed will be returned to the owners if they so
desire.

This scheme is, of course, not obligatory, it being proposed merely as a
means to facilitate the exchange of specimens.

Edward B. Chamberlain, President,

1830 Jefferson Place, Washington, D. C.

SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER ANNUAL REPORTS.

REPORT OF THE JUDGE OF ELECTIONS.

Miss Mary F, Miller,

Secretary Sullivant Moss Chapter.

The following report of the election of officers of the Chapter for the

year 1906 is respectfully submitted:

Whole number of ballots cast . 16

For President — Mr. E. B. Chamberlain ... 16

For Vice-President — Mr. G. K. Merrill . 15

For Vice-President — Mrs. C. W. Harris ... 1

For Secretary — Dr. John W. Bailey . '. 16

For Treasurer — Mrs. Annie M. Smith . . . 16

Mr. Chamberlain, Mr. Merrill, Dr. Bailey and Mrs. Smith are elected.

Respectfully submitted,

Cora H. Clarke.

REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT.

To the Members of the Sullivant Moss Chapter:

During the year just ended the affairs of the Sullivant Moss Chapter
have progressed most satisfactorily. The increase in membership has been
constant, the quality of the work done has steadily improved, and the mem-
bers have shown a rapidly increasing ability to determine their own collec-
tions.

The most noteworthy happening is the welcome decision to admit to
membership persons not residents of the United States or Canada. At the
present writing eight foreign members are on the Chapter roll. This fact to
me seems most hopeful, inasmuch as it marks a decisive step towards broad-
ening the usefulness of the Chapter and facilitates keeping in touch with
bryological and lichenological activity elsewhere. For the present at least,
the main efforts of the Society must be directed towards the stimulation of a

-14-

broad and active interest in the study of North American lichens, hepatics
and mosses, yet it is equally important never to lose sight of the fact that
only through intimate relationship with workers in other fields can any prob-
lem be solved.

Another pleasant indication is the interest shown by many members in
the careful exploration of their local floras. It is difficult to overestimate the
importance of such work. Miss Haynes’ note upon Telaranea in the Novem-
ber Bryologist well illustrates the ignorance of distribution which exists in
the study of the hepatics ; among the students of mosses and lichens similar
conditions obtain. It is not so much the knowledge of new species that is
needed, as a clearer understanding of the variability and distribution of those
species which have already been described. Hence I suggest, as a most
profitable field for work, the intensive study by the members of those species
which occur in their own regions, the notes made being supplemented by
specimens in each case.

One other point needs a word of emphasis. It is the importance of pre-
paring neat, representative specimens of common species. Almost anyone
will take pains with a rare specimen: few use the same care when preparing
plants from their own dooryard. Many workers have been greatly annoyed
at the receipt of specimens of the larger mosses, such as Poly trie hum com-
mune, with the setae broken and the stems so bent and curled that “wad”
seemed the only word applicable.

In closing I wish to extend my hearty thanks to the members for their
many kindnesses during the past year. To all members, new and old, I
extend my best wishes for the new year. Edward B. Chamberlain,

President.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY.

During 1905 the Chapter has gained twenty-three new members and has
lost but three, making the present membership one hundred and fifty-six.
No deaths have been reported.* We have representatives in twenty-five
States, the District of Columbia, British America, England, France, Japan,
and Australia.

The Chapter Herbarium has also increased in size and value, and con-
sists of one thousand, six hundred and thirty specimens — four hundred and
eighty-one species and varieties, and one hundred and twelve genera.
Three hundred and thirty specimens have been added this year, one hun-
dred species being new to the Herbarium. Beginners have been supplied
with authentic specimens, and they in turn have sent in many interesting
species for determination. Dr. Grout, Mr. Cresson, Mr. Hill, Miss Wheeler,
and many others have contributed largely to the Chapter Herbarium.

Ninety-one specimens — sixty-seven mosses, twelve hepatics, and twelve
lichens— have been offered in the Bryologist during the year. It has been
suggested that each member of the Chapter should try to offer “ at least one
specimen a year,” as uncommon as possible, and if this suggestion were
acted upon, it would greatly facilitate the work of the Secretary, who would

— 15—

by these voluntary offerings be spared the necessity of sometimes making
personal application for them. During the past year twenty-eight members
have distributed specimens, a little over one-sixth of the entire membership.
It seems hardly fair that this willing sixth should be allowed to do all of this
kind of work, and I have ventured to bring the matter to the attention of
the members, some of whom are probably unaware that such offerings
would be acceptable. I would also urged them to remember the Chapter
Herbarium more frequently. Possibly some who would gladly distribute
specimens are deterred by thinking they have not enough of any one species:
and perhaps it would be as well to state that a package of moss or lichens or
hepatics, collected as suggested by Mr. Chamberlain in the Bryologist for
November, 1905, that will make from twenty-five to thirty fair-sized speci-
mens will generally be sufficient for an offering.

In retiring from office, I wish to express to the officers and to the other
members my grateful appreciation of their unfailing kindness and courtesy:
I shall always recall with pleasure my official connection with the Moss
Chapter, and thank my many correspondents for their expressions of appre-
ciation and good will.

I know that all join me in extending a hearty welcome to our new
officers, Mr. Merrill and Dr. Bailey, both far too well known to the members
of the Chapter to need any further introduction.

Respectfully submitted,

Mary F. Miller.

TREASURER’S REPORT.

The following statement for the year beginning December 1, 1904, and
ending December 1, 1905, is respectfully submitted:

Receipts:

By cash on hand December 1, 1904 $ 28.92

By dues from members 150.35

$179.27

Disbursements :

To the Bryologist $123.90

To Secretary, (Postage, Stationary, Herbar-
ium supplies), 7.58

To Treasurer, (Postage and Stationary) 7. 20

Cash on hand December 1, 1905

$138.68

40.59

$179.27

Annie Morrill Smith,

Treasurer.

*Miss Harriet B. Bailey died November 25, 1905

— 16 —

REPORT OF THE HEPATIC DEPARTMENT.

It is my pleasant duty to report the steady interest in the Hepaticae,
■evinced by the members. The several large collections sent in from Wash-
ington, Maryland, New York, New Hampshire, Maine, Canada, and Nova
Scotia have, with the smaller ones, made up into five hundred pockets. Of
these two hundred and thirty-two are duplicates, which are ready for
exchange. Some of these collections I shall hope to dwell upon later, for
they have added many interesting and several rare species to the Herbar-
ium. I would like also to mention our obligations to Dr. A. W. Evans for
his courteous and kindly assistance in verifying and determining a number
of the specimens. Repectfully submitted,

Caroline Coventry Haynes.

REPORT OF THE LICHEN DEPARTMENT.

Interest in the Lichens is sustained, and much material has been sent in
for determination. Many of the members have accumulated really com-
mendable collections of their local flora. More could be accomplished if a
good elementary manual was accessible. In this connection it is strongly
urged that those interested workout their known species by aid of Mr. Sar-
gent’s “Key” in the November Bryologist. No glossary will be required
other than a good dictionary. The exercise will be found entertaining and
helpful. The series of papers by Mrs. Harris should not be neglected, they
are valuable guides when used intelligently. The remarks of Mr. Chamber-
lain in the Bryologist, 8:6, 1905, are as Joshua Redearth says, “pintedly
good medicin’ but hard to s waller.” It will be well for those contemplating
an offering to send in their material for verification, or if such a course is
inadvisable, state on the label that the specimen is determined by compari-
son (and by yourself) with one submitted to the authority. All interested in
the Lichens are assured of our hearty co-operation in furthering their knowl-
edge of species or any other factor of the study. G. K. Merrill.

OFFERINGS.

(To Chapter Members only. For postage).

Mr. H. Dupret, Seminary of Philosophy, Montreal, Canada (U. S. postage
taken). Hypnwn capillifolium Warnst., st. ; Hypnum filicinum L.
st. ; Bryum Schleickeri Schwaegr., st. Collected near Montreal.

Miss Alice L. Crockett, Camden, Maine. (Four cents postage). Poly -
trichum strictum Banks., c.fr. ; Sphagnmn acutifolium Ehrh. forma,
c.fr.: Philonotis fontana , (L.) Brid., c.fr.; Hypnum fertile Sendt., st.;
Hypnum cupressiforme L., c.fr. Collected in Camden.

—17—

Mrs. Horace C. Dunham, 53 Maple St., Auburndale, Mass. Climacium
dendroides (L. ) W. & M.,c.fr. : 7'rematodonambigitus (Hedw.) Hornsch.,
c.fr. Collected in township of Moosehead, Maine.

Mr. Edward B. Chamberlain, 1830 Jefferson Place, Washington, D. C.
Eurhynchium strigosum (Hoffm.) Br. & Sch., c.fr. Collected near
Langley, Va.

Miss Caroline C. Haynes, 16 East 36th St., New York City. Plagiochila
asplenoides (L.) Dumont. ; Radula coinplanata (L. ) Dumont.

Mr. G. K. Merrill, 564 Main St., Rockland, Maine. Sticta crocata (L.) Ach.
Collected in Knox Co., Maine, by Mr. Merrill. Ramalina reticulata
(Noehd. ) Krenpelh. Collected in New Westminster, B. C., by Mr. A. J.

Hill.

Mr. Severin Rapp,- Sanford, Orange Co., Fla. Raphidostegium micro-
carpmn Brid. & Jaegr. : Thuidium minutulum (Hedw.) Br. & Sch.
Collected in Sanford.

Miss C. M. Carr, R. F. D. 3, South Framingham, Mass. Pannaria lanu-
ginosa (Ach.) Koerb. Collected in Sudbury, Mass.

WANTED. — Specimens (New England preferred) of Ramalina calicaris and
R. calicaris caniculata. Will also buy or exchange or corres-
pond regarding specimens of the genus Ramalina.

Address, Reginald Heber Howe, Jr.,

Concord, Mass.

Lichenology for Beginners, by Frederick LeRoy Sargent, which recently
appeared in The Bryologist, is now published in convenient pamphlet
form by the Harvard Co-operative Society, Cambridge, Mass.

This pamphlet may be obtained of them, postpaid, for fifty cents.

MUSCI ACROCARPI BORE ALN AMERICAN! .

Century two of this series is complete. Quite a number of species are
represented by several pockets illustrating different stages or conditions.
Several new species, as well as a number quite rare, are distributed so far
in this, series. A pamphlet, like the one for century one, will be prepared
and sent to recipients.

To cover actual expenses, future fascicles, as well as all new subscrip-
tions to the entire series, will be sold at Two Dollars each fascicle. It is
expected that two or three fascicles of century three will appear during
1906. John M. Holzinger.

— 18 -

LIST OF SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER MEMBERS.

Adams, Miss Carrie E Hinsdale, N. H.

Adams, Mr. F. M 337 Greene Ave., Brooklyn, N. Y.

Ainslie, Mr. Charles N First National Bank, Rochester, Minn.

Ames, Mr. Oakes Ames Botanical Laboratory, North Easton, Mass.

Anderson, Mr. John A High School, Dubuque, Iowa.

Andrews, Mr. D. M Box 86, Boulder, Colorada.

Annand, Mr. G. P 39 Brown St., Waltham, Mass.

Bade, Dr. Wm. F Univ. of California, Berkeley,- Calif.

Bailey, Dr. John W Walker Building, Seattle, Wash.

Bailey, Miss Harriet B 830 Amsterdam Ave., N. Y. City.

Barbour, Mr. Wm. C. .... Sayre, Pa.

Barnes, Prof. Charles R Dept. Botany, Univ. of Chicago, Chicago. 111.

Best, Dr. George N Rosemont, N. J.

Bethel, Mr. E 270 South Marion St., Denver, Colorado.

Bonser, Prof. Thomas A 02217 Monroe St., Spokane, Wash.

Brenckle, Dr. J. F Box 204, Kulm, North Dakota.

Brigham, Miss Julia P 138 Pleasant St., Marlboro, Mass.

Britton, Mrs. Elizabeth G . N. Y. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park N. Y. City.
Brown, Mr. Edgar. .... ..Div. of Botany. Depart. Agric., Washington, D. C.

Browne, Mrs. A. F Mahone Bay, Nova Scotia.

Bruce, Mr. C. Stanley Shelburne, Nova Scotia.

Bryant, Miss E. B 32 Reedsdale St., Allston, Mass.

Calkins, Mr. W. W 147 California Ave., Chicago, 111.

Carr, Miss C. M R. F. D. 3, South Framingham, Mass.

Carter, Mrs. R. H 37 Church St., Laconia, N. H.

Chamberlain, Mr. Edward B 1830 Jetferson Place, Washington, D. C.

Chapin, Mrs. Louis N The Margaret, Brooklyn, N. Y.

Chase, Mrs. Agnes 59 Florida Ave., N. W., Washington, D. C.

Chase, Mr. Virginius H Wady Petra, Stark Co., 111.

Cheney, Prof. L. S Barron, Barron Co., Wis.

Chatterton. Mr. F. W 227 Townsend Ave., New Haven, Conn.

Choate, Miss Agnes D 3400 Morgan St., St. Louis, Mo.

Clapp, Mrs. H. B 52 Hartford St., Dorchester, Mass.

Clark, Mr. H. S 16 Linden Place, Hartford. Conn.

Clarke, Miss Cora H 91 Mt. Vernon St., Boston, Mass.

Clarke, Mrs. Sarah L 1 West 81st St., N. Y. City.

Coffin, Miss Mary F 115 Newtonville Ave., Newton, Mass.

Collins, Prof. J. Franklin 468 Hope St.. Providence, R. I.

Coomes, Mrs. Laura M Queens, Queens Co., N. Y. City.

Craig, Mr. T .1013 Sherbrooke St. , Montreal, Canada.

Cresson, Mr. EzraT., Jr Box 248, Philadelphia, Pa.

Crockett, Miss Alice L. . ... .Camden, Maine.

Cummings, Prof. Clara E Wellesley College, Wellesley, Mass.

Curtis, Mrs. Elizabeth B .... Box 47, Hendersonville, N. C.

Cushman, Miss H. Mary 300 North Fifth St., Reading, Pa.

Dacy, Miss Alice E 28 Ward St., South Boston, Mass.

Dautun, Mr. Henry 139 Franklin St.. Jersey City, N. J.

De Lesdain, Dr. Bouly 16 Rue Emmery, Dunkerque. Nord, France:

Demetrio, Rev. Charles H Emma, Salina Co., Mo.

De Poli. M. Henri 45 Rue des Acacias, Paris, France.

Doran, Miss Genevieve 13 Washington Ave., Waltham, Mass.

Dunham, Mrs. Horace C 53 Maple St., Auburndale, Mass.

Dupret, Mr. H Seminary of Philosophy, Montreal, Canada.

Eaton, Mr. Alvah H Seabrook, N. H.

Eby, Mrs. Amelia F 141 North Duke St., Lancaster, Pa.

19—

Edwards, Prof. Arthur M 423 Fourth Ave., Newark, N. J.

Evans, Dr. Alexander W 67 Mansfield St., New Haven, Conn.

Fink, Prof. Bruce Grinnell, Iowa.

Fitzpatrick, Prof. T. J Box 434, Iowa City, Iowa.

Fletcher, Mr. S. W Pepperell, Mass.

Flett, Mr. J. B .221 North Tacoma Ave., Tacoma, Wash.

Foster, Mr. A. S Wallula, Wash.

Frye, Prof. T. C. State University, Seattle, Wash.

Gakiwche, Kono Hiroschima, Japan.

Ge'rritson, Mr. Walter 66 Robbins St., Waltham, Mass.

Gilbert, Mr. B. D Clayville, Oneida Co., N. Y.

Gilman, Mr. Charles W Palisades, Rockland Co., N. Y.

Gilson, Miss Helen S. 50 Williams St., Rutland, Vt.

Graves, Mr. James A. . . Box 785, Susquehanna, Pa.

Green, Prof. H. A Tryon, N. C.

Greenalch, Mr. Wallace 14 New York Central Ave., Albany, N.Y.

Greever, Mr. C O 1345 East Ninth St., DesMoines, Iowa.

Gregory, Mrs. Henry T. Southern Pines, N. C.

Grout, Dr. A. J 360 Lenox Road, Brooklyn, N. Y.

Hadley, Mrs. Sarah B R, F. D. No. 1, South Canterbury, Conn.

Harris, Mrs. Carolyn W 125 St. Marks Ave., Brooklyn, N. Y.

Harris, Mr. Wilson P Brooklyn, N. Y.

Hasse, Dr. H. E Soldiers’ Home, Los Angelos Co., Calif.

Haughwout, Miss Mary R Patton, Cambria Co., Pa.

Haydock, Mr. Wm. E 1328 Chestnut St. , Philadelphia, Pa.

Haynes, Miss Caroline C 16 East 36th St., N. Y. City.

Hill, Mr. Albert J New Westminister, British Columbia.

Hill, Mr. E. J 7100 Eggleston Ave., Chicago, 111.

Holzinger, Prof. John M Winona, Minn.

House, Mr. Homer D U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.

Howe, Mr. Reginald Heber, Jr Middlesex School, Concord, Mass.

Huntington, Mr. J. Warren Amesbury, Mass.

Hurlbut, Mrs. R. H South Sudbury, Mass.

Jackson, Mr. Joseph 16 Woodland St., Worcester, Mass.

Jennings. Mr. Otto E. . . , .419 Craft Ave., Carnegie Museum, Pittsburg, Pa.

Joline, Mrs. A. H 1 West 72d St., N. Y. City.

Jones, Mr. Wm Box 120, Lewiston, Fulton Co., 111.

Jump, Mrs. Harvey D . . . Sayre, Pa.

Kawasaki, Mitsujiro . Ise, Japan.

Kennedy, Dr. George G Readville, Mass.

Kendall, Miss Alice C Bird’s Oak, Auburndale, Mass.

Klem, Miss Mary J 1808 yi Lafayette Ave., St. Louis, Mo.

Koyama, Genji Kioto, Japan.

Krout, Prof. A. F. K Glenolden, Delaware Co., Pa.

Lachenaud, M. Georges. ... Nexon, Haute-Vienne, France.

Lamprey, Mrs. E. S .2 Guild St., Concord, N. H.

Lippincott, Mr. Charles D Swedesboro, N. J.

Lorenz, Miss Annie 96 Garden St., Hartford, Conn.

Lowe, Mrs. Josephine D Noroton, Fairfield Co., Conn.

Marshall, Miss M. A . . . . . Still River, Worcester Co., Mass.

Martens, Mr. J. W., Jr Shrub Oak, Westchester Co., N. Y.

Maxon, Mr. Wm. R U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.

McConnell, Mrs. S. D 781 Madison Ave., N. Y. City.

McDonald, Mr. Frank E ..417 California Ave., Peoria, 111.

Merrill, Mr. G. K 564 Main St., Rockland, Maine.

Metcalf, Mrs. Rest E Hinsdale, N. H.

Miller, Miss Mary F 1109 M St., N. W., Washington, D. C.

— 20 —

Miller, Mr. Robert K 14 East Pleasant St., Baltimore, Md.

Mirick, Miss Nellie 28 East Walnut St., Oneida, N. Y.

Murray, Miss Elsie Athens, Pa.

Naylor, Prof. J. P Greencastle, Ind.

Nelson, Mr. N. L. T 3968 Laclede Ave. , St. Louis, Mo.

Newman, Rev. S. M Cor. 10th and G Sts., N. W., Washington, D. C.

Nicholson, Mr. Wm. E Lewes, Sussex, England.

O’Connor. Mrs. J. T Garden City, N. Y.

Oleson, Mr. O. M Fort Dodge, Iowa.

Palmer, Mrs. Rebecca L 615 Putnum Ave., Brooklyn, N. Y.

Perrine, Miss Lura L . . .State Normal School, Valley City, N. Dakota.

Plitt, Mr. Charles C 1706 Hanover St., Baltimore, Md.

Pollard, Mr. Charles L 286 Pine St., Springfield, Mass.

Pratt, Miss Henrietta A . . . 63 Central St., Waltham, Mass.

Puffer, Mrs. James J Box 39, Sudbury, Mass.

Rapp. Mr. Severin Sanford, Orange Co., Fla.

Rau, Mr. Eugene A Bethlehem, Pa.

Robinson, Mr. C. B N. Y. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, N. Y. City.

Rondthaler, Miss E. W Moravian Seminary, Bethlehem, Pa.

Sanborn, Miss Sarah F 54 Center St., Concord, N. H.

Schumacher, Miss Rosalie Millington, N. J.

Seely, Mrs. J. A 62 Washington St., Ogdensburg, N. Y.

Sherman, Dr. Louis 448 Jackson St., Milwaukee, Wis.

Sherwood, Mr. W. L 36 Washingson Place, N. Y. City.

Shreve, Mr. Forrest Johns Hopkins Univ., Baltimore, Md.

Smith, Mrs. Annie Morrill 78 Orange St., Brooklyn, N. Y.

Smith, Mrs. Charles C 286 Marlborough St., Boston, Mass.

Stevens, Mrs. M. L ....... 39 Columbia St., Brookline, Mass.

Stevens, Mrs. O. H 32 Pleasant St., Marlboro, Mass.

Stockberger, Prof. W. W Bureau Plant Industry, Washington, D. C.

Streeter. Mrs. Milford B 113 Hooper St., Brooklyn, N. Y.

Sweetser, Prof. Albert R . .University of Oregon, Eugene, Oregon.

Talbott, Mrs. Laura Osborne, “The Lenox,” Washington, D. C.

Taylor, Mrs. A. P Thomasville, Ga.

Thompson, Miss Esther H Box 4071, Litchfield, Conn.

Thompson, Mrs. H. G Brooklyn, N. Y.

Towle, Miss Phebe M 19 Orchard Terrace, Burlington, Vt.

Van der Eike, Mr. Paul ...... Marine Mills, Wis.

Warner. Miss Edith A 78 Orange St., Brooklyn, N. Y.

Watts, Rev. W. W “The Manse,” Young, New South Wales, Australia.

Wheeler, Miss Harriett Chatham, Columbia Co., N. Y.

Wheeler, Miss Jane 248 Lark St., Albany, N. Y.

Williams, Mrs. Mary E 1536 Pine St., Philadelphia, Pa.

Williams, Mr. R. S N. Y. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, N. Y. City.

r-Tinju UTJTJrrmnjTJTJTTUxrinrmjTJxrmjTj^jTJiJTnnjTrLr^^

VOLUME IX NUMBER 2 5

#H MARCH, 1906

The BRYOLOGIST

AN ILLUSTRATED BIMONTHLY DEVOTED TO

NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES

HEPATICS AND LICHENS

ANNIE

EDITOR

MORRILL SMITH

CONTENTS

Further Notes on Cladonias, No. VI. ( Illustrated ) Bruce Fink
Musci Acrocarpi Borealh Americana ( Review ) A. J. Grout

Mosses at Congress N. E. Nat. Hist. Society Cora H. Clarke
Additions to Bryophyte Flora of Long Island A. J. Grout

Book Reviews .... Caroline Coventry Haynes

Census Cat. British Hepatics. Macvicar
Hepatiques de la France. Lacouture

Grimmia glauca ( Illustrated ) . . John M. Holzinger

Ramalina rigida, on the R. I. Coast Reginald Heber Howe, Jr.
Encalypta procera, a Correction . . E. J. Hill

Sullivant Moss Chapter Notes, Offerings, etc.

Australian Mosses, Some Locality Pictures Rev. W. W. Watts

26
28

q Entered at the Post Office at Brooklyn, N. Y., April 2, 1900, as second class ot mail
Cj matter, under Act of March 3, 1879.

L Published by the Editor, 78 Orange St., Brooklyn, N. Y., U. S. A. S

trLrUTJTJTJTJXrmrUTJTJTJTJTJlJTJTJTJTJTJTmiJTJTJT^^

PRE8S OF MC BRIDE & 8TERN, 97-99 CLIFF STREET. NEW YORK

THE BRYOLOGIST

gimjcrntliXg gxr nxnvd

DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN
MOSSES, HEPATICS AND LICHENS

ALSO OFFICIAL ORGAN OF

THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER

EDITOR

Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith

ASSISTED BY

Mr. A. J. Grout, Ph.D Mosses

Mr. G. K. Merrill Lichens

Miss Caroline Coventry Haynes . . . Hepatics

Subscription, $1.00 a Year Single Copies, 20 cents

FOUR Vols. 1898-1901 — $1.50 Four Vols. 1902-1905— $4.00

THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER

OFFICERS FOR 1906

President — Mr. E. B. Chamberlain . . 1830 Jefferson Place
Washington , D. C.

Vice-President— Mr. G. K. Merrill .... 564 Main Street
Rockland , Maine

Secretary— Dr. John W. Bailey .... Walker Building
Seattle , Wash.

Treasurer— Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith . 78 Orange Street
Brooklyn , N. Y.

THE BRYOLOGIST.

Vol. IX.

March, 1906.

No. 2.

FURTHER NOTES ON CLADONIAS. VI.

Cladonia cariosa.

Bruce Fink.

As promised in the last paper of this series (Bryologist, 8: 3, 1905,) we
will consider Cladonia cariosa in the present one. And in so doing we shall
depart somewhat from the views of Wainio regarding species. The method
of making a specific description stand for a compound conception, such as a
genus or a subgenus, is manifestly bad and allowable only when our studies
will not enable us to make a closer analysis. Dr. Wainio has employed the
method of deliberately recognizing compound species and then adding vari-
eties which are supposed to cover all known forms, designating the varieties
by various names prefixed by alpha, beta, etc. After so doing, he fre-
quently has determined species for the present writer without referring to
any one of his varieties. This is the case in the present species, the large
majority of the specimens sent Dr. Wainio being simply returned as Cla-
donia cariosa. Thus it appears that after devising a uniform and cumber-
some system, Dr. Wainio has by no means always found it best to follow it in
the determination of specimens. The present writer has thus far followed
the plan of the “ Monographia Cladoniarum ' Universalis ” in part, without
reference to its objectionable features, but working on the supposition all the
time that there is a real species, often with true varieties.

Oftentimes the study of our American forms has involved no difficulty,
since species and vafieties stand out distinctly enough, in other instances no
varieties being recognized in our area. So no difficulty will arise in the use
of this series of papers, except perhaps in Cladonia fimbriata and Cladonia
gracilis , our most difficult species, of which an adequate exposition has not
yet appeared. Regarding the last species, further study of specimens indi-
cates that our paper left too much under the specific description. Indeed, it
now appears plainly enough that Wainio’s so-called variety dilatata is the
prevailing form, standing at the centre of variation, and that it should stand
for the species under the name Cladonia gracilis simply. Cladonia fim-
briata is beyond us for the present, and we can offer no remedy. As to
Cladonia furcata, it is not so certain whether the first variety, alpha, of
Wainio’s system, should stand for the species or not, but this seems proba-
ble. Regarding Cladonia verticillata , the variety evoluta would seem to be
the species according to its position as assigned by Wainio, and the
geographical distribution that he gives it as well. But so far as specimens
seen from our territory are concerned, this is not the case, the plant plainly
standing as a variety, and the form, with one or two exceptions, ranks as the
species, as was given in our paper.

The January Bryologist was issued January 2d, 1906.

— 22

Concerning the present species, the variety alpha, cribosa of Wainio, is
plainly the species, including nearly all specimens within our territory, and
being the most common by far according to the distribution given it by
Wainio. Also after looking through the species yet to be considered in this
series of papers, it is apparent that there will be no difficulty in following the
method inaugurated in the present paper, while the explanations given
above regarding the species disposed of in previous papers of this series will
clear up any difficulties, and enable workers to use this portion of the series
in the same manner as the papers to follow.

The feeling that a change must be made has been growing as studies of
the Cladonias have progressed, and defense for the procedure is ample. We
may not be able often to ascertain elementary species by taxonomic methods,
but we should at least make our systematic species conform as nearly as
possible to the biological species. In so doing we must employ the parallel-
istic method of considering both form and function in the selection of our
spectific marks, when two morphological characters are equally prominent,
giving more prominence to the one that is more useful. Then, too, if we
are ever to approximate to true species, we must use some definite criterion
and come to some agreement as to chief differentials. The statistical method
proposed by Davenport and Blankinship, in a recent joint paper, seems to the
writer to contain much of suggestion. We must not be content to base our
views on a few herbarium specimens, but modes or centres of variation
must be established in the field, by examining a multitude of specimens.,
then we must determine ranges of variation and degree of isolation for vari-
ous forms encountered before deciding upon the limits of species and vari-
eties. And nowhere is this sort of study more necessary than in the variable
and plastic Cladonias , By this method, a worker may established species
and varieties in the areas studied with some degree of mathematical cer-
tainty. Then, by comparing results of such work in various regions, we may
hope to establish world-wide conceptions of species of much greater value
than those of the present time, discarding many of the “ historical types,”
which are doubtless in many instances not true species, but varieties instead,
and establishing true or “specific types.” De Vries has given instances in
which systemists have found the elementary species, or at least true biologi-
cal species, as opposed to compound conceptions, and we may hope by
proper methods to approximate and often realize such results.

While the results to follow in this series of papers must rest upon the
study of herbarium material very largely, no pains will be spared to make
the species and varieties recognized conform as nearly to true biological
species as can be done.

Cladonia cariosa (Ach.) Spreng. Linn Syst. Veg. 4: 272. 1827. Primary
thallus persistent or replaced by new squamules, composed of irregularly
laciniate, incised or crenate, concave, flat, involute or revolute, ascending or
suberect, clustered or rarely scattered squamules, which are small or medium
sized 1-6 mm. long and 1-5 mm. wide, pale sea-green above, varying toward
olivaceous, whitish below or brownish toward the base, the cortex continuous

—23—

or more or less sorediate above
and along the margin. Podetia
arising from the surface or margin
of the squamules, 5-30 mm. long
and 1-4 mm. in diameter, subcyl-
indrical or thickened toward the
top, cupless and always termin-
ated by apothecia, usually freely
branching and sometimes even
from the base, the branches spread-
ing or more usually suberect, the
sides commonly more or less fiss-
ued or grooved, clustered or sub-
solitary, usually suberect, the cor-
tex areolate and the areoles scat-
tered, rarely squamulose toward
the base, pale sea-green or whitish,
the decorticate portions betweeu
the areoles whitish. Apothecia usually medium ^ized, 1-2 or even 4 mm. in
diameter, clustered-conglomerate, frequently perforate, borne at the apices
of the podetia, flat or becoming convex and immarginate, lighter or darker
brown or possibly rarely reddish-brown. Hypothecium pale. Hymenium
brownish above and pale or brownish below. -Paraphyses simple or rarely
branched, thickened and brownish toward the apex. Asci clavate or cylin-
drico-clavate,

On various soils and rarely on old woqd; in open or more or less
shaded places. Distributed throughout North America, but much more com-
mon toward the north, apparently being largely replaced toward the south
by Cladonia mitrula, which will be considered in the next paper of this
series. Examined by the writer from Massachusetts and Maine (Clara E.
Cummings), South Carolina (H. A. Green, whose specimen was received under
the name, C. caespiticia ), Tennessee (W. A. Calkins, and determined as C.
subolescens Nyl.), Iowa (Bohumil Shimek and Bruce Fink), Minnesota
(Bruce Fink), Colorado (Baker, Earle and Tracy, originally determined as
C. symphycarpa, but changed by Wainio), California (H. E. Hasse), Wyom-
ing (Avon Nelson), and several localities in British America (John Macoun).
J. W. Eckfeldt lists from Greenland, T. A. Williams from the Black Hills,
Mrs. Carolyn W. Harris from ’Montana, and Henry Willey from Illinois.
Following Tuckerman’s Synopsis, Dr. Wainio’s distribution would add
Oregon, New Mexico, and two or three arctic or subarctic stations.

A number of specimens have come to the writer’s herbarium from
American localities, under the name Cladonia syinphycarpa Fr. , which was
recognized as a distinct species by Tuckerman. Few of these specimens
seen are in condition for determination, usually being without podetia, and
though the squamules are frequently rather large, it seems probable that
•Wainio is right in assigning such material to the present species.

—24 —

Cladonia cariosa corticata Wainio, Mon. Clad. Univ. 2: 53. 1894. The
cortex subcontinuous or partly areolate with the areoles contiguous.

Examined from Indiana (L. M. Underwood) and from Tacoma Park, D.
C. (T. A. Williams). Also a peculiar form from Maine (G. K. Merrill) doubt-
less belongs here, though squamules are present at the tops of the podetia.
The specimens seen are less branched than the usual forms of the species.
Miss Clara E. Cummings also lists this variety from Alaska, and Dr. Wainio
thinks that most of the forms given by Tuckerman under C. symphycarpa
probably belongs here. Known also in Europe.

Cladonia cariosa squamulosa (Mull.) Wainio Mon. Clad. Univ. 2: 57.
1894. Squamules of the primary thallus somewhat elongated, and squam-
ules present on the podetia. Cortex of podetia sometimes subcontinuous.
Podetia sometimes simple.

A specimen sent by Prof. John Macoun, collected on the lower St. Law-
rence, in Ontario, is this at least in part, squamules being quite numerous on
some of the podetia, even to the top. Collected on humus over rocks.
Known elsewhere only in Europe. Grinnell, Iowa.

MUSCI ACROCARPI BORE ALI= AMERICAN A.

(Prepared and Distributed by Prof. J. M. Holzinger.)

Prof. Holzinger has just issued the last fascicle of Century n, of this
interesting and valuable series. In the last two fascicles we note the
following interesting species: Oligotrichum parallelum (Mitt.) Kindb.
Pogonatum erythrodontium Kindb., Fissidens Ravenelli Sulliv., Blindia
acuta fiexipes R. & C., Distichum inclinatum (Ehrh.) Bry. Eur., Grimmia
glauca Card., G. Muhlenbeckii Sch., Rhacomitriwn patens (Dicks.) Hueb.,
Scouleria marginata E. G. B., Barbula amplexa Lesq., B. Bakeri Card.
& Ther., Pottia Nevadensis Card. & Ther., Aphanorkegma serratum
(Hook. & Wils.) Sulliv., Orthotrichuin papillosum Hpe., Schlotheimia Sul-
livantii C. M., Ulota phyllantha Brid., Timmiella anomala (Bry. Eur.)
Limpr., Splachnum sphaericum L., Tayloria serrata B. & S., Pyramidula
tetragona Brid., Bartramia glauco-viridis C. M. & K. , Bryum Bailey i
Holz., B. polycladum Card. & Ther., Rhizogonium spiniforme Bruch.

Dr. J. W.hBailey and Mr. A. S. Foster in the Northwest, and Mr. Severin
Rapp in Florida, 'are doing remarkably good work as collectors, and are adding
extensively to our knowledge of the moss flora of their respective regions.

Several other members of the Sullivant Moss Chapter have contributed
to Century 11, and it is safe to say that Prof. Holzinger’s Exsiccati, as well
as my own, have been very greatly indebted to the work of the Chapter.
Mr. Rapp, living in one of the most interesting regions bryologically of all
North America, is doing specially fine work.

To my own Exsiccati he has contributed such things as Hookeria var-
ians , Leptodon trichomitrion immersum , Pilotrichella cymbifolia, Papil-
laria nigrescens, Clasmatodon parvulus , Entodon Drummondia , and others
of equal interest. A. J. Grout.

— 25-

MOSSES AT THE CONGRESS OF NEW ENGLAND NATURAL
HISTORY SOCIETIES.

Cora H. Clarke.

In the middle of October, 1905, there was held in Boston a Congress of
Natural History Societies, it being thought that it would benefit isolated
societies in the different New England States to come together and learn
what others are doing. There was an exhibition of specimens, contributed
by the different organizations, open for three days, and on the last day,
October 14th, was held a meeting at which there was a roll call of all the
societies represented, and a delegate from each gave statistics as to its
meetings, membership, and work. Many of the organizations studied but
one section of Natural History, (Geology, Entomology, Ornithology or Botany).
In all there were twenty-nine societies represented, with thirty-one exhibits
by members of fourteen societies.

That the Congress was felt to be a success we may infer from the fact
that a committee was appointed to arrange for a Federation of the Societies
and for the holding of future meetings.

In the exhibition room were to be seen minerals, crystals, fossils, land
snails, insects, bird skins, birds preserved in glass tubes, spiderwebs preserved
between glass plates, inexpensive apparatus for collecting and preserving
plants and insects, a book of photographs of tracks on sand, one of photo-
praphs of wild flowers, ecological specimens of Phenogams, two sets of water-
colors of fungi (hung on a net draped over one wall), also fungi fresh, fungi
pressed, and fungi in bottles, pressed algae in books and on separate sheets,
and finally, three exhibits of mosses and one of lichens. The lichens and
the companion box of mosses was the work of our Sullivant Chapter member,
Mrs. Dunham (who also showed a book of water-colored sketches of mosses).
Her mosses are dried in tufts just as they grow, and the green foliage,
golden setae, and brown capsules make a very pleasing color-combination.
Each species stood in a small tray, and the trays were fitted into a large,
flat box, with a lid. Mosses too tall for the box were laid on their sides.
Her lichens were arranged in the same way, and of course these two boxes
were but a sample of her whole Herbarium.

The next set of mosses to attract attention bore the name of Miss M.
Edna Cherrington, though she disclaimed merit for them, and said they were
the work of the whole Botany Class of the Teachers’ School of Science, and
represented about a year’s study and excursions; many of them were naihed
in the field. We noted that there were about one hundred species, nearly all
from Eastern Massachusetts, some from Maine and New Hampshire: that the
dates ran from April to November, 1904, including a few gathered in August,
September, and October, 1905. These mosses were put up so as to occupy
but little space, to be handled with perfect safety, examined with a magnifier
on each side ; and could be taken out in an instant, to put under a high power,
and return to the same envelope. These envelopes or slides are made of a

^Simplex Mount Co., Wellesley, Mass.

—26—

transparent, flexible material,* which in this case were 65 mm. X 75 mm.,
some larger sizes being used for the larger mosses; a pressed specimen of
the moss, with a narrow label, being laid into the envelope, the front flap is
slipped under a ridge, or fold, and everything is secure. A white card
alternated with each transparent envelope, to form a background, and
groups or families were tied together with cords passed through perforations
at the base, so that the whole could be turned back and forth like the leaves
of a book.

In the third set of mosses, the species were gummed on full-size herb
arium sheets, this being the beginning of a Collection of Mosses to go to
the Herbarium of the Massachusetts Horticultural Society, where it is no
object to save space. A fruiting spray of Fontinalis Dale car lie a covered a
whole sheet, but with the small, common species, like Dicranella hetero-
malla , or Georgia pellucida, there were six or eight gatherings, from as
many different months, to show seasonal change. Only about sixty species
were as yet in this set. On many of the sheets a packet or envelope con-
tained moss sprigs that could be taken out and examined.

We do not know how it was with the other exhibits, but we know that
several pleasant introductions took place over the moss tables, followed by a
correspondence which has been of advantage to all the parties concerned.

Boston, Mass.

ADDITIONS TO THE BRYOPHYTE FLORA OF LONG ISLAND.

A. J. Grout.

Since the publication of Dr. Jelliffe’s “Flora of Long Island” in 1899,
the following additions to the mosses and hepatics have been made by vari-
ous collectors. Some of these were published in Torreya, April, 1902, and
July, 1904. Unless otherwise credited the additions were made by the
author.

HEPATICAE.

Riccia lutescens Schw. Forest Park.

Bazzania trilobata (L,) S. F. Gray. Cold Spring.

Lepidozia sylvatica Evans. Frequent.

Lophocolea minor Nees. Common in Queens County in swampy woods.

Anthoceros punctatus L. Forest Park.

It is probable that the Lepidozia set ace a of Jelliffe’s List is L. sylvatica ,
and that the Odontoschima Spagna is O. prostratuin (Swartz.) Trevis., this
last species being common.

MUSCI.

Polytrichum juniperinum alpinum Schimp. Miss M. L. Saniel (Dr. Jel-
liffe, in Torreya, 4:7, 1904.).

Buxbaumia aphylla L. Jamaica South, Cold Spring, A. J. G. Law-
rence, Miss Brainerd.

Bruchia Sullivantii Aust. Lawrence; Cold Spring.

Dicranum flagellare minutissimum Grout. Lawrence. (See Mosses
with Hand-Lens and Microscope, p. 105, Fig. 47).

Pleuridium palustrk Schimp. Flushing. This grew on wet swampy
soil, while P. alternifolium and P. subulatum grow on drier sandy soil.

Pleuridium subulatum (L.) Rabenh. Common.

Trematodon ambiguus (Hedw.) Hornsch. Jamaica.

Acaulon muticum of Jelliffe’s List is undoubtedly A. rufescens Jaeg.,
although I have not seen specimens.

Astomum Sullivantii Schimp. Frequent.

Tortula papillosa Wils. Kings County, Brainer. This is entered in
Jelliffe’s List as Rhacomitrium aciculare , as I determined from specimens
in the Museum of the Brooklyn Institute.

Orthotrichum sordidum Sulliv. & Lesq. On bark of elm, Cold Spring.

Mnium punctatum elatum Schimp. Jamaica.

Mnium rostratum Schrad. On soil. Jamaica.

Mnium affine rugicum B. & S. Lawrence. A very peculiar sterile
, stoloniferous form, determined by good authority but about which I feel very
uncertain.

Pohlia nutans (Schreb.) Lindb. Cold Spring.

Thelia asprella (Schimp.) Sulliv. Bark of tree, Cold Spring.

Thellia Lescurii Sulliv. Rockville Center. Sandy soil by R. R.
Lynbrook.

Thuidum paludosum (Sulliv.) Rau & Hervey. Frequent in swamps.

Thidium scitum (Beauv.) Aust. Flushing.

Amblystegium Lescurii (Sulliv.) Aust. In brook, Cold Spring.

Brachythecium acutum (Mitt.) Sulliv. Frequent in swamps.

“ flexicaule R. & C. Jamaica.

Noveboracense Grout. Bryologist 3: July, 1900. On
soil in swamp. Valley Stream.

Brachythecium oxycladon (Brid.) J. & S. Forest Park.

“ populeum (Hedw.) B. & S. Jamaica.

Bryhnia Novae-Angliae (Sulliv. & Lesq.) Grout. Common in swamps.

Eurhynchium strigosum praecox (Hedw. ) Husnot. On soil, Prospect
Park.

Climacium Kindbergii (R. & C.) Grout. Common in swamps.

Hypnum chrysophyllum Brid. Common in swamps.

“ cordifolium Hedw. Frequent in bare wet spots in swamps.

“ crista-castrensis L. Cold Spring. Rare on Western Long

Island.

Hypnum fluitans gracile Boul. Floating and nearly filling a small
pond or large pool west of the road from R. R. station to Cold Spring Harbor.

Hypnum molluscum Hedw. Frequent on shaded soil.

“ Patientiae Lindb. Frequent on soil in swamps.

“ fratense Koch. Determined by Renauld. Swampy soil, Jamaica.

Plagiothecium Sullivantii Schimp. forma propagulifera (Ruthe).
Base of trees in swamp, Valley Stream, This was determined by Dr. Best
with some doubt expressed. It grows associated with P. Ruthei, but usually
higher up on the soil at base of trees, and has a markedly different facies.

— 2S —

Plagiothecium latebricola (Wils.) B. & S. Base of trees in swamp,
Flushing.

Plagiothecium micans (Sw.) Par. Flushing, Jamaica, Lawrence.

“ Ruthei Limpr. Abundant on hummocks in swamp at

Valley Stream. Frequent in swamps.

Plagiothecium striatellum (Brid.) Lindb. Common in swamps.

“ Groutii Card. & Ther. Depression in base of chestnut

tree, Hempstead. See Bryologist 9: Jan. 1906. Probably=/\ micans { Sw.)
Par. forma.

Pylaisia Schimperi R. & C. Bark of apple trees. Cold Spring,
Fushing.

Raphidostegium adnatum (Mx. ) B. & S. Base of trees, Jamaica.

“ recurvans (Mx. ) J. & S. Frequent.

Fontinalis antipyretica gigantea Sulliv. Valley Stream, Rev. George
Hulst. Brooklyn, N. Y.

BOOK REVIEWS.

Moss Exchange Club. Census Catalogue of British Hepatics. Compiled
by Symers M. Macvicar. Pp. 23. 8vo. York: 1905.

This catalogue is both concise and serviceable. Schiffner’s System of
Classification in Engler & Prantl’s Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien is fol-
lowed. The county and vice-county divisions of the British Isles are given,
each division having its number. Then follows the list of Hepatics, from
page seven. Stations where the species given have been found are indi-
cated by numbers, which correspond to the various divisions mentioned
above. An Index of Genera is appended. The List contains seventy
genera and two hundred and forty-nine species. Copies of this catalogue
may be had from W. Ingham, 52 Haxby Road, York, England, gd., each.

Caroline Coventry Haynes.

Ch. Lacouture ancien professor de sciences naturelles au College Saint-Cle-
ment, de Metz. Hepatiques de la France. Tableaux Synoptiques des
caracteres Saillants des Tribus, des Genres et des Especes. Avec-
plus de 200 figures representant toutes les especes de la Flore frangaise.
Paul Klincksieck, Librairie des Sciences Naturelles, 3 rue Corneille,
Paris, 1905. Prix 10 francs. **

This popular guide to the hepatics of France is very fully illustrated
with figures showing the vegetative organs, stem and leaves, of the leafy
hepatics, and the thallus and reproductive organs and spores of the thalloid
forms, with magnifications of from one to fifty diameters; in the case of
spores, three hundred diameters. The student with a leafy hepatic,
unknown to him, starts with the first table of the Key and determines
whether the specimen possesses succubous or incubous, entire, lobed or
divided, etc. leaves, and places it in its family. The second part of the Key
leads him to see if it possesses lobules or underleaves : to observe the shape
and placing of the perianth, the root-hairs, etc., until the genus to which it

—29

belongs becomes apparent. Turning then to the third part of the Key, he
observes the general aspects of the plant, color, texture, relations of the
plant to substratum, cellular structure, habitat, etc., and with the accom-
panying illustrations to aid finds its specific name. The thalloid liverworts
are first examined with regard to the shape of the thallus, whether the
dorsal side possesses stomata or gemmae, and whether there are scales on the
ventral side: the shape and placing of the involucre, whether immersed,
sessile or stipitate ; the shape of the opened capsule. The species of the family
Ricciaceae are illustrated with outline drawings of the whole plant and with
cross-sections of the thallus : while the species of the genus Fossombronia
are determined by the characteristic markings and shape of the spores.
There are two hundred and fourteen species given. So many of the French
species are also inhabitants of America that this quarto should prove service-
able to our own students of the Hepaticae. Caroline Coventry Haynes.

GRIMMIA GLAUCA.— A NEW SPECIES OR A HYBRID.

John M. Holzinger.

Under this title Mr. Jules
Cardot, in Rev. Bryol. 1905, p.
17, discusses and describes a
sterile Grimmia found by him
and Mr. Longuet near Charle-
ville, in the Ardennes, north-
ern France. On Aug. 23, 1905,
the writer collected a sterile
Grimmia on a ledge of lime
rock left exposed by the gen-
eral glacial mantle, and strewn
with detached boulders of the
same material, standing above
the general level of the prairie,
three miles due south of Lewis-
ton, Winona County, Minn.,
about twenty miles from Win-
ona, on the C. & N. W. Ry.
The plants occurred quite
abundantly, in loose cushions
one to three inches in diame-
ter. Their appearance sug-
gested G. leucophaea, which
was collected by the writer at
Taylor’s Falls, on the eastern
border of Minnesota, and in
the valley of the Upper Min-
nesota River, both at Montevideo and at Ortonville, on the western border
o£ the State. But it was recognized, even in the field, that these plants were

From Cardot' s illustration in Revue
Bryologique.

smaller than the known species. Microscopic examination proved them quite
different, nor could they be referred to any described species, so far as there
was time for comparison.

Under the circumstances it was deemed advisable to submit some of this
material for critical study to Mr. H. N. Dixon, who on previous occasions had
kindly taken the trouble to examine other Grimmias. Being recognized as
an able and conservative bryologist, his judgment deserves to be put on
record. He says of this plant:

“The leaf base and general appearance are precisely those of- G. leuco-
phaea, from which I think it differs only, but very markedly, in the tapering
points of the leaves. In fact it is almost identical with G. glauca Card.,
only differing in the larger, very rough hair points. It constitutes in fact^an
intermediate stage between that plant and G. leucophaea . And some of
your plants have the leaves slightly less tapering, and therefore still more
like the latter plant. I would suggest that you send a specimen to M. Car-
dot : I think he will be interested to see it. I am inclined to think that it
somewhat confirms his suggestion that G. glauca may be a hybrid resulting
from a crossing of which G. leucopheae is one parent.”

The writer accordingly sent both the letter, from which -the above ex-
tract is taken, and some of the Grimmia in question to Mr. Cardot, who
writes: “Your Grimmia is clearly my G. glauca, as Mr. Dixon thought.

It differs from the type from Charleville only by its longer, stouter, rougher
hair point, and also by its less glaucous color. But there is no doubt about
its being this plant. Is this a hybrid, or a species ? This question will prob-
ably remain unanswered so long as the fruit is not found.”

Sterile Grimmias are at best difficult to determine, usually requiring the
examination of leaf sections, both near the base and apex. In the case of
the moss in question, it has, therefore, seemed advisable to make accessible
to all interested bryologists the independent judgment of the two students
above quoted, both well known for their ability and achievements.

It appears that neither in Mr. Dixon’s nor Mr. Cardot’s judgment there
is so far decisive evidence that this is either a good species or a hybrid,
unless the recognized variation, in the Minnesota plant, of the stouter and
frequently longer hair point may be held to lead to the view that it really is a
hybrid. In the face of this uncertainty the writer ventures to suggest that
the geographical distribution of the plant — its occurrence in two isolated
areas, one in Northern France, the other in the Upper Mississippi basin, on
a knoll in Southeastern Minnesota— tends to argue for its value as a good
species. It should be recalled, in this connection, that Winona County lies
in the northwest portion of the Driftless Area. This Area, as the writer has
shown in a former note, harbors Grimmia teretinervis Limpr., not known
again till one reaches the Austrian Alps, Claytonia Chamissoi Ledeb., a
thousand miles to the east, and 4000-5000 feet below its normal home in the
Rocky Mountains, and other plants of similar remarkable distribution. The
addition of Grimmia glauca Card, to this list of plants marooned, as it were
in the Driftless Area, in the penumbra of which lies Winona County, is thus

—3i —

a matter of interest both geographical and botanical. It also constitutes an'
argument for the specific value of Mr. Cardot’s plant, unless it be admitted
that a hybrid may exist, and persist, for several thousand, even several times
ten thousand years, in such widely separated areas. And further, the sub-
stratum for G. leucophaea, so far as the writer’s observations go, is trap and
granitic rocks ; G. glauca occurs here on the sedimentary dolomitic lime-
stone of Lower Silurian age. Nor yet could hybridization have taken place,
at least so far as the American station goes to show: the knoll near Lewis-
ton, E. Minn., is over a hundred miles from either of the Minnesota stations
known to the writer. Whether the degree of isolation and substratum, of
this plant of the French station, agrees with the above data, it will be inter-
esting to learn from Mr. Cardot.

Following is Mr. Cardot’s description translated from Rev. Bryol, 1905,
pp. 17-18:

“Plants forming dense tufts or cushions, not cohering, of a glaucous-
green color when dry. of a lively green when moist. Stems simple or divided
from the base, 5-10 mm. long. Leaves straight, closely imbricated when
dry, lanceolate, long, and gradually tapering-acuminate nearly from the
base, quite concave, channelled above, terminating in a short-toothed hair ;
about 2 mm, long, .6-75 mm. wide : borders plane, quite entire ; blade in all
the upper portion, except on the borders, formed of two layers of small very
chlorophyllose cells rounded or subhexagonal seen in a face view, but higher
than wide seen in cross section ; cells of the basilar portion in a single layer:
at the angles are found numerous transversely enlarged cells, disposed in
regular rows, becoming then square and passing gradually into the small
cells of the upper leaf part; costa depressed, formed at the base in a cross
section of two layers of the epidermal element analogous to the cells of the
blade, between which is observed a layer, more or less developed, of smaller
cells with thicker walls; the costa becomes indistinct towards the apex,
where it is ordinarily reduced to a single cell lying between the two halves
of the blade.

“ By its leaves with plane margin, by its tissue, and by the structure of
the costa, this moss evidently leans strongly toward G. leucophaea. But it
is easy to distinguish the plant by the shape of the leaves; while in G.
leucophaea they remain quite broad to near the apex, where they are
abruptly narrowed into a very long hair, in G. glauca they are narrowed
gradually and end in an elongated apex overtopped by a short hair. This
last character, it is true, is not of great value, for forms of G. leucophaea with
short hair points are quite frequently met with ; but the form of the upper
part of the leaf is quite distinctive, and does not permit of confusing G.
glauca with G. leucophaea .” Winona, Minn.

Miss A. L. Crockett, Camden, Maine, has discovered that through a mis-
understanding at the Post-office a letter from a Sullivant Moss Chapter
member to her was returned to the sender as unclaimed. If any others were
similarly treated will they please write again.

—32—

RAMALINA RIQIDA ON THE RHODE ISLAND COAST.

To aid in the clearer understanding of the distribution of this species, it
may be of interest to note its occurrence at Middletown, Rhode Island. Dur-
ing September, 1905, 1 collected several specimens, and in November received,
through the kindness of Mr. Edward Sturtevant, several more. It grows
commonly on the Red Cedar ( funiperus Virginiana), the tree which mainly
comprises the Paradise Woods, which back the Second Beach sand dunes.

My determination of the species was corroberated by Dr. W. G. Farlow,
.after careful comparison with specimens in the Cryptogamic Herbarium of
Harvard University, where, at his request, a specimen was placed, as the
Herbarium contained no Rhode Island specimens. % m

Willey recorded in 1892 the presence of Ramalina rigida Pers. in the
region of New Bedford, which is some twenty miles to the northeast.

Concord, Massachusetts. Reginald Heber Howe, Jr.

ENCALYPTA PROCERA.— A CORRECTION.

The punctuation or better perhaps the lack of it in my copy of Die
Natiirlischen Pflanzenfamilien led me in the article on Encalypta procera
Bruch, in the November, 1905, Bryologist, to ascribe to Brotherusan opinion
that he evidently does not hold, namely, that E. Selwini Aust. is identical
with E. procera Bruch. In a paragraph in which both are mentioned the
final sentence on E. procera is not separated from the one beginning with
“ E. Selwini ” by any mark of punctuation, which led me rather hastily to
infer that they were one species. A closer attention to the custom of placing
a synonym in a parenthesis after the name of the species with which it is
identified would have prevented the mistake, even with the faulty reading. I
am indebted to Prof. Holzinger for calling my attention to the error.

Chicago, 111. E. J. Hill.

SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER NOTES.

Chapter members will please take notice of the following remarks. Our
'Secretary, Dr. J. W. Bailey, Walker Building, Seattle, Wash., has charge of
the Chapter Mo$s Herbarimn and all specimens designed for it, and all cor-
respondence regarding contemplated offerings of mosses in the Bryologist
should be addressed directly to him as well as all mosses for determination.

Mi-ss C. C. Haynes, 16 East 36th street, New York City, has custody of
the Hepatic Herbarium and all specimens of material for determination,
and correspondence regarding the work of this section should go directly to
her.

Mr. G. K. Merrill, 564 Main street, Rockland, Maine, our Vice-President,
has the Lichen Herbarium , and all that pertains to the subject of lichens
should be addressed directly to him.

Our President, Mr. E. B. Chamberlain, 1830 Jefferson Place, Washing-

-33-

ton, D. C., we reserve to attend to all matters of general interest regarding
Chapter management, determination of hard knots, etc.

The Treasurer takes all the money both for the Chapter and the Bryol-
ogist and gives the proper receipts therefore.

CHAPTER NOTE.

The officers and the members of the Sullivant Moss Chapter wish to
express by this note their appreciation of the services which the retiring
Secretary, Miss Mary F. Miller, has rendered. No other officer comes into
such close touch with the individual members as the Secretary. It is felt
therefore, that to Miss Miller’s devotion to the interests of the Chapter is due
in no small degree, its present prosperous condition. It is the purpose of this,
note to extend to the retiring Secretary the best wishes of the Chapter and the
most sincere thanks for the many kindnesses of the past two years.

E. B. C.

The following names are to be added to the list of Chapter Members:
Mr. L. Russell Reynolds, Box 1293, Seattle, Wash.: Prof. Alfred Ely Day,
Professor of Botany in the Syrian Protestant College, Beirut, Syria: Mr.
Wm. Moir, 73 Boylston street, Jamaica Plains, Boston, Mass.; Miss R. B.
Fisher, Johnson, Vermont.

OFFERINGS.

(To Chapter Members only. For postage.)

Mr. N. L. T. Nelson, 3968 Laclede Ave., St. Louis, Mo. Desmatodon aren-
aceus, S. & L.

Dr. John W. Bailey, Seattle, Wash. Scleropodium colpophyllum (Sulliv. }
Grout; S. caespitosum (Wils.) B. & S.

Miss Annie Lorenz, 96 Garden street, Hartford, Conn. Diplophylleia apic-
ulata Evans.

Miss C. C. Haynes, 16 East 36th street, New York City. Lepidozia rep tans
(L.) Dumort.: Lophocolea heterophylla (Schrad.) Dumort.

Mrs. Mary L. Stevens, 39 Columbia street, Brookline, Mass. Cladonia
turgida (Ehrh.) Hoffm. m. stricta Nyl. Collected in Sanbornton, N. H.

Mr. G. K. Merrill, 564 Main street, Rockland, Maine. Sphaerophorus
fragilis (Pers.). Collected on Mt. Washington, N. H.

Miss C. M. Carr, R. F. D., No. 3 South Framingham, Mass. Physcia triba-
cia (Ach.) Tuckm.

Mr. Reginald Heber Howe, Junior, Middlesex School, Concord, Mass.
Umbilicaria Pennsylvania Hoffm. ; Cetraria lacunosa Ach. ; C.
Islandica (L.) Ach.

Prof. Thomas A. Bonser, 02217 Monroe street, Spokane, Wash. Bartramia
pomiformis Hedw.

—34—

AUSTRALIAN MOSSES.

Some Locality Pictures.

Rev. W. Walter Watts.

The Editor has suggested to me that brief “pen pictures” of Australian
Moss localities might interest readers of the Bryologist; and with that object
in view, and with the added purpose of assisting the cause of Australian
bryology, I shall be glad to send an occasional paper to a publication that
has interest, not only in America and Europe, but even in these far-off
Southern lands. «

I begin with the district in which I am at present located, the district of
Young, in New South Wales, — not my first, but my latest, bryological love.

The town of Young lies a few miles northwest of the main Southern line
from Sydney to Melbourne. “As the crow flies” it is about 150 miles from
the coast, 200 miles from Sidney, and stands 1400-1500 feet above sea-level.
It was formerly an important gold field, and the vincinity of old watercourses
has been honey-combed by the alluvial miner. The district is diversified
with hill and hollow. Our chief products are wool and wheat, — and rabbits.
The climate is healthy. Such rains as we get fall mainly in the Winter; the
Summer is usually hot and dry. The temperature ranges from a few degrees
>o£ frost in Winter, bringing us very rarely a touch of snow, up to as much as
1 15-120 degrees in the middle of Summer. Our mosses are mostly denizens
•of rock and ground, and must be looked for during the Winter and the early
Spring, say July to October.

Outcrops of granite occur in all parts of the district. In some directions
they develop into high rocky hills: humbler outcrops, with the grass growing
to their base, are a distinguishing feature on every hand. Where the land
has not been cleared, the characteristic “gum” tree lends picturesqueness to
the view.

I propose a visit to one of these granite outcrops, choosing a spot where
the rocks, worn with the weather of unknown centuries, are flanked by open
country that stretches down to rich alluvial flats. It is the month of August,
when the moss-fruits are rapidly hastening to maturity, some of them already
displaying their open capsules, while others still retain the veil.

Examining first the rocks themselves, we find that the most obtrusive
species are Taylor’s Grimmia cygnicollis , and G. leiocarpa. ‘ The* first of
these, Mitten identified with G. pulvinata, var. obtusa (Brid.), and Brotherus,
in Bryales, follows him. Wilson regarded G. leiocarpa, Tayl., as a var. of G.
leucophaea, Grev. Brotherus agrees, but merges G. leucophaeain G. campes-
tris, Burch. I cannot yet throw off the familiar names. We shall also find,
perhaps in large quantities, Hedwigia albicans (Web.) Lindb. (H. ciliata,
Ehrh.). C. Mueller regarded the Australian moss as a new species, H.
microcyathea, C. M. Hedwigidium imberbe , Sm., is also here, but without
.any trace of fruit: Pseudoleskea calochlora , C. M.. and Tor tula princeps ,
DeNot. If we follow Brotherus in his conclusions regarding the two Grim-
mias, we shall be struck with the remarkably northern character of this rock

-35-

flora. T.. princeps, though sometimes growing on the bare rock, prefers
hollows or crevices where a little soil has collected.

Still keeping to the rocks, we may find in obscure corners, sheltered and
half-hidden by some overhanging projection, the unique and beautiful Fab-
ronia Tayloriana , Hamp., perhaps in the form foliis integris , Broth. Fab-
ronia Scottiae , C. M., may also be found, a species wide-spread in N. S. W.,
and which was first collected by Miss Scott, now Mrs. Forde, a lady who in
her earlier years spent much time and showed much skill in making drawings
of many of our Australian mosses. In the crevices of the rocks we shall find
a few species of Bryum , but, in the absence of fruit, for they are mostly
sterile, some of them are not yet determinable. We may note, however, Bm
subatropiirpureum, C. M., B. peraristatum , C. M., ( a beautiful species ),
B. erythropyxis , C. M., and perhaps B. pachytheca, C, M., which last is
exceedingly plentiful throughout the district, growing mostly upon the
ground, where, mixed with Funaria hygrometrica, it forms a perfect picture,
with its thick, dark-red, hanging capsules, a typical Doliolidium.

Turning now to the ground at the base of the rocks, generally damp and
shaded, we shall find probably specimens of Breutelia affinis ( Hook. ) Mitt. ;

B . commutata ( Hamp.) Par. : Bartramia papillata, H. f. W. ; B. gymno-
stoma, Broth,, sp. nov. , in appearance very much like B. papillata, but dis-
tinguished, as the name implies, by its want of a peristome: Bryum calodic-
tyon, Broth., sp. nov., a most distinctive and dainty species of the Argyro-
bryum group: Triquetrella papillata ( H. f. W. ): perhaps also Tr. albicus-
pes . Broth., sp. nov,: Weisia flavipes , H. f. W. : Hymenostomum Sullivani,

C. M. (rarely): Encalypta tasmanica, Hamp. etC. M.; Funaria hygromet-
rica (L)Sibbth., var. sphaerocarpa (M;assp. ): F. tasmanica , Hamp., a
fine species with very distinctive characters: F. ( Entosthodon ) apophysata
(Tayl.): F ( Entosth.) aristata , Broth., very similar to the preceding, but
differing in its percurrent nerve: Fissidens elamellosus , Hamp. et C. M.: F.
macrodus , Hamp.: the inevitable Ceratodon purpureus\ possibly Campy l-
opus Woollsii, C. M., Ditrichum affine , C.M., and two or three species of
Pottiaceae which anticipate those ,growing on the open ground that slopes
down to the richer flat country.

Leaving then the rocks, we turn our attention to the hard ground, where
the grass grows scantily and bare spaces of water-washed soil provide treas-
ure spots for the bryologist. If one has been previously accustomed to the
luxuriating coastal mosses, especially the fine, tree-loving, sub-tropical forms
of the Northern Rivers, he will simply revel in the rarities here displayed.
Dignity he will throw to the winds; he will not even go down upon his hands
and knees: he will lie flat upon the ground, and, lens in hand, forget the
world and its cares in the delighted contemplation of the rich garden of
Nature spread out before him. The Pottiaceae are particularly in evidence,
as they are throughout the district. Probably Tor tula atrovirens (Sm.), will
be the first thing to greet our eye; then Barbula calycina Schwgr., and per-
haps B. torquata , Tayl. Before turning to the minuter mosses that consti-
tute the special attraction of the spot, we take note of Bryum pachytheca

—36—

and the Entosthodons already mentioned. Then the tiny capsules of Pottia
brachyodus , Hamp., or P. brevicaulis ( Tayl. ), or even both of them. We
shall not have far to look for Acaulon Sullivani, C. M.: while, growing with
it or in separate clusters, we may see Acaulon robustum , Broth., sp. nov.,
easily distinguished by its larger and stronger form. Aslomum cy lindricum,
Tayl., and P leuridium nervosum (Hook.), are almost sure to be there, and,
more rarely, P leuridium gracilentum, Mitt, and Eccre?nidium pulchellum,
H. f. W. But, most attractive of all, we shall see the lovely Gig a sp* rm u m
repens (Hook), with its large white transparent perichaetial leaves, and
Goniomitrium enerve , Hook, et Wils.. with its distinctive calyptra; possibly
G. acuminatum. Hook, et Wils., may also be there, as it occurs (rarely) in the
district. Then, if we are fortunate in our choice of a spot, we may see a rarity
indeed: Tr achy car pidium Novae Valesiae, Broth., sp. nov. At first glance
we may mistake it for a Goniomitrium: but we shall readily notice the ab-
sence of the angles in the veil, and the long Archidium-like leaves that sur-
round the fruit. This species is the second of the new genus that Brotherus,
in Bryales, founded upon a New Caledonian moss. It has proved to be wide-
spread in the district. I collected it only last week in the Cowra district,
nearly fifty miles from here. You may be fortunate enough to find in this spot,
though they are rare and have only been found by me occasionally, Barbula
acrophylla , C. M., B. australasiae (Hook, et Grev. ), B. chlorotricha
(Broth, et Geh. Par., B. austro-unguiculata , C. M., and Torticla evanes-

cens, Broth., sp. nov.

Coming down to the fiat country, if we take a fallow paddock, we shall
find over again many of the ground mosses already discovered, but probably
in finer condition than on the hill- slopes, especially the Acaulons and the
Pleuridiums. PI. gracilentum seems to prefer the lower, damper habitat.
We may find too, probably by accident if we are not looking specially for it,
the minutest of all the species of this district; Ephemerum cristatum (H. f. W.)
a truly beautiful moss, of which I have collected good material in fruit. Bry-
um argenteum, var. niveum, will be found plentifully, and possibly the rare
Funaria pilifera , Broth.

Cutting its way through this flat country we may find a creek so-called;
and among the grass of its banks we may find, in addition to many of the
foregoing, Hypnum patulum, Hamp., and H. tenuifolium, H. f. W., often in
association with Breutelia commutata. Close by we may find some old,
partially filled mining shafts, and on their damp shady banks we shall dis-
cover such species as Bryum calodictyon , Broth, the Firidentes, Fungriae,
Bartramiae, etc. already mentioned, as well as Brachythecium rutabulum,
Stereodon cupressiformis and a Philonotis not yet determined.

Aug. 29, 1905 . Young, N. S. W.

(To be Continued)

rJinju mjTJTJTJi.ruxrinjxnjTJinjTjTJTJTJTnxinnjTj^

VOLUME IX NUMBER 3 5

MAY; 1906 _

The BRYOLOGIST

AN ILLUSTRATED BIMONTHLY DEVOTED TO

NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES

HEPATICS AND LICHENS

ANNIE

EDITOR

MORRILL SMITH

CONTENTS

Notes on Nomenclature, VI. ( Illustrated ) Elizabeth G. Britton 37

Australian Mosses, Some Locality Pictures ( Concluded )

Rev. W. W. Watts V

Third Botanical Symposium V

“ When Doctors Disagree ” A. J. Grout 1+2

Bryological Notes (Illustrated) .... A. J. Grout
Some Lichens of Mt. Watatic, Mass. Reginald Heber Howe , Jr. J+6
A list of Lichens from Chilson Lake Carolyn W. Harris 48

Book Notices and Reviews ....... 52

Sullivant Moss Chapter Notes 52

Proposed Meeting of the Sullivant Moss Chapter ... 53

Offerings 53

Ramalina rigida in Massachusetts Reginald Heber Howe , Jr. 54

Notes on Life History of the Mniums Phebe M. Towle 54.

C, Entered at the Post Office at Brooklyn, N. Y., April 2, 1900, as second class ot mail
Cj matter, under Act of March 3, 1879.

L Published by the Editor, 78 Orange St., Brooklyn, N. yV, S. A.

liTJTJTJTJTJTTLTlJTJTnjTJTJTJTflJTJTJlJlJTJTJTf TJTJTJTJTJ^ JTJT.1

PRE88 OF MCBRIDE A STERN, 97-99 CLIFF STREET. NEW YORK

THE BRYOLOGIST

IpmjcrtxtM# gjcrtvmal

DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN
• MOSSES, HEPATICS AND LICHENS

ALSO OFFICIAL ORGAN OF

THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER

EDITOR

Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith

ASSISTED BY

Mr. A. J. Grout, Ph.D. [

Dr. J. W. Bailey i

Mr. G. K. Merrill

Miss Caroline Coventry Haynes . . .

Mosses

Lichens

Hepatics

Subscription, $1.00 a Year Single Copies, 20 cents

Four Vols. 1898-1901— $1.50 Four Vols. 1902-1905—14.00

THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER

officers for 1906

President— Mr. E. B. Chamberlain . . 1830 Jefferson Place
Washington , D. C.

Vice-President— Mr. G. K. Merrill .... 564 Main Street
Rockland , Maine

Secretary— Dr. John W. Bailey .... Walker Building
Seattle , Wash.

Treasurer— Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith . 78 Orange Street
Brooklyn , N. Y.

Plate II. Dendroalsia abietma (Hook.) E. G. B,

THE BRYOLOGIST.

VOL. IX

May, 1906.

No. 3.

NOTES ON NOMENCLATURE VI.

Elizabeth G. Britton.

The most notable advance made at the Botanical Congress in Vienna
(1905) was the unanimous adoption of the priority of the oldest specific name,
and the total extinction of the varietal name as a factor in priority. The
oldest generic name and the determination of the type species for every genus
has not yet been adopted, but we hope that at the next Congress, five years
hence, the committee on the Nomenclature of Cryptogams will not only see
the importance of this rule, but also that the subgeneric name as a factor in
priority will also become extinct.

M. Cardot, Prof. Brotherus and myself are members of the commission
to decide on questions of nomenclature for the mosses at the next Botanical
Congress at Brussels, and it is hoped that some logical agreement will be
reached. M. Cardot is still following the Paris Code of 1867, Section 58, and
is giving the oldest subgeneric name priority over a later generic name, but
he is not doing this consistently for, if he adopts Cryphceadelphus (C. M.) he
should also adopt Aptychus of the same author. In Engler & Prantl,
Pflanzenfamilien, Prof. Brotherus has also adopted two changes of sub-
generic to generic names, and he has called my attention to a duplication of
names which has occurred, each of us coming to the same conclusion indivi-
dually and separating, almost simultaneously, the genus Alsia into two
genera.

In the following notes, all changes affecting North American mosses are
listed and illustrations of two genera, new to the United States, are repro-
duced, from parts 222 and 223 of Engler and Prantl Pflanzenfamilien,
which were delayed in reaching us.

Erpodium (Brid. ) C. M. Bot. Zeit. I: 774. 1843.

In the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club for May, 1905, I have called
attention to the error in citing Bridel as the author of this generic name. He
printed it as a subgenus of Anoectanginm, and it was Carl Muller who
raised it to generic rank. E. Doming ense (Brid.) C. M., is the type species
from Santo Domingo, and it has also been collected in Jamaica and Porto
Rico. E. Cubense , E. G. Britt, from Cuba, E. Pringlei , E. G. Britt, from
Mexico, and E. biseriatum (Aust.) Aust. from Georgia, have been described
by me. (Bull. T. B. C. 3 2:266, 1905, and Bryologist 8:71, 1905). Dr. Max
Fleischer has examined the type of E. diver sifo limn, C. M., at Berlin, and
thinks it is referable to E. Domingense. E. Paraguense Besch. has been
described. (Mem. Soc. Nat. de Cherbourg 21 1265, 1877.)

The March BRYOLOGIST was issued March 3d, 1903.

Fig. 531 .A—D Erpo.dium domingense (Spreng.). A Fruchtende Pfl. (1/1); B Steriles
Astchen im trockenen Zustande (15/1); C Stengelb. (50/1); D Blattspitze (250/1).— A—
J E. Holst ii Broth. E Fruchtende Pfl (1/1 ) ; AFertiler Spross im trockenen Zustande
(10/1); G Stengelb. (27/1); H Blattspitze (125/1); J Haube (30/1 ).- K—L E. Joannis
Meyeri C. Mull. A' Stengelb. (45/1); A Blattspitze (175/1). (Originale.)

Fig. 531. From Engler & Prantl. Part 222. p. 708.

Hedwigia albicans (Web.) Lindb. Both Limpricht and Brotherus ac-
cept this the oldest specific name for H. ciliata Ehrh.

Pseudobraunia (Lesq. & James) Broth. E. & P. Pflanzenfam. 1.3. 715.
J905.

Braunia, subgenus Pseudobraunia Lesq. & James Man. 153. 1884.

P. Californica (Lesq.) Broth, is the only species recognized.

Brachelyma Sch. Syn. Muse. 2d. Ed. 557. 1876.

Cryphceadelphus (C. M.) Cardot Rev. Bryol. 31:6. 1904.

Neckera Dichelyma ( Cryphceadelphus ) C. M. Syn. Muse. 2:145. 1851.
The type localities of both North American species are in Georgia. B.
subulaturn Sch., and B. robustum (Cardot) E. G. B. Bryologist 7:48.1904-
Climacium Web. & Mohr.

Only two species are recognized for North America, C. dendroides and
C. Americanum; C. Kindbergii and C. pseudo-Kindbergii are omitted, and

— 39 —

from recent investigations it becomes evident that they are only aquatic
forms of C. Americanum and should have been given the name that they
were distributed under by Austin in his Musci Appalachiani No. 289, C.
Americanum var. fiuitans (p. 49. 1876).

Pleuroziopsis Kindb. Check List Eu. & N. A. Moss. 19 1894.

Girgensohnia Kindb. Sp. Eu. & N. A. Bryin. 1:43.1896.

Climacmm Sect. Girgensohnia Lindb. Act. Soc. Fenn. 10:248.1872.

This is another instance of the replacing of a generic by a subgeneric
name. P. ruthenicwn (Weinm.) Kindb. is our West Coast species found also
in Asia and Japan.

Cryphzea Ravenellii Aust. has been referred by Kindberg (Br. Eu. & N.
A. 1:7. 1897) to Forsstroemia and Brotherus has accepted this opinion. I
have already stated (Bull. T. B. C. 3 2:263.1905) that Austin was quite right
in placing it in Cryphcea.

Dendropogonella E. G. Britton, new name.

Dendropogon Sch. Bot. Zeit. 1:377.1843. not Raf. Neogenyt. 3:1825.

As Rafinesque’s genus has been taken up recently by Dr. Small for
Tillandsia usneoides L. (Flora S. E. United States 244.1903.) Schimper’s
name succumbs to the fate which seems to await a homonymn, hence
I have added a syllable in order to distinguish the genus of the true mosses
from our common “ Florida Moss.” Only one species is known from Mexico
and the Island of St. Thomas, Dendropogonella rufescens (Sch.) E. G. B.

Fig. 562. Leucodon domingensis Spreng. A Sterile Pfl. (1/1); B Astchen mit Flagellen
im trockenen Zustande (10/1); C Laub. (30/1); D Blattspitze (175/1). (Original.)

Fig. 562. From E. & P. Part 223. p. 750.

-40—

Pseudocry phsea flagellifera (Brid.) E G. B. Bull. T. B. C. 32:261.1905.

Pilotrichum flagelliferum Brid. Bryol. Univ. 2:259.1827.

Leucodon doming ensis Mitt. Journ. Linn. Soc. 12:409.1869.

It is interesting to note that on page 751, Brotherus says that this is un-
doubtedly a distinct genus, but he failed to name it, or to adopt its oldest
specific name. It has been collected at five stations in Florida, and is found
in the West Indies and in the northern part of South America.

This species has also been collected by Mr. R. S. Williams in Bolivia, and
was referred to Acrocryphcea , from which it differs in the elongated cells of
the upper part of the leaves and the much more prominent basal differentia-
tion of the cells.

Antitrichia Brid. Sect. I. Macouniella Kindb. p. 756.

This is the way that Brotherus disposes of Macouniella. Cardot has
called my attention to the fact that A. Calif ornica var. flagellifera. E. G.
Britt. Bull. T. B. C. 32:266.1905, is unknown to him. It is evidently a mis-
take for Alsia Calif ornica flagellifera R. & C.

Pterogonium ornithopodioides (Huds.) Lindb. replaces P . gracile Sw. ,
of Lesq. & James Manual, p. 290.

Forsstroemia Lindb. Ofv. K. Vet. Forh. 19:605.1862.

Leptodon Mohr L. & J. Man., p. 278. 1884.

Five species, F. nitida Lindb., F. trichomitria (Hedw.) Lindb., F. im-
mersa (Sull ) Lindb., F. Ohioensis (Sull. ) Lindb., and F Floridana (Lindb.)
Kindb. are listed and Cryfhcea Ravenellii (p. 742) is omitted, as it
should be.

Alsia Sull. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci. 3:185.185*5.

Antitrichia Kindb. Check List of Eu. & N. Am. Mosses, p. 9, 1894.

A. Calif ornica, and the variety flagellifera R. & C., are listed. Alsia
longipes Sull is said to be a Thamnium. This species has recently been
included in the following genus by me. (Bull. T. B. C. 3 2:265.1905.)

Dendroalsia E. G. Britton Bull. T. B. C. 32:263. May, 1905

Groutia Brotherus E. & P. Plfanzenfam. Lief. 223. 760. Aug., 1905,

D. abietina (Hook.) E. G. Britt, and D. circinnata (Sull.) E. G. Britt,
have been included in Alsia Sull. & Groutia Broth ; they seem to me to be
sufficiently distinct and to include Alsia Macounii Kindb.

These specimens from Lake Pond d’Oreille, Idaho, collected by J. B.
Leiberg, are the finest that have ever been collected of this species. The
accompanying photograph (Plate II) shows the size on the herbarium sheet
on which they are mounted.

Eucladium verticillatum (L. ) Br. & Sch. on rocks in a spring near the
Holston River, at Marion, Va. June 6, 1892. This moss has only been re-
corded from the Western States, California. It occurs also in Bermuda.

New York Botanical Garden.

~4i —

AUSTRALIAN MOSSES— SOME LOCALITY PICTURES

Rev. W. Walter Watts,

(Concluded)

This may be allowed to end our trip. But, to complete my records for
the district, I must add one or two notes.

Some parts of the district produce native pine trees ; and, so far, these
are the only bush trees on which I have found any trace of mosses. The
species are Tortula vesiculosa , C. M., a species so-named on account of the
vesiculose character of the green brood-bodies that abound on the nerve of
the leaf; and Tortula Baileyi , Broth., which produces elongated brood
bodies, very beautiful to see, at the tip of the stem. These two mosses
occur on the poplars planted in the town of Young T. vesiculosa most
plentifully.

At one spot 12 miles from Young, I collected Bryum tasmanicum, f. seta
breviore, Broth. From Weedallion Mountain, 30 m. from Young, comes
Bryum sublaevigatum, Broth., sp. nov. Poly trichum juniperinum , Willd. >
is not uncommon. At Grenfell, 32 m. away, on the sides of an excavation of
rock, I collected Dawsonia longiseta, Hamp. ; on the Wedden Mountain, a
locality which I intend to explore later, Pohlia nutans (Schreb.) Lindb.

Finally, at KOorawatha, some 25 m. from Young, in a deep valley among
the mountains, I collected Stereodon cupressiformis (L); Mielichhoferia
Forsythi , Broth.; Mielichhoferia turgens , Broth., sp. nov.: Grimmia apo-
carpa; Racopilum convolutaceum , C. M.: and the interesting Pilonotis
remotif olia, H. f. W. , a moss which has so much the appearance of a Thuid-
ium that, when first found, it was named Hyf7ium (Taman's cella ) scabri-
folium. Sullivant, who first received the fruit, named it Bartramia exigua,
and that name is retained by C. M. in his Genera Muscorum. At one time
H. et W. called it P hilonotis appressa; but the name was subsequently
abandoned as inappropriate to the female plant. Brotherus, in Bryales,
gives precedence to Ph. Scabrifolia (H. f. W.).

Other species, especially of Bottiaceae and Bryaceae, are certain to be
found in this district; but this paper will give a good general view, I trust,
of the Moss Flora of this part of N. S. Wales. I may add that for many
determinations I am indebted to S. Brotherus.

Aug. 29th, 1905. Young. N. S. W.

(Concluded)

THIRD BOTANICAL SYMPOSIUM.

The third annual meeting of the Botanical Symposium will be held from
July 2d to 9th, at Mountain Lodge, Little Moose Lake, Old Forge, New
York. Through the courtesy of the members of the Adirondack League
Club, the privilege of occupying the Club House for one week is extended to
the members of the Conference. Tickets should be bought to Fulton Chain
Station, on the Adirondack Division of the N. Y. C. & H. R. R. Single fare
from New York City $6.46. Board $2.50 to $3.00 a day. Stages will meet

—42-

the party at Fulton Chain Station, to which point all baggage should be
checked. Mrs. Hugh M. Smith and Mrs. N. L. Britton will act as guides.

Sullivant Moss Chapter Members are requested to notify them if they
intend to attend the Symposium. For further information address, Mr.
Joseph Crawford, 2824 Frankford Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa., Secretary of
the Symposium.

“WHEN DOCTORS DISAGREE.”

(Before reading this note, please turn to the Bryologist 7:78. Sept.
1894, and read carefully the article under this caption, noting dates
mentioned. )

In my herbarium are two packets of mosses labeled as follows :

Thelia Lescurii Sulliv., Sandy soil, Rockville, L. I., Dec. 1, 1899. Coll.
A. J. G., type of P. Groutii, No. 196, N. Am. Musci Pleurocarpi. De-
pression in base of chestnut tree. Hempstead, L. Id., Dec. 1, 1899.

In my collection of letters from Mrs. Britton, I find one from which the
following is an extract.

“Bedford Park, Dec. 4, 1899.

“Your packet of mosses is received. Thelia Lescurii occurs on West
Rock, at New Haven, where Prof. Eaton collected it, and I think it has been
found at other places in New England, but I should have to look this up at
the herbarium. The Plagiothecium you send is a pretty little species, con-
spicuous for its resemblance to the laxer forms of H. recurvans , which it
resembles in its small capsules, which are horizontal, and its recurved leaves.
I think it will go under one of the varieties of H. denticulatum, either laetum
or aptychus. Send it to Dixon for an opinion. It answers pretty well to No.
361, Aust. Musci App., which was distributed as P. dent. var. pusillum ,
which he says grows on the roots of trees in dry woods - - - - - .

“I shall be writing to Dixon soon about another matter, and will send
this to him, as I should like his opinion on them.”

The italics are mine.' I may add that at this date, the Dec. 1899 col-
lection of Thelia Lescurii was the first and only collection of the species I
had ever made.

I will draw no inferences, for I feel that my readers will be amply able
to do that for themselves. A. J. Grout.

BRYOLOGICAL NOTES

A. J. Grout.

Pogonatum brachyphyllum Michx. None of the available descriptions of
this species allude to the great difference between the capsules of this species
and those of P. brevicaule. The capsules of the latter are erect and almost
or quite symmetric, while those of P. brachyphyllum when fresh are inclined
about as much as those of P. alpinum, and are oblong-ovoid and strongly
unsymmetric. This difference is much less apparent in herbarium speci-
mens.

— 43 ■ —

Plate III. Homalothecium subcapil latum. From The leones. PI. 90.

—44—

Tetraplodon australis Sulliv. & Lesq. Some specimens of this species
sent me from Thomasville, Ga., by Mrs. A. P. Taylor, were so unlike any of
the descriptions, that I at first thought they must belong to a different
species and perhaps a different genus. The leaves were entire and as long,
and slenderly acuminate as in T. angustatus ; the columella was distinctly
exserted, the teeth reflexed, and the hypophysis so reduced as to make only
a moderate sized neck. An examination of Sullivant & Lesq. Musci Boreali-
Americani, Edition i, No. 15 1, in the Columbia University Herbarium revealed
at least one capsule with an exserted columella and at least one capsule in
which the hypophysis is as reduced as in the Thomasville specimens. No. 227 of
the Second Edition has many exserted columellae and many capsules with
small hypophyses, but has leaves as strongly serrate as those figured in the
leones. An examination of the other specimens in the combined collections
of Columbia University and the New York Botanical Gardens showed that
the small hypophysis and exserted columella are common variations found in-
termingled with plants like those figured by Sullivant. The presence of
nearly entire leaves in rare cases is noted in the Manual. The teeth seem to
be normally reflexed in perfectly ripened capsules. These observations indi-
cate that the speices is an exceedingly variable one, intermediate between
Tetraplodon and Tayloria, and suggest that it may perhaps be better referred
to the latter. More exhaustive knowledge of the two genera than I at
present possess is needed to decide this.

Anacamptodon splachnoides (Frol.) Brid. Specimens of Anacamptodon
sent by Mrs. A. P. Taylor, from Thomasville, Ga., have the costa somewhat
thinner and almost percurrent ; the seta longer and the capsule slightly larger
than in the ordinary run of specimens : the operculum is scarcely more than
conic in most of the specimens. Dr. Best suggests that it may be a ;trans-
ition form between A. splachnoides and A . Cubensis Sulliv. which is based
on Wright’s No. 66. A. Cubensis is said to be closely related to A. splach-
noides, but smaller with a percurrent costa and a conic-acute operculum.
(See Jour. Linn. Soc. 12:540). I should not be surprised to find that the
Georgia moss is identical with A. Cubensis. Until this can be definitely
settled, I propose that this form be known as Anacamptodon splachnoides
Tylorsae.

Brachythecium Noveboracense Grout. A continued study of this
species in the field has shown that this species is a derivative of B. rivulare,
and is common in Long Island swamps. The gametophyte characters given
in the original description (Bryologist 3: 36. 1900) are generally characteristic
of the species but the capsules figured there were abnormally straight, and
the seta is less papillose than in most specimens.

Burnettia fabrofolia n. sp.

Closely resembling B. subcapillata, but with branch leaves broadly
lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, much more gradually narrowed to a longer
and more slender acumination: median leaf cells about 1/5 larger, 60-80 x Sju,
quadrate alar cells fewer and larger, about 16 ju wide; capsule less gibbous
and less plainly narrowed at the mouth.

—45—

On bark at roots of trees, near Thomasville, Ga. Coll, by Mrs. A. P.
Taylor, Oct. 20, 1905. Type in the herbarium of the author. Co-type in the
Herbarium of Columbia University.

The fruiting plants were few and closely intermingled with Raphidos-
tegium adnatum. In order that perfect capsules might be left with the type
as few peristomes as possible were studied. One of these seemed to have
the teeth united at base in pairs. I am greatly indebted to Dr. G. N. Best
for assistance in the study of this plant, although he is in no way responsible
for this publication. He says that this plant has the capsules of Homalothe-
ciella , and the leaves of Fabronia. No calyptra were found.

As most of the available descriptions of B. subcapillata are inadequate,
a fairly complete account of that species is appended to enable students to
distinguish between the two.

Burnettia subcapillata (Hedw.) Grout. Bryologist 6 :6s. 1903.

Pterogonium subcapillatum Schwaegr . Suppl. I.107, 1811.

Pterigynandrum brachycladon Beauv. & Brid., in Brid. Muse. Recent.
Part 4:130. 1819.

Pterogonium decumbens Schwaegr. Suppl. 2:32, pi. no. 1823.

Lasia subcapillata Brid. Bryol. Univ. 2:202. 1827.

Hypnum subcapillatum C. Miill. Syn. 2:352. 1851.

Homalothecium subcapillatum Sulliv. Gray's Man. Ed. 2:663. pi. 5. 1856,
and leones Muse. 41, pi 90. 1864. See Plate in.

P latygyrium brachycladon Kindb. Can. Rec. Sci. 21. 1894.

Homalothecium ( Homalotheciella ) subcapillatum Cardot. Bull. Herb.
Bois. 7:374-

Monoicous, in light-green, thin glossy mats; stems a few centimeters
long, irregularly dividing, creeping, subpinnately branching: branches about
5 mm. in length: branch leaves often somewhat homomalous, loosely imbri-
cate, ovate to elliptical-oblong, .9-1.2x.3-3.5mm : abruptly long accuminate,
more or less serrate above, smooth, concave; costa extending to middle
or beyond: median cells linear-fusiform. 8-9 times as long as broad,

quadrate alar cells about 10// wide, numerous, bordering the lower 1/4 of the
leaf. Stem leaves ovate, short or long: acuminate, costa short or sometimes4
almost wanting; paraphyllia absent; antheridia large, obovoid, short stipi-
tate, inner perigonial leaves ovate-lanceolate, concave, acute to acuminate,
bordered by a row of narrow cells, nearly or quite ecostate. Perichaetium
1.5mm. long, loosely sheathing, slightly spreading: inner leaves oblong to
oblong-spatulate. gradually long-acuminate, serrate above, short costate,
loosely areolate, leaf cells at base rectangular to rhomboidal : paraphyses
unusually long and numerous. Seta about icm. long, rough twisted to the
right: calyptra cucullate. hairy; capsule brown suberect to horizontal, gib-
bous to slightly curved, with a narrow mouth, slightly constricted under the
mouth, and lightly striate when dry and empty, 1.7 mm. long, length 2-3
times the diameter: operculum convex-conic, rostrate: collumella apparently
not persistent; annulus none; peristome double; the teeth linear-lanceolate,
united at base, brownish-yellow, closely and regularly articulate, hyaline

—46—

margined by the adherent segments. Spores roughened, 25 n, maturing in
autumn.

Type locality, Pennsylvania. On bark of trees and decaying trunks, in
woods. Widely distributed throughout the U. S. east of the Mississippi, but
not very abundant.

Illustrations: Sulliv. 1. c. & leones PI. 90; Hedw. 1. c. ; Suppl. pi. no
(Pterogoniu?n decumbens ) and pi. 243 ( P . ascendens).

Exsiccati Sulliv. Muse. Allegh. 83 (. Pterigynandrum ) ; Sulliv. & Lesq.
Muse. Bor. Am. Ed. 2. 384. Aust. Muse. Appl. 295. Drummond Muse.
Am. (S. States) 88. Ren. & Card. Mdse. Am. Sept. Exs. 236. Grout N. Am.
Musci Pleur. 108.

The variation in length of leaf is due largely to the variation in the length
of the acumination. Brooklyn, N. Y.

SOME LICHENS OF MT. WATATIC, MASSACHUSETTS.

Reginald Heber Howe, Jr.

No one thing has further advanced the knowledge of the distribution of
birds than a very general publication of local lists during the past decade.
Less than a dozen titles would, I think, complete the bibliography of such New
England lists of Lichens. It is for this reason that the present list appears,
and it is hoped that it will be but the first of many to follow. The words
“southern,” “eastern,” as applied to North America, now answer for the
distribution of many species, and these terms might be made more specific if
authentic local lists from many points were accessible.

May I be permitted, though a comparatively recent and yet ignorant,
student of Lichens, to speak humbly of Lichenology. I entered its field from
that of Ornithology, and examined its state with a somewhat trained scientific
mind, and nullius addictus jur are in verba magistri. At once I felt, as
a very sane lichenist put it to me recently, that unfortunately the study of
Lichens has a peculiar magnetism for the posing scientific “crank.’’
Secondly that no manual existed for the army of field students, often
“unscientific,” as the expression is, but nevertheless often the ones, from
their very numbers, to contribute much of real value, on question of distribu-
tion, habitat, etc., not to say as collectors. Thirdly, the marked tendency
toward verbosity and overdone scientific descriptions found throughout
Lichenological literature, and lastly the unprecedented use of tri-nomials and
quadri-nomials for mere contingent phases.

These statements will, I know, be considered by some to reflect upon my
ignorance as a Lichenist, yet I feel somewhat strengthened to withstand
comment, from the fact that my views are those also of one of the recognized
and truly scientific Lichenologists of New England.

Mt. Watatic is one of the highest of the group of foothills, known as the
Peterboro Hills. It occupies a position in the northwestern-most corner of
Middlesex County, a little over a mile from the New Hampshire line, in the
township of Ashby. Its altitude is about 1875 feet. Spruce covers its north-

-47-

west slopes to nearly the summit, while its southwest side is comprised of
rough pastures and stump-lands. The double summit is bare and rocky for
a few square rods. The Lichens enumerated below were collected on one
ascent to its summit, December 28, 1905.

List.

1. Ramalina calicaris CL.) Fr. a. fraxinea Fr. Common on the elms at
the foot of the mountain.

2. Ramalina calicaris c. canaliculata Fr. Two examples were found
on the elms at the base of the mountain.

3. Cetraria ciliaris (Ach. ) Tuckerm. Not uncommon on spruces and
dead wood on the mountain sides. Sterile.

4. Cetraria lacunosa Ach. Common on spruces. The specimen was
found on a ledge almost at the summit. Sterile.

5. Cetraria Oakesiana Tuckerm. One specimen was found on a moss
covered rock at 1500 ft. elevation.

6. Evernia prunastri (L) Ach. Found on a fallen stump, and on
spruces up to 1500 ft. Sterile.

7. Usnea barbata (L.) Fr. a. florida* hirta Fr. Sterile, on spruces nearly
to the summit of the mountain.

8. Alectoria jubata (L.) Tuckerm. b. chalybeiformis Ach. On fallen
stumps at about 1500 ft.

9. Parmelia perlata (L.) Ach. Sterile, on rocks at the summit.

10. Parmelia tiliacea (Hoffm.) Floerk. Not uncommon on maples, about
1500 ft. Fruited.

11 Parmelia Borreri Turn. b. rudecta Tuckerm. Common on pines.
Sterile.

12. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) Fr. b. sulcata Nyl. Common on a few
scattered oaks near the summit. Sterile.

13. Parmelia physodes (L.) Ach. Common on spruces, and in one spot
on the ground with Stereocaulon. Sterile.

14. Parmelia olivacea (L.) Ach. Not uncommon on maples. Sterile.

15. Parmelia caperata (L.) Ach. Common on rocks and trees. Sterile.

16. Physcia speciosa (Wulf., Ach.) Nyl. The specimen collected on an
unpainted barn. 1000 ft. elevation. Fruited.

17. Physcia aquila (Ach.) Nyl. b. detonsa Tuckerm. Common on oaks
near the summit. Fruited.

18. Pyxine sorediata Fr. Two examples on oaks near summit. Sterile.

19. Umbilicaria Muhlenbergii (Ach.) Tuckerm. Common on igneous

rocks at summit. *

20. Umbilicaria vellea (L.) Nyl. b. tylorhiza Nyl. (?) Rare on igneous
rocks about 1500 ft.

21. Umbilicaria pustulata (L.) Hoffm. b. papulosa Tuckerm. Common
on igneous rocks at summit.

22. Sticta amplissima (Scop.) Mass. One fruited specimen on oaks near
summit.

-43-

23. Sticta pulmonaria (L ) Ach. Common on the base of oaks near the
summit. Sterile.

24. Peltigera canina (L) Hoffm. b. spongiosa Tuckerm. One specimen
on rocks. 1500 ft. elevation. Sterile.

25. Lecanora pallida (Schreb. ) Schser. On oaks at the summit.

26. Lecanora subfusca (L. ) Ach. Common on deciduous trees.

27. Lecanora pallescens (L.) Schser. On a fallen log. 1800 ft.

28. Pertusaria velata (Turn.) Nyl. On oaks near the summit.

29. Stereocaulon paschale (L.) Fr. On stone wall. Sterile.

30. Stereocaulon (tomentosum ?) (Fr. ) Th. Fr. On earth on ledges at
summit. Sterile.

31. Cladonia cenotea (Ach.) Schser. b. furcellata Fr. Found among
moss near brook. About 1200 ft. elevation.

32. Cladonia uncialis (L.) Fr. obtusata (Ach.) Found sparingly about
1600 ft.

33. Cladonia gracilis (L.) Nyl. dilacerata Floerk. On rocks about
1200 ft.

34. Cladonia furcata (Huds.) Fr. Common on ground about 1500 ft.

35. Cladonia rangiferina (L.) Hoffm. b. sylvatica L. Common on
ground nearly to the summit.

36. Cladonia cristatella Tuckerm. Common on fallen logs.

37. Lecidea enteroleuca Fr. Common on deciduous trees.

38. Graphis scripta Ach, On oak trees near summit.

Specimens which were observed, as Physcia stellaris , for example, are
not enumerated, only those actually collected. The Cladonias in the above
list were determined through the kindness of Mr. G. K. Merrill. The speci-
mens are for the most part in my own Herbarium. Concord, Mass.

A LIST OF FOLIACEOUS AND FRUT1COUS LICHENS.

Collected at Chilson Lake, Essex Co., New York. Altitude 1200 ft.

By Carolyn W. Harris.

Ramalina calicaris (L. ) Fr.

“ “ var. fraxinea Fr.

“ “ “ FASTIGIATA Fr.

“ “ “ . CANALicui.ATA Fr. On trees, both evergreen

and deciduous.

Ramalina calicaris var. farinacea Schser. Found on rocks, especially
rocky cliffs with a northern exposure.

Ramalina pollinaria (Ach.) Tuckerm. Found on dead trees and on
rocks.

Ramalina rigida (Pers.) Tuckerm. On trees.

Cetraria Islandica (L.) Ach. On the earth, rare.

“ ctliaris (Ach.) Tuckerm. Very common, especially on dead
evergreens.

—49—'

Cetraria lacunosa Ach. Very common, growing with C. cilians.

“ glauca (L. ) Ach. On trees, abundant.

“ oakesiana Tuckerm. Found on dead trees and occasionally
on rocks.

Cetraria aurescens Tuckerm. On evergreens, usually dead or dying.
Evernia furfuraceae (L.) Mann. Found on dead arbor vitae.

“ prunastri (L. ) Ach. On dead trees, very abundant.

UsNEA BARBATA (L.) Fr.

“ “ var. Florida Fr.

“ “ “ HIRTA Fr.

“ “ “ CERATINA Schser.

“ “ “ DASYPOGA Fr.

“ “ “ PLICATA Fr.

“ “ “ RUBIGINEA Michx.

“ ANGULATA Ach.

“ TRICHODEA Ach.

“ longissima Ach. Found on dead or dying evergreens, especially
in swampy dense woods.

Cetraria juniperina (L.) Agli.

“ “ var. Pinastri Ach. Collected on dead wood.

Alectoria jubata (L.) Tuckerm.

“ “ var. chalybeiformis Ach.

“ “ “ implexa Fr. Found on dead trees and fence rails.

Theloschistes chrysophthalmus (L.) Norm. Collected on trees.

“ parietinus (L.) Norm. Very common on trees.

“ polycarpus (Ehrh.)Tuckerm. Common on trees and rocks.

Theloschistes lychneus (Nyl.) Tuckerm. On living deciduous trees.

“ concolor (Dicks.) Tuckerm.

“ “ var. effuse Tuckerm. Collected on trees.

Parmelia perlata (L.) Ach. On granitic rocks, very abundant.

“ perforata (Jacq.) Ach. Found on dead or dying conifers.

“ tiliacea (Hoffm. ) Floerk. Very common on dead wood.

“ Borreri Turn.

“ “ var. rudecta Tuckerm. Collected on trees both

dead and living.

Parmelia saxatilis (L.) Fr.

“ “ var. sulcata Nyl.

“ “ “ panniformis (Ach.) Schser.

“ “ “ omphalodes Fr. On dead wood and rocks.

“ physodes (L.) Ach. Abundant on dead spruce and hemlocks.
“ colpodes (Ach.) Nyl. On trees and dead wood.

“ olivacea (L,) Ach.

“ “ var. aspidota Ach.

“ “ “ sorediata (Ach.) Nyl-. On trees and rocks.

“ caperata (L.) Ach. Very common on living trees, dead wood,

and rocks.

— 5o -

Parmelia conspersa (Ehrh. ) Ach. Very abundant on trees and rocks.

Physcia speciosa (Wulf. , Ach.) Nyl. On rocks with moss.

“ AQUILA (Ach.) Nyl.

“ var. detonsa Tuckerm. Found on trees and rocks.

“ pulverulenta (Schreb.) Nyl.

“ var. leucoleiptes Tuckerm. On trees and rocks.

stellaris (L.) Tuckerm. Found on trees and fence rails.

“ var aipolia Nyl. On granite rocks.
tribacia (Ach.) Tuckerm. On trees and granite rocks.
hispida (Schreb., Fr.) Tuckerm. On dead wood.
OBscuRA(Ehrh.)Nyl. Found on living trees, dead wood, and rocks.

Physcia setosa (Ach.) Nyl. On rocks among mosses.

adglutinata (Floerk.) Nyl. Collected on shrubs.

Pxyine sorediata Fr. On granite rocks.

Umbilicaria muhlenbergii (Ach.) Tuckerm. Found on rocks.
vellea (L.) Nyl. On damp rocks.

Dillenii Tuckerm. On granitic rocks.

Pennsylvanica Hoffm. On granite rocks.
pustulata (L.) Hoffm.

“ var. papulosa Tuckerm. Found on rocks.

Sticta amplissima (Scop.) Mass. On rocks, very common.

“ pulmonaria (L.) Ach. On trees and rocks.

“ crocata (L.) Ach. Rocks among mosses.

“ scrobiculata (Scop.) Ach. On rocks with mosses.

Nephroma tomentosum (Hoffm.) Koerb. On mossy rocks.

Helveticum Ach. On mossy rocks.

“ l^evigatum Ach. Found on rocks.

“ “ var. parile Nyl. On mossy rocks.

Peltigera aphthosa (L.) Hoffm. On damp earth.

horizontalis (L.) Hoffm. On damp rocks.
polydactyla (Neck. ) Hoffm. Found on rocks and earth.
pulverulenta (Tayl. ) Nyl. On rocks.
rufescens (Neck.) Hoffm. On rocks and earth.
canina (L.) Hoffm. On rocks and earth.

“ var. spongiosa Tuckerm. Among mosses.

“ “ sorediata Schser.

Solorina saccata (L.) Ach. On calcareous earth.

Pannaria lanuginosa (Ach.) Koerb. On rocks with moss.

“ rubiginosa (Thunb.) Delis. Found on trees.

“ brunnea (Sw. ) Mass. On earth.

“ microphylla (Sw. ) Delis. On rocks.

“ molybd^e a (Pers. ) Tuckerm.

. “ “ var. cronia Nyl. On mossy earth.

“ leucosticta Tuckerm. On granite rocks.

Collema flaccid um Ach. On granite rock.

“ nigrescens (Huds.) Ach. On dead wood.

— 5i—

Leptogium lacerum (Sw.) Fr. On rocks near water.

“ pulchellum (Ach. ) Nyl. On mossy rocks.

“ Tremelloides (L. fil.) Fr. On rocks with moss.

“ myochroum (Ehrh., Shser.) Tuckerm. Found on decayed

wood.

Placodium elegans (Link.) DC. On perpendicular rocks.

“ aueantiacum (Lightf.) Naeg. & Hepp.

“ vitellinum (Ehrh.) Naeg. & Hepp.

Stereocaulon coralloides Fr. On rocks and earth.

“ paschale (L.) Fr. Very common, on rocks and earth.

The foregoing have followed Tuckerman’s order. The Cladonias are
given in alphabetic order as they have been variously determined.

Cladonia amaurocr^a (FI.) Schser. On earth.

“ bacillaris (Del.) Nyl. On decayed wood.

“ c^espiticia (Pers. ) Flk. On rocks.

4‘ cariosa (Ach.) Spreng. On earth.

“ cornu copioides (L.) Fr. On decayed wood.

“ cristatella Tuckerm. On decayed wood.

“ deformis (L.) Hoffm. On earth.

“ delicata (Ehrh.) FI. On decayed wood.

“ furcata (Huds.) Fr.

“ “ var. crisp at a Fr.

“ “ “ paradoxa Wainio. On earth with moss.

“ “ “ racemosa FI. On earth.

“ FIMBRIATA (L.) Fr.

“ “ var. coniocr^ea (Flk.) Wainio.

“ “ simplex (Spreng.) Flk. On decayed wood. '

“ gracilis (L.) Nyl.

“ “ var. dilatata (Hoffm.) Wainio.

“ “ “ hybrida Schaer.

“ “ “ verticillata Fr. Collected on earth.

Cladonia mitrula Tuckerm, On earth.

“ pyxidata (L.) Hoffm. On earth.

“ “ var. chlorophai a (Spreng.) Floerk. On rocks and

earth.

Cladonia pyxidata var. neglecta (Flk.) Schser. On mossy rocks.

“ RANGIFERINA (L.) Hoffm.

“ “ var. ALPESTRIS L.

“ “ “ sylvatica L. On earth.

squamosa (Scop.) Hoffm. On earth with mosses.

“ turgida (Ehrh.) Hoffm. On earth.

“ uncialis (L.) Web.

“ VERTICELLATA Hoffm.

“ “ var. evoluta Th. Fr.

B^eomyces .eruginosus (Scop.) D.C. On decayed wood.

“ roseus Pers. On earth.

— 52—

Endocarpon fluviatile D.C, On wet earth in brook.

“ MINIATUM Ach.

“ “ var. aquaticum Schasr.

“ “ “ complicatum Schser.

Specimens of the above list are in the author’s herbarium.

Brooklyn, N. Y.

BOOK NOTICES AND REVIEWS

Dr. Albert Schneider has published two books on Lichens, one a “Text-
Book of Lichenology,” published by Willard N. Clute & Co., Binghamton,
N. Y., is the standard work, and contains 76 full page plates. The more
elementary work, “A Guide to the Study of Lichens,” is published by Knight
& Millet, Boston, Mass.

Reginald Heber Howe and Marion Appleton Howe, have begun the
publication of “Common and Conspicuous Lichens of New England.” The
work is to appear in parts, and part second has just been received. The
authors intend that the work shall be “A Field Book For Beginners,” and
the two parts already published give assurance that it will serve its purpose
well. However, we must warn the beginner against supposing that he can
ever get a comprehensive knowledge of the Lichenes , without the aid of a
microscope, as many of the plants can not be determined by the best
lichenist, without careful microscoptic study. The marginal illustrations are
good, and will, with the aid of the short, but well worded diagnoses, prove
very helpful to the beginner. The half tones are by no means all that could
be desired, but we will hope for better ones in the future issues. The work
will surely help teachers and others beginning to study lichens, and aid them
in becoming acquainted with the more conspicuous species.

Bruce Fink.

“Lichenology for Beginners” by Prof. Sargent, which was printed in
The Bryologist during 1905, has been issued as a pamphlet and may be
obtained by sending fifty cents to the Publishers, The Harvard Co-operative
Society, Cambridge, Mass.

SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER NOTES.

Seven names are to be added this month to our list of Chapter Mem-
bers : Mr. G. Henschen, 269 Herr Street, Harrisburg, Pa, ; Dr. John L.
Sheldon, Prof. Bach. W. Va. Univ. Ag. Ex. Station, Morgantown, W. Va. ;
Miss Lydia Prichett Borden, Manoa, Delaware Co., Pa.: John W. Eckfeldt,
M.D., 245 N. 65th Street, Cor. Vine Street, Philadelphia, Pa.; Mr. Samuel
Spring Talbot, 392 Spring Street, Portland, Maine ; Mrs. Hannah Streeter,
504 North Marshall Street, Philadelphia, Pa.: Rev. Canon H. W. Lett,
Aghaderg Glebe, Loughbrickland, Co. Down, Ireland. Our total member
ship is now 171.

-53-

MEETING OF THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER.

A meeting of the Sullivant Moss Chapter will be held in New York, this
coming December, in connection with the annual meeting of the American
Association for the Advancement of Science.

In addition to a programme of papers on subjects of interest to the
chapter, it is desired to have as complete a representation as is possible of
the works of the chapter members. To this end all members are urged to
contribute material for exhibition purposes. Drawings, paintings, collections
of mosses, lichens or hepatics from various localties, methods of mounting
specimens, rare or interesting species, anything, in fact, pertaining to the
chapter work will be very acceptable. It is especially urged that members
prepare lists of the mosses, lichens and hepatics growing in their respective
localties, in order to furnish a basis for a more accurate knowledge of the
distribution of these plants. If in addition to these lists, actual specimens for
verification can be contributed, the value of the work will be greatly
increased.

.-This notice is published early in order that all may have due notice, and
that all may be watching during the coming summer for useful material for
the exhibit. The officers of the society will be very glad to answer questions
relative to the meeting. Further information will be given later in the
Bryoi.ogist. Edward B. Chamberlain, President.

OFFERINGS.

(To Charter Members only. For postage.)

Mr. H. Dupret, Seminary of Philosophy, Montreal, Canada. Fontinalis
flaccid a R. & C.

Miss Annie Lorenz, 96 Garden Street, Hartford, Conn. Dicranum
Muhlenbeckii. B. & S. c. fr. Coll. Vernon Centre, Conn. Det. Mrs. Britton.

Dr. John W. Bailey, Walker Block, Seattle, Wash. Mnium venustum ;
M. Menziesii; M. medium and M. glabrescens .

Miss Alice L. Crockett, Camden, Maine. Buellia geographica (L.)
Tuckerm. Coll, in Camden, Maine.

Mr. G. K. Merrill, 564 Main Street, Rockland, Maine. Cladonia alpestris
(L.) Rabenh. Coll, in Rockport, Maine.

Miss Caroline C. Haynes, 16 E. 36th Street, New York City. Radula
complanata (L) Dumort; Ptilidium Californicum, Underw. & Cook.

In sending for the “ Offerings,” judgment should be exercised as to
whether to send stamps or an addressed envelope. As a general rule, the
mosses and many of the hepatics would carry as well in a good sized envel-
ope, but the lichens require a box or straw boards in order not to be broken.
It has been suggested by one careful member to moisten the lichen slightly
before mailing. A postal card acknowledging receipt is no more than com-
mon courtesy.

— 54—

The Curator for the cryptogamic section of the Herbarium Boissier at
Chambesy, near Geneva, Switzerland, desires to exchange mosses and
hepatics with American and Canadian Bryologists. The Herbarium
Boissier has a large collection of duplicates, mostly European with some
exotics. For further particulars address Monsieur G. Colomb-Duplan, Les
Tordils, Ouchy-Lausanne, Switzerland.

RAMAL1NA RIGID A IIN MASSACHUSETTS.

Since I published my note on this species (Bryologist, Vol. IX., No. 2,
Mar. 1906. p. 32.) I have had some ample and more typical6 specimens sent
me from the Island of Martha’s Vineyard where it grows with Usnea b.
ceratinaon Juniperus. In Decades of North American Lichens, Cummings,
Williams and Seymour, No. 199, I find specimens from Brewster, Massa-
chusetts, collected on November 10, 1904, by L. A. Crocker. Ramalina
rigida Pers. seems to have a New England range almost identical with the
Seaside Sparrow (Ammodramus maritimns ), an Upper Austral species, and
the plant may evidently be looked for over the entire Cape and south shore
region of Massachusetts, as well as along the coasts of Rhode Island and
Connecticut. Reginald Heber Howe, Junior.

Concord, Massachusetts.

NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF THE MNIUMS.

Phebe M. Towle.

The study of the life history of some of the mosses which was begun in
the spring of 1905, has been continued during the past year. The observa-
tions for 1903 upon the Hair-caps gave for Polytrichmn commune and P.
juniperinum the time of maturing of antheridia and archegonia and their
contents in April, and the time of the maturing of the sporophytes in August
of the following year, a period of about sixteen 'months. The observations
of 1904 upon Catherinea undulata gave the time of maturity of the- anther-
idia and archegonia and their contents in May, and the time of the maturity
of the sporophytes in the following March and April, a period of about
eleven months.

The observations for 1905 have been chiefly upon the Mniums and upon
these we have made only a good beginning. There are only three Mniums
on this list and the work on one of these is unsatisfactory. It is hoped that
careful observation in 1906 may make this clear and complete the list.

Mnium sylvaticum grows in shady places, in the woods near the brooks,
and in damp, rocky places. It is a beautiful bright green moss in early
spring. On April 13th, the sporophytes were shedding their spores. On
June 20th, M. sylvaticum heads which are bisexual were examined. Neither
antheridia nor archegonia when undisturbed were open, but disturbed an-
theridia discharged sperm mother cells. About three weeks later, July 14th,
in one head, two archegonia had grown to twice the height of the others.

— 55

A second head had one archegonia twice the height of the others. The bases
of these taller ones were light green, evidently owing to the development of
the new sporophyte within. On August 9th, the sporophytes showed with a
hand-lens, and on Sept. 22d they could be plainly seen with the unaided eye,
being about % inch high. On Nov. 5th, the sporophytes were a little taller,
averaging about inches high. The stems were reddish brown. The
calyptra came off easily and the part underneath the calyptra was bright
green. By Nov. 28th, they had grown to yz inches high, but had not other-
wise changed in appearance.

While the observations for the season were not sufficiently full to justifiy
final conclusions on all points, it was found that the matering of the sperm
and egg cells is between June 20th and July 14th or better, during the latter
part of June, for the sporophytes had begun to grow by July 14th, and that
the sporophytes were discharging spores during the latter half of April. So
we may conclnde'that in Mnium sylvaticum the time from the maturity of
the antheridia and archegonia and their contents to the maturity of the
sporophytes is about ten months.

Mnium affine ciliare grows in nearly the same places as M. sylvaticum.
The shedding of the spores from the sporophytes of Mnium affine ciliare
was recorded for May 16th. On May 23d antheridia were open and dis-
charging sperm mother cells. The motile sperm cells were very active.
This is a dioicous moss. On June 5th, four archegonia of one tuft were
open, and on June 20th in one archegonial head eight archegonia were dark,
dead, five were open and two were not open but bright. On July 14th, in
one archegonial head all but two were dark. In another all but one were
dark. These living ones were about three times as tall as the dead ones.
They were bright green nearly to the tip. These were the new sporophyte
plants. On September 22d the new sporophytes could be plainly seen.
Nov. 5th they were % inches high. The stems were reddish brown to the
calpytra underneath which they were bright green. During November the
moss plants put forth a vigorous growth of stem and leaf.

From the season’s observations Mniuin affine ciliarZ appears to begin to
mature its sperm and egg cells in the latter part of May, continuing the
work through most of June, and the sporophyte maturity comes during the
following May. So for M. affi,ne ciliare the time from the maturity of the
antheridia and archegonia and their contents to the maturity of the sporo-
phytes is about eleven months.

Mnium Drummondii. — Closely associated with M. affine in locality, and
closely resembling it in appearance was a bisexual moss which I took to be
M. Drummondii. This moss was shedding spores on May 16th, as was
M. affine. On May 30th in one head, showing both archegonia and anther-
idia two archegonia were open. No antheridia were open. On June 1st,
another head was examined, a few archegonia were open but more were
closed. All the antheridia were closed. On August 9th, four little sporo
phytes were seen with the aid of a hand-lens in one head of M. Drummondii.

I have no later observations on this moss. But these observations indi-

-56-

cate the fruiting seasons to be the same as in M. affine ciliare, with a period
of eleven months from the maturity of the antheridia and archegonia and
their contents in June, to the maturity of the sporophotes in the following
May. This similarity of location, appearance and fruiting time between
M. ajjine ciliare and M. Drummondii suggest the question of relationship
between them, and if there is a relationship how close is it?

The question will lend an added interest to the observations of the
coming season.

Burlington, Vermont, Feb. 28, 1906.

(

r-rvnju UlJTJTJTJinJTJTJTTUlJTJlJTJlJTJTJTJTJT^^

VOLUME IX

NUMBER 4 5

JULY, 1906

The BRY0L0GI5T

AN ILLUSTRATED BIMONTHLY DEVOTED TO

NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES

HEPATICS AND LICHENS

EDITOR

ANNIE MORRILL SMITH

CONTENTS

Further Notes on Cladonias, No. VII. ( Illus .) Bruce Fink 57

Mounting Mosses— Some Hints . J. Franklin Collins 60

A List of Hepatics from Little Moose

Caroline Coventry Haynes 62

A List of Mosses from Little Moose . Annie Morrill Smith 63
Lichen Notes, No. 3 “Chemical Tests’* G. K., Merrill 66

Sullivant Moss Chapter Notes 71

Two Anomalies and a Curious Sight . B. D. Gilbert 72

Offerings (see cover ) 3

q Entered at the Post Office at Brooklyn, N. Y., April 2, 1900, as second class ot mail
C matter, under Act of March 3, 1879.

L Published by the Editor, 78 Orange St., Brooklyn, N. Y., U. S. A.

uTJTJxnj-LrinjLrLJijTjTJTJTj-LfiJiJTriJTJ'irLriJiJTJTJT run

PRE88 OF MC BRIDE * STERN, 97-99 CUFF 8TREET. NEW YORK

THE BRYOLOGIST

IpmxmiMij gjcravtxaJ

DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN
MOSSES, HEPATICS AND LICHENS

ALSO OFFICIAL ORGAN OF

THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER

EDITOR

Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith

ASSISTED BY

Mr. A. J. Grout, Ph.D. )

Dr. J. W. Bailey f

Mr. G. K. Merrill

Miss Caroline Coventry Haynes . . .

Mosses

Lichens

Hepatics

Subscription, $1.00 a Year

Single Copies, 20 cents

Four Vols. 1898-1901— $1.50 Four Vols. 1902-1905—14.00

THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER

officers for 1906

President— Mr. E. B. Chamberlain . . 1830 Jefferson Place
Washington , D. C.

Vice-President— Mr. G. K. Merrill .... 564 Main Street
Rockland , Maine

Secretary— Dr. John W. Bailey .... Walker Building
Seattle . Wash.

Treasurer— Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith . 78 Orange Street
Brooklyn , N. Y.

Plate IV. Fig. i. Cladoiiia subcariosa, a. X 3- b. Nat. size.

Fig. 2. Cladonia mitrula, a. X 3. b. Nat. size.

THE BRYOLOGIST.

Vol. IX. July, 1906. No. 4.

FURTHER NOTES ON CLADONIAS. VIE

Cladonia subcariosa, Cladonia mitrula and Cladonia leptophylla.

Bruce Fink.

Perhaps the first of our three species to be considered in this paper might
better have been disposed of in the last paper of this series with Cladonia
cariosa, to which species it it closely related. It certainly would seem that
Cladonia mitrula , a very characteristic and common American species,
should have first place in the considerations of the present paper ; and this
species must be regarded as the central and important feature, the other two
species as yet being very rare North American forms. However, in spite of
its relative unimportance to the student of our Cladonias, Cladonia sub-
cariosa, because of its closer relation to the species considered in the last
paper, is entitled to first place in the caption, and in the considerations to
follow.

Cladonia subcariosa (Nyl) Wainio Mon. Clad. Univ. 2:38. 1904. Prim-
ary thallus persistent or rarely disappearing, composed of subdichotomously
divided, irregularly laciniate or crenate sinuate, flat, ascending or suberect,
aggregated squamules, which are large or medium sized, 3-17 mm. long and
nearly as wide, sea-green above or varying toward ashy or olivaceous, below
whitish or finally dirty-brownish especially toward the base, the cortex con-
tinuous and no soredia present. Podetia arising from the margin, or rarely
from :4the upper surface of the squamules, about 5-15 mm. long (rarely 30
mm.) and. 5-4 mm. in diameter, subcylindrical or thickened toward the top,
cupless and always terminated by apothecia, simple or rarely furcate and
often very shortly digitate, sides entire, finally fissured or rarely conspicu-
ously rimose, the axils likewise usually closed or at length fissured, clustered
or scattered, suberector rarely ascending, cortex subcontinuous orareolate,
the areoles when present subcontinuous or quite close and scarcely elevated
or elevated wart-like, without squamules or soredia or rarely sparsely squam-
ulose, dull sea-green varying toward olivaceous or greenish, or the decorti-
cate portions pale or whitish. Apothecia usually medium sized, .5-4 mm-
in diameter, clustered-conglomerate, often somewhat lobed at the apex of the
podetia or on their short branches, soon becoming convex and immarginate,
brown or perhaps rarely varying toward reddish. Hypothecium pale.
Hymenium brownish above and pale or brownish below. Paraphyses simple
or rarely branched toward the thickened and brownish apex. Asci clavate
or cylindrico-clavate.

This species may best be known from Cladonia cariosa by the larger squam -
ules and by their shorter, unbranched or slightly branched podetia, which
show a less marked carious appearance and less commonly and conspicuously

The May BryoLOGIST, was issued May 3d, 1906.

-58-

fissured sides and axils. The present species also bears a strong resemblance
to the next below, from which it may be distinguished by the larger squamules
and by the stouter, more nearly continuously corticate and sometimes more
loosely apically branched, lighter colored podetia. Reference was made in
the last paper to specimens called Cladonia symphycarpia Fr. , by American
workers, and referred to Cladonia cariosa by Dr. Wainio, to whom the mate-
rial was submitted by the present writer. However, some of these speci-
mens with large or very large and much cut squamules, Dr. Wainio referred
to Cladonia subcariosa, and this, in one or two instances, with few podetia,
thus depending mainly upon the squamules, which in these specimens, at
least, are very markedly different from those of Cladonia cariosa. By way
of illustration of the squamules of the present species we give a few of these
squamules from the plant noted below and collected in the Lookout Moun-
tains byW. W. Calkins (his No. 85 of “ North American Lichens”) and dis-
tributed by him as Cladonia sy77iphycarpia Fr. For the podetia we give
illustration from a few separated from cespitose clusters as exhibited in a
specimen in the writer’s herbarium, collected in Germany by Dr. F. Arnold,
in 1897, which illustrates the podetia much better than any American mate-
rial at hand (Plate IV. fig. 1, b).

On earth, especially on sand in open places. Determined by Dr. Wainio-
from the writer’s herbarium as follows: Tacoma Park, D. C. (collected

Mabel E. Williams), and distributed in “ Lichenes Boreali-Americani ” (No.
178) as Cladonia sy77iphycarpia, and Lookout Mountains, collected by W. W.
Calkins, who distributed it in his “ North American Lichens (Nos. 85 and 94)
as Cladonia sy7nphycarpia. As for further North American distribution.
Dr. Wainio adds Massachusetts, Texas and some adjacent islands. Known
in all grand divisions.

Cladonia mitrula Tuck, in Dari. FI. Cestr. 444. 1853. Primary thallus
commonly persistent, composed of subdichotomous, irregularly or subdigi-
tately laciniate or crenate, flatish, ascending or suberect, clustered, small or
middling sized squamules, which are 1.5-4 mm. in length and nearly or quite
as wide, ashy to sea-green above and whitish below. Podetia arising from
the margin or from the surface of the squamules, 3-12 mm. long and .4-1.6
mm. in diameter, cylindrical and cupless, always terminated by apothecia,
simple or branched toward the apex, the branches erect or spreading,
sometimes fissured longitudinally, the axils sometimes open, clustered or
subsolitary, erect, contex continuous or composed of contiguous; or sub-
contiguous areoles, or rarely partly decorticate and somewhat sorediate,
sometimes sparingly squamulose, ashy to sea-green or the decorticate por-
tions whitish. Apothecia small or middling sized, 1-2 mm. in diameter, soli-
tary or clustered, sometimes perforate, at first flat and marginatebut usually
becoming convex and immarginate, brown varying toward paler or reddish-
brown. Hypothecium pale or brownish. Hymenium pale or brownish be-
low, and brownish above. Paraphyses usually simple, commonly thickened
and brownish toward the apex. Asi clavate (Plate IV. Fig. 2, a. b.).

On naked earth, frequently sandy soil, or rarely on old tree trunks in

— 59 -

more shaded places. Distributed throughout the United States, especially
southward, being replaced largely northward by Cladonia cariosa (see la,st
paper), but reported as far north as Alaska (“ Lichens of Alaska,” by Clara
E. Cummings). Examined by the writer from Massachusetts (Clara E. Cum-
mings and Henry Willey). Maryland (T. A. Williams,) North Carolina (C. /
Russell), South Carolina (H. A. Greene), Lookout Mountains in Tennessee
(W. W. Calkins, who distributed it as Cladonia cariosa ), Florida (W. W.
Calkins), Louisiana (A. B. Langlois), Ohio (E. E. Bogue), Illinois (G. P.
Clinton, W. W. Calkins and Bruce Fink), Iowa and Minnesota (Bruce Fink),
Missouri (C. Russell and B. F. Bush), Nebraska (T. A. Williams), and British
America (J. Macoun). Dr. Wainio’s Monograph would add Texas, New Jer-
sey, New England, Pennsylvania and Mexico. Known also in South America.

Dr. Wainio calls the typical form on earth Cladoiiia mitrula imbricata
(Nyl) Wainio, and says the form on trees in somewhat open places is Cladonia
mitrula abbreviata Wainio Mon. Clad. Univ. 2:i6. 1894. The last he cites
from Brazil, and distinguishes it by smaller podetia, which are only .5-5 mm.
long and .3-. 5 mm. in diameter. We may well look for this diminutive form
.in our territory.

H. A. Green’s specimen from South Carolina, referred to Cladonia
cariosa , is perhaps nearer the present species.

Cladonia leptophylla (Ach.) Flk. Clad. Comm. 19. 1828. Primary
thallus commonly persistent, composed of subrotund, entire, crenate or
rarely incised, flat or more or less convex, appressed or ascending, clustered
squamules, which are. 5-2 mm. in length and width, whitish or pale sea-
green above and pale below. Podetia arising from the surface of the primary
thallus, 2-9 mm. long and 1-2 mm. in diameter, subcylindrical, cupless,
always terminated by apothecia, simple or rarely fastigiately branched and
the branches suberect, the sides commonly more or less open, the axils some-
times fissured, clustered or scattered, erect, commonly decorticate and more
« or less finely sorediate, rarely more or less squamulose, whitish or pale sea-
green. Apothecia small or middling sized, 1-3 mm. in diameter, subsolitary
at the apices of the podetia or on the branches, commonly convex and immar-
ginate, brown or pale reddish brown. Hypothecium pale or pale-brownish.
Plymenium pale or pale-brownish below and brownish above. Raraphyses
commonly simple and frequently thickened and brownish toward the apex.
Asci clavate or cylindrico-clavate.

This species is by no means easily distinguished from the last from any
description. But the squamules are only about half as large, are not so ir-
regular in form and are never suberect, being flat or ascending. The podetia
are on the whole shorter and thicker, and more inclined to ecorticate and
sorediate conditions. The first material sent to Europe by the present writer
was sent to L. Scriba, who sent part of it to Dr. Wainio. It was sent as
Cladonia mitrula, to which Scriba agreed, Wainio calling it Cladonia lepto-
phylla. The writer afterward submitted again to Dr. Wainio material from
a packet, which Mr. Scriba had returned to him with some European cladonias,
the packet being part of the material originally sent to Scriba, collected all in

— 6o —

one cluster on a clay bank. Dr. Wainio this time called the material Cla-
donia mitrula. This statement is submitted primarily to show that the
species is difficult to distinguish and that the Iowa material is not certain,
and in no sense to cast reproach on the work of any other lichenist. It is
only those of very limited experience in taxonomic work, or who have very
poor powers of observation, who suppose that a really good worker may not
sometimes make different diagnosis of material that is intermediate between
two species, the difference being due rarely to incomplete consideration of
every diagnostic character, and no doubt more often to the fact that material
from the same Cladonia cluster may often .show a considerable amount of
variation.

Material from Battle Lake and Leaf Hills, in Minnesota, collected by the
present writer, is like the Iowa material, which is in turn doubtful. Henry
Willey reported the species in his “ New Bedford Lichens,” but Dr. Wainio
seems not to have known of this material. Dr. Wainio cites a single Ameri-
can specimen in his Monograph. This is cited doubtfully from Carolina.
Thus there is room for doubt as to whether this species has really been found
in America. The plant occurs on soil, especially clay, and is known in
Europe and Asia. Grinnell, Iowa.

MOUNTING MOSSES— SOME HINTS.

J. Franklin Collins.

In the September, 1903, issue of this journal Mr. Chamberlain described
the method which was employed a few years ago to fasten moss envelopes to
herbarium sheets in the Brown University Herbarium. It may be of interest to
readers of The Bryolo.gist to learn of the method which has superseded it.
The latter method has been used more than two years in the University
Herbarium, as well as in*my own private one. Gummed wafers are utilized
instead of pins. The particular wafers which we use are made of a half-inch
circle of white paper, well gummed on both sides. They may be obtained
for a few cents a thousand from almost any stationer. To use them to the
best advantage a single wafer is graped by the edge, with slender pointed
forceps, and moistened on both sides. It is then thrust between the envelope
and mounting paper, the former having been placed in the proper position
on the latter before the wafer is moistened. A firm finger-pressure for one
or two seconds over the wafer is sufficient to cause it to adhere securely. The
forceps points are withdrawn as soon as the pressure with the finger is ap-
plied. Unless the envelope is a large one a single wafer is generally suffi-
cient.

In case the envelope has to be transferred to another sheet it is instantly
removed by one sweep of a paper knife, or other blunt-edged instrument, be-
neath the envelope. The wafer usually splits, leaving part on the sheet and
part on the envelope. This slight disfigurement of the sheet, which is often
soon covered by another envelope, may be regarded by some as an objection
to the use of the wafers. This disfigurement only occurs, however, when

— 6i —

an envelope has been removed, and even then is not much greater than that
caused by several pin holes and the accompanying wrinkles in the paper.
To the writer the only real argument against the use of the wafer lies in the
fact that when an attached envelope is grasped by the edges and lifted away
from the paper (a condition which never ought to occur, perhaps, in a care-
fully handled herbarium) the watered envelope is — as is shown by tests — much
more easily detached than the pinned one : the ratio of energy required to
detach it being 16. To offset this, when an attempt is made to detach an
envelope by pulling it along the surface of -the sheet without lifting it, the
watered one necessitates more than twice the energy required by the pinned
one (7:3). The advantage is also most decidedly with the watered envelope
(10-15:1) when a twisting strain is applied.

Some of the obvious advantages in using wafers— when compared with
pins — are as follows: The envelope does not have to be opened when it is

being fastened to the sheet, nor during its removal ; the watered envelope is
more quickly and easily fastened, and its removal is even more quickly
accomplished : the wafers cost considerably less than the pins : neither paper
nor envelope is perforated : the back of the sheet is smooth, with no pin
shanks to rub specimens beneath. Although the pin shanks rarely harm
specimens beneath, the danger of their doing so exists nevertheless.

In a moss herbarium which is to be constantly consulted there are obvi-
ous advantages in having a portion of each specimen mounted on the herbar-
ium sheet, outside the envelope. Much time, which would otherwise be
utilized in opening and closing envelopes, is thus saved. This is really quite
an item when one’s time is all' too limited, and a hand-lens examination of
several or many specimens becomes necessary or desirable. The writer’s
method of mounting such specimens is not essentially different from that in
common use for mounting seed-plants in most of the large herbaria. Liquid
glue is brushed in a thin layer over a plate of glass. For mosses this glass
need not necessarily be larger than 6 x 8 or 8 x 10 inches. Into this film of
glue the specimen is pressed until the glue touches the essential portions of
the under surface of the specimen. The latter is now lifted with forceps and
laid on the mounting sheet in the position desired, and finally a suitable
light pressure applied until the glue sets. A few words of caution to those
who have never used this method for mounting mosses may be helpful. The
commercial liquid glue should be diluted more or less, as experience dictates,
with either water or vinegar — about -equal parts of glue and vinegar is the
proportion commonly used by the writer. It must be borne in mind that water
and vinegar moisten the moss and often cause more or less of a change from
the typical dry state in such parts as come in contact with either fluid. Con-
sequently, care should be taken to allow only the lower surface of the speci-
men to touch the glue-covered plate. It is almost equally important not to
allow the specimen to remain in contact with the glue longer than required
to touch the desired parts, as otherwise there is danger that the glue will
creep or filter through to the upper surface of the specimen — not only moisten-
ing that surface but often leaving unsightly films or spots. This is a simple

— 62 —

and efficient method of mounting most mosses, especially such as have been
somewhat flattened while drying under slight pressure. At certain other
times it may be more advantageous to apply the glue directly to the back of
the specimen.

Many bryologists have been exceedingly annoyed by the disfiguring par-
ticles of sand or soil which rattle or rub out from the matted stems and
rhizoids of certain mosses, when mounted on paper. This annoyance is espe-
cially pronounced in plants which grew on sandy or clayey soil, or in such
plants as Bruchia, and others of similar habitat, where it is desirable to
retain, with the plant in the herbarium, a block. of clayey substatum. For-
tunately, there is a simple method of mitigating this evil and, in most cases,
of entirely overcoming it. After the specimen is mounted in the ordinary
way apply a few drops of diluted white shellac to the parts which are expected
to prove troublesome in this respect. Care should be taken to apply the
shellac to only one side of the substratum (not to the specimen) or an unsightly
shiny spot may be evident when the solution dries. The writer has on his
work table a small (i oz.) reagent bottle with a rubber-topped dropping tube.
This bottle is about half full of a mixture of shellac (i part) and 95 percent,
alcohol (about 3 parts) which is used for the purpose mentioned. If, after
drying, a thin film of shellac is obvious on the substratum or specimen, it is
probably due to the fact that the shellac was not sufficiently diluted, Or else
too much of it was used. The moral is obvious. In most cases dissections
wiil be made from specimens left in the envelope. Sometimes, however, it
may become necessary to dissect specimens which have been treated with
shellac. The preliminary application of a few drops of alcohol, or even a rins-
ing in that fluid, is then advisable. Providence, Rhode Island.

A LIST OF HEPATICS

Collected in the Vicinity of Little Moose Lake, Adirondack League Club
Tract, Herkimer Co., New York.

By Caroline Coventry Haynes.

Marchantiaceae

Conocephalum conicum (L.) Dumort.

M arc hantia poly morpha L.

Metzgeriaceae

Riccardia latifrons (Lindb. ) Lindb.

“ sinuata (Dicks.) Trevis
Metzgeria congugata Lindb.

Pellia epiphylla (L.) Corda
J ungermanniaceae

Bazzania triangularis (Schleich.) Lindb.

“ trilobata (L.) S. F. Gray
Blepharostoma trie hop hy l lion (L.) Dumort.

Cephalozia bicuspidata (L.) Dumort.

“ curvifolia (Dicks.) Dumort.

— 63—

Cephalozia divaricata (Smith) Dumort.

“ lumilcefolia Dumort.

“ my riant ha Lindb.

“ serriflora Lindb.

Chiloscyfihus ascendens Hook. & Wils.

“ polyanthos rivularis (Schrad.) Nees

Cololejeunea Biddlecomice (Aust.) Evans
Frullania Asagrayana Mont.

‘ ‘ Eboracensis Gottsche

J ungermanniaceae

Geocalyx graveolens (Schrad.) Nees
Harpanthus scutatus (Web. & Mohr.) Spruce
Jamesoniella autumnalis (DC.) Steph.

Jungermannia lanceolata L.

Kantia trichomanis (L.) S. F. Gray
Lejeunea cavifolia (Ehrh.) Lindb.

Lapidozia reptans (L.) Dumort.

Lophocolea heterophylla (Schrad.) Dumort.

Lophozia alpestris (Schleich.) Evans
“ bar bat a (Schrad. ) Dumort.

“ gracilis (Schleich.) Steph.

“ inciscu (Schrad,) Dumort.

Marsupella emarginata (Ehrh.) Dumort.

Nardia hyalina (Lyell.) Carringt.

P lagiochila asplenioides (L. ) Dumort.

Porella platyphylla (L. ) Lindb.

P tilidium pulcherrimum (.Web. ) Hampe.

Radula complanata (L.) Dumort.

Scapania apiculata Spruce

“ nemorosa (L.) Dumort.

“ subalpina (Nees.) Dumort.

“ undulata (L.) Dumort.

Sphenolobus exsectaeformis (Bridl.) Steph.

“ exsectus (Schmid.) Steph.

“ Hellerianus (Nees ) Steph.

“ Michauxii (Web.) Steph.

“ minutus (Crantz.) Steph.

Trichocolea tomentella (Ehrh.) Dumort. New York City.

A LIST OF MOSSES.

Collected on the Adirondack League Club Tract, Herkimer Co.,

New York.

By Annie Morrill Smith.

Amblystegium minutissimum Sull. & Lesq.

“ radicale , Beauv.

-64-

Amblystegium serpens B. & S.

Anomodon apiculatus B. & S.

attenuatus Hueben.

Brachythecium accuminatum (Hedw.) Kindb.

“ flexicaule Ren. & Card.

“ leetum B. & S.

“ plumosum B. & S.

“ rivulare B. & S.

“ rutabulum B. & S.

“• salebrosum Hoffm.

Bryum bimum Schreb.

“ nutans Schreb.

“ pendulum Schimp.

Buxbaumia aphylla L.

“ indusiata Brid.

Campy lium hispidulum Brid.

Catharinea angustata Brid.

“ undulata W. & M.

Ceratodon purpureus Brid.

“ minor Aust.

Climacium Americanum Brid.

Cynodontium virens Wahlenbergii B. & S'.

Dicranella heteromalla Schimp.

Dicranum Drumm ondii Muell.

“ Jlagallare Hedw.

“ fulvum Hooker.

“ ffiscescens Turn.

“ longifolium Hedw.

“ montanum Hedw.

“ scopariu7ii Hedw,

“ “ squarrosui7i Sull. & Lesq.

“ “ scoparoides Schimp.

“ unduladum Turn.

“ viride Schimp.

Dicranodontium longirostre B. & S.

Eurhynchium strigosum Hoffm.

Fissidens adiantoides Hedw,

Fontinalis antipyretica gigantea Sulliv.

“ Dalicar lie a B. & S.

Funaria hygrometrica (L.) Sibth.

Hedwigia ciliata Ehrh.

Hylocomiuni parietinmn Lindb.

“ proliferum (L.) Lindb.

Schreberi DeNot.

“ triquetrum (L.) Lindb.

Hypnum chrysophylhnn Brid.

—65—

Hypnum crista-castrensis L.

“ curvijolium Hedw.

“ fertile Sendt.

“ Haldanianum Grev.

“ hispidulum Brid.

‘ ‘ imponens Hedw.

“ palustre Hedw.

pratense Koch.

‘ ‘ reptile Rich.

Leucobryum albidum (Brid.) Lindb.

“ glaucum (L.) Schimp.

Limnobium molle Dicks.

Mnium affine Bland.

“ “ e latum B. & S.

“ cuspidatum Hedw.

“ punctatum Hedw.

“ rostratum Schwaegr.

“ spinulosum B. & S.

“ subglobosum B. & S.

“ sylvaticum Lindb.

Neck era oligocarpa B. & S.

“ pennata Hedw.

Plagiothecium demissum Limpr.

“ denticulatum (L.) Sch.

“ depressum Dixon.

“ latebricola Sch.

“ Muhle?ibeckii Sch.

“ pulchellum (Dicks.) Sch.

“ silesiacum B. &S.

“ striatellum Lindb.

“ sylvaticum (Huds.) Sch,

Pogonatum brevicaule (Menz.) E. G. B.

“ urnigarum Beauv.

Poly trichum commune L.

*• gracile Menz.

“ juniper inum Willd.

“ Ohioense Ren. & Card.

“ piliforum Schreb.

Pylaisia intricata Schimp.

Sematophyllum recurvens (Michx.) E. G. B.

Tetr aphis pellucida Hedw.

Thuidium scitum aestivale Aust.

Trematodon ambiguum Hornsch.

Ulota crisp a Brid.

“ Ludwigii Brid.

Thuidium delicatuluin Best.

—66—

Thuidium microphyllum (Lindb.) Best.

“ recognition B. & S.

Sphagnum cymbifolium (Ehrh.) Hedw.

“ squamosum Pers.

“ acutifolium Ehrh.

“ “ var. rubellum (Wils.) Russ.

“ “ quinquefarinum Lindb.

“ intermedium Hoffm.

“ cuspidatum Ehrh. , Brooklyn, N. Y.

LICHEN NOTES No. 3.

“ Chemical Tests ” in Determining Lichens.

G. K. Merrill.

In 1866 the late Dr. William Nylander published the results of his experi-
ments regarding the behavior of certain aqueous chemical solutions, when
applied to the cortical and medullary layer of the lichen thallus. The chemi-
cal menstrua found most effective and useful were potassium-hydrate and
calcium hypochlorite, symbolized as KHO and CaCl. The results obtained
hinged on a capacity of the solutions employed to produce a coloration on ap-
plication to that portion of the thallus to be tested. Dr. Nylander claimed
to have found that different lichen species were differently affected by the re-
agent employed, but that individuals of one species were constant in the pro-
duction of a given reaction. The object of the test was to assist “in not only
the discrimination of many difficult and closely allied species, but also in
associating varieties with their proper species, and in some instances in de-
fining the affinities of genera.”

The novelty of constituting botanical varieties on purely chemical grounds
aroused antagonism at the time, which has persisted more or less to the pres-
ent day, but the unquestionable value of the discovery as an aid in the de-
termination of established species, made converts of nearly the whole body
of European lichenists. Among those to negative the value of “chemical
tests ” from the first, was the late Prof. Edward Tuckerman, and it is regret-
fully stated that his views were adopted with great uniformity by the later
American investigators. It will be of interest to quote from the published
words of those Americans who have written on this topic.

In the American Naturalist for April, 1868, Tuckerman first voiced the
disapproval, and we will selectively quote from his paper. Under the cap-
tion, “ Can Lichens be Identified by Chemical Tests?” he says: “ I have

gone through a large part of my North American and exotic lichens in the
light afforded by these (Nylander’s) experiments and found the facts, if
sometimes suggestive of more than is stated, generally clear: much clearer
than the value attributed to them. Is it not indeed safe to say at once that
species are not determined in botany by such tests Y” “ The observations
cited are however incomplete ; and derive from this not a little of their inter-

-67—

est. Parmelia per lata Volxis said to differ from its var. olPdetorum Ach.
by failing to show any red tinge with chloride of lime, the difference already
recognized being regarded as sufficiently corroborated by the new one. But
all specimens of P. d live tor um are not so distinguishable. It is much the
same with P. Icevigata and its var. yevoluta Nyl. (Syn. p. 385), the last
being now taken and on better evidence to be distinct in species from the
first. We have here a better marked difference in botanical character, one
which commended itself as sufficient to Floerke, and at one time to Borrer ;
and there seems to be no doubt that the original P . revoluta Flk. is discrep-
ant from common states of P . Icevigata in the chemical respect also.”

The learned author goes on to say that all his European specimens of P.
tiliacea afford a distinct reaction, with which only two or three of the rela-
tively abundant American forms are concurrent. He also finds that Arctic,
Tropical and Texan forms of P. caparata give a plus reaction when they
should be minus; that P. physodes Japonica Tuckerm. is plus when the
physodes group is conceded to be minus ; and that while P. Borreri is recorded
as plus, no reaction is observable with the specimens in his herbarium. The
concluding lines of the paper are interesting, for Tuckerman affirms that,
“these results given with due respect to the experienced authors whose ob-
servations have been considered, sufficiently indicate that the writer inclines
to emphasize the doubts with which Dr. Fries has received the supposed new
criteria of distinction. It remains none the less likelyfrom whatevidence we
have that the reagents named, capable as they are of instructive application
to imperfect fragments, may sometimes afford clews to affinity where there
is little to direct : and thus deserve a place besides the better known solu-
tion of Iodine on our working tables.”

In the Genera Lichenum, 1872, Tuckerman in discussing the tendency of
the Europeans toward species splitting, reiterates his disapproval of chemical
tests. Referring to what he terms a “ laxity of conception ” regarding speci-
fic delimitation, he says, “ This is seen at least in the very generally as-
sumed value of recent experiments on the behavior of lichen-tissues with
certain chemical tests : species having come at last to have no other meaning
than a chemical one ; namely, that they exhibit (so far, it is important to say,
as the examination has gone) a different reaction from forms with which, in
every other respect, they are admitted to agree.”

In his Synopsis, Pt. 1, 1882, Tuckerman makes no general allusion to
chemical tests, such remarks as are noted being limited to instances of per-
version from the recorded results of the Europeans. It is easy to see that
chemical tests are viewed with hostility, although his attitude is evidently a
passive one. In an extract from the Botanical Gazette, April, 1896, Mr.
Henry Willey, of New Bedford, Mass., briefly takes up the matter of
chemical tests in relation to the genus Parmelia. The paper, which is en-
titled. “ Notes on Some North American Species of Parmelia,” catalogues the
reactions for a number of species, the reagents employed being potassium-
hydrate and calcium hypochlorite. Willey remarks, “Of the chemical rela-
tions I am unable to attach absolute specific value to them. There are

-68-

exceptions to their constancy, some of which were pointed out by Tuckerman
in a paper in the Am. Nat., April, 1868. It is possible that a lichen may
possess different chemical constituents at different stages of growth, or under
different conditions of soil, climate, etc. Experiment on the same plant at
different periods of its development is necessary to confirm the deductions
from simple examination. Still, the reactions appear to be constant in most
of the species of Parmelia and may serve as an aid in their determination,
while the exceptions remain to be accounted for. Where there appears to be
an exception we may best say that perhaps the specimen belongs to a dis-
tinct species.’’

Prof. Albert Schneider, in his Text Book of Lichenology, 1897, says of
chemical reactions: “For some years the chemical behavior of lichens to

certain reagents has been considered of great importance in delimiting spe-
cies. After careful testing I have finally decided to abandon the use of these
reagents since they are practically valueless for the purpose recommended.
That there are marked chemical reactions cannot be denied : for example,
the blue Iodine reaction of the thecial wall of the majority of lichens. This
reaction is, however, so general in its occurrence that it cannot possibly be of
any value in establishing species, and the coloration varies in different indi-
viduals of the same species, or even of the same plant at different periods of
development. The same may be said of the other reactions as those with
solutions of potassium-hydrate and calcium hypochlorite. That these reac-
tions should be unreliable is evident when we consider the life history of lich-
ens; different individuals of one and the same species may develop on
substrata of widely different composition. These chemically different sub-
stances adhere to the lichens, and some soluble constituents are also taken
up by the fungal symbiont which accounts for the difference and unreliability
of the chemical reactions.

Prof. Bruce Fink, in his Presidential address to the Iowa Academy of
Sciences, pays his respects to the subject through an allusion to Dr. Nylander-
He says: “ Nylander was doubtless too much given to species making, and

it is unfortunate that he depended too much on chemical tests in his determ-
inations.” A few pages further on Fink, in alluding to Tuckerman’s ex-
pressed opinion of theunreliable nature of cnemical tests adds, thatsuchis “a
view which I suppose meets the approval of latef lichenists generally, since
we have reached more definite knowledge regarding the anatomy of these
plants.” In another paper presented before the same Institution entitled,
“ Notes on American Cladonias,” Prof. Fink says, “ as to chemical tests it is
extremely doubtful whether they are of diagnostic value in any lichen.” The
writer will add to these excerpts of American opinion on chemical tests, the
information communicated by Prof. W. G. Farlow, of Harvard University*
that Tuckerman “never changed his opinion in later years with regard to use
of chemical tests in distinguishing species of lichens. He did not consider
that species could be distinguished in that way.”

To summarize the foregoing expressions of opinion is to assort belief into
two groups. Schneider and Fink are associable in the first, for both repu-

— 69—

diate chemical tests altogether. Tuckerman and Willey comprise the second,
each conceding the chemical test to be of more or less value in determining
established species, but dissenting from the view that the establishment of
specific botanical varieties on chemical grounds is possible without such are
confirmed by morphological characteristics. The writer has no personal
knowledge of the extent to which Fink and Schneider have carried their ex-
periments with reagents. The latter indeed says that his investigations were
pursued to a point where he was convinced of their futility, but Fink fails to
specify. It might be assumed from the fact that neither gentleman is at all
reserved in his statements, that they have delved deeper than did Tuckerman
or Willey. It would be an interesting contribution to American lichenologi-
cal literature if one or both should set forth ab initio the successive dis-
coveries leading to their conclusions as published.

With the guardedness which was characteristic of the man, Tuckerman,
in the 1868 paper, after having boldly condemned chemical tests, is finally
found to qualify his conclusions. In the concluding lines he admits that the
“instructive application of reagents to imperfect fragments might some-
times afford clews to affinity.” If chemical tests may be relied on in determ-
ining fragments, it is suggestive that if the investigator were working on a
satisfactory specimen the results might be proportionally superior.

Dr. Th. M. Fries, whom Tuckerman quotes as offering opposition to the
new tests, according to Leighton soon came to believe in their value, and his
personal experiences are found incorporated in “ Lichenes Spitzbergenses,”
and “ Lichenographia Scandinavica.” After Tuckerman’s death Willey en-
tered into closer relations with the European lichenists. One result of his
correspondence with Nylander may be gathered by a persusal of the notes on
Parmelia, 1. c. In this paper Willey states that “ there appear to be known
about forty species ” of Parmelia in North America, as contrasted with nine-
teen mentioned in Tuckerman’s Synopsis. He acknowledges that many of
the new names were the result of Nylander’s examination of New Bedford
and other material, and that the separation hinged on “chemical or other
grounds.” The paper contains some admissions that might easily be taken
as evidence that Willey had shaken off the mantle of conservatism and joined
the enemy, if it were not for his explicit statement of inability to “attach
absolute specific value ” to the chemical relations. All who have had any
personal acquaintance with Willey will agree that if he ever attached to the
specimens of his herbarium a name prompted by Nylander it was done with
full knowledge of the masters’ position on the chemical phase of species
making ; and such a course must be regarded as a tacit avowal of belief. A
curious point may be made from Willey’s paper to illustrate the notorious
diversity of results obtained with reagents in the hands of different experi-
menters. Tuckerman referred to his results with various species of Parmelia
to show their discrepancy from published findings; and Willey remarks that
the “ reactions appear to be constant in most of the species of Parmelia,” and
then adds that the fact “ may serve as an aid to their determination.” Here
is a clear discordance of opinion with no explanation ready at hand. It is

—70—

difficult to believe that the lack of conformity is due to a difference in inter-
pretation of fact, nor is it thought to be an effect of similar specific lichen
forms furnishing dissimilar phenomena. A possible explanation may be
that Willey, under the guidance of Nylander, came to have a better knowl-
edge of Parmelia species than did Tuckerman, and a more exact conception
of the things to be recognized in chemical testing.

The student on first taking up the subject of chemical criteria is apt to
find it difficult to exactly determine what constitutes a satisfactory test. The
manuals contain fairly clear directions, but mere words only convey an out-
line, leaving experience to supply the details. There are some tempera-
mentally unfitted to make use of the tests, and others, solitary workers,
without guidance except for the books. Both fail from obvious reasons. In
their inception chemical tests were only recommended as aids to the char-
acterization of lichens, and much of the early antagonism to their employ-
ment is attributed to a misapprehension of their point. In the Annals and
Magazine of Natural History, 1869, Rev. W. A. Leighton (Not. Lich. XVIII)
in reviewing Dr. Th M. Fries’ Lichenes Spitzbergenses, takes occasion to
say, “With much satisfaction we observe that the learned author has over-
come his prejudice against the application of chemical tests in lichens, and
has made ample use of them with very satisfactory results. He, however,
still appears to labor under a misapprehension that the advocates of chemi-
cal tests wish to inculcate that species may be distinguished by chemical
means alone (hac sola nota). All that has ever been ascribed to them is that
they are most useful and indispensable aids as affording confirmatory char-
acters and in discriminating doubtful or externally allied species. In the
Cladoniae he has almost uniformly confirmed the results of our own exam-
ination of the tribe. But it may be well here to correct a doubt which seems
to exist in consequence of the chemical test producing in certain species a
slight degree of fuscescence only, by explaining that when the proper reac-
tion takes place it does so instantly, and that the fuscescence which is in
some instances observable is not to be regarded as a reaction at all.”

In the same publication for 1869, Leighton (Not. Lich. XXIX) again writes,
“ The student is especially warned against misconception as to chemical tests
constituting a sole specific character. All that has ever been asserted re-
specting them is that they afford an additional and confirmatory specific
character. And in those cases where external characters are similar or ap-
proximate, and doubt necessarily exists, their value as such will be abun-
dantly apparent.” Leighton then proceeds to quote Jfrom a paper by Dr.
Nylander, aptly designating the citation as an “ admirable caution.” The
learned Doctor says: “The analysis of lichens made by chemists often fail

through the neglect of an exact determination of the species, and probably
not less often by the mixture of specimens confounded together and incor-
rectly assigned to one single species. For the chemist no less than for the
physiologist it is of the greatest importance to know exactly what is the plant
we have under observation — that is, to have well determined the plant which
we are studying.” In other words, returning to Leighton, “he must not

-71-

place implicit confidence on the attached labels as indicating undoubted
accuracy, or on his own preconceived notion of the particular diagnosis, but
by careful observation and comparison thoroughly satisfy himself that the
plant under review is really that which the label indicates it to be. Then
apply the chemical test and doubt will be exchanged for certainty.”

Leighton is far from clear in the last sentence — perhaps his meaning is
that in the hands of the other experimenters, comparison of their own results
with records of accurate work might produce a feeling of certainty. A de-
termination that is established beyond question on other grounds, needs no
chemical bolstering. In the light of the foregoing the whole question
of the usefulness of chemical tests to lichen students resolves itself
on the real or presumed ability and* knowledge of whomsoever may
have made the primary series of tests. No one will gainsay Dr. Ny-
lander’s standing as a lichenist, or question his knowledge of lichen
species, whatever the aspect. Is it not reasonable to say as Nylander
was learned beyond all men in lichenology, aud well enough acquainted
with species to be enabled at all times to dispense with chemical tests,,
that whatever conclusions he reached in his searching investigations
into reagents and their application, should be regarded as convincing? If
Nylander, or. for that matter, any accomplished lichenist, should examine an
extended series of specimens of a morphologically proven species, these from
widely separate localities and various substrata, and on application of rea-
gents find that all gave the same coloration, how might the sceptic best re-
fute such results ? Would the statement of the doubting one, that in his
hands no such uniformity was obtained, have any controversial value ? We
think not, except to himself. Tuckerman was primarily responsible for the
determination of most of our American lichen species, and up to the time of
his death very few looked beyond his opinion. It then seems like a violation
of things sanctified to express the belief that no small part of the failure of our
students to obtain concurrent reactions in tests, has been due to application
of reagents to plants of species other than what the investigator supposed he
was examining.

The writer will add a few notes on matters of practice in using the rea-
gents. Instead of employing a glass brush as recommended by Leighton, a
medicine dropper is used. In cases where no distinct coloration of thallus or
medulla is observable on application of the solution, if it is withdrawn from
the surface of the specimen within the tube it will sometimes be found tinged
and may then be taken for a very delicate test. It is advisable in testing
with calcium hypochlorite, after application, to examine the thallus where
abraded, with a hand-lens. The coloration is sometimes very faint, and only
thus to be distinguished. In conclusion, it may be said that in our hands
chemical tests have proven all that the French lichenists assert, but we desire
it to be understood that in no way are we in sympathy with “chemical
species.” Rockland, Maine.

SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER NOTES.

Four names are to be added this month to our list of Chapter Members:
Mr. Hollis Webster, 16 Prentiss street, North Cambridge, Mass : Mr. Shutai'
Okamura, ist Middle School, Kochi, Kochi-Ken, Japan; Mons. T. Renauld.
3 Rue Miron, Nice, France: Miss Mary A. Brackett, 50 Remsen street'
Brooklyn, N. Y. Making our total membership now 175.

-72-

TWO ANOMALIES AND A CURIOUS SIGHT.

B. D. Gilbert.

In Dixon’s Handbook of British Mosses, under the description of Leuco-
bryum glaucum, it is said that “ A curious state from Hedsor forms spher-
oidal balls or cushions, entirely unattached, consisting from stems radiating
outwards from a central point, and showing no lack of vigorous growth in
spite of the freedom from anything like attachment, which obviously must
have lasted for a considerable period.” During the summer of 1905 I was on
the west branch of the Unadilla River, in the northwestern part of Otsego
Co., New York, hunting for mosses. In the hemlock woods a great deal of
Leucobryum glaucum grew upon the ground. I stooped to pick up a tuft of
it, and it proved such a “cushion ” as is described in above quotation. It is
about inches deep and 2>lA inches across. It is almost perfectly round on
the edges, and both above and below the growing ends of the stems are
shown. They truly “radiate outward from a central point.” The fact, how-
ever, which Mr. Dixon did not know, not having seen the plant in silu, is
that the cushion grew in a matrix of its own diameter and about half an inch
deep. But it was entirely unattached to the soil or any substratum, and
must have derived its material for growth from the atmosphere and the rain
which fell upon it. This is my fir(st anomaly.

In August of the same year I visited Caroga and Canada Lakes in Ful-
ton Co., N. Y. The western end of Caroga Lake is very deep, and the shore
is lined with large rocks that extend down into the water so that one can row
directly alongside them, and occasionally land upon them. Many mosses
grow on these rocks, and one of the rocks in particular, a very large one with
a steeply inclined surface, was chiefly covered with Sphagnum acutifolium ,
probably the variety quinquefarinum , a short form but well fruited. Dixon
says of this moss that it grows “ very fine and well marked on wet rocks in
mountain woods.” The surface of the rock was kept constantly moistened
by water that trickled down over it from damp ground above. The anomaly
here was that the Sphagnum grew freely on a rock which contained no cov-
ering of soil. Of course the trickling water explains the apparent anomaly.

The mountains around Canada Lake are much higher than at Caroga,
and there several cliffs at the summit. On West Canada, one of the landing
places goes by the name of “ Big Rock” camp. It is so called from a big
rock lying up the hill about forty rods from the water. It is as large as a
good-sized house, and probably thirty feet high. The face, which fronts
down hill, is nearly vertical, and this front is well covered, from five feet
above the ground upward, with separate fronds of the lichen Umbilicaria
Dillenii Tuckerm. Each drab colored button is centrall)?- attached to the rock
from which it is easily detached entire. The edges of the fronds do not touch
each other, and the sight of this large surface so completely studded with
them is one not often encountered save by the lichenist in search of specimens.
The rock appears to be of Plutonic or Archaean origin, and consequently
unstratified. I am not familiar enough with lichens to know whether the
species is confined to this class of rocks or not, but it grows there with great
luxurience, and is a sight well worth seeing. Clayville, N. Y.

rnnju Lr\njTJTJinjiJTJiJiJiJTJ^rLnjxnjTJTJTJT.rmjTJi

VOLUME IX NUMBER 5 ?

SEPTEMBER, 1906

The BRYOLOGIST

AN ILLUSTRATED BIMONTHLY DEVOTED TO

NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES

HEPATICS AND LICHENS

EDITOR

ANNIE MORRILL SMITH

CONTENTS

Third Botanical Symposium (Ulus.)
Book Review .....

Mr. Joseph Crawford
. A. M. S.

Some Characteristics of Lophozia inflata and

Cephalozia fluitans (Illus.) . Carolyn Coventry Haynes

Lepidozia sylvatica .... Dr. Alex. IV. Evans 77

Ptychomitrium Leibergii, n. sp. (Ulus.) . Dr. G. N. Best 80
Additions to Middlesex Co. Flora Reginald Heber Howe , Jr. 81

Microscopical Technique J. P. Naylor 82

Lichen Notes, No. 4 G. K. Merrill 83

Sullivant Moss Chapter Notes 87

Offerings .........

q Entered at the Post Office at Brooklyn, N. Y., April 2, 1900, as second class ot mail
Cj matter, under Act of March 3, 1879.

L Published by the Editor, 78 Orange St., Brooklyn, N. Y., U. S. A.

IJ-UTJTJTJTJTnJlJlJTJTJTJTJTJTrTJTnJTnJTJTXLriJTJTLrLr^^ run

PRESS OF MC BRIDE & 8TERN, 97-9* CLIFF 8TREET. NEW YORK

THE BRYOLOGIST

^imonthlvi gjcruvtml

DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN
MOSSES, HEPATICS AND LICHENS

ALSO OFFICIAL ORGAN OF

THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER

EDITOR

Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith

ASSISTED BY

Mr. a. J. Grout, Ph.D. i Mosses

Dr. J. W. Bailey i

Mr. G. K. Merrill Lichens

Miss Caroline Coventry Haynes . . . Hepatics

Subscription, $1.00 a Year Single Copies, 20 cents

four Vols. 1898-1901—11.50 Four Vols. 1902-1905—14.00

THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER

OFFICERS FOR 1906

President— Mr. E. B. Chamberlain . . 1830 Jefferson Place
Washington, D. C.

Vice-President— Mr. G. K. Merrill .... 564 Main Street
Rockland , Maine

Secretary— Dr. John W. Bailey .... Walker Building
Seattle , Wash.

Treasurer — Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith . 78 Orange Street
Brooklyn , N. Y.

Plate V.— Mountain Lodge, Little Moose Lake, Adirondack League Club.

THE BRYOLOGIST.

Vol. IX. September, 1906. No. 5.

THIRD BOTANICAL SYMPOSIUM.

Joseph Crawford.

The very successful Summer Botanical Symposium, recently' held at
Little Moose Lake, in the Adirondacks, was a graceful compliment to Mrs.
Hugh M. Smith, who not only secured permission for us to use the forest pre-
serve of the Adirondack League Club, but planned expeditions to various
points for our special work and maintained the agreeable role of hostess
throughout the week, very ably assisted by Miss Masters, another League
member.

The headquarters were established in Mountain Lodge, delightfully situ-
ated on the north shore of Little Moose Lake, with easy trails in all direc-
tions, by land and water, though one or two guides were necessary many
times for obvious reasons, with an extra supply to act as ferrymen when the
start was made across the lake.

Being a preserve, the forest is intact as far as we could penetrate, and
while we reached no great altitude, the highest, Panther Mountain, being
only 2460 ft., the northern mountain flora was everywhere evident. The
hardwoods were of the maples, beeches and birches; the cone-bearing, the
spruces, balsam, arbor- vitse, hemlock and larch; the undershrubs of hobble-
bush and huckleberry serving as a cover to the ever-present mountain sorrel
and lycopods.

Most of the lakes are deep and protect little vegetable growth, though
some small ones with quaking- bog borders were quite prolific in orchids, sun-
dews, heaths and sedges. Ferns were very evident everywhere and ranged
from the small moonwort to the enormous fronds of bracken nearly six feet
across. The most common fern was the variety intermedia of Dryopteris
spinulosa. The northern orchids were also abundant, many species just
approaching the flowering stage. The mosses, hepatics and lichens were
remarkably abundant and in excellent condition but we could not add a whit
to Mrs. Smith's very complete catalogue of them. Owing to the forest form-
ation the grasses had very slim chances, likewise the sedges except in bogs
and other moist places.

It is yet too soon to go into detail of the work done during the week ; but
the energy displayed then and there will have a great showing from, and
including, the porcupine feast and funeral, to the continuous mosquito smudge
and punkie dope. There is an unwritten law distributed among us that each
year we must prove in the field, existence of new species, this year notwith-
standing the presence of several well known makers of genera and species
there were times when they were out of sight, and the evidence of the
amateur became pronounced.

The July Bryologist was issued July 2, 1906.

—74—

The evening sessions were held in the large room over the boat house
and were manifestly interesting, topics of the day’s observation and collec-
tions so freely discussed that the scientific part of the Symposium lost noth-
ing on account of the sociability which it fostered ; in fact both features have
now become so pronounced that there is little doubt that the next meeting
will be more than a week’s duration.

The whole atmosphere of Mountain Lodge has the greatest homelike
moral medium about it, that to breathe it is simply delightful and reflects
great credit upon Mr. A. G. Shepard, Jr., the trustee in charge, and on Mr.
and Mrs. Studor, the managers, and we trust they may always be so success-
ful in maintaining it. Philadelphia, Pa.

The plate here reproduced is by courtesy of the Club. — Ed.

BOOK REVIEW.

A Revised Key to Hepatics of the British Islands. By Symers M. Mac-
vicar, 20 pp. 8vo. Eastbourne, 1905. Published by V. T. Sumfield,
Station street, Eastbourn, England, @gd.

A review of the Census Catalogue of British Hepatics appeared in the
March, 1906, number of The Bryologist and recently we have received
another work by the same author, entitled as abo.ve. The Preface contains
some useful hints in practical working for the beginner. We have had no
chance to tests the keys but they appear to be carefully worked out. As
stated they are intended to give beginners an indication to the species so as
to enable them to identify their .specimens from the description in a text
book. A. M. S.

SOME CHARACTERISTICS OF LOPHOZIA 1NFLATA AND
CEPHALOZIA FLUITANS.

Caroline Coventry Haynes.

The above mentioned species with Lophozia injiata (Huds.) M. A. Howe
var. heterostipa Lindb. share the following traits : in being aquatic, though
the Lophozias are also terrestrial in habit ; in showing the same prostrate
manner of growth : in possessing bifid leaves with obtuse lobes ; in being
dioicous. On closer examination, however, this Cephalozia fluitans (Nees.)
Spruce, will be found to possess characteristics peculiar to this genus, such
as the position of the perianth on a short lateral branch, the numerous stout
flagella arising from the axils of the underleaves in a truly postical manner:
the linear-fusiform thin perianth with tristichous .involucral bracts toothed at
the base, the innermost embracing the perianth.

On the other hand, the delicate flagella of the Lophozias arise variously
from the mid-axil of a leaf or from its postical angle: the perianths occur at
the apex of a stem or of a long leafy branch; the involucral bracts are dis-
tichous and are similar to the stem leaves, often smaller and are remote from

—75—

the perianth, which is so completely exserted as to appear almost stipitate;
the perianth itself is pyriform, inflated and obscurely 4-5 plicate only at the
very apex, with a mouth connivent, denticulate. This genus shows two
methods of reproduction, first, by the branching of shoots and the dying of
the stem in between, and second, producing gemmae on the tips of the leaves.
The first method is very limited in L. infiata , stems with fertile perianths
and those with androecia, also those' sterile are generally unbranched ; while
one or two subfloral innovations are to be found on stems with unfertilized
perianths ; no gemmae are found on this species or its variety and it was
difficult to understand its wide-spread (distribution.

Right here I would like to refer to a very interesting paper on Lophozia
infiata by. fieri* Schiffner, published in Ascherson’s Festschrift* A trans-
lation of this was very kindly furnished me by Miss J. T. Emerson. Dr.
Evans, in calling my attention to this* paper summarized it as follows: “the
deciduous perianths in L. infiata really represent organs of vegetative repro-
duction, new shobts arising from their cells', and he finds that they serve the
same purpose in var. heterostipa but not in C. fluitans .” Schiffner says that
these easily detached perianths are produced ip great profusion and develop
normally to the point where the fertilization of the enclosed archegonia takes
place; at this stage it is impossible to foretell whether they will become fertile
or so called sterile perianths. The slightest touch sufficing to break off these
latter, their buojmncy keeps them afloat and they are carried off, some to the
shore to which they attach themselves and start growing, sending out
rhizoides and shoots which when mature are the typical infiata.

The illustrations were , made from fresh material furnished me by the
following : Miss Lucy MacIntyre, the A. infiata , collected in a bog at Long

Branch, New Jersey. The abundant perianths were very deciduous, the
plants were growing with Rdllavicinia Lyellii (Hook.) S. F. Gray; the
var. heterostipa was collected by Mr. A. S. Foster at Hamilton, Wash., and
was growing with Mylia anomala (Hook.) S. F. Gray, this latter species
being new to this state; Miss An nib Lorenz and Mr. E. B. Chamberlain,
collected the C. fluitans in New Hampshire and Maine, respectively. All
these specimens form part of our Chapter Herbarium and it is hoped that
students will be on the lookout for these tiny and interesting species and
contribute duplicates of their finds. /

Highlands, New Jersey.

Plate VI.— Figs, i and 2, Lophozia inflata. Fig 3, L. inflata var. hetero-
stipa. Figs. 4 and 5, Cephalozia fluitans. All mag. 22 times. Reduced

—77—

LEPID0Z1A SYLVATICA.

Alexander W, Evans.

(Tatfcgfl ffoffl Rhodora, September, 1904. For illustration refer to above Journal.
Plate 57.)

Lepidozia sylvaTICA sp. nov. L. setacca Auct. (in part). Growing in more
or less compact tufts, often in company with other minute hepatics. brownish
or yellowish green, varying to pale green : stemso.08 mm. in diameter, ascend-
ing, irregularly pinnate or bipinnate; leafy branches usually lateral, very
rarely postical, obliquely or widely spreading; flagelliform branches scanty,
usually postical but sometimes terminating a lateral leafy branch ; rhizoids
sparsely developed, mostly restricted to the lower parts of the leafy axes and
to the flagelliform branches: leaves traversely inserted, distant to loosely
imbricated; stem-leaves averaging 0.21 X 0.18 mm., deeply trifid or quad-
rifid to within two or three cells of the base, segments entire, subulate,
usually more or less incurved but sometimes straight and squarrose, two cells
wide (rarely three or four cells wide) in basal portion and tipped with a row of
from two to four cells; branch-leaves similar to the stem-leaves but smaller
and usually bifid or trifid; leaf cells averaging 16 X 14/*, walls slightly and
uniformly thickened, cuticle smooth or very indistinctly verruculose: under-
leaves of the stem trifid (or very rarely quadrifid) to within one or two cells
of the base, 0.15 mm. long, 0.065 mm. wide at base, segments when well
developed similar to those of the leaves, one or two of the segments regularly
aborted and reduced to one or two cells in length ; underleaves of the
branches smaller and often only twice divided: inflorescence dioicous: Female
inflorescence borne on a very short postical branch, often with no leaves except
those of the involucre ; bracts and bracteoles in two or three rows, scarcely dis-
tinguishable from one another, those of the innermost row ovate, 1 mm. long
and o 35-0. 5 mm. wide, usually bifid about one-fourth with acuminate and
denticulate or ciliolate divisions and a sharp and narrow sinus, rarely undi-
vided, entire or sparingly toothed near base, cells longer and with thinner
walls than in the leaves, cuticle more distinctly verruculose ; bracts and
bracteoles of second and third rows successively smaller and more regularly
bifid : perianth narrowly ovoid or cylindrical, 2.7 mm. long, 0.6 mm. in diam-
eter. terete helow, bluntly trigonous above, the keels separated by narrow
grooves, mouth more or less contracted, ciliate, the cilia one to four cells long
and one or two cells wide at the base, cells of the perianth similar to those of
the bracts ; Male inflorescence borne on a short postical or, more rarely, lateral
branch, usually proliferating at the apex into a leafy axis ; bracts in four or
five pairs, strongly concave, ovate, 0.35 mm. long, 0.2 mm. wide, bifid about
one-half, the divisions acuminate, short-ciliate on the margins, sinus sharp,
bracteoles mostly bifid with subulate divisions; antheridia solitary, oval;
yellowish brown, 0.9 mm. long, 0.5 mm. in diameter: spores minutely verru-
culose, yellowish brown, 12 n in diameter; elaters reddish brown, with two
spirals, 9 // in diameter.

On shaded banks and rotten logs. New Hampshire: White Mountains

{Oakes). Massachusetts: Woods Holl (A. IV. E.): Amesbury (/. W.

-78-

Huntington) ; West Newbury {Miss C. C. Haynes). Connecticut: Westville
( R . Veitch, A. IV. E.): New Haven and Orange (D. C. Eaton ) : Hamden
( D . C. Eaton , ^4. W. E.)\ New Haven and Orange (E. C. Eaton); Ham-
den ( D . C. Eaton , A. W. E.) The Westville specimens collected by the
writer in April, 1903, may be designated the type. The following stations
beyond the limits of New England may also be noted: Quaker Bridge, New
Jersey ( A . IV. E.) ; Washington, D. C. (/. M. Holzinger) ; Tibbs Run,
West Virginia {A. LeRoy Andrews ) : Dickey’s Creek, Virginia {Mrs. Britton
& Miss Vail); Enterprise, Florida {L.'M. Underwood).

The leaf subtending a lateral branch in L. sylvatica is sometimes bifid
and sometimes undivided; in other cases there is no subtending leaf what-
ever. The latter condition in fact is normally found on one side of a branch-
ing axis while subtending leaves occur on the other. The absence of such a
leaf indicates that the whole, instead of a part, of an apical segment has
entered into the formation of the branch. This substitution of a branch for
an entire leaf is of special interest and has not before been noted in the
Hepaticae, although its occurrence was long ago suspected by Leitgeb. The
subtending leaves are sometimes found on the left, according to the direc-
tion of the spiral. Similar variations also occur in L. setacea

In their vegetative organs L. setacea and L. sylvatica resemble each
other very closely, and it is sometimes difficult to determine sterile and
poorly developed material. Usually, however, the leaves and especially the
underleaves offer a few reliable points of difference. Under favorable con-
ditions L. setacea is more robust, and its leaves are more regularly quad-
rifid ; in many cases the antical segment bears an accessory tooth on its free
margin, a condition which is exceedingly rare in L sylvatica. Occasionally
a bifid subtending leaf will show an accessory tooth of this character on each
side. The cutitle of L. setacea is distinctly verruculose while that of L.
sylvatica is smooth or very indistinctly roughened. Unfortunately in slen-
der forms of L. setacea these differences are not always apparent.

New Haven, Conn.

— 8o—

PTYCH0MITR1UM LEIBERQII n. sp

G. N. Best.

In loose tufts, olive green above, ferruginous below: stems i cm. long,
erect, central strand small, distinct: leaves thickish, crispate-incurved when
dry, erect-spreading when moist, somewhat undulate, entire, margins plane,
3.5 to 5 mm. long, .6 to .8 mm. wide: from a concave, suboval base gradually
linear-lanceolate, acute or blunt pointed: nerve thick, reddish, disappearing
at apex ; lamina mostly unistratose, bistratose in streaks above and on the
margins; leaf cells uniform, somewhat distinct, median chlorophyllose,
roundish-quadrate, 10/z, basal broadly rectangular, pellucid: monoicous:
antheridial buds at base of pedicels, stipitate; perichetial leaves similar to
but larger than stem leaves: pedicels reddish, 5 mm. long ; capsules erect,
elliptical, 1.3 mm. long. .7 mm. wide, wrinkled when dry; annulus broad,
3 rowed, separating readily and in fragments: exothecal cells thin-walled,
polymorphous, 3 to 5 rows about the mouth thick-walled, reddish, flattened;
peristome simple, teeth narrowly linear-lanceolate from a broader articu-
late base, yellowish, coarsely papillose, more or less irregularly divided,
sometimes nearly entire; operculum acicular, .1 mm. long, zigzag on margin;
calyptra campanulate, deeply lobed, plicate, rough at apex: spores minutely
roughened, 13 to 16 ju: matures in the early part of February: on rocks,
collected by John F. Lieberg, in whose honor it is named, near the south
end of Baboquivara range, Arizona, February, 1906 : altitude 4000 ft.

Cotype in the Herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden.

Ptychomitriicm Leibergii differs from P. Gardneri by its smaller size,
entire leaves, somewhat undulate but not plicate, and by its peristomial teeth
not divided to the base into filiform segments. The leaves in P. incurvum
are bistratose above the middle, leaf cells smaller and less distinct and the
peristomial teeth entire.*

In P. Druimnondii the leaves are denticulate-serrate, the peristomial
teeth shorter and broader and split at apex and the annulus wanting. The
leaves in the Mexican P. rugosum (Mitt.) Jaeg. are serrate above and re-
flexed below.

It would therefore seem that so far as the North American species of
Ptychomitrium go P. Leibergii is well marked and quite distinct. Unfortu-
nately it is described from a single collection. Future collections may show
variations not recognized in this description. Mr, Leiberg assures me that
it is “common in the mountains of southern New Mexico and Arizona from
the Floridas in the former territory to the Baboquivara range in the latter,
and probably extending much farther westward : southward into Mexico .
not observed north of Southern Pacific R. R.” I am indebted to Mrs. Brit-
ton for an examination of this moss and for the opinion that it is an unde-
scribed species. Rosemont, New Jersey.

*Mrs. Britton claims that P.pygmceum is only P. incurvum (Bull. Tor. Bot. Club, 21:497}.
However this may be I am of the opinion that we have two species passing as P. incurvum
differing in size, basal cells and peristomial teeth, possibly connected by intergrading
forms.

Plate VII. — Fig. i, Plant Ptychomitrium Leibergu. Fig. 2, Same X 22.
Fig. 3, Leaf. Fig. 4, Base of leaf. Fig. 5, Apex of same. Fig. 6, Perichet-
ial bud. Fig. 7, Calyptra. Fig 8, Spores. Fig. 9, Peristomial teeth.

[ iuJM

SOME ADDITIONS TO THE^FLORA OF MIDDLESEX COUNTY,
MASSACHUSETTS.

Reginald Heber Howe, Junior.

The following plants were not included among the Lichens attributed to
this County by Messrs. L. L. Dame and F. L. Collins in their List, pub-
lished in 1888 The preface to the “Lichens” in the above work, will show
that these additions are only a few, compared with those that may still be
added, and are in no way remarkable. For the records from Sudbury, I am
indebted to Miss C. M. Carr.

1. Ramalina calicaris fraxinea Fr.

This subspecies is not uncommon in Concord and Carlisle, on ash and
elm trees. In only a few instances are the plants absolutely typical, the
majority being somevhat intermediate between fraxinea and fastigiata.

2. Cetraria Oakesiana Tuckerm.

Not uncommon in' Concord, on base of conifers and birch. Reported
from Sudbury.

3 Usnea barbata florida rubiginea Michx.

Not uncommon in Concord, growing in a reduced state on black spruces,
white pines, and particularly on rocks. Always sterile.

Usnea barbata ceratina Schser.

I have one example referable here.

5. Usnea barbata florida s trig os a Ach.

Uncommon. Collected in Concord and Bedford on Maples. Fertile.

6. Alectoria jubata implexa Fr.

Reported from Sudbury, growing on larches in swamps.

7. Physcia pulverulenta leucoleiptes Tuckerm.

Common on elms, ash, oak, and apple trees. Rarely fertile.

8. Physia obscura endochrysea Nyl.

Reported from Sudbury, on Rocks.

9. Peltigera scutata (Dicks.) Leight.

One unfruited and poor specimen collected in Concord, was with some
doubt referred hereby Dr. W. G. Farlow and Mr. G. K. Merrill.

10. Stereocaulon condensation Hoffm.

I have collected one example of this species in Concord, on an old stump
and it is reported as not uncommon in Sudbury.

11. Stereocaulon pileatum Ach.

One example was found on a rock in Carlisle. I am indebted to Dr.
Farlow for the determination.

12. Cladonia papillaria (Ehrh ) Hoffm.

Through the kindness of Miss Carr, I am able to report this species from
Sudbury, where she found it in several places. The determination of her
specimen was corroborated for me by Dr. Farlow. Mr. Walter Gerritson, of
Waltham, allows me also to report it from that township, where he has col-
lected it on barren soil. Mr. Merrill determined his examples.

Since the Middlesex Flora was published the genus Cladonia has under-
gone such a revision that the status of its species in the country is exceed-
ingly difficult. The following have been collected in Carlisle and Concord,
and may be included or not in those given for the region under less specific
names or by other titles. For the determinations I am indebted to Prof.
Bruce Fink and Mr. Merrill.

13. Cladonia pyxidata chlorophaea (Floerk.) Wainio

14. Cladonia fimbriata coniocrea (Flk.) Wainio.

15. Cladonia fimbriata apolepta (Ach ) Wainio.

16. Cladonia verticillata evoluta Th. Fr.

17. Cladonia ce notea furcellata Rabenh.

18. Cladonia furcata paradoxa (Wainio) Fink.

19. Cladonia pityrea (Floerk.) Fr.

20. Cladonia squamosa denticollis (Hoffm.) Floerk.

21. Cladonia Boryi Tuckerm. (Sudbury.)

22. Cladonia gracilis elongata (Jacq.) Floerk. (Sudbury.)

23. Lecidea enteroleuca Fr. Not uncommon, and fertile on deciduous
growths in Concord.

24. Mycoporiu77i pycnocarpum Nyl. One fertile example collected on maple

in Concord. Concord, Mass.

MICROSCOPICAL TECHNIQUE.

Many persons who have to use the microscope in their studies find it
desirable to do much of the work at night and to such a good working light
is not an unimportant matter. A very excellent light may be arranged by
the very simple expedient of placing a piece of white cardboard six or eight
inches behind a incandescent electric lamp and using the reflection f*rom its
surface. A piece of botanical mounting paper answers the purpose nicely
and for the moss student is usually at hand. If an electric light is not avail-
able a good student lamp may serve in place of it. Such a light is almost if
not quite as good as daylight reflected from a white cloud which, of course,
has no superior. Sometimes it is well to shade the lamp in front by another
small piece of cardboard. This suggestion may be old to many readers of
the Bryologist, but those who have never tried it will easily solve the prob-
lem of a desirable light for microscopic work. J. P. Naylor,

Greencastle, Ind.

-83-

LICHEN NOTES No. 4.

A Study of Umbilicaria vellea and (Jmbilicaria spadochroa.

G. K. Merrill.

The statement made by Nylander (Synopsis, Pt. II, p. 9) that sterile
specimens of U. vellea are not easily determinable, is one tp surprise an
American student of lichens. The late Prof. Tuckerman long furnished us
with our opinions on the taxonomy and specific delimitations of lichens, and
his treatment of the Umbilicaria in Synopsis presented no difficulties what-
ever, once one came to know the commoner species. Tuckerman cites only
two species of ash-colored Umbilicaria for America, U. vellea (L.) Nyl. and
U. hirsuta (Ach.) Stenh. Of these two, U vellea only is common, and our
students have unhesitatingly referred all specimens of the ash-colored, whit-
ish or brownish-ash-colored Umbilicaria, when black and hirsute below
to this species. If, as Nylander asserts, specimens of U. vellea must be
fertile to be identified with accuracy, it is evident that the distinguishing
characters are apothecial, not thalline. This deduction is confirmed by the
author’s statement of its resemblance to U. spadochroa and of a difference
in spore measurements. The spores of U, vellea are said to measure 9-12
by 6-7 fi, those of U. spadochroa 18-29 by 10-18/*, a very considerable discrep-
ancy.

Nylander credits U. vellea to Acharius, Methodus, p. 109, citing the
amended dianogsis for the species found in Lichenographia Universalis, p.
673, as excellent. No mention is made of U. vellea as being a Linnsean
species, nor is allusion made to its citation in the Acharian Prodromus.
This is the more remarkable as Acharius himself duly credits the plant to
Linnaeus, with the synonym of Lichen velleus. It is thought that but few
of the early lichenists rightly understood U. vellea , even Hoffman who was
responsible for the generic name of Umbilicaria, and numbers of its species*
miscalled and figured U. polyrrhizos for U. vellea in his Plantae Lichenosae.
However the name figures in several of the eighteenth century floras. It is
apparent on comparing the descriptions of U. vellea and U. spadochroa in
the Prodromus and Methodus, that Acharius had no true conception of
either species. The diagnoses are much alike, some of the characters at a
later period held to distinguish the two, being used indiscriminately.
Acharius must have been acquainted with U. vellea as found in the
Linnaean herbarium, and it is really difficult to understand his uncertainty
unless a word from Wainio explains,

In a paper entitled “ Revisio lichenum in herbario Linnsei asservato-
rium,” the latter records p. 7. that the specimens of Lichen velleus as found
were sterile, and thus uncertain. Sterility or fertility counted for but little
to the early species makers, the grosser differences at once apparent seem-
ing to their minds the surer guide. While on the subject of the Acharian
comprehension of U. vellea , it will be of interest to cite from ‘Leighton’s
“ Monograph of the British Umbilicariae,” the results of his examination of
authentic specimens of U. hirsuta and U. vellea , communicated by Acharius
to Borrer, and found in the latter’s herbarium. Leighton declares that the

two appear to be identical, that tf. veiled only was fertile, with spofeS
double the size of U. polyrrhisa or 18-22 by to-12 /d. If these Specimens
from Archarius were identified before he reached definite conclusions regard-
ing the specific limits of If. veiled , comment is Unnecessary. But if they
were determined on characters set forth in Li. tjm. p. 673 1. C. there may be
several inferences. Either Nylander is in error and if. vetted should hdvi
large spores : or large spores are concomitant to both tf sPddockrod and tf.
veiled : or, the other physical characters of one or both plants may be incon-
stant, or finally the arbitrary separation of the two on sporal or other
differences may be without justification. The delimitation of two lichens
identical in other respects, because of difference in size of the spores is
abhorrent to a conception of natural species. The thallus of an ash-colored
Umbilicaria sp. on which are ultimately developed the apotheeia of tf.
veiled and tf. spddochrod is none the less specifically one or the other
despite its infertility, and if the thought is carried further until the larger
spores of tf. spadochroa have assumed their full size, may it not be proper
to call the species U. veiled ?

An endeavor to learn something of V . veiled from the writings of
Linnaeus is frustrated by the terseness of his descriptions. In “ Species
Plantarum,” 3d Edition, p. 1617, Lichen velleus is described as “ Lichen
foliaceus umbilicatus subtus hirsutissimus ” and quoting himself in “FI.
Lapp.” the author amplifies with “ Lichen folio subrotundo feltato margin
fere integro, subtus inaxime hirsutus.” Linnaeus cites the illustration in
“ Historia Muscorum of Dillenius,” Fig. 5, pi. 82, as representative of the
form, and the Rev. J. M. Crombie proves to us that the Linnaean guess or
Dillenian drawing were both good. In his “Lichens of Dillenius Historia
Muscorum, illustrated by his herbarium.” Crombie says “ that the specimen
of U. veiled in Herb. Dill, to which is attached the descriptive label of
‘ Lichenoides coriaceum latissimo folio umbilicato et verrucoso’ is sterile,
and “the specimen of which the figure is not at all good, represents a very
large and old state of the species.’ ”

One wonders how Crombie recognized a “ sterile” .state of if. veiled with
the certainty indicated by his words, but that must remain a mystery so far
as present knowledge helps. It may be pointed out as a curious considera-
tion at this juncture that while type specimens of U. veiled (L. ) Nyl. have
been preserved, no one can state with definiteness whether they are repre-
sentative of veiled or spddochrod as those plants are now understood.
Acharius in Li. Um p. 673 1. c. was first to make the effort of clearly mark-
ing limits for each of the two species. It is conceivable from Nylander’s
words (Syn. 1. c. ) that the Archarian dissociation impressed him as being
fundamental. Th. Fries, “ Lichenographia Scandinavica,” considers that
while Acharius rightly knew U. veiled , his recognition of spddochrod might
be questioned. Whatever view is taken of the Acharian conclusion, the
uselessness of going behind his amended diagnosis had been made apparent.

As the early writers delimited species almost entirely on macroscopic
characters, it will be a matter of interest to learn if possible in what respect,

•85-

and to what degree the two species — very near one another as all have
agreed— were found to differ. There seems no better way to accomplish
this end, than to take the diagnoses of Archarius, E. Fries, Schaerer, Nylan-
der, Th. Fries and Tuckerman for a basis, and frame a composite description
for each species. Such an abstract would naturally comprehend all of the
individual variations noted by the several observers for each form.

U. veiled : — Thallus ash-colored, brownish, greenish or whitish ash-
colored or whitish-pruinose ; ample to large ; leathery, rigid or thickened ;
smooth, scarcely elevated-punctate, or minutely rimulose-areolate ; mono-
phyllous and irregularly repand. Thallus below, brownish, brownish-black,
blackish, or black ; granulose-unequal, subhirsute, hirsute to very hirsute.
Apothecia marginal, (sessile, Ach.) (patelliform, E. Fries), superficial,
appressed, plane, small, margined, becoming convex, immarginate, or fin-
ally excluding the margin, or with a tumid margin ; concentrically or gyrose-
plicate, and E. Fries states that the disc may be papillose.

U. spadochroa : — Thallus greenish, brownish, or whitish-ash-colored, or
quite white; small to large; rigid, subcoriaceous and thickened; smooth or
elevated-punctate; monophyllous. Thallus below, pallid-ash-colored, brown-
ish, brownish-black, blackish or black: areolate-granulate, denudate, exas-
perate, scabrid, papillose, lacerate or more or less hirsute. Apothecia
marginal, plane, subsimple appressed, lecideine, the margin thickened or
subpersistent, contracted or even extended, smoothish or sparsely gyrose-
plicate; papillate from the center of the disc, or the verrucae deficient, when
there may be a central depression.

A comparison of the foregoing descriptions will disclose that so far as
color of upper surface is concerned the two species are much alike, . and the
same may be said of the size, texture and lobation. The upper surface of
U. spadochroa is said to be smooth (Th. Fries) elevated-punctate and deli-
cately rimose (Ach. Li. Um. p. 229) but the latter describes both species as
elevate-punctate, and the rimulose-areolate characteristic is known to be a
product of age and habitat. The under surface presents greater dispari-
ties, unimportant in color, but marked in other respects. It will be noted
that U. veiled as described is usually hirsute with the range of variation
from “granulose-unequal” (Nyl. Syn.) to very hirsute; and that U. spado-
chroa as mentioned is not commonly so well provided with rhizinae, may
even be “denudate” (Schaer. Eu.) or conditioned variably to “densely rhiz
inose ” (Th. Fries Li. Scam). In apothecial characters much diversity is
shown, according to Acharius (Li. Um. p. 672) U. vellea has constantly
plane marginate apothecia with the disc concentrically plicate : while those
of U. spadochroa are said to be marginal, usually plane, the margin thick-
ened and contracted, the disc not uncommonly plicate and solitarily papil-
late from the center. E. Fries (Li. Eu. Ref.) asserts that the apothecia of U.
vellea may be papillate, a statement only explicable by the inference of his
having mistakenly described U. spadochroa. The plicate of the apothecia
are indifferently concentric or gyrose ; and that organ may be appressed in
both species.

•86-

In brief the differences between the species as here summarized are really
inconsiderable, except that one of discordance in apothecial conformation.
This factor in itself would scarcely seem of sufficient importance to sepa-
rate the two, but Nylander and others have found that the papillate apothe-
cia of U. spadochroa afford large spores. An instance of crude botany
reinforced by modern histology. With Nylander first to point out sporal dif-
ferences, the labors of other lichenists seemed to become confirmatory, if
Hepp is excepted. In the latter’s work on the spores of European lichens,
are figured and micrometrically recorded the spores of U. vellea and U.
spadochroa as examined in the Exsiccati of Moug. & Nest, E. Fries and
Schaerer. In plate XXXIV, fig. 306 Hepp’s Sporen, the spores of U. spado-
chroa (Ehrh.) Ach. Li. Um. p. 229, are alleged to be illustrated. The figures
and measurements are derived from examination of E. Fries, Li.Suec. Exs.
No. 130: Moug. & Nest, Exs. Nos. 540 and 746, and Schaerer, Exs. Nos. 141
and 142. All have small spores, vis. 9-1 1 by 5-8/1, and by modern interpreta-
tion belong to U. vellea and not U. spadochroa.

Nylander avowedly, and Th. Fries inferentially based their diagnosis
of U. spadochroa on the Acharian conception, and both the former definitely
accept the papillate apothecia as distinguishing. Is it not strange that the
various specimens from those exsiccati examined by Hepp, doubtless all
determined on the Acharian data, and conjecturally all provided with the
papillate apothecia of the species, should have yielded small spores ? It is
reasonably certain from the description, that U. vellea of E. Fries (Li. Eu.
Ref.), is U. spadochroa as now understood. If No. 130 of Fries Exs. Li.
Luec. is representative of that author’s var. b. spadochroa as may be inferred
from the text, with its determination based on the Acharian conception, then
Nylander’s assumption of small spores for U. vellea is really inexplicable.
Schaerer (in Eu.) affirms No. 130, Fries Exs. to be equivalent to U. cirrhosa
Hoffm., and Wainio (Revisio Lich. Hoffmannianorum, p. 16), finds the speci-
mens of U. cirrhosa iu Hoffman’s herbarium to be U. spadochroa (Ehrh.)
Ach.

Some one has erred, but on whom shall the burden rest ? No. 141 of
Scharer’s Exs. is his form d. rupta of U. vellea var. spadochroa , and No.
142 represents his form cinereo-rufescens. Schaerer cites the latter as
synonymous with U. spadochroa DC., U. vellea Ach. , and Lichen valleus
Ehrh. ! Plate XIV, fig. 117 of Hepps’s Sporen is said to figure the spores of
U. vellea (L.) Ach. Syn. p. 68. The specimens examined were from Moug.
& Nest, Exs. No. 344, and Schaerer’s Exs. Nos. 137, 138, 139 and 140. All
have large spores viz. 18-24 by 8-13//, and several numbers by Nylander and
others would be referred to U. spadochroa. Schaerer lived a little early to
fully avail himself of the manifold advantages of the compound microscope,
and he variously distributes the above cited examples to his Enumeration,
they appearing to have been very dissimilar externally. No. 344 Moug. &
Nest, Exs. is referred to his U. vellea var. a, hirsula . U. hirsuta as now
understood has spores of 9-12 by 4-8//, or small. Nos. 137, 138, 139 and 140
of his Exs. Schaerer defines as form b, vellei-formis , f. c. vulgaris , f. d.

-87-

abortiva, and f. e. rupta respectively of his U. vellea hirsuta. From the
descriptions of Nos. 137 and 139 (Eu. 1. c.) both can be easily placed with U.
spadochroa on their macroscopic characters, the other two are doubtful how-
ever.

Reviewing what has been written, it will be perceived that each author
prior to Nylander’s Synonymy, in dealing with U. vellea and its ally,
became a law unto himself with respect to their specific limits. It is ques-
tionable if Nylander himself constituted his diagnosis of U. spadochroa on a
clear knowledge of the early herbarium examples, although no man had
ampler opportunities to acquire information. It is conceivable that U. spa-
dochroa as considered in Synopsis is a purely arbitary creation, based on the
observation that large spores are concomitant with papillate apothecia. If
this were an established fact, with no ascertainable record of deviation, a
fairly good warrant for specific rank would ensue. The writer has found,
however, through examination of an extended series of American ash-colored
Umbilicariae that specimens are not uncommonly met with, provided with
distinctly papillate apothecia which do not yield large spores! In fact the
measurements accord with those of U. vellea. As the specimens are black
and very hirsute below and bear every other characteristic of the species
they may with assurance be referred to U. vellea.

In the final analysis it is seen that all the characters of U. spadochroa
except its large spores may be shared by U. vellea. On this distinction
alone it is believed that the form scarcely deserves specific rank, and should
be reduced to a variety or modification of the older U. vellea. No. 198
Decades of N. Am. Lichens, issued as U. spadochroa Hoffm., in our copy
affords small spores only, and being unprovided with papillate apothecia
should be considered as representative of U. vellea. Prof. John Macoun
collecting in 1905, on the St. Lawrence below Quebec, found an Umbilicaria
sp. which in the specimen submitted to the writer, offers characteristics at
once suggestive of U. Dillenii Tuckerm., on the one hand, and U. vellea
on the other. The plant is brownish at the circumference as in U. Dillenii ,
whitish-pruinose at the center as in U. vellea , and like the latter hirsute
below. The apothecia and spores are those of U. Dillenii, but the upper
surface is rimulose-areolate as in U. vellea. Prof. Macoun suggests that the
form be given a varietal name, but it is hardly thought desirable to do so at
present. Rockland, Maine.

SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER NOTES.

If any members of the Sullivant Moss Chapter have collected the
lichen, Solorina saccata, I shall be very glad to hear from them and to ex-
change specimens with them. I should also be glad to hear from any one
who has specimens of Solorina saccata in his herbarium, giving me the local-
ity where they were collected.

Address, Mrs. Caroline W. Harris,

125 St. Marks Avenue, Brooklyn, N. Y.

■88—

It has come to the notice of the officers of the Chapter that in several
instances stamped envelopes have been sent requesting the current “Offer-
ings ” and have met with no response. It is hardly possible that the same
member would have his missive go astray more than once. It would also
seem to be the obvious thing to do if a request comes after the material is
exhausted for the person offering, to use the envelope to reply stating the
fact.

The December meeting of the S. M. Chapter, in connection with the
A. A. A. S., will be held either at the New York Botanical Garden at
Bronx Park, on Saturday afternoon, Dec. 29th, or at Columbia University
on Monday afternoon, Dec. 31st, as the other meetings of Botanists will be
divided between the two places at the times, stated.

The November number of this journal will contain the definite informa-
tion as to place and date and hour of meeting.

OFFERINGS.

To Chapter Members only. For postage.

Miss C. C. Haynes, Highlands, New Jersey. Metzgeria conjugata Lindb.
and Frullania Calif ornica (Aust.) Evans. Collected, Seattle, Wash., by
Dr. J. W. Bailey.

Miss Alice L Crockett, Camden, Maine. Biatora chlorantha Tuckerm.
Collected in Camden.

Mr. G. K. Merrill, 564 Main street, Rockland. Maine. Cetraria lacunosa
Ach. var. stenophylla Tuckerm. Collected by Mr. J. B. Flett, on Mt.
Constitution, Wash.

Miss Annie Lorenz, 96 Garden street, Hartford, Conn. DicranGdontiu?n
longirostrae B. & S. Collected Waterville, New Hampshire.

Mr. B. D. Gilbert, Clayville, N. Y. Umbilicaria Di l lenii Tuckerm.

Mr. Charles C. Plitt, 1706 Hanover street, Baltimore, Md. Trichocolea
tomentella Dumort.

Dr. J. F. Brenckle, Kulm, North Dakota. Physcomitrium Kellermatiii E.
G. Britton.

Dr. J. W. Bailey, 405 Walker Building, Seattle, Wash. Eurhynchium
stoloniferum (Hook.) Card.; Dicranum majus Turn.

Mr. H. Dupret, Seminary of Philosophy, Montreal, Canada (U. S. postage
taken). Fontinalis antipyretica gigantea Sulliv. ; Camptothecinm
?iitans Schreb. Brachythecium Novce-Anglice (S. & L.) J. & S.

Mr. A. S. Foster, 282^ Second street, Portland, Oregon. Ptychomitrium
Gardneri Lesq.: Carnptothecium ?negaptilum Sulliv.; Hypnum occi-
dental Sulliv. & Lesq.

rnruli LnjTJxrmrLmTJTJ~UTJTJimajTJxruTJTrLjTjijojT.jiJTJTJT^^

VOLUME IX NUMBER 6 5

me*

m NOVEMBER, 1906

The BRYOLOGIST

AN ILLUSTRATED BIMONTHLY DEVOTED TO

NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES

HEPATICS AND LICHENS

EDITOR

ANNIE MORRILL SMITH

CONTENTS

Further Notes on Cladonias VIII. ( Illus .) Bruce Fink 89

A Study of Tetraplodon australis . . Dr. I. Hagen 92

Vancouver Island Bryology No. 1 . Dr. John W. Bailey 95

Notes on the Mosses of Waterville, N. H. Annie Lorenz 96

Ten Lophozias, Selected and Illus. Caroline Coventry Haynes 98

Notes on Polytrichum commune

J. Franklin Collins 101

Die Europaeischen Torfmoose ( Review ) Wm. Edward Nicholson

Sullivant Moss Chapter Notes, Election of Officers

Offerings, etc

Musci Acrocarpi Boreali=Americani ( Review )

North American Musci Pleurocarpi

(Be view)

103

A. J. Grout 105
Edward B. Chamberlain 106

q Entered at the P

Post Office at Brooklyn, N. Y., April 2, 1900, as second
G matter, under Act of March 3, 1879.

C Published by the Editor, 78 Orange St., Brooklyn,

□TJTJUlJTJlJTJlJTJTJ-IJTJTJXr^^

PRE88 OF MC BRIDE & STERN, 97-09 CLIFF 8TREET. NEty ’.YORK

THE BRYOLOGIST

gimjcmtMij gmxvtxal

DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN
MOSSES, HEPATICS AND LICHENS

ALSO OFFICIAL ORGAN OF

THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER

EDITOR

Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith

ASSISTED BY

Mr. A. J. Grout, Ph.D. )

Dr. J. W. Bailey )

Mr. G. K. Merrill

Miss Caroline Coventry Haynes . . .

Mosses

Lichens

Hepatics

Subscription, $1.00 a Year Single Copies, 20 cents

Four Vols. 1898-1901-11.50 Four Vols. 1902-1905—14.00

THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER

OFFICERS FOR 1906

President— Mr. E. B. Chamberlain . . 519 West 121st Street
New York City

Vice-President— Mr. G. K. Merrill .... 564 Main Street
Rockland , Maine

Secretary— Dr. John W. Bailey .... Walker Building
Seattle , Wash.

Treasurer— Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith . 78 Orange Street
Brooklyn , N. Y.

Pi. ate VIII. — Fig-, i A, C. caespiticia X 3- B. Natural size. Fig, 2 A, C.
de lie at a X 3. B. Natural size, Fig. 3 A, C. botrvtes X 3- B.
Natural size.

THE BRYOLOGIST.

VOL. IX.

November, 1906.

No. 6.

FURTHER NOTES ON CLADONIAS. VIII.

Ciadonia botrytes, Cladonia caespiticia, and Cladonia delicata.

Bruce Fink.

There may be considerable doubt about a very close relationship
between the species considered in this paper and those disposed of in the last
one (Bry. 9, July, 1906), and it may also be doubted whether the first species
to receive consideration below stands very near to the second and third.
Both Tuckerman and Wainio have placed Cladonia caespiticia and Cladonia
delicata in close relationship, but both have seen fit to remove Cladonia
botrytes far from these. Nor have these authors placed Cladonia botrytes
near Cladonia mitrula, to which species it bears enough of superfi-
cial resemblance so that one might easily pass the former species over as a
small form of the latter, growing on wood. However, the Cladonias exhibit
a most bewildering series of relationships, combining the various species in
an inextricable network, and all arrangements must be regarded as more or
less artificial. Doubtless the words of Dr. L. M. Underwood, regarding a
similar difficulty in the classification of the Agaricales, or gill fungi,
apply here, as follows: — “A part of the difficulty, however, is due to
the fact that we have here an extensive evolution of comparatively recent
origin in which very many of the steps of the progression are still inexist-
ence” (Moulds, Mildews and Mushrooms, p. 129). Again, both Tuckerman
and Wainio give considerable prominence to the paler fruit, in removing
Cladonia botrytes far from Cladonia mitrula. However remotely related
the two species may be, the difference in color can have little weight in
determining.

But passing the first species considered below, we are on surer ground,
lichenists generally admitting the close relationship of the other two species'
and that of both of these to Cladonia squamosa , which species we will con-
sider’in the next paper of this series.

Finally, the writer is willing to let comparisons of the two descriptions,
and better the study of specimens, speak further for the relationship of Cla-
donia botrytes and Cladonia mitrula, the latter description to be found in
the last paper of this series and the former to follow immediately.

Cladonia botrytes (Hag.) Willd. FI. Berol. 365. 1787.

Primary thallus commonly persistent, composed of crenate, incised or
variously laciniate, fiat, involute or rarely convex, commonly ascending,
scattered or rarely clustered squamules, which are 1-3 mm. long and of - about
the same width, sea-green varying toward straw-colored or olivaceous above
and white below, sometimes sparcely sorediate or granular. Podetia arising
from the surface of the squamules, 2-18 mm. long, rather slender, cylindrical,

The September BRYOLOGIST was issued September 1, 1906.

■ -go —

or subcylindrical, rarely and abortively scyphiform, variously branched
toward the apex or simple, or rarely branched toward the base, the branches
commonly short or very short, the sides frequently rimose, the axils some-
times open, solitary or in groups, erect or variously curved or flexuous, cor-
tex verrucose or divided into rather small areoles, which are contiguous or
scattered, sometimes more or less squamulose, especially towards the base,
varying from straw-colored to sea-green, or the decorticate portions straw-
colored or whitish. Apothecia terminating all of the podetia or branches,
small or rarely middling sized, commonly .4-2 mm. in diameter, rounded or
irregular, sometimes perforate, frequently clustered or conglomerate, or
rarely solitary, flat'and margined with lighter colored exciple, or more com-
monly convex and immarginate, from pale flesh-colored to pale brown, rarely
somewhat pruinose. Hypothecium pale or cloudy. Hymenium pale through-
out or slightly colored above. Paraphyses simple, the apex frequently thick-
ened but showing little or no color. Asci clavate or cylindrico-clavate.

O11 rotting trunks, especially of conifers, but rarely also on other wood
and dry humus. Plants from British America, New York, Virginia, Wiscon-
sin and Louisiana are referred here by Dr. Wainio in his Monograph, and he
has also determined the plant for the writer from Minnesota, where it is
found on dead coniferous wood throughout the northern portion of the State.
The “pale fruited form” of Cladonia mitrula distributed as No. 187,
“ Lichenes Boreali-Americani, ” seems quite close to the present species, but
on submitting the number to Dr. Wainio he agrees with authors of Lich.
Bor. Amer. Known also in Europe and Asia. Plate VIII. Figs. 3 A and 3 B.
Cladonia caespiticia (Pers.) Flk. Clad. Comm. 8. 1828.

Primary thallus persistent and composed of subdigitately-laciniate,
incised or crenate, ascending flat or rarely involute squamules, which are
middling sized, 2-10 mm. long and 1.5-8 mm. in width, commonly clustered
and thus forming larger or smaller patches, sea-green varying toward whit-
ish or olivaceous, the cortex continuous, frequently sorediate below where
the color is white. Podetia arising from the surface of the primary thallus,
abortive or 1-5 mm. long and .4-1.5 mm. in diameter, subcylindrical or
clavate, -cupless, simple or rarely branched, the apices obtuse and always
bearing apothecia, usually ashy in color. Apothecia medium sized or larger,
.75-3 mm. in diameter, at the apices of podetia or rarely subsessile, solitary
or slightly clustered, thinly margined or immarginate, flat or convex, brown
or reddish-brown. Hypothecium pale. Hymenium pale below and pale or
brownish above. Paraphyses simple, the apices enlarged and pale or
brownish. Asci cylindrico-clavate.

On soil, usually sandy, ors on rocks. Rarely on dead trunks in dry
places. Examined by the writer from New York (E. A. Burt and Carolyn
W. Harris), Ohio (E. E. Bogue and det. Cladonia symphycarpa epiphylla by
Dr. J. W. Eckfeldt), Iowa and Minnesota (Bruce Fink), and Newfoundland
(A. C. Waghorne and called Cladonia fimbriata by Dr. F. Arnold). Re-
ported from Alabama by Charles fMohr, from Montana by Mrs. Carolyn
W. Harris, and from Massachusetts and Illinois by Henry Willey.

—9i—

Wainio’s Monograph adds to this distribution Tennessee and South Caro-
lina. This gives a general distribution throughout North America, east of
the Rocky Mountains, except in extreme regions. Known also in Europe,
where also absent from arctic regions. Plate VIII. Figs, i A and i B.
Cladonia delicata (Ehrh.) Flk. Clad. Comm. 7. 1828.

Primary thallus commonly persistent, composed of small laciniate, erose
or crenate squamules 1-2.5 mm. long and wide, ascending, flat or involute,
commonly clustered and frequently forming a crust, ashy, sea-green or
olivaceous above, below white and usually more or less sorediate, the cortex
continuous above. Podetia arising from the surface of the primary thallus,
3-10 mm. long .5-1 mm. in diameter, cupless, subcylindrical, clavate or irregu-
larly turgescent, usually simple or slightly branched at the apex, but rarely
quite freely branched lower down, the axils, the apices and the sides some-
times more or less fissured, scattered or clustered, erect, commonly more or
less sorediate and decorticate, the apices usually apothecia-bearing and
obtuse, but rarely sterile and subulate. Apothecia small, .3-1.5 mm. in
diameter, borne in clusters or solitary at the apices of the podetia or branches,
thinly margined or immarginate, flat or convex, brown or rarely reddish-
brown. Hypothecium pale or pale-brownish. Hymenium brownish and
darker above. Paraphyses simple or branched, the apices frequently
thickened and pale-brownish. Asci clavate or cylindrico-clavate.

On rotting wood or on earth in swampy places. Examined by the writer
from Massachusetts (E. A. Burt), Washington, D. C. (T. A. Williams), Ohio
(H. L. Jones), and from Iowa and Minnesota (Bruce Fink). W. W.
Calkins and Henry Willey both list it from Illinois, and J. Macoun from
Quebec and Ontario. Wainio’s Monograph adds Indiana, South Carolina,
Alabama and Louisiana. This gives a North American distribution very
similar to that pf the last species. Known in all the grand divisions. Plate
VIII, Figs. 2 A and 2 B.

Miami University, Oxford. Ohio.

Plate VII. — Ptychomitriurn Leibergii n. sp. by Dr. G. N. Best in the Bryol-
ogist, September, 1906, page 81, should have contained the following mag-
nifications: Fig. 1. Plant of P. Leibergii X 2. Fig. 2. Same X 22.
Fig. 3. Leaf X 22. Fig. 4. Base of leaf X 240. Fig. 5. Apex of
same X 365. Fig. 6. Perichetial bud X 42. Fig. 7. Calyptra X 22.
Fig. 8. Spores X 650. Fig. 9. Peristomial teeth X 240. All reduced
The plant was named in honor of Mr. John B. Leiberg, not John F.
as printed on page 60. Ed.

—92—

A STUDY OF TETRAPLODON AUSTRALIS.

By I. Hagen.

Tetrciplodon australis Sulliv. & Lesq. has been very little studied.
This fact is accounted for by the circumstance that the specimens in the
various herbaria were collected for the most part too late in the season and
hence in a condition unfavorable for study. I am, however, happily in pos-
session of fine material collected at my request by Mr. Severin Rapp, at
Sanford, Florida, during the month of December, 1904. An examination of
this material has furnished the details which enable me to determine its rela-
tionship decisively.

Why the authors of the last half of the nineteenth century placed this
species in the genus Tetraplodon, I have never been able to comprehend,
and a study of Mr. Rapp's collections has shown me that this genus is pre-
cisely that one of the sub-family Splachnae with which it has least in com-
mon. There are important differences in nearly all parts of the sporophyte:
— the seta is soft and hyaline in ' T. australis , solid and colored in the
other species of the genus ; the columella is exserted in the former, included
in the latter; the teeth which are bigeminate in the other species of Tetra-
plodon are geminate only in T. australis , and, in addition, in this latter
they have central cavities, though solid in the other, a condition which
is due to a difference in the number of layers of cell tissue from which
they originate: the calyptra is elongated below the operculum, cucullate or
rarely campanulate in true Tetraplodon, while it is conical and covers only
the top of the operculum in T. australis.

Nor can our species be Haplodon, because of its exserted columella and
geminate teeth with interior cavities. There remains then only the genus
Splachnum, and with this it agrees in all the characteristics cited, as separa.
ting it from the two other genera of the same sub-family. But if the descrip-
tions of the stem structure of Splachnum found in literature be compared
with the facts noted in studying the stem of our Tetraplodon there appear to
be differences. The cross section of the stem in T. australis shows false
leaf-traces, while in the case of Splachnum there are said to be true leaf,
traces. But the information furnished by literature upon this point is not
exhaustive and the generic difference between Splachnum and Tetra-
plodon australis actually non-existant. Lorentz, who had studied the
structure of the stem in the two Splachnums, S. sphaericum and S. luteum ,
says after describing it in 5. sphaericum (Flora, 1867, p. 537): “We

find this structure of the stem also in the following species of our genus, v
i. e. S. luteum, “not, however, in Tayloria nor in Tetraplodon. It is per-
haps not too bold to assume that this characteristic occurs also in other
species of the genus and furnishes an excellent generical distinction from the
other Splachnaceae.” This general conclusion made by him with reserva-
tion, is reproduced without restriction by Limpricht. (Laubm. FI. Deutschl.
Oesterr. u. d. Schweiz. (II. p. 164.). But if this is true in the species exam-
ined by Lorenz, it is however incorrect in 5. ampullaceum and S. vasculo-

-93-

sum , both these species having false leaf-traces in the stem precisely as in
T. australis. Here we see the danger of generalizing too far.

T. australis agrees exactly with certain Splachnums in another charac-
teristic taken from the vegetative parts, namely in the structure of the costa.
It is Lorenz again who has given some hints on this subject. According to
him the costa of the Splachnaceae is composed of two large ventral cells
(“guides”), of a certain number of large dorsal cells, and of a central
cellular body whose principal element and characteristic is a bundle of thin-
walled, angular cells of the kind he has called “comites in addition, one
usually finds between these “comites” and the large dorsal cells a larger
or smaller number of cells which he designates as “intercalary” cells,
formed sometimes like the guides, sometimes difficult to distinguish from the
“comites,” sometimes thin-walled, sometimes rather incrassate. In Tetra-
plodonshe observes that these intercalary cells are present, at least in the most
developed part of the costa, and that they are nearly stereid ; as regards
Splachnum he describes the same structure in S. sphaericum, while in S.
luteum he finds a bundle of “comites” surrounded by numerous, rather
large, polygonal, thin- walled cells. In S. vasculosum and in S. ampullaceum
I have observed a little different structure: the “ comites” form here a band,
which extends between the ventral and the large dorsal cells along the
median line of the costa; at each side appear, usually, some large rounded,
thin-walled intercalary cells, having nearly the aspect of the ventral
ones. These intercalary cells are wanting, however, in 5. ampullaceum ,
in the upper part of the leaf where the central cellular body is con-
sequently represented by the “comites” alone. The same structure is
found in T. australis , (and likewise in Haplodon) in all parts of the costa
which is composed here also of “ comitesT surrounded by the large ventral
and dorsal cells. We have here another characteristic which distin-
guishes T. australis from true Tetraplodon and at the same time connects
it with Splachnum ampullaceum.

That T. australis belongs to the genus Splachnum is thus set beyond
doubt, and it becomes apparent that it is S. ampullaceum with which it is
most nearly allied. This relationship is in fact so close that without
incroaching on its specific claims, we can characterize it as an S. ampulla-
ceum with hyaline seta, apophysis reduced to a minimum and narrower,
deeply dentate leaves.

It goes without saying, that this conception should be expressed in the
name. In transferring it to the genus Splachnum, however, I take the
advantage of the occasion to restore to it the oldest specific name, so long
unnoticed and revived only in 1883 by Lindberg, who was convinced by his
studies of the herbarium of Dillenius that the type of Phascum caulescens L.
is the same plant as Tetraplodon australis Sulliv. & Lesq.

Splachnum caulescens (L.) Dicks, in Trans. Linn. Soc. Ill, p. 239 (1797)

Synon.:

Sphagnum foliis tenuibus, gramineis , pellucidis Dill. Hist. Muse. p. 550,

(i74i).

—94—

Phascum caulescens L. Sp. pi. ed. I. p. 1570 (1753) non in herb.

Bryum Pennsylvanicum Brid. Muse. Rec. IV, p. 36 (1803) nec. Mant.
Muse. p. 119, (1819).

Splachnum setaceum Hook. & Wils. in Drumm. Muse. Amer. Bor. ed. II.
No. 27, (1841) fide Sulliv.

Tetraplodon australis Sulliv. & Lesq. Muse. Bor, Am. No. 151 (1856),
Tetraplodon caulescens Lindb. Krit. Granskn. af Moss. uti. Dill. Hist. Muse
p. 14, (1883).

Delin. :

Dill. 1. c. Tab. 85, fig. 15; Dicks. h c. Tab. 20, fig. 2; Sulliv. Icon. Muse. Tab.
58.

Exsicc.

Drum. 1, c,: Sulliv. & Lesq. 1, c, ; Holz. Muse. Aero, Bor.-— Am, No. 68,

Regarding the citation from Linnaeus it should be noted that his Phas-
cum caulescens of Sp. pi, is founded on Dillenius’ plant, but in reality he
did not know this species as Schimper’s examination of his herbarium shows
Journ, Linn, Soc. XI, p. 246), According to this distinguished bryologist, a
specimen labeled “ Phascum caulescens lectum in Lapponia cit, Dillen, 550,
T. 85. f. 15,” belongs partly to Splachnum angustatum , partly to Cynodon-
tium Bruntoni : and another specimen of which Schimper cites the label as
follows: “Splachnum — North America, sec. Smith, Splach. caulescens

Dicks,” is, according to him, a Tetraplodon angustatus forma gracilescens ,
I interpret the latter label as if the word “Splachnum — ’’alone is due to
Linnaeus, the rest added by Smith, who had bought his herbarium. How-
ever that may be, it follows from the examination of Schimper, that
Linnaeus did not have a correct idea of Phascum caulescens , and that the
name does not refer to his herbarium but exclusively to Sp. pi. Dickson on
the contrary seems to have correctly recognized the plant in question: he
says in his “ Observations on the genus of Porella and the Phascum caules-
cens of Linnaeus”: “The Splachnum which I received at the same time

with the above when compared with Dillenius’ specimen, proved to be the
Sphagnum figured on Tab. 85, f. 15 ; the figure is remarkably stiff. This is
made a Phascum by Linnaeus, but with equal impropriety, it being a true
Splachnum.” Opdal, Norway, May, 1906.

—95—

VANCOUVER ISLAND BRYOLOGY, No. 1

Dr. John W. Bailey.

Vancouver Island, which lies off the west coast of British Columbia, is
mountainous, well wooded with evergreens on the highlands, and with alder
and maple in the bottom lands. During seven months of the year it is
shrouded with fog and bathed with gentle rains on the coast, while heavy
snows fall in the interior. At this time every hillside depression becomes a
rivulet and evfery ravine a rushing mountain torrent. On account of the
amount of moisture in the atmosphere and the equibility of the climate, it
presents an ideal habitat for many species of mosses, nearly all of which
fruit abundantly. There is but little limestone on the island. Conglomer-
ates, sandstone and shales are found associated with the coal deposits in the
neighborhood of Nanaimo and Cumberland on the East Coast. My collect-
ing was done at the latter place, forty miles south of the fiftieth parallel of
latitude.

Cumberland is near Comox, a locality which Macoun visited some years
ago for bryological purposes. Thirty miles to the south the extinct crater
of Mt. Arrowsmith rises to an altitude of 5,600 feet, from whose sides and
summit Macoun brought many interesting mosses. In this region the tree
mosses are the first to attract one’s attention. The maple trees ( Acer macro-
phy linin') are covered with great mats or pillows of them. Neckera Men-
ziesii prefers the trunks of these trees while N. Douglasii is found on the
upper branches, though they grow intermingled. Nothing bryological is
handsomer than the delicate orange colored capsules of N. Douglasii lying
among the pale green leaves of the plant. N. Douglasii prefers moist shady
localities for developing its sphorophyte. N. Menziesii fruits at low alti-
tudes whereever found. Its pinnae are a coppery red color, the capsule
inserted and dark red in color.

Antitrichia curtipendula gig ante a occurs in great cushions, more often
on the horizontal limbs of trees. It grows on the evergreens as well as on
the deciduous trees. The stoloniferous portion of the plant bears the cap-
sule and it, like Neckera Douglasii, prefers dark cool situations in which to
develop it. In late winter or early spring the growing tips of this moss are
a golden yellow and the sombre forest takes on a new aspect, when these
fresh yellow points begin to cover the brown cushions of previous years. I
found very little Antitrichia California, and judged that Cumberland was
out of its range.

Eurhynchium stoloniferum is found near the coast, at higher altitudes
it disappears. Probably none of our coast mosses is more variable. It grows
on wood or rocks. There are four distinct forms of it growing about Cum-
berland : the stoloniferous (var. sub stoloniferum ) in long hairy masses on
limbs of trees ; a very large form growing in dark damp woods; a smaller
tawny colored form growing on rocks in canons but not stoloniferous. This
hung in long festoons over the rocks; a julaceous form, which when dry
simulated Scleropodium obtusifolium , found on rocks in brooks wet by the
spray of the rushing water, growing just above high water mark. Although

—9&—

the various forms are so different in appearance, under the microscope the
leaves are identical. The coarse doubly dentate margins, the strong mid-
rib, and the punctate cells in the lower leaf angles are the same in all.

Claopodium crispifolium is common on rocks and trees. It is indistin-
guishable from C. Bolanderi except under the microscope. C. Bolanderi
is found on rocks, while C. Whippleanum is found on rocks and soil and
resembles Plagiothecium elegans.

Dendroalsia abietina is rare. Besides E. stoloniferum three Eurhyn-
chiums are common, Oreganum, praelongum with its variety Stoke sii, and
fallax. E.fallax was to be found only at high altitudes. Growing at
lower altitudes and hidden away about the roots of cedars is to be found a
large Eurhynchium with variegated copper colored pinnae. One never
obtained very much of it as it was hard to find. It belonged to the blunt
leaved division of Eurhynchia. Its capsule was a beautiful chestnut red.

Plagiothecium undulatum is plentiful in proper locations. On humus
or rotton logs, and P. denticulatum is common.

The Heterocladiums, H. heteropteroides and H. procurrens , are high-
land mosses and are found on rocks. On vertical rocks, where there is
plenty of water, H. heteropteroides assumes the variety filescens. On flat
rocks it grows with short pinnae and fruits freely. H. procurrens is easily
recognized by its complanate leaves and feathery pinnae and at altitudes of
one thousand feet it becomes the commonest of the rock mosses.

Amblystegiums are rare in my locality though several are accredited to
the island. Seattle, Wash.

NOTES ON THE MOSSES OF WATERVILLE, NEW HAMPSHIRE.

Annie Lorenz.

The settlement of Waterville, N. H., lies in the Mad River Valley, at
1550 ft. altitude, north of Sandwich Dome, with Mt. Osceola (4352 ft.)
forming the northern end of the valley. Very little collecting appears to
have been done there. The only specimens seen by the writer are a few in
the hotel herbarium, collected by Mrs. Helen E. Jelliffe in August, 1896.

Waterville is a granite-and-drift region, the absence of limestone making
peculiar gaps in the flora, phanerogamous as well as cryptogamous. The
most unusual’place in the region is the ravine known as the “V’’ on the
southern slope of Mt. Tripyramid. It consists of two steep granite slopes,
meeting at an angle of 90 degrees, and running west by north. The south-
ern side has a rich cover of Sphagna, various Hypna and Hylocomia, Philo-
notis, Scapania, and such, all heavily fruited. The best thing there is
Blindia acuta (Huds.) B. &S. in good fruit.

The summit of Mt. Osceola is a crumbly trachytic granite, cushioned
with Polytrichum strictum Banks, with Dicranum fuscescens Turn, and D.
longifolium Ehrh. on the scrub balsam, although Lophozia gracilis
(Schleich.) Steph. is really the principal product. Sphagna are abundant, but
only casually examined by the writer. Andreaea petrophila Ehrh. is com-

-97-

mon, not only on the summits, but on the rocks along the brooks, and
usually heavily fruited, particularly on the north sides of the rocks.

One of the most interesting features of the bryophytic flora is the occur-
rence of Dicr anodontium longirostre B. & S. exemplifying, as it does, the
writer’s theory as to its habitat,— namely, that it grows near water not above
45 degrees temperature. Of three stations, the largest is at Tyler’s Spring
(45 deg.) where it grows very abundantly on the banks near by, which are
full- of rotten wood. The second station is in a similar place by a spring (40
deg.) between the two Greeley Ponds: the third station is on a rock, near a
cold stream feeding the upper Greeley Pond. Dicranodontium is instantly
known by its intense green color, and its moulting when touched. “ Folia —
quam maxime fragilia.” (Bry. Eur. ) The writer has so far always found
it sterile in New England : it prefers banks full of old wood, but is sometimes
found upon rocks.

On account of the exclusively siliceous formations, the Tortulaceae-
Saelania, Fissidens, etc. are lacking. Bryum is mostly absent, the lack of
B. proliferum (L.) Sibth., being rather noticeable, but Pohlia nutans
(Schreb,) Lindb., and P. elongata Hedw. are frequent.

Mnia are abundant, but of few species. Trematodon ambiguus (Hedw.)
Hornsch. is frequent, in dry fields, or by sandy roadsides. The Poly-
trichaceae are well represented, with five species of Polytrichum, three of
Pogonatum, and one Catharinea.

The sphagnum bogs are almost pure stands, without the Camptothe-
cium,the various Hypna, scorpioides L., stellatum Schreb., revolvers Swz.
Thuidium B landowii (W . & M.) B. & S. etc. of calcareous bogs. Homalia
/ amesii Sch. is quite common on the north and northwest sides of granite
boulders, also P lagiothecium Muellerianum Sch. in similar but more ele-
vated situations.

Of the Marchantiaceae, only Marchantia and Conocephalum appear.
Diplophylleia taxifolia (Wahl.) Trevis. is rather common along the bases of
rocks in stations above the level of the valley itself. Lophozia gracilis
(Schleich.) Steph. is ubiquitous, and L. incisa (Schrad. ) Dum. is somewhat
frequent on old stumps, L. barbata (Schreb.) Dum. is apparently absent.

The numerous trout streams have an abundant, but not particularly
varied flora, Scapania, Fontinalis, Rhacomitrium aciculare Brid., Hypnum
eugyrium B. & S., H. dilatatum Wils. with Marsupellae in the upper
reaches.

In general, the list makes a good showing for a non-calcareous region,
although it cannot compare with one in which both calcareous and siliceous
formations are found.

These are merely notes of a several-week’s stay, to be regarded as pre-
liminary only, and not as exhausting the possibilities of a region which will
well repay further exploration.

Hartford, Conn.

-98-

Plate IX.

Figs. 1-4, Lophozia Marchica. 1— Plant showing perianth, dorsal view x 22.

2 — Stem, dorsal view x 22. 3 — Leaf, dorsal view x 70. 4 — Leaf

cells x 365.

Figs. 5-9, Lophozia bicrenata. 5 — Stem, dorsal view x 22. 6 — Female plant
showing perianth and male plant x 22. 7 — Involucral bracts x 22.

8 — Leaf, dorsal view x 70. 9 — Leaf cells x 365.

Figs. 10-13, Lophozia excisa. 10 — Stem, dorsal view x 22. 11 — Another dor-
sal view x 22. 12 — Leaf, dorsal view x 70. 13 — Leaf cells x 365.
A ll reduced two-thirds.

-99-

TEN LOPHOZIAS

.Selected and Illustrated by
Caroline Coventry Haynes.

[From “Notes on New England Hepaticae,” by Dr. A. W. Evans in Rhodora.

By permission.]

Lophozia Marchica (Nees.) Steph. Rhodora, Nov. 1902, p. 211.

Lophozia bicrenata (Schmid.) Dumort. Rhodora, Nov. 1902, p. 209.
Lophozia excisa (Dicks.) Dumort. Rhodora, February, 1906, p. 34.

These Lophozias have been illustrated in various publications, but for
two reasons I have figured them again ; for the student as a handy reference
as well as for the sake of showing their comparative size. One magnifica-
tion having been used, namely, X22 in all figures of plants; X70 in all
figures of leaves: X365 in all figures of cell structure.

Lophozia Marchica was drawn from material, No. 172 Hepaticae Ameri-
canae-Jungermannia Novae-Caesareae. Collected by Dr. A. W. Evans,
Atsion, New Jersey, Aug. 1892. Also from material collected by Miss C. C.
Haynes, Great Island, near Elizabethport, New Jersey, Aug. 2, 1902.

Lophozia bicrenata. Collected by Dr. W. A. Evans, Huntington, Fair-
field Co., Conn., March 8, 1906. Herb. Sulliv. Moss Chap.

Lophozia excisa. Collected by Dr. A. W. Evans, Peter’s Rock, North
Haven, Conn., May 5, 1906. Herb. Sulliv. Moss Chap.

Lophozia Marchica (Nees.) Steph. Bull, de l’Herb. Boissier, II. 2:48, 1902.

Stephani has recently reduced to this species, as a synonym, Jimger-
mannia Mildeana Gottsche,* a form which most European writers have con-
sidered distinct If this reduction is made, and it certainly seems justifiable,
then the writer’s J. Novae-Caesareae ,f although recognized by Stephani,
should apparently share the same fate. Accepting L. Marchica in this broad
sense it is now known from three New England stations: Beach Mt., Mt.
Desert Island, Maine ( E . L. Randy. Woods Holl, Massachusetts (. A . IV. E.)\
East Haven, Connecticut (A. IV. E). The species is essentially a bog-plant
and is commonly found creeping through tufts of Sphagnum; in some cases
however the plants may be completely covered with water, while in other
cases, especially when growing in sandy bogs, they may be exposed to dry-
ness. The plants vary markedly according to the amount of water which
they receive, a liberal supply producing elongated stems with scattered
leaves while a scanty supply produces short stems with closely crowded
leaves. The cell-strucjbure is also variable. Protected and shaded leaves
show thin and delicate walls, while leaves exposed to the sun show thickened
yellowish walls with more or less conspicuous trigones. A single leaf in fact
may show these variations in cell-structure. The dark purple stems which
are characteristic of typical L. Marchica are paler in some of the other forms
and sometimes show no trace of purple: in other cases the color is limited to
the bases of the rhizoids and the adjacent parts of the stem. Underleaves
are occasionally present in all the forms among the stem-leaves, but they are
often very few in number and have the appearance of being abnormal or
adventitious. Floral underleaves or bracteoles are of course invariably
present. Plate IX. Figs. 1 — 4.

*Verhandl. der k. k. zool-botan. Gesellschaft in Wien. 17 : 626. pi. 16. 1867.
+B11II. Torrey Club, 20 : 308. pi. 163. 1893.

— IOO

Lophozia bicrenata (Schmid.) Dumort. Recueil d’Obs. sur les Jung, 27, 1835.
Jungermannia bicrenata Schmid, Ic. Plant. 3: 250. pi. 64. £. 2. 1797 .

By most American authors this species has been referred to J. excisa
Dicks., and it is described under this name in the sixth edition of the Manual.
It is probable that the true J. excisa was a composite species including among
others the J. bicrenata of Schmidel, but there is so much uncertainty about
it that some European writers have given up the name altogether while
others reserve it for J. capitata Hook. {==/. intermedia Lindenb.), a very
different species from Lophozia bicrenata. J. capitata is described in the
Manual as J. excisa , var. crispa Hook, and has not yet been definitely
reported from New England. L. bicrenata on the contrary is not uncom-
mon and is usually found growing on the earth in woods or along their bor-
ders. It has been collected from near the coast to an altitude of 5000 ft. in
the White Mountains and does not vary markedly in different localities. To
the description given in the Manual it may be added that the inflorescence is
paroicous and that the plants, which are usually more or less tinged with red-
dish, commonly give off a peculiar aromatic odor. New England specimens
from the following stations are in the writer’s herbarium: Crawford Bridal
Path and Jackson, New Hampshire (A. TV. E .): Andover, Vermont ( IV. G.
Fartow): Woods Holl, Massachusetts ( A . IV. E .): Orange and Hamden,
Connecticut (A. IV. E.). Plate IX. Figs. 5—9.

Lophozia excisa (Dicks.) Dumort.. Recueil d'Obs. sur les Jung. 17. 1835.

Jungermannia excisa Dicks. PI. Crypt. Brit. 3:ii. 1793. J. excisa var.

crisp at a Hook. Brit. Jung. pi. 9. 1816. J. capitata Hook. 1. c. pi. 80.

J. intermedia Lindenb. Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop. Carol. 14, suppl. :
83. 1829. J. intermedia y capitata Nees, Naturgeschichte der europ,

Leberm. 2: 125. 1836. Lophozia capitata Macoun. Cat. Can. PI. 7:18.

1902. Thorn Mt., Jackson, New Hamsphire (A. TV. E.)

In a note on I^ophozia bicrenata * the writer made the statement that the
true L. excisa , with which L. bicrenataha.s been confused in North America,
had not been definitely reported from New England. The specimens
recorded above, however, were already collected but through an error had
been referred to another species. L. excisa agrees with L. bicrenata in its
paroicous inflorescence. It is distinguished by its larger size and more deli-
cate texture, the leaf-cell being thin-walled, except for the small trigones at
the angles, instead of being uniformly thick-walled throughout. It also
lacks the brownish or reddish pigmentation and the peculiar aromatic odor
which are usually associated with L. bicrenata. In general appearance it
bears considerable resemblance to small forms of L. ventricosa. Its paroi-
cous inflorescence will at once separate it from this species, and it is usually
easy to recognize the perigonial bracts, even after the antheridia have dis-
appeared, by the small pocket or indexed tooth at the antical base. In spite
of the uncertainty connected with the original J. excisa of Dickson, most
recent writers associate this name with the present plant. Plate IX. Figs.
10—13. ‘ To be Continued. New York City.

*Rhodora, 4:209. 1902.

IOI —

NOTES ON POLYTRICHUM COMMUNE.

J. Franklin Collins.

(Reprinted by permission from “Preliminary Lists of New England Plants” in Rhodora,

8: July, iqo6.)

No species in the list has been more difficult to interpret than Poly-
trnchum commune with its many forms and variations. The species, as
described by Dillenius, Linnaeus, Bruch and Schimper, Dixon, Limpricht,
Roth, Lesquereux and James, and others, appears to be much less common
than has been generally supposed. It is impossible at the present time to
place satisfactorily some of the forms of this species, yet certain conclusions
have been reached which would seem to justify preliminary publication,
especially as it is very desirable that the attention of collectors be called to
the necessity of getting abundant material from various habitats and locali-
ties—more particularly perhaps from bogs, swamps, and other wet places.
The writer would be very glad to get specimens from any and all parts of
the country— especially from New PJngland — with a view of attempting to
clear up the uncertainty in regard to several varieties and forms, the identi-
ties of which are at present too problematical to appear in the above list. It
is quite possible that the interpretation of P. commune, as outlined here, may
have to be revised when more material is at hand. Briefly, P. commune , as
here restricted, is the fairly tall plant of moist shaded places with the game-
tophyte normally at least io cm. high, stems mostly simple, leaves remote,
the upp-er free part (blade) about i cm. long and appressed when dry but hav-
ing the apex recurved and the shining leaf-bases conspicuous; seta 6-n cm.
and capsule 5 mm. (4-7) long ; calyptra golden brown.

The var. perigoniale is a smaller plant (-4-8 cm. high) of drier and more
exposed situations, with leaves smaller and more crowded, so that, when
dry and appressed, the leaf-bases are ordinarily not seen: seta and capsule
shorter (the latter 3-4 mm. long). As a rule this variety is darker colored
in all its parts and more compact than is the species, suggesting a more xero-
phytic plant. The perichaetial leaves, although usually more conspicuous
and more prominently hyaline, are not necessarily any larger than in the
species. This variety undoubtedly occurs in Vermont though no record of
its occurrence there has been found.

The var. uliginosum is just such a variation as might be expected in a
very moist, well shaded, and humid situation; that is, with elongated and
more or less flexuous stems, longer and most distant leaves. In the dried
state a very pronounced character is the abruptly squarrose upper portion of
the leaf, the apex of which is often somewhat recurved or even circinate. It
should be expected in all the New England states.

From an examination of some thousands of leaf sections of P. commune
and its allies during the past year it is quite evident that there is much more
variation in the lamellae than might be expected from reading standard
descriptions; for instance, the end cells in sections may vary from strongly
crescentric to circular in the same leaf, depending respectively upon whether
the section is cut near the middle of the leaf or down near the sheath. Like-

102 —

wise, the heights of the lamellae vary. Again, the lamellae of immature
leaves differ from those of mature ones. The leaves and lamellae of new shoots
differ from those of the old shoots when the amount of humidity or soil mois-
ture is altered. This can easily be shown experimentally by transferring a
plant from a moderately dry situation to a dish of water under a bell jar and
later comparing the leaves of the new shoots with those of the old. The
thickness of the outer wall of the end cell is also a variable quantity. In
fact it is quite evident that certain external factors (climatic and edaphic as
well as physiographic) play no small part in determining the form and struc-
ture of the lamellae, the leaves, and even the whole plant. The query sug-
gests itself, “Are these factors alone wholly responsible for the existence of
any of the varieties which have received distinctive names?” Here is a
good field for experimentation.

Polytrichum formosum was reported from various New England states
prior to 1885. Undoubtedly the bulk of the material so reported must be
referred to P. Ohioense as has been repeatedly shown in various articles and
catalogues since the date mentioned.

Polytrichum gracile was reported from Massachusetts and New Hamp-
shire in 1847 by William Oakes (Hovey’s Magazine, 13: 174). Dr. A. J.
Grout writes me that the only specimens of this species which he has were
collected in Vermont, so the New Hampshire locality mentioned in Rhodora
(1: 53) is undoubtedly an error. The Vermont plants were collected on both
Willoughby Mt., and on Mt. Mansfield by Dr: G. G. Kennedy.

Polytrichum Jensenii is a plant which is known from Lapland, Finland,
Spitzbergen, Greenland, Alaska, and the Yellowstone Park. The Maine
plant which is here referred to this species grew amongst sphagnum in a
bog at Presque Isle. It differs mainly from authentic material, kindly loaned
by Mr. J. M. Holzinger, in having longer and somewhat flexuous stems, less
rigid leaves, and thinner-walled marginal cells of lamellae.

Brown Univerity.

DIE EUROPAEISCHEN TORFMOOSE.

By G. Roth, Verlag von Wilhelm Engelman, Leipzig.

Herr G. Roth, whose exhaustive work on the European mosses was ably
reviewed by Prof. Holzinger in the pages of The Bryologist last year (Vol.
viii, p. 1 13), has placed students of bryology under further obligations by the
publication of his work on the European Sphagnaceae. This work consists
of eighty pages of letter press with eight plates, uniform in size and method
of reproduction with his “ Euro paeisc he Lciubmoose,” and it is published at
the very moderate price of 3.20 marks.

After an introduction, giving a concise account of the intimate structure
of these remarkable plants, Herr Roth, in the systematic portion of his work,
follows very largely the lines taken by Dr. C. Warnstorf, familiar to many
English students, in Mr. S. C. Horrell’s “ European Sphagnaceae P and lately
further amplified by Dr. Warnstorf himself, in his “ Leber und Torf moose
der Mark Brandenburg .”

103 —

The researches of M. Meylan, in the Jura, on the Sphagna of the acuti-
folium group (Rev. Bry., 1906, p. 17, etseq. ) have, I think, thrown some
doubt on the permanent validity of some of the species recently put for-
ward in this group. Herr Roth, however, is fully aware of the unsatisfac-
tory character of some of the species, since he draws attention to the fact
that most of the species are connected by intermediate forms. Whatever
view may ultimately be adopted in reference to the species within this group,
students will be grateful to Herr Roth for bringing together and collating
the views of various authors on the modern lines, where collation presents
more than usual difficulty.

The plates give the general facies of the plant, with details of the leaves,
cells and pore structure and add very materially to the usefulness of the
work. A Key is given to the species of the cymbifolium group, but this sys-
tem is not extended to the other groups, which, indeed, for the most part, do
not readily lend themselves to this method of treatment. The descriptions
of the species are carefully done and the whole distribution of the species is
given, so far as it is known to the author, and, as in most cases, the species
are common to Europe and Norch America, the book will be found useful by
students on both sides of the Atlantic. Four new species are added to the
list of the European Sphagna, bringing the total number up to fifty-three.

The new species are: S. Schliephackei (Roll), S. pseudorecurvum (Roll)

and S. pseudocuspidatum Roth, of the cuspidatum group, and S. pungens
Roth, of the subsecundum group. Moreover, S. rufescens Bry. Germ, is
split up into two species: 5. rufescens Bry. Germ, and S. cornutum, Roth;
the latter characterized by numerous ringed commissural pores, like strings
of pearls, both on the inner and outer surfaces of the leaves.

Purists in the matter of language will be glad to find that the somewhat
mongrel name, “ crassicladumf has given way to the older name turgi-
dum C. ,M., while many will be pleased to find that the familiar S. laricinum
Spruce, has been re-instated.

In conclusion the author explains a simple method of staining by the use
of Methyl violet, which acts very rapidly and enables the more intimate
structure and position of the spores to be readily observed.

Wm. Edw. Nicholson,
Lewes, August, 1906.

SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER NOTES.

I shall be very grateful if members of the Chapter will send me complete
data of all the New England specimens of Ramalinas in their Herbar-
iums with extreme measurements of thallus, width and length of each species
or form and if possible with remarks on distribution and characteristic growth,
substratum, etc. in their particular region. Proper acknowledgment will be
made for all such aid which is asked for by Dec. 15, 1906.

Address Mr. Reginald Heber Howe, Jr.

Middlesex School, Concord, Mass.

— 104 —

MEETING OF THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER.

The meeting of the Sullivant Moss Chapter, already announced in the
May Bryologist, will take place at the New York Botanical Garden, Bronx
Park, New York City, on Saturday, Dec. 29th, at 2 p. m. It is not possible
at this writing to specify the room in which the meeting will be held.

A most gratifying response has been received to the circular letter of
June 22d, and a program of much interest is assured, consisting of informal
papers, discussions, and the exhibition of material. Those members who
will contribute are requested to send notice to the President before Dec.
1st in order that an outline program may be sent to the Chapter by the end
of the first week in the month. If those members who will attend the meet-
ing, and all who can are urged to do so, will inform the President or the
Treasurer of their intentions at the earliest date possible, it will be greatly
appreciated. Edward B. Chamberlain,

President.

Parts III and IV of “Common and Conspicuous Lichens of New Eng-
land,” by Reginald Heber Howe, Jr. and Marion Appleton Howe, have been
received. Parts I and II were reviewed in the Bryologist for May by Prof.
Bruce Fink. In it he calls attention to the fact that the half tones are not
quite all that could be desired and it is a pleasure to notice a great improve-
ment in them, especially in the last part issued. A. M. S.

The attention of all field workers is called to the article on Polytrichum
commune by Prof. J. Franklin Collins in this issue, and especially to the desire
of the author for material from all sections of the country.

We welcome two new members this month, Mrs. H. E. Young, Atlin,
British Columbia, Canada, and Prof. Wm. P. Holt, 1004 Jefferson Avenue,
Toledo, Ohio. This makes our membership 177.

NOTICE— ELECTION OF OFFICERS FOR 1907.

The members of the Sullivant Moss Chapter are requested to forward
ballots at once to the Judge of Elections, Prof. J. Franklin Collins, 468
Hope street, Providence, R. I. Polls close November 30th. The following
candidates have signified their willingness to serve, if elected. Members,
however, are at liberty to vote for any other candidates, should they prefer to
do so.

For President— Mr. Edward B. Chamberlain, 519 West 121st street, New
York City.

For Vice-President — Mr. G. K. Merrill, 564 Main street, Rockland,
Maine.

For Secretary— Dr. John W. Bailey, Walker Building, Seattle, Wash.

For Treasurer— Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith, 78 Orange street, Brooklyn,
N. Y.

—105—

THE DECEMBER CHAPTER MEETING.

As we go to press a letter from the secretary of the local committee of
arrangements for the American Association for the Advancement of Science
has been received, stating that Friday afternoon, December 28th, would be
the most convenient time for the meetings of several of the smaller affiliated
societies, including the Sullivant Moss Chapter. The meeting to be held at
Columbia University, at 2 P. M — not at the New York Botanical Garden as
stated on the previous page.

Therefore, reserve Friday afternoon, December 28th, and be at Columbia
University at 2 P. M. Notice, of the room and further details will be sent
later by card to members. Edward B. Chamberlain, President,

518 West 121st street,

New York City.

MUSCI ACROCARPI BOREALI=AMERICANI.

(Prepared and Distributed by Prof. J. M. Holzinger.)

We have just received numbers 201-225 of Prof. Holzinger's Exsiccati
and consider this fascicle one of the best yet issued. It contains:

Bruchia Donnellii Aust.

Bruchia DrummondiiYi^Q.

Dicranum longifohum sub alpinum Milde.

Campy lopus sub leucog aster Lesq. & J.

Grimmia calyptrata Hook.

Ptycomitrium Gardneri Lesq.

Ortho trichum laevigatum Zett.

Tayloria tenuis (Dicks. ) Sch.

P hy scomitrium acuminatum B. & S.

Physcomitrium Drummondii E. G. B.

Entosthodon Drummondii Sulliv. var. obtusifolia Holz. var. nov.

Webera Lescuriana Sulliv.

Bryum purpurascens R. Br.

Poly trie hum gracile (Dicks.) Menz,

No. 224 Bryum purpurascens R. Br. is from Sweden and looks a little
peculiar under Boreali-Americani, but the specimens of this species are very
good and all will be glad to get them. Georgia and Florida, Vermont and
Canada, Washington and Oregon, Kansas and many other states between
these named are represented. Prof. Holzinger’s work is a valuable contribu-
tion to science and will rank with the classical Musci Boreali-Americani
of Sullivant and Lesquereux. A. J. Grout.

— io6 —

NORTH AMERICAN MUSCI PLEUROCARPI.

By Dr. A. J. Grout.

The eleventh fascicle of the above exsiccati, issued by Dr. A. J. Grout,
appeared during the past summer and contains numbers 251 to 275, besides
additional material of certain earlier numbers. Special attention should be
called to the interesting material from Florida and from the west coast, which
is being issued in these sets. The following species are of especial- note in
the present fascicle: Alsia Calif ornica, Sull., (c. fr.), Brachythecium

lampochryseum , C. M. & K., B. salebrosum mamilligerum (Kindb.) Grout,
B. splendens, Aust., Fontinalis Neo-Mexicana Columbica, Card, (type col-
lection), Hookeria cruceana , Duby, Hypnum Bestii , Ren. & Bryhn, H.
occidentals, Sull. & Lesqr., Leptodon Floridanus , Lindb., Raphidostegium
Kegelianum Floridanum , Ren. & Card. Edward B. Chamberlain.

OFFERINGS.

To Chapter Members only. For postage.

Mrs. Mary A. Stevens, 39 Columbia street, Brookline, Mass. Ulota phyl-
lantha Brid.

Mr. Edward B. Chamberlain, 519 West 121st street, New York City. Neck-
era pennata Hedw.

Dr. John W. Bailey, 405-406 Walker Building, Seattle, Wash. Fissidens
rufulus B. & S. ; Hypnurn circinale Hook.

Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith, 78 Orange street, Brooklyn, New York. Plagio-
thecium undulatum (L.) B. & S. ; Neckera Menziesii Hook.: Hylocom-
ium loreum (L.) B. & S. ; H. triquetrum (L.) B. & S. Collected by A. J.
Hill in British Columbia.

Prof. J. Franklin Collins, 468 Hope street, Providence, R. I. Paludella
squarrosa (L.) Brid. st. Collected in the Gaspe Peninsula.

Dr. John L. Sheldon, Morgantown, West Virginia. An odd form of Scap-
ania nemorosa Dumort. Duplicate det. by Muller. Collected at Sabra-
ton, W. Va.

Miss Mary F. Miller, 1109 M. street, Washington, D. C. Umbilicaria pustu-
lata (L.) Hoffm.; U. Dillenii Tuckerm. Collected at Gapland, Md.
top of Elk Ridge Mt.

PART III

MOSSES WITH HAND-LENS AND
MICROSCOPE

was issued early in June. Tortulacese to Leskeacese. Price $1.00. Shall we
send you a copy? After Sept, i, 1906, the price of this work will be advanced
to $1.25 per part to all who subscribe after that date. Have you a copy of

MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS

second edition, 8vo., 224 pp., 39 full page plates and 15 1 cuts in the text?
Describes 169 species of Mosses and 54 species of Hepatics, $1.75.

Sample pages on application. A. J. Grout, 360 Lenox Road, Brooklyn, N.Y.

BOTANICAL SUPPLIES

Everything for the Botanist

COLLECTING CASES— MOUNTING PAPER— MOUNTING CARDS
GENUS COVERS— TROWELS Send for Circular

GROUT

MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS

New Edition $1.75 Net, Post Paid.

MOSSES with \ HAND-LENS MP MICROSCOPE

PARTS I. II. & III., $1.00 each net, postpaid.

Sample Pages on application.

O. T. LOUIS CO., 59 Fifth Ave., New York City

The Fern Bulletin & The American Botanist

are too well known to need extensive description. If
interested in botany you need them both. Send for
sample copy and our offer of back numbers. Address:

WILLARD N. CLUTE & CO. j* BINGHAMTON, N. Y*

^JTXl

njxrmjLTLTLn njTjTjajTJTrunmTJTjnjTJTrm.iTn.rmrm.njanj^^

PUBLICATIONS OF

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

Monthly; established 1870. Each issue averages nearly
60 pages and 2 or 3 plates. Devoted to botanical contri-
butions of the widest range; morphological, physiologi-
cal, systematic, ecological and geographic. $3.00 a year.

TORREYA

A monthly journal of botanical notes and news ; estab-
lished 1901. About t6 pages in each issue. $1.00 a year.

MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

Issued at irregular intervals since 1889. Consisting of
papers too long for publication in the Bulletin. Eleven
volumes completed. $3.00 a volume.

All subscriptions should be addressed to the Treasurer
of the Torrey Botanical Chib.

FRANCIS E. LLOYD Columbia University, New York City

€!K

Ideological

Bulletin

Devoted

exclusively to mushrooms

Tor Beginners and jH*ate*r$

Numerous illustrations on plate paper
with short simple explanations

Issued Monthly
Price 25c. a Year

Vols. 1, 2 & 3 (1903-4-5), - 50c. each
Bound Volumes, - - 75c. each

Address W. A. KELLERftfAN

Columbus, Ohio

Stjtj

FLORA OF THE SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES

BY JOHN K. SMALL, PH.D.

Being descriptions of the Flowering and Fern Plants growing naturally in North
Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Tennessee, Alabama, Mississippi, Arkansas,
Louisiana, The Indian Territory, and Oklahoma and Texas east of the one hundredth
Meridian, with analytical keys to the Orders, Families, Genera and Species.

Large octavo, pp. X + 1370 Price, $3.60

Subscriptions may be sent to Dr. JOHN K. SMALL, Bedford Park. New York City

LICHENS OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA

Sets of 38 Specimens (Nos. 1-38) may be had for $3.50

HEPATICS OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA

Sets of 25 Specimens (Nos. 1-25) may be had for $2.50

MOSSES OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS, Collected by A. A. Heller

Sets of 20 specimens (Nos. 1-20) may be had for $2.00

MOSSES OF THE SOUTHERN UNITED STATES

Sets of 51 Specimens (Nos. 1-51) may be had for $5.00

(Checks from outside of New York City must include 10c extra)
Subscriptions may be sent to Dr. J. K. Small, Bedford Park, New York City

mnjLmTJummjUTTLrmjTJHLjrumjTXLriJUTjTj

The Bryologist

AN ILLUSTRATED BIMONTHLY

DEVOTED TO

NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES

HEPAT1CS AND LICHENS

Volume X 1907

Editor

ANNIE MORRILL SMITH

Published by the Editor
78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y.

INDEX 1907

Aerobryidium 8

Alectoria jubata 101

Alsia longipes. 8

Amblystegium adnatum 86

“ fluviatile 106

“ Holzingeri 89

“ irriguum 106

“ Juratzkanum ... 86

“ Kochii 86, 106

“ Lescurii 86

“ orthocladon ..... 86

“ riparium 86, 106

“ “ minor. . . . 106

“ serpens,. 86

“ vacillans 6,7

“ varium. ...70,78,86

Amphidium Lapponicum . 6

Anacamptodon splachnoides.7, 86,102

Andreaea petrophila 6

“ Rothii 7

“ rupestris 55

“ Toccoae 86

Anomodon attenuatus 86

“ minor 86

“ obtusifolius 105

“ rostratus 86

“ tristis 86

Anthoceroslaevis 82,84

“ Macounii 13

“ punctatus 84

Aphanorrhegma serratum 104

Archilejeunea clypeata .84, 91

Arthonia excedens 66

Astomum crispum . . .90, 103

“ Mittenii (Weisia) 1

“ nitidulum 103

“ Sullivantii 90, 103

Atrichum angustatum 87

“ rosulatum 53

“ Selwyni 53

“ undulatum 87

Aulacomnium androgynum .... 1

“ heterostichnm . .86, 105

Austinia 100

Barbula caespitosa 86, 104

“ convoluta ... 7

“ unguiculata 86,104

Bartramiopsis 61

Bartramia pomiformis .. 86

Bazzania triangularis 83

“ trilobata 83, 91

Bestia 8

Blepharostoma trichophyllum . . . 83

Blindia acuta 102

Biatora 39

“ chlorantha 66

Biatora rubella 66

Brachythecium acuminatum. .86, 105

“ acutum 87

“ laetum. 87

“ Novae- Angliae

87, 105

oxycladon. . . .87, 105

“ plumosum 87

“ rivulare 105

“ rutabulum. . . .87, 106

“ salebrosum 106

“ Sarcoxie 106

Bruchia flexuosa 87, 103

Bryhnia graminicolor 88

“ Holzingeri. 88

“ Novae-Angliae 87

Bryum argenteum ..... .87, 103, 104

“ “ lanatum 104

“ atropurpureum 105

“ “ cubicum.. 105

“ bimum 103

“ caespiticium 87, 104

“ cirratum 87

“ Ontariense 105

“ pseudotriquetrum 7

“ Saxonicum 48

Buellia 39

“ parasema ... 66

Burnettia 89

Buxbaumiacese 49

Callicostella cruceana 100

Calypogeia 24, 25, 26, 36

“ arguta 27, 30

* ‘ ericetorum 24, 25

“ flageilifera. ... 24, 25

“ fissa.. .24,25,26,27,28,29,30

“ integrifolia 24

“ portoricensis comb.

nov 30

“ Sullivantii 30

“ Trichomanis. .

24, 26, 28, 29, 82; 83
Trichomanis fissa.. . . 29

“ repanda 29

Catharinea 6i

“ angustata... 46, 75, 87, 105

“ crispa 46, 47

“ Macmillani 105

rosulata 53, 54

“ Selwyni 53, 54

“ undulata....46, 47, 87, 105

“ “ minor. . 46, 47

Cephalozia curvifolia 83, 91

“ lunulaefolia 83

“ serriflora 83

“ Virginiana 83

— 4—

Ceratodon minor 87

“ purpureus 104

“ “ aristatus. . 104

Cetraria ciliaris 64

“ glauca ' 64

“ lacunosa 64

“ Oakesiana. 64

Chlorea vulpina 101

Cincinnulus 24, 25, 26

“ calypogea 29

“ Trichomanis 24, 28

“ “ fissa. . . 29

Cirriphylum Boscii 87,106

Cladonias 39

*Cladonia bacillaris. 77, 78, 79

“ (a) clavata.. 78

bellidiflora 77

botrytes 97

caespiticia 21, 66

carneola 57, 97, 100

coccifera 97, 90

“ ochrocarpia. 109
“ pleurota . . . . 99

“ stematina. . . 99

cornucopioides 92

crispata 42

cristatella 57, 66,77, 97

“ ochrocarpia .97, 98
“ paludicola. ... 98

‘ ‘ ramosa 98

“ vestita 98

deformis 57

degenerans. ..41, 42, 43, 45
“ cladomorpha 45
“ euphorea. . . 45

delicata 21, 22

decorticata 22, 41, 42

didyma 77,79

“ (f) Muscigena. 79

fimbriata 57

“ coniocraea . . . 66

“ simplex. . . 57

“ tubaeformis . . 66

floerkeana ochrocarpia 98

furcata 21, 66

“ scabriuscula . 41

gracilis.. 45

“ delicata 66

“ dilatata ... .42, 45

incrassata 97

macilenta 77, 78, 79

mitrula 78, 97

pityrea 41, 57, 59, 97

“ cladomorpha .. 60

“ phyllophora. ... 60

“ subacuta 60

pyxidata.,41,57, 60, 97, 100

Star Indicates Illustrations.

Cladonia pyxidata chlorophaea.58, 66
“ * “ neglecta. . . .58, 66

“ “ pocillum 58

“ pulchella 79, 98

“ rangiferina 66

* squamosa. . . .21, 23, 41, 66

* “ “ denticollis..22, 23

squamosissema . . 23

“ squamosa multibracti-

ata . 22

“ squamosa muricella . . 22

* “ “ phyllocoma. 23

“ subsquamosa .. .21,23

“ substraminea 97, 98

“ turgid a 58, 66

“ verticillata 66

Clasmatodon. . . . ,. 100

“ parvulus 100

Climacium Americanum 86

“ “ Kindbergii 87

“ dendroides 105

Conocephalum .... . . 47

“ conicum 80,81

Cyclodictyon varians 100

Cylindrothecium cladorrhizans . . ’ 88

“• compressum. 88,105

“ Demetrii 105

“ seductrix. . . .88, 105

Cynodontium gracilescens 6

Cryphaea glomerata 87

Dendroalsialongipes 8

Desmatodon arenaceus ... 104

“ plinthobius 104

Dicranella heteromalla. . . .69, 87, 104
“ compacta.. 104
“ orthocarpa 87
Fitzgeraldi ........ 87

rufescens 87

varia 48, 87, 104

Dicranodontium 103

Dicranum Bonjeani. 7

‘ • flagellare 87

“ fulvum 87,104

subuletorum 87

“ scoparium 87, 104, 109

“ “ orthophyllum 104

“ “ pallidum 87

Diphyscium foliosum .88, 105

“ sessile 88

Diplophylleia taxifolia 84

Ditrichum sp 7

Ditrichum pallidum 87, 104

“ tortile 87

“ “ pusillum 87

“ vaginans 88

Drummondia clavellata 88, 104

— 5—

Endocarpon. 41

Entodontaceae 100

Entodon 100

“ cladcrrhizans 88

“ compress us 88

“ seductrix 88

Ephemerum crassinervium.. . .18, 108

Eurhynchium graminicolor 88

“ “ Holzingeri 88

“ hians . 88

‘ • Novae- Angliae. . .. 87

“ praelongum . 88, 106

“ strigosum robust-

um 88

“ strigosum scabrise-

tum 88

Evernia furfuraceae . 64

“ vulpina 101

Fabronia 100

“ pusilla. , . . 105

Fabroniaceae 100

Fissidens adiantoides 73

“ Bambergeri,

bryoides,

68 69, 70, 72, 73, 74

“ incon stans 68

“ interm ediu s. . 68

“ gymnandrus.

68, 69

crassipes 69

cristaius 69, 73

decipiens 88

exiguus . . 68, 70, 72, 73, 74
inconstans.67, 68,

69, 71, 72, 73, 74

“ incurvus 68, 69, 71,

72, 73, 74, 88, 104

“ impar. 68

“ Julianus 104

“ minutulus. .67, 68.

70, 72, 73, 74, 88

“ obtusifolius 104

“ osmundoides 74

‘ ‘ Porteri 68

“ pusillus . . .69,72,88,104

“ “ Lylei 73

“ “ madius 72

* “ synoicus..67, 68, 70, 71, 72

“ taxifolius . 74, 88

“ viridulus .72, 104

“ “ Lylei 73

Floribundaria pendula 8

Fontinalis antipyretica 103

biformis .... 88, 105

“ Dalecarlica 103

“ flaccida 105

Fontinalis Missourica 105

“ Novae- Angliae 88

Forsstroemia trichometrica 88

Fossombronia faveolata 82

Frullania Asagrayana 80, 84, 91

“ Brittoniae 84

‘ ‘ eboracensis 84, 91

“ Oakesiana 102

“ plana 84

“ squarrosa 84, 91

Funaria 48

*■ flavicans 104

“ hygrometrica. .60, 61,

80, 88, 104

Geocalyx graveolens 83

Georgiacese 49

Gongylanthus 25,26

Graphis scripta 66

“ “ erecta 66

Grimmia apocarpa 104

“ “ robusta. ..... 104

“ atricha 63

* Dupreti 62, 63, 64

Olneyi. 88

“ pennsilvanica 88

“ pilifera 88

Gymnostomum calcareum 69, 71

“ curvirostre 103

“ rupestre 103

Habrodon Notarisii 100

“ perpusillus. 100

Flarpanthus scutatus 83

Hedwigia albicans viridis 89

‘ ‘ ciliata 104

“ “ viridis 89

Flelicodontium Dieckii 100

Herberta adunca 83

Homalotheciella subcapillata 89

Homalothecium subcapellatum . 89

Hookeria acutifolia 100, 101

“ cruceana 100

“ Grevilleana 101

“ lucens 100, 101

“ “ acuminata 101

“ Sullivantii 100, 101

“ varians 100

Hylocomium brevirostre 46

Hypnum 32

“ arcuatum. 89

Closteri 89

“ chrysophyllum 89,106

“ cupressiforme 106

“ curvifolium 89, 106

“ fertile 89

“ hispidulum 89, 106

“ Jamesii 102

‘ ‘ patientiae 89

— 6—

Hypnum polygamum 89

“ reptile 89

“ stramineum 7

44 Sullivantii 88

“ tomentosum 32

Isothecium 100

Isopterygium micans . 89

Jamesoniella autumnalis 82, .83

Jungermannia barbata atteliuata 9
“ “ Floerkii.. 9

“ “ lycopo-

dioides. 9

“ “ quinque-

dentata 9

“ calypogea.24, 25,

27, 29

“ fissa 29

4 ‘ Floerkii 9

“ lanceolata 82

* 1 lycopodioides .... 9

“ “ Floerkii 9

“ Lyoni 9

Naumanni 9

“ pumela 91

“ quinquedentata, .9, 12

44 Schraderi 82

“ sphaerocarpa .... 102

*• sphaerocephala.24, 29

“ Sprengelii 28,29

“ terrestris repens. 26

‘ 4 Trichomanis 24, 28

Tubula Pennsylvanica 84

Kantia 24,25, 26, 91

“ calypogea 27,29

“ fissa 27

“ Trichomanis ...12, 24, 27, 30

“ fissa. ..... 29

“ Sprengelii 28, 29, 30

Kantius 24

Lecanora 39

“ alpina 102

‘ 4 atra 66

“ caesio-cinerea .... 102

u cinereo-rufescens 102

“ elatina 66

“ pallida 65

“ “ crancriformis 66

44 subfusca 66

“ varia 66

Lecidea albilabra 102

“ atro-alba 102

“ disciformis. 102

“ geographica. 102

“ petreae 102

Lecidella interiecta 102

Lejeunea calcarea 92

44 cavifolia 84

Lujeunea lucens 84

Lembophyllaceae 7, 100

Lepidozia sylvatica 83

Leptobryum pyriforme 89

Lepyrodontacese 7

Lescuraea frigida 34, 35

Leskea arinicola .... 89

“ gracilescens 89

“ obscura 89

“ polycarpa 89, 105

Leucobryum glaucum . . 89, 104

“ minus 89

Leucodon brachypus 105

“ julaceus . .89, 105

Limnobium Closteri 89

Lophocolea bidentata 83

“ heterophylla ... .83, 92
Lophozia alpestris 102

* “ barbata 9, 10, 11, 12

* “ Floerkii 9, 10, 12

* “ gracilis 9, 10, 12

* “ lycopodioides .9, 10, 12, 102

* “ Lyoni 9, 10, 11, 12

“ Marchica 82

“ quinquedentata. 9, 10, 11, 12

Lunulariacruciata 82

Marchantiaceae .... 81

Marchantia polymorpha . . 80, 82

Marsupella emarginata ..... 82, 102

Meteorium pendulum 8

Metzgeria congugata. . .... 82, 92

Microbryum Floerkianum ..... 103

Mittenia 2

Mnium 26, 28, 48

“ affine 89

“ cinclidioides. 7

“ cuspidatum . 60, 61, 69,89,105

“ fissum 24, 26, 27, 29

“ hornum .. .46,108

“ punctatum 89

“ spinulosum 55

“ stellare 89

“ sylvaticum 55

“ Trichomanis 24, 26, 27

Mniopsis 2

Myrinia 100

Nardia crenulata 82

“ crenuliformis 82

“ hyalina 92

Neckera cymbifolia 8

“ Luddoviciae 8

“ pennata.... . 89

Nematoceae 100

Nephroma Helveticum. ... 65

Nostoc 48

Odontoschisma denudatum..

12, 83, 92

Odontoschisma prostratum .. ... 83

“ Sphagni 83, 92

Oligo trichum 61

Orthotrichum 100

“ cupulatum 89, 104

“ fallax . 89

“ Ohioense 89

“ Schimperi 89

“ strangulatum. ..89, 104

Pallavicinia 2

Pannaria lanuginosa 65

Papillaria filamentosum 8

“ fuscescens 8

“ nigrescens. ... . .... 8

Parmelia Borreri rudecta 65

“ caperata 65

“ conspersa 65

“ olivacea. ..... ... . 65

“ “ panniformis, . 65

“ perlata 65

physodes 65

“ saxatilis . 65

“ “ sulcata 65

Pellia epiphylla 82

Peltigera horizontalis 65

polydactyla 65

Pertusaria communis . 66

“ pocillaria 41

“ . velata 66

Phacopsis vulpina 101

Phascum bryoides 103

“ cuspidatum var .... 89

“ piliferum 103

Philonotis fontana 7, 90

“ Muhlenbergii 7

Physicomitrium immersum 13

turbinatum . .90, 104

Physcia aquila 65

‘ ‘ granulifera 65

“ obscura... 65

“ speciosa. 65

Pilotrichaceae 100

Pilotrichella 8

Pilotrichum 8

Pirea 7

Plagiochila porelloides 83

“ Sullivantii 83

“ Virginica 83

Plagiothecium denticulatum .... 90

“ “ laetum. . 106

“ “ obtusi-

folium. 6

“ deplanatum 106

“ elegans.. . . 7

“ micans. 89

“ repans 90

“ Roseanum 90

Plagiothecium Sullivantiae 90

Platygyrium 100

repens 100, 105

Pleurophascacese 7

Pleuridium alternifolium 90,103

“ subulatum 90

Pogonatum 61

“ brevicaule 90, 105

“ nanum 48

Pohlia cruda 6, 7

“ nutans 6

“ proligera 7

Polytrichacese 49

Polytrichum. 61

“ commune 90

“ juniperinum 48

“ Ohioense 90,105

Polptrichadelphus 61

Porella pinnata 84

“ platyphylla 80, 84

Porotrichum 8

alopecurum 110

Pottia caespitosa 2

“ truncata 90

Pseudoleskea substriata 34

Pterigynandrum 34, 100

Pterobryeae 8

Pterygophyllum acuminatum. . . 101
acutifolium .... 101

“ lucens 100

Ptilidium pulcherrimum 83

Ptychomitrium incurvum 90

Pyrenula nitida 66

Pylaisia 100

“ intricata 90, 105

“ Schimperi ....... 90

“ subdenticulata 90

“ velutina 90

Pyxine sorediata 65

Radula complanata 84

“ obconica 92

“ tenax .84, 92

“ xalpensis 84

Ramalina calicaris fastigiata ... 64

Ranunculus bulbosus. 81

Raphidostegium micans 89

Rhabdoweisia denticulata 6, 7

“ fugax subdenticu-
lata 7

*Rhacopilum tomentosum. . .31,32,33
Rhynchostegium deplanatum ... 90

“ geophilum. . . . 90

“ rusciforme . . . . 90

“ serrulatum .... 90

Riccardia latifrons 82

“ multifida 82

“ pinguis 82, 103

—8 —

Riccia fluitans 13

Ricciocarpus natans 13

Scapania Evansii 92

“ nemorosa 82, 84, 82

“ undulata. . 84

Schistidium . . 63

“ apocarpum 90

Schistostega . 6

Schwetschkea denticulata 100

Sematophyllum adnatum 90

“ Carolinianum. . . 90

“ demissum Caro-
linianum 90

“ demissum Mary-

Umbilicaria proboscidea 102

“ pustulata papulosa. 65

“ vellea 102

Usnea barbata florida 64

“ “ plicata 65

• Verrucaria fulva 41

Webera albicans 104

commutata 6

Lescuriana 91

nutans 91

viridula 91

Weisia Mittenii (Astomum). . . . 1,2
Weissia viridula 104

landicum 90

“ Marylandicum . . 90

Sphaerangium muticum . 103

“ triquetrum 103

Sphagnaceae 49

Sphagnum cymbifolium 90

“ “ glaucescens 90

Sphenolobus exsectus 83

“ Michauxii 82

“ minutus. .... . . . 102

Spiridentacese 7

Stereocaulon paschale .. 66

Sterophyllum 100

“ Donnellii 100

Sticta amplissima . 65

“ pulmonaria 65

Swartzia montana 6

Systegium crispum 90

“ Sullivantii 90

Tayloria tenuis 6

Tetraphis pellucida 104

Tetraplodon mnioides 102

Thamnium Alleghaniense 8

“ Leibergii 8

Tlielia asprella 90, 105

“ hirtella 91,105

“ Lescurii 105

Thuidium Blandovii 103

“ delicatulum .. 91,105

“ gracile 91

*:• “ Lancastrense. . 91

“ microphyllum 91

“ recognitum 91

“ scitum 91, 105

“ “ aestivale. . . 105

“ Virginianum 91

Tortula muralis 91

Trichocolea tomentella 83

Tripterocladium 100

Ulota Americana 61

“ crispula 91

“ Hutchinsiae ' 91

Umbilicaria Dillenii 65

SUBJECT INDEX.

A. L. Club Tract Lichens. Caro-
lyn W. Harris 64, 65, 66

Andresea,A Red. Cora H. Clarke 55
Bibliography. Clara E. Cum-
mings 40, 41

Bibliography. Wm. Mitten 1

Books and Exsiccati from Cum-
mings’ Estate for Sale. Wal-
ter C. Whitney. 92, 93, 94, 95
British Columbia Lichens, Some.

Thomas Hebden 101, 102

Calypogeia, The Genus and its
Type Species. Alex. W.
Evans. .. .24, 25, 26, 27. 28, 29, 30
Catharinea crispa in Maine.

Alice L. Crockett. .... -74

Cartharinea in Hartford County.

Annie Lorenz 45, 46, 47

Climacium Americanum in Dec-
oration. A. Bruce Jackson. 54
*Cummings, A Memoir of Clara

E. Bruce Fink 37

*Fissidens, Vitality of Some
Species. (Illus.) E. J. Hill

67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74
^Further Notes on Cladonias.
(Illus.) IX. X. XI. XII. XIII.
Bruce Fink. 21, 22, 23, 41, 42,

43, 44, 45, 57, 58, 59, 60, 77,

78, 79, 97, 98, 99, 100
*Grimmia Dupreti, n. sp. (Illus.)

1. Theriot 62, 63, 64

Hepaticae, Species Known to oc-
cur in W. Virginia. John

L. Sheldon 80, 81, 82, 83, 84

Is Physcomitrium immersum a
Gregarious Moss? John M.

Holzinger 13

Lescuraea frigida in Vermont.
Annie Lorenz .34, 35

— 9—

Leucobryum glaucum. W. H.
Burrell, F. L. S. .107, 108,

109, 110, 111

Lichens of the Adirondack
League Club Tract. Caro-
lyn W. Harris 64, 65, 66

*Lophozias, Ten. II. (Illus.) C. C.

Haynes 9, 10, 11, 12

Members S. M. Chapter. .17, 18,19, 2U
^Memoir (A) of Clara E. Cum-
mings, with Bibliography
and Portrait. Bruce Fink.. 87
*Mitten, William, A Sketch with
Portrait and Bibliography.
Wm. Ed. Nicholson. . 1, 2, 8, 4, 5
Mosses Collected in Missouri,

List of. C.H. Demetrio. 108,

104, 105, 106

Musci and Hepaticae of Wash-
ington, D. C., and Vicinity.

John M. Holzinger. .85, 86,

87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92
Notes on Catharinea rosulata,

T. C. Frye 53, 54

Notes on Recent Literature. I.

II. A. J. Grout. 47, 48, 49, 60, 61
Notes on Spore Dispersal in

Sphagnum. E. J. Winslow 111
Notes on Vermont Bryophytes

(1906). A. J. Grout 6, 7

Notes from Waterville, N. H. II.

Annie Lorenz 102, 103

Nomenclature, Notes on, VII.
VIII. Elizabeth G. Britton.

7, 8, 100, 101

North American Musci Pleuro-
carpi, issued by A. J. Grout
Reviewed, John M. Holzin-
ger 49, 50, 51

Obituary, Mrs. M. L. Stevens. . . 106

Offerings 16, 17, 56, 76, 96, 112

Officers, Election of Ill

Pogonatum tenue. B. F. Bush. 53
Polytrichaceae Identified, Do you

want. T. C. Frye 61

*Polytrichum gracile in Maine.

Elizabeth M. Dunham 75

Recent Liturature, Notes on. A.

J. Grout 47, 48, 49

Report of S. M. C. Meeting, Dec.

28, 1906 35,36

“ Resurrection Moss ” 54

*Rhacopilum tomentosum. Eliz-
abeth G. Britton, . . . 31, 32, 33

Stevens, Mrs. Mary L. (Obit-
uary) 106

Sullivant Moss Chapter, Annual

Reports IB, 14, 15, 16

S. M. C. Notes.. 36, 55, 56, 75,

76, 95, 96, 112

Vermont Bryophytes, Notes on.

A. J . Grout ........ ..6,7

Webera sessilis and Ants. Chas.

C. Plitt 54,55

REVIEWS.

Census Muscorum Australien-
sum. By Watts & White-
legge. E. B. Chamberlain. 52, 53
Die Europaeischen Torfmoose.

. By Roth. A. LeRoy An-
drews .51, 52

Lichens of Mt. Monadnock, N. H.

By R. H. Howe, Jr. E. B.

Chamberlain 52

North American Musci Pleuro-
carpi. By A. J. Grout.
John M. Holzinger 49, 50, 51

INDEX OF AUTHORS.

Andrews, A. LeRoy 51, 52

Bailey, JohnW 14, 15

Britton, Elizabeth G. 7, 8, 31, 32,

33, 100, 101

Burrell, W. H., F. L. S. 107, 108,

109, 110, 111

Bush, B. F 53

Chamberlain, Edward B. .52, 53, 103

Clarke, Cora H 55

Collins, J Franklin 16

Crockett, Alice L 74

Demetrio, Rev. "C. H. ..103, 104,

105, 106

Dunham, Elizabeth Marie. ...75, 106

Evans, Alexander W..24, 25, 26,

27, 28, 29, 30

Bruce Fink. 21, 22, 23, 37, 38, 39,

41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 57, 58, 59, 60,

77, 78, 79, 97, 98, 99, 100

Frye, T. C 53, 54

Grout, A. J . . .,6, 7, 47, 48, 49, 60, 61

Harris, Carolyn W 64, 65, 66

Haynes, Caroline Coventry. 9, 10,

11, 12, 15

Hebden, Thomas 101, 102

Holzinger, John M 13, 49, 50, 51,

85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92

Jackson, A. Bruce 54

Lorenz, Annie.. 34, 35, 45, 46, 47,

102, 103

Merrill, G. K 16

Nicholson, Wm. Ed. . 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 13

Plitt, Charles C 54, 55

Sheldon, John L ... .80, 81, 82, 83, 84

Smith, A.M 16

Theriot, I 62, 63, 64

Whitney, Walter C 92, 93, 94, 95

Winslow, Mr. E. J ........... . Ill

— 10

ERRATA.

Page 2, line 1, for aomi read domi.

Page 8, line 1-2 from below, for Prangl read Prantl.

Page 8, line 3 from below, for Scandinarian read Scandinavian.

Page 14, line 4 from below, for Breckle read Brenckle.

Page 16, line 8, for 1803 read 1903.

Page 16, line 13, for Merriel read Merrill.

Page 66, line 21, for dilicata read delicata.

Page 100, line 17 from below, for Pterygynandrum read Pterigynandrum.

rAj-mj LTUTJTxmnjiJTJTJTjTJTJinjxrmjTJTJTJiJxnjxri^

VOLUME X

NUMBER 1 2

JANUARY 1907

The BRY0L0GI5T

AN ILLUSTRATED BIMONTHLY DEVOTED TO

NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES

HEPATICS AND LICHENS

EDITOR

ANNIE MORRILL SMITH

CONTENTS

William Mitten — Sketch and Bibliography {Portrait)

Wm. E. Nicholson 1

Notes on Vermont Bryophytes, 1906 . A. J. Grout 6

Notes on Nomenclature VIS . . . Elizabeth G. Britton 7

Ten Lophozias II {Illustrated) . . Caroline Coventry Haynes 9

Die Europaeischen Torfmoose ( A Correction) Wm. E. Nicholson 13

Is Physcomitrium i miners urn gregarious? John M. Holzinger 13
Sullivant Moss Chapter Annual Reports .... 13

Offerings 16

List S. M. C. Members 17

Entered at the Post Office at Brooklyn, N. Y., April 2, 1900, as second class ot mail §
£ matter, under Act of March 3, 1879. p

Cj Published by the Editor, 78 Orange St., Brooklyn, N. Y., U. S. A. p

d-LTUUTJTJTnjTJxnJijTriJiJTJTXuxriJTJTJXiTrm

PRE88 OF MCBRIDE * STERN, 97-9# CLIFF STREET. NEW YORK

THE BRYOLOGIST

IpromttTxIxj gmxvtxaX

DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN
MOSSES, HEPATICS AND LICHENS

ALSO OFFICIAL ORGAN OF

THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER

EDITOR

Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith

ASSISTED BY

Mr. A. J. Grout, Ph.D. )

Dr. J. W. Bailey f

Mr. G. K. Merrill

Miss Caroline Coventry Haynes . . .

Mosses

Lichens

Hepatics

Subscription, $1.00 a Year Single Copies, 20 cents

FOUR VOLS. 1898-1901— $1.50 Five Vols. 1902-1906— $5.00

THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER

OFFICERS FOR I907

President— Mr. E. B. Chamberlain . . 519 West 121st Street
New York City

Vice-President — Mr. G. K. Merrill .... 564 Main Street
Rockland, Maine

Secretary— Dr. John W. Bailey .... Walker Building
Seattle , Wash.

Treasurer— WIrs. Annie Morrill Smith . 78 Orange Street
Brooklyn , N. Y.

William Mitten
1819 — 1906

Plate I. — Reproduced by permission of James Britten, K. S. G., F. L. S.
from the Journal of Botany, October, 1906.

THE BRYOLOGIST.

Vol. X. Janaury, 1907 No. 1.

WILLIAM MITTEN.

A Sketch with Bibliography.

William Edward Nicholson.

The bryological world is the poorer to-day by the loss of the veteran bry-
ologist, William Mitten. Born at Hurstpierpoint, in the County of Sussex,
the 30th November, 1819, he was in his 87th year when he passed away on
the 20th July last.

By profession a pharmaceutical chemist, he was in early life apprenticed
at Lewes in the same county to a chemist of the name of Saxby, who carried
on business at a shop which has long since disappeared. He soon evinced
a strong taste for various [branches of natural history, and a story is still
current in the town that, somewhat to his master’s annoyance, those numer-
ous pigeon holes, so general in a chemist’s [shop, with the mysterious labels
Rh. Zingit, etc., etc , were frequently found to harbor “specimens” by no
means corresponding to the label outside.

A fortunate acquaintance in early life with William Borrer, a well-
known Sussex botanist, and Sir William Hooker caused him to turn his
attention to the study of mosses and hepatics, and as early as May, 1843,
he recorded the discovery from near Erith of Aulacomnium androgynum
Schwgr, in fruit, a very rare condition in Europe, while in 1846 he discovered
near Hurstpierpoint the rare and interesting Weisia (Astomum) Mitte7iii
which was named after him, and soon afterwards described by the authors
of the Bryologia Europea, then in course of publication. Shortly after this
Mitten turned his attention to the study of exotic mosses and hepatics, and
in 1851 he published, in Hooker’s Journal of Botany, “ a Catalogue of crypto-
gamic plants, collected by W. Jameson in the vicinity of Quito.” From this
time, until a few years before his death, his work on exotic bryology was
continuous, as will be seen from the subjoined list of his principal publica-
tions, and during this period most of the collections of mosses and hepatics
received at Kew passed through his hands for determination. I regret my
inability to discuss Mitten’s work on exotic bryology, as I have not had the
leisure or opportunity for studying mosses over a wide field. A general
review of his work by a more competent pen would be most useful.

Mitten was on the side of the “ splitters r rather than of the “ lumpers,”
but in dealing with a group where there was so much new ground to be cov-
ered, such an attitude is in many ways justifiable, and it may reasonably be
left to a later generation to take a more synthetic view. In any event,
Mitten was fully aware that much yet remained to be done in this direction.
Shortly before his death he told me that he had been looking through his
North American Brachythecia with, I believe, a view to their revision
though I am not aware that this group particularly needs reduction or that
Mitten’s project took any definite shape.

The November Bryologist was issued November 1, 1906.

— 2

The demands of his business and the res angusta aomi rarely allowed
Mitten to leave his home, and in these days of constant traveling it is strange
to read of one who, as Mr. W. B. Hemsley informs us, told Sir William
Hooker in 1854, had only been away from home for two week-days for five
years. When his daughter Flora, in later years, relieved him of some of his
business, he had more leisure, and on one occasion he made a visit to Switz-
erland, of which he cherished very pleasant recollections, and in the course
of which he gathered many things previously only known to him in herbar-
ium specimens. He told me of the particular interest which he had found in
visiting the district, in which Schleicher had botanized.

It was not until late in the autumn of his long life that I had the privilege
of a personal acquaintance with Mitten. My first letters from him, dated in the
early part of the year 1895, are in reference to Pottia caespitosa and other
rare Sussex mosses which he most kindly directed me to find. His letters
are models of that painstaking accuracy which, I believe, characterized his
work generally, and they were also full of encouragement to me, who was
little more than a beginner at the time, as he concluded his first letter with
the remark: “ I shall always be glad to hear of any new or strange moss you
may meet with, and hope you may find as. much to interest you in mosses as I
have for so many years.” The implied promise of assistance was amply
redeemed in our subsequent correspondence.

My opportunities of seeing Mitten were few and far bet ween, *but it was
always a pleasure to look in and see him in his quiet home, surrounded by
his garden in which he took so much interest, and which harbored many rare
and curious plants. On the last occasion on which I saw him he was regret-
ting the wild luxuriance of several rare British plants which had spread
beyond all bounds and which, as he observed, wanted all the place to them-
selves. On another occasion, in 1903, I had the pleasure of showing him
fresh specimens of Weisia Mittenii, which I had recently found and in which
he was much interested, as it had not, I believe, been gathered since his ori-
ginal discovery of it in 1846.

Mitten was an associate of the Linnean Society of London, to which
he was elected in 1847, an honorary member of the Linnean Society of New
South Wales, and of the New Zealand Institute, and also of the Brighton
Natural History Society, and the South' Eastern Union of Scientific Societies.

Mittenia Gottsche was a genus of hepaticae allied to Pallavicinia (Ann.
Sci. Nat. Ser. 5, I. 1862), and Lindberg in 1863 put forward the genus Mit-
tenia of mosses as a substitute for Mniopsis already in use.

There is an excellent portrait of Mitten in the October number of the
Journal of Botany, accompanying an interesting notice of him by Mr. W.
Botting Hemsley, from which I have borrowed a few details. I am also
indebted to his daughter, Miss Flora Mitten, for assistance in compiling
these notes, and to Mr. A. Gepp, of the British Museum, for a greater part of
the subjoined list of Mittens’ publications, mostly taken from the Royal
Society’s catalogue. Mitten leaves a widow who is 93 years of age, three
unmarried daughters, and a fourth who is the wife of the famous naturalist

— 3—

Dr. A. R. Wallace, co-discoverer with Darwin of the principle of Natural

Selection.

The following is a list of the principal publications of William Mitten

on bryology. His most important work is No. 31, on the Mosses of South

America, which occupies the whole of the twelfth volume of the Journal of

the Linnean Society:

1. Some remarks on Mosses, with a proposed new arrangement of the
genera. Ann. Nat. Hist. VIII, 1851, pp. 51-59.

2. A list of all the Mosses and Hepaticae hitherto observed in Sussex. Ann.
Nat. Hist. VIII, 1851, pp. 305-324, 362-370.

3. Catalogue of cryptogamic plants collected by W. Jameson in the vicinity
of Quito. Hook., Journ. Bot. Ill, 1851, pp. 49-57, 351-361.

4. [Musci and Hepaticae in] Dr. F. Weluritsch's Some Notes upon the
cryptogamic portion of the plants collected in Portugal, 1842-1850 ; Lon-
don, 1853, pp. 14-24.

5. [Hepaticae in] J. D. Hooker’s Flora Novae-Zelandiae, II, 1855, pp. 125-
172.

6. On some undescribed species of Musci belonging to the genera Mnium
and Bryum. Hook., Journ. Bot. VIII, 1856, pp. 230-233.

7. A list of the Musci aud Hepaticae collected in Victoria, Australia, by Dr
F. Muller. Hook., Journ. Bot. VIII, 1856, pp. 257-266.

8. A list of some Mosses and Hepaticae collected by the Rev. Charles Par-
ish at Moulmein. Hook., Journ. Bot. VIII, 1856, pp. 353-357.

9. Enumeration of the Mosses collected in India by Dr. J. D. Hooker and
Dr. T. Thomson, with their habitats, elevations, and the numbers under
which they have been distributed (written in collaboration with W.
Wilson). Hook,, Journ. Bot. IX, 1857, pp. 289-300, 321-333, 363-370.

10. [Hepaticae of Panama in] B. Seemann’s, The Botany of the Voyage of
H. M. S. Herald, 1845-1851; London, 1852-1857, pp. 245-6.

11. A few notes on some new or rare British Mosses. Phytologist, II, 1857-
1858, pp. 177-180.

12. Musci Indiae Orientalis: an enumeration of the Mosses of the East
Indies (1858). Linn. Soc. Journ. Ill, 1859 (Bot.) Suppl.

13. [Hepaticae in] J. D. Hooker’s Flora Tasmaniae II, i860, pp. 221-241.

14. Descriptions of some new species of Musci from New Zealand and
other parts bf the southern hemisphere, together withrJan enumeration
of the species collected in Tasmania by William Archer, arranged upon
the plan proposed in the Musci Indiae] Orientalis (1859). Linn. Soc.
Journ. IV, i860 (Bot.) pp. 64-100.

15. Musci et Hepaticae Vitienses. Bonplandia, IX, 1861, pp. 365-367; X,
1862, pp. 19-20.

16. Hepaticae Indiae Orientalis' (i860) Linn. Soc. Trans. V, 1861, (Bot.)
pp. 89-128.

17. On some new species of Musci and Hepaticae in the Herbarium of Sir
W. J. Hooker, collected in tropical Africa, chiefly by the late Dr. Vogel
and Mr. Barter (i860). Linn. Soc. Trans. XXIII, 1862, pp. 51-58.

-4—

' 18. Contributions to the Lichenographia of New Zealand: being an account
with figures of some new species of Graphideae and allied Lichens (i860).
Linn. Soc. Trans. XXIII, 1862, pp. 101-106 (in collaboration with
Charles Knight).

19. On the Musci and Hepaticae from the Cameroons Mountains and from
River Niger. Linn. Soc. Journ. VII, 1863, (Bot.) pp. 147-169.

20. Hypnum abietinum. Linn. Seemann, Journ. Bot. I. 1863, pp. 356-357*

21. On Anisostichium, a proposed new genus of Musci. Linn. Soc. Journ.
VII, 1863, (Bot.) pp. 1 19-120.

22. A new genus of Hepaticae. Journ. Linn. Soc. VII, (1864). pp. 243-244.

23. Some observations on the Moss known to British bryologists as Hypnum
pratense. Journ. of Bot. II, 1864, pp. 122-123.

24. Descriptions of New British Mosses: Hypnum imponens, Funaria

microstoma, Seligeria calcicola, S. calcarea, S. pusillla. Journ. of Bot.
II, 1864, pp. 193-196.

25. Contributions to cryptogamic flora of the Atlantic Islands (1863). Linn.
Soc. Journ. (Bot.) VIII, 1865, pp. 1-10.

26. The Bryologia of the Survey of 49th parallel of latitude (1864). Linn.
Soc. Journ. (Bot.) VIII, 1865, pp. 12-55.

27. On some new species of Musci and Hepaticae, additional to the floras of
Japan and the coast of China (1864). Linn. Soc. Journ. (Bot.) VIII,
1865, pp. 148-158.

28. A few notes on some British mosses allied to Tortula fallax Hedw. Journ.
of Bot. V, 1867, pp. 324-329.

29. New or rare British Mosses: Trichostomum flavovirens, T. diffrac-

tum, T. littorale. Journ. of Bot. VI, 1868, pp. 97-99*

30. A list of the Musci collected by the Rev. Thomas Powell in the
Samoa or Navigators’ Islands (1867). Linn. Soc. Journ. (Bot.) 1869, pp.
166-195.

31. Musci Austro-Americani, sive enumeratio muscorum omnium Austro-
Americanorum mihi hucusque cognitorum, eorum praecipue in terris
Amazonicis Andinisque a Ricardo Spruceo lectorum (1868). Linn. Soc.
Journ. Bot. XII, 1869, pp. 1-632.

32. [Musci, Hepaticae in] F. Du Cane Godman’s Natural History of the
Azores. London, 1870, pp. 288-328.

33. Observations on the species of Pottia allied to P. truncata, with descrip-'

tions of tathree new species : P. littoralis, P. asperula, P. viridifolia.

Journ. of Bot. IX, 1871, pp. 2-5.

34. Descriptions of new species of Musci collected in Ceylon by Dr. Thwaites
(1872). Linn. Soc. Journ. XIII, 1873 (Bot.), pp. 293-326.

35. [Muscineae in] B. Seemann’s Flora Vitiensis. London, 1873, pp.378-419.

36. On the Aloina section of the genus Tortula. Journ. of Bot. 3, 1874, pp.
139-142.

37. [Mosses of the Island of St. Paul] (1874). Linn. Soc. Journ, (Bot.) 14,
1875, pp. 480-482.

38. [Muscineae in] J. C. Melliss’s St. Helena, 1875, pp. 357-374*

— 5—

39 TheMusci and Hepaticae collected by H. N, Mosley, Naturalist to H. M.
S. Challenger (1875). Linn. Soc. Journ. (Bot. ) 15, 1877, pp. 59—73-

40. List of the Musci and Hepaticae collected in Kerguelen’s Island by the
Rev. A. E. Eaton (1876). Linn. Soc. Journ. (Bot*) 15, 1877, pp. 193-197.

4r. List of Hepaticae collected by the Rev. A. E. Eaton at the Cape of
Good Hope (August and September, 1874,) (1877). Linn. Soc. Journ.
(Bot.) 16, 1878, pp. 187-196.

42. [Mosses and Jungermanniae in] Sir G. S. Nares’s Narration of a Voy-
age to the Polar Sea, during 1875-1876; 2d. Edit. Vol. II, appendix, No.
14, London, 1878, pp. 313-319.

43. [Musci Maroccani in] J. Ball’s Spicilegium .Florae Maroccanae (1877).
Journ. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) XVI, 1878, pp. 737-739.

44. [Transit of Venus Expeditions, 1874-1875.] Enumeration of the plants
hitherto collected in Kerguelen Island, etc. II, Musci, III, Hepaticae.
Phil. Trans., 168 (Extra Vol.) 1879, pp. 24-45.

45. [Transit of Venus Expeditions, 1874-1875. Collections from Rodriguez].
Musci, Hepaticae. Phil. Trans. 168 (Extra Vol.) 1879, pp. 388-401.

46. Record of new localities of Polynesian Mosses, with descriptions of some
hitherto undefined species (1882), New South Wales. Linn. Soc. Proc.,
I, 1883, pp. 98-104.

47. [Muscineae in] Mason and Theobald’s Burma, its people and produc-
tions, Vol. II, Hertford, 1883, pp. 36-55.

48. Australian Mosses. Trans, and Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, XIX, 1883,
pp. 49-96.

49. [Muscineae in] W. B. Hemsley’s Report on Botany of H. M. S, Chal-
lenger. I, 1885, pp. 88-93, et passim.

50. Notes on the European and North American species of mosses of the
genus Fissidens (1885), Journ. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) XXI, 1886, pp. 550-560.

51. Some new species of the genus Metzgeria (1886). Journ. Linn* Soc.
(Bot.) XXII, 1887, pp. 241-243.

52. The Mosses and Hepaticae collected in Central Africa by the late Right
Rev.James Hannington, Bishop of Mombasa, F.L.S., F.G.S., etc., with
some others, including those gathered by Mr. H. H. Johnston on Kili-
manjaro (1886). Journ. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) XXII, (1887) pp. 298-329.

53. [Musci in] W. B. Hemsley’s Report on the Vegetation of Diego Garcia
(1886). Journ. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) XXII (1887), pp. 339-340.

54. Musci of Roraina Expedition of 1884. Trans. Linn. Soc. II, pp. 296-297,
1887.

55. [Muscineae in] J. B. Balfour’s Botany of Socotra, in Trans. Roy. Soc.
Edinburgh, Vol, XXXI, 1887, pp. 330-336.

56. An Enumeration of all the species of Musci and Hepaticae recorded
from Japan (1889) Trans. Linn. Soc. London (Bot.), Ill, 1890, pp. 153-206.

57. [Muscineae in] Dr. O. Stapf’s, On the Flora of Mount Kinabalu, in North
Bornea (1903) in Trans. Linn. Soc. London (Bot.) IV. 1903, pp. 255-261
(in conjunction with C. H. Wright).

Lewes, Sussex, England.

— 6—

NOTES ON VERMONT BRYOPHYTES-1906.

By A. J. Grout.

Although the flowering plants and ferns of Mt. Mansfield have been care-
fully studied and listed, the bryophyte flora has received less attention. Mr.
C. G. Pringle, who first explored this region with thoroughness, collected many
mosses and hepatics, but it was his custom to collect only fruiting plants.
Mrs. Britton, Dr. Evans, Dr. Kennedy and myself, have done some collect-
ing of bryophytes on the mountain and in its vicinity.

This season it was my pleasure to attend the meeting of the Vermont
Botanical Club on the mountain and to spend a week on the summit,
engaged chiefly in collecting mosses.

Dr. Kennedy had previously reported Tayloria tenuis , but I came upon
such quantities of it as to be able to supply Prof. Holzinger with enough for
his Musci Acrocarpi Bor. -Am. and have an abundant supply left. It grew
along the banks of a little rivulet into which the Summit House sewer dis-
charges, but far enough down so that it was not offensive. Schistostega
is abundant in the deep clefts in overhanging rocks on the northeast side of
the mountain, below a point in the road about a quarter of a mile from the
hotel; I also found it in a crevice about ten feet to the left of the cave in the
north face of the “Nose.” These high, damp, creviced north-facing cliffs of
the “ Nose,” near the hotel, are an ideal collecting place for rare and interesting
mosses. Here Swartzia ?nontana is very fine and abundant and fruits
freely; in damp crevices in overhanging rocks is an abundance of Amfthid-
ium Lapponicum. In the deepest, darkest, and dampest clefts was a limited
supply of Rhabdoweisia denticulata and Cynodontium gracilescens. On the
wet soil at the base of overhanging cliffs is a variety of Plagiothecuim den-
ticulatum near var. obtusifolium; with this and in similar places was an
abundance of Pohlia cruda , mostly sterile. In spots similar to those men-
tioned last is an Amblystegium which I made A. vacillans. On these cliffs
Andre aea petrophila is abundant and fruits freely. While abundant on
rocks all about the summit, it seems not to fruit to any great extent on the
more exposed portions of the mountain.

I thought I had some knowledge of Pohlia nutans , but here I found it so
variable that I collected it a dozen times, thinking each time that I had some-
thing different from the previous collections. If any one with the species-
making instinct, like that which has recently dealt with Thorn Apples and
Violets, ever takes hold of Pohlia nutans , I tremble for the result. There
were large robust forms and small slender forms, forms with small capsules
and forms with large capsules, forms with seta long and slender and others
with seta short, forms with leaves typical and others with lower leaves
shortly oblong-ovate and rather short acuminate. One form common on the
summit in wet places, such as the edge of rain pools, resembles the form
described by Mr. Dixon in his notes under this species. This fruits rather
sparingly, but certainly is paroicous. Sterile specimens have been issued by
Prof. Holzinger in his Musci Acrocarpi Bor. -Am. as Weber a commutata.

Hypnum stramineum is abundant in bogs on and near the summit of the
mountain, and associated with it, in the bog back of the house, I found
Dicranum Bonjeani,ysrh.ioh is also distributed in Prof. Holzinger’s sets.
Plagiothecium e leg ans grew nearly out of reach in the “ Snow Cave.” near
the “Lips.” Bryum pseudotriquetrum was collected by Mr. Stewart H.
Burnham beside the road near the summit.

Species New to the State from Other Localities.

Andreaea Rothii W. & M. Jamaica, Frank Dobbin, com. S. H. Burnham.

M?iium cinclidioides (Blytt.) Hueben. In a slow mountain brook with
Fontinalis, Newfane.

Philonotis Muhlenbergii (Schwaegr.) Brid. Brookline. There is also a
specimen of this moss in the collections of Columbia University from Jones-
ville. The perigonial leaves of this species are erect, lanceolate and acute,
with the costa percurrent in the inner leaves. In P. fontana the perigonial
leaves are spreading, broadly triangular-ovate, the inner often obtuse and
rounded at apex,

Pohlia proligera (Lindb.) Correns. On Newfane Hill, fruiting.

Amblystegiuin vacillans Sulliv. and Plagiothecium elegans (Hook.)
Schimp., mentioned above, are also new to the state. A species of Ditrichum ,
believed by Dr. Best and myself to be new, was collected in good condition
and in considerable quanity on Newfane Hill.

Additional Localities for Rare or Interesting Species.

Anacamptodon splachnoides. Knothole in apple tree, Newfane.

Barbula convoluta on old brick, Newfane. On limekiln waste, Strat-
ton.

Pohlia cruda is abundant in cool, moist ravines and crevices of cool,
shaded cliffs in Newfane, and probable throughout the state. It fruits infre-
quently, but may be distinguished from the other species of the genus by the
very long and narrow areolation.

Rhabdoweisia denticulata. North-facing cliffs, Newfane Hill. Of the
specimens from this locality Dr. Best says: “The Rhabdoweisia has the

leaves of fugax but the peristome is that of denticulata. It is probably
Boulay’s R. fugax sub denticulata which Limpricht refers to denticulata.
My own opinion is that both are forms of one and the same specific type and
represent the extremes of a series, and yours is an intermediate form.”

NOTES ON NOMENCLATURE VII.

Elizabeth G. Britton.

Parts 224 and 226 of Engler & Prantl Pflanzenfamilien were received in
May and October, 1906. They include the following orders : Spiridentacece ,

Lepyrodontacece, Pleurophascacece , Neckeracece and Lembophyllacece ;
including twenty-three genera having species in North America of which the
following are found within the limits of the United States:

Pirea Card. Bull. Soc. bot. Belg. 32: 175. 1893.

— 8—

The type species of this genus are from Central America, but Brotherus
adds two West Indian species and transfers to it Neckera cymbifolia and N.
Luddoviciae of the manual, removing them from the Meteoriae to the Pter-
obryeae. As the distinctions between these two tribes are based on the peri-
stome and neither of these species has been found in fruit, their true affinity
still remains somewhat problematical. They have previously been referred
to Pilotrichella (C. M.) Besch. which includes thirteen species from the West
Indies and Central America.

Papillaria C. M. includes thirteen species from the West Indies and Cen-
tral America with P. nigrescens (Sw.) Jaeg. from Florida and Louisiana
extending into Mexico, Costa Rica, Jamaica and the Antilles.

Meteorium { Brid.) Mitt. Journ. Linn. Soc. 12: 427, 1869.

Pilotrichum Sect. Meteorium Brid. Bryol. univ. 2: 264. 1827.

The citations for this genus, as given by Brotherus, are puzzling and
misleading. Bridel originally included under this section two species
from Nepal, India, of which one is transferred to Papillaria (P. fuscescens)
leaving P. filamentosum as the type of Meteorium.

This species is not retained in the genus either by Fleischer or Brotherus,
but placed in Aerobryidium Fleischer, a new genus. Four species from Mex-
ico and the West Indies are retained in Meteorium. Meteorium pendulum
Sull. is transferred to the following genus: — Floribundaria C. M. Linnaea
40: 267. 1876. One North American species, P. pendula (Sull.) Fleisch. is
distributed in Louisiana, Japan, China, Formosa and Java.

Neckera Hedw. Fund. 2: 93. 1782, is maintained with twenty-six North
American species.

Under Thamniece Brotherus recognizes five genera of which four include
North American species. He continues to use the generic name of Tha?n-
nium Br. & Sch. (1852) in spite of its being antedated by three homonymns
dating back to 1799, 1825' and 1838. Porotrichum (Brid.) Dozy & Moelk. is
also maintained, and the two genera are separated on the character of the
teeth, whether transversely striate above or below. Nine Central American
and West Indian species are listed under Porotrichum and seven under
Thamnium , with two from the United States under the latter genus Th.
A lleghaniense and Th. Leibergii.

Bestia Brotherus in Engler & Prangl Pflanzenfamilien 226, 858. 1906, is
dedicated to Dr. George N. Best. This a new generic name the synonymy
of which is as follows: —

Alsia longipes Sull. & Lesq.

Dendroalsia longipes E. G. Britt. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 32:265, 1905.

This is a rare and beautiful California species, and Dr. Best is to be con-
gratulated on having his name associated with it.

New York Botanical Garden.

Mr. Herman S. Simmons, Lund, Sweden, desires to sell his Moss Herb-
arium. It contains collections made by various Scandinarian bryologists :
Lindberg, Kaurin, Hagen, Jensen, and others. For information as to price,
etc., address Mr. Simmons as above.

— 9—

TEN LOPHOZIAS.

From “ Notes on New England Hepaticae.”

Dr. A. W. Evans in Rhodora.

Selected and Illustrated by Caroline Coventry Haynes.

[By permission.]

“Lophozia Floerkii (Web. & Mohr) Schiffn. ; Engler & Prantl, Nat.
Pflanzenfam. I3: 85. 1893. Jungermannia Floerkii^N eb. & Mohr, Bot. Tas-
chenb. 410. 1807. J. Naumanni Nees; Martius, FL Crypt. Erlang. 143 .pi.

4,f. 16. 1817. J. barbata, var. Floerkii Nees, Naturgeschichte der europ.

Lebermoose, 2: 168. 1836. J '. lycopodioides var. Floerkii Lindb. Muse.

Scand. 7. 1879. Mt. Washington, New Hampshire (IV. G. Farlow , A. IV.
E.y ’ Evans, Rhodora 4: 210, 1902,

Plate II. Figs. 1-4. 1 — Male plant X 22. 2 — Plant, ventral view show-
ing conspicuous underleaves, X 22. 3 — Leaf, dorsal view X 70. 4 — Leaf

cells X 365. Drawn from material collected by Mr. A. Grape in Sweden.
Sulliv. Moss Chapter Herb.

“ Lophozia lycopodioides (Wallr.) Cogn. Bull. Soc. roy. Bot. de Bel-
gique 10: 278. 1872. Jungermannia lycopodioides Wallr. FI. Crypt. Germ.

1: 76. 1831. J. barbata , var. lycopodioides Nees, Naturgeschichte der

europ. Lebermoose, 2: 185. 1836. Mt. Katahdin, Maine ( / . F Collins );
Thorn Mt. and Carter Dome, New Hampshire (A. W. Evans, Rhod-

ora 4: 210, 1902.

Figs. 5-7. 5 — Plant, ventral view showing fine cilia at base of leaves

X 22. 6 — Plant showing perianth, ventral view X22. 7 — Leaf cells X 365.
Drawn from material collected by Underwood and Selby, near Ouray, Col-
orado, Sept. 9, 1901, New York- Bot. Garden Herbarium.

“Lophozia Lyoni (Tayl.) Steph. Bull, de l’Herb. Boissier, II. 2: 157.
1902. Jungermannia quinquedentata Huds. FI. Angl. 511. 1762 ? Web.
& Mohr, Bot. Taschenb. 430. 1807 ? J. barbata , var. quinquedentata Nees,
Naturgeschichte der europ. Lebermoose, 2: 196. 1836. J. Lyoni Tayl. Trans.
Bot. Soc. Edinburg, 1: 116, pi. 7. 1844. Lophozia quinquedentata Cogn.

Bull. Soc. roy. Bot. de Belgique, 10: 279. 1872. Mt. Kineo, Moosehead

Lake, Maine, ( M . L. Fernald)-, Jackson, New Hampshire (A. W. £.): Mt.
Mansfield, Vermont ( W. G. Farlow)-, Meriden, Connecticut^. W. £.).”
Evans, Rhodora 4: 210, 1902.

Figs., 8-1 1. 8 — Plant, showing perianth X 22. 9— Male plant, dorsal
view X 22. 10 — Leaf, dorsal view X 70. 11 — Leaf cells X 365. Drawn
from No. 185 Hep. Amer. collected by Dr. A. W. Evans, Jackson Spr., N. H.,
under name Jungermannia quinquedentata Huds.

“The three species just quoted together with L. gracilis (Schleich.) Steph.
(= Jungermannia barbata , var. attetiuata Mart, of the Manual) have some-
times been regarded as distinct species, sometimes as well marked varieties
of L. barbata (Schreb. )Dumort. Nearly all recent writers hold to the former
view, recognizing five northern species in the “ barbata ” — group, but Pear-
son recognizes only four species looking upon L. Floerkii as a variety of L.
lycopodioides^ .an opinion which has the sanction of Lindberg. With a little

Plate II. Lophozias. All reduced ]/2 .

Plate III. Reproduction Plate IX, Bry. Nov. 1906. Mag.=PLATE II.

I v

■12-

care it is not difficult to distinguish these five species, and, with the exception
of L. Floerkii and'Z. lycopodioides , they show no tendency to vary into one
another. L. gracilis is not uncommon in mountainous regions and is the
smallest species of the group. It may usually be recognized at a glance by
its upright flagelliform branches which bear gemmae near the apex and
closely appressed leaves in the lower part. These branches, which are simi-
lar in appearance to the gemmiparous branches of Odontoschisma denudation
and Kantia Trichomanis are sometimes very abundant, covering over an
entire tuft of the plant, but sometimes they are very sparingly produced.

Of the other four species L. barbata and L. Lyoni agree with each
other in having inconspicuous or obsolete underleaves and in lacking mar-
ginal appendages of any sort near the postical bases of the leaves, while L.
Floerkii and L. lycopodioides agree in having large and conspicuous bifid
underleaves and in developing clusters of slender branched cilia near the pos-
tical leaf-bases. L. barbata is rather more robust than L. Lyoni , but the
most reliable differential characters are drawn from the leaves. In L. bar-
bata these have their antical and postical margins of about the same length
and approximately parallel, while the teeth at the truncate apex are three or
four in nnmber, subequal in size and obtusely or subacutely pointed. If we
should pass a straight line through these teeth, it would lie parallel or nearly
so with the axis of the stem. In the leaves of L. Lyoni the postical margin is
strongly curved and is much longer than the antical, the sharply pointed
teeth are commonly three in number and the postical tooth is considerably
larger (than the others. If we should pass a straight line through these teeth,
it would form an acute angle with the axis. Lophozia Lyoni is commonly
known as L. quinquedentata, but there is so much doubt as to what the ori-
ginal Jungerniannia quinquedentata really was that it seems best to discard
the name altogether, as both Pearson and Stephani have recently done, and
to take up the later name of Taylor, about which their is no doubt whatever.

The differences between L. lycopodioides and L. Lloerkii are those of
degree rather than kind. L. lycopodioides is the more robust of the two, its
leaves are larger and more crispate, the teeth are often mucronate instead of
being bluntly pointed, the basal cilia are more abundant and more finely
divided and the divisions of the underleaves are more conspicuously ciliate.
Typical specimens can be distinguished from each other at a glance, but one
occasionally meets with forms which are difficult to refer definitely to either
species and which apparently represent intermediate forms. As has already
been noted both species are almost universally recognized in spite of this
fact.” Evans, Rhodora 4: 210, 211, 1902.

Figs. 12-16 Lophozia gracilis. 12. — Gemmiparous plant X 22. 13-

Plant showing perianth X22. 14 — Plant, dorsal view X 22. 15 — Leaf,

dorsal view X7o. 16 — Leaf cells X365. Drawn from 48 Hep. Bor. Am. New
York Bot. Garden Herb., and from material collected by C. C. Haynes, Adir.
Mts., May 31, 1904.

Figs .17-19 Lophozia barbata. 17 — Plant showing perianth X22. 18 —
Plant, ventral view X 22. 19 — Leaf cells X365. Drawn from material col-

lected by Mrs. L. A. Carter at Laconia, N. H., May, 1905, and Mr. H. Dupret,
near Montreal, Canada. New York City.

(To t>e Continued)

—13—

“DIE EUROPAEISCHEN TORFMOOSE.”

A Correction. In my notice of this work in the November issue of the
Bryologist (Vol. IX, p. 102) there is an unfortunate slip as to the number of
plates. There are eleven and not eight as stated in my notice.

Wm. Edw. Nicholson,

Lewes, 17th Nov., 1906.

IS PHYSCOMITRIUM IMMERSUM A GREGARIOUS MOSS?

John M. Holzinger.

This pygmy in the genus to which it is referred, according to Mrs. E. G.
Britton’s account in her Revision of the Genus Physcomitrium in Bull. Tor.
Club, Vol. 21, No. 5, May 25, 1894, has an extensive range from New York to
Kansas, from Colorado to Quebec. I have had it under observation near
Winona, Minn., for over twelve years, looking up its haunts annually. In
all these years I have never succeeded in finding more than a few plants in
a tuft, the little plants seemingly preferring to stand alone, isolated , among
the hepatics which seek the same moist substratum. The three hepatics,
among which I uniformily find it, were recently determined for me by Dr.
A. W. Evans as Ricciocarpus natans (L.) Corda, Riccia fluitans L., both
terrestrial forms, and Anthoceros Macounii M. A. Howe, which last determ-
ination Dr. Evans had verified by Dr. Howe himself. Incidentally, Dr.
Evans points out, this extends the range of Anthoceros Macounii into the
United States, its type station being in Canada, One or the other of these
terrestrial hepatics, and in some cases even all of them, may be found asso-
ciated with P hyscomitriu7n immersum sent out by me, and indeed the nature
of its recurrence here compels me to include an excess pf these hepatics with
a relatively scant amount of the Physcomitrium, Another plant that will
frequently be found in the pockets is Ephemerum crassinervium with its great
abundance of protonema. P hy scomitrium immersum will be distributed in
fascicle ten of my Musci Acrocarpi, now in process of preparation.

Winona, Minn.

SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER ANNUAL REPORTS
REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT.

The past year has been one of great prosperity for the Sullivant Moss
Chapter: a gain of thirteen per cent, has been made in the membership ; the
intensive study of local floras has increased: especial interest has been mani-
fested in the study of the lichens and hepatics, as is shown by the increased
space devoted to them in the last volume of the Bryologist: and the vari-
ous herbaria belonging to the Chapter are fast becoming of consulting value
to students of the distribution of North American Plants.

At the founding of the Chapter, one purpose was to bring the various
isolated moss students throughout the country into closer touch with one
another. As evidence of the success of this plan, it is only necessary to con-
sider the contributions which are constantly being made by Chapter mem-

—14—

bers to the exsiccatae issued by Dr. Grout and Prof. Holzinger. In addition
to this, however, it is increasingly evident from the letters of individual
members, that a spirit of service is rapidly developing which augurs well for
the future prosperity of the Chapter.

The character of the offerings made in each issue of the Bryologist also
deserves notice. During the past year there has been a gratifying increase
in the number of rarer species offered. Every effort should be made to
develope this department, not only for the value of the exchanges, but also
because familiarity with. the appearance of rarer species undoubtedly leads
to their detection in new localities. Members are urged when making offer-
ings to be especially careful to specify the locality in which the specimens
were collected. This practice enables those desiring specimens to chose
offerings with greater ease, and prevent the receipt of the same species
from localities already well represented in the applicant’s herbarium. The
same species, moreover, often varies greatly in exchange value and in appear-
ance, according to whether it comes from the .center of its known range or
from a point near the limit. It is but courteous, therefore, that those mak-
ing the offerings give some indication of the origin of the specimens.

In my last report I mentioned the value of local flora work. While it is
perhaps too soon to attempt any correlation of the distribution of mosses,
lichens, or hepatics, with the underlying geological formation, yet the vari-
ous local lists which have recently been published in the Bryologist, or
notes such as that of Prof. Holzinger upon Grimmia glauca , with its men-
tion of the remarkable features of the driftless area in Minnesota, lay found-
ations upon which future workers will build.

Finally, I wish to extend my sincere thanks to the members for their
ready response to the circular letter sent out in June, and for their willing
co-operation in making the third meeting of the Chapter a success.

Respectfully submitted,

Edward B. Chamberlain,

President.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY.

During the past year the Chapter has added twenty-three to its member-
ship, ten have withdrawn, four died, giving a total of one hundred and sixty-
five as listed in this number of the Bryologist.

The herbarium has been increased by a large number of interesting
additions. The Rev. Mr. Watts, of Young, South Australia, has sent us a
large collection of mosses from his locality. Mr. Nickolson, of England, has
sent us specimens from England and the Continent. Mr. Haydock sends
many from the White Mountains: Mr. Foster a lot from Wallowa, Oregon,
with notes on the geological formation. Dr. Grout, Rev. Dupret, Cannon
Lett of Ireland, Prof. Bonser of Spokane, Dr. Breckle of North Dakota,
Miss Miller of Washington, D. C., and many others are contributors.

Thro the courtesy of Prof. Frye, of the University of Washington,
many of our Pacific slope mosses have been obtained.

— 15 —

The southwestern portions of the United States and the Rock}7- Moun_
tain regions, both north and south, are but poorly represented.

The herbarium is in good condition, but in order that it may remain so
some provision should be made for the future. It should be kept in a tight
wooden or tin lined box, possibly two boxes. In its present quarters, a large
dry-goods box, it is open to the attacks of mice and insects. The herbarium
is rapidly increasing in value and should be insured. This costs but little,
and in case of fire, altho we all appreciate that no money can altogether
replace a collection of this kind, the Secretary’s mind would thereby be
relieved.

The matter of offerings cannot be too strongly urged upon Chapter mem-
bers; there is no locality that does not present something of interest to some
other member. Generally about twenty-five specimens are sufficient for an
offering, and from one to three species are enough at a time.

The Secretary wishes to thank the officers fcJr their help and suggestions
during the year, and wishes here to call attention to the work of his prede-
cessor, Miss Miller, who was evidently a worker and had the Chapter affairs
so systematized that the present incumbent has had little to do but to fol-
low in her footsteps.

Attention should be called to the fact that the herbarium is always at
the disposal of Chapter members and they can obtain loans .of specimens at
any time. Respectfully.

Seattle, Wash. John W. Bailey.

REPORT OF THE HEPATIC DEPARTMENT.

It is certainly gratifying to note the lively interest taken in this depart-
ment. In response to my request several have sent in collections from vari-
ous states. The largest sets have come from the following: Mr. E. B.

Chamberlain, from Maine and Rhode Island; Mr A. S. Foster, from Wash-
ington and Oregon; Dr. J. W. Bailey, from Washington; Mrs. E. B. Taylor,
from Georgia and Florida; Miss M. F. Miller, from the Catskill Mts., New
York: Mr. J. L. Sheldon, from West Virginia; Dr. A. J. Grout, from various
localities. These, with many smaller collections, are substantial evidence of
the efforts to make our Chapter Herbarium of practical value. By exchange
we have acquired the following sets: Messieurs Grape and Arnell, thirty-

six herbarium specimens from Sweden and Norway, capable of being
divided into more than double that number, and these duplicates will bring
in new sets. Messieurs Potier de la Verde and Charles Lacouture, sixteen
and twenty-four herbarium specimens from France also capable of division.
Mr. E. B. Chamberlain has given nineteen specimens from l’Herbier
Boissier. Dr. Bailey’s material from Washington has been devoted to offer-
ings, by request, reserving a set for the herbarium. Sufficient material for
eight hundred and thirty pockets was sent in this year, representing three
hundred and thirty-one herbarium specimens, the remainder being dupli-
cates. Again we acknowledge with pleasure our indebtedness to Dr. Alex-
ander W. Evans for determinations and verifications of troublsome species.
It is hoped that members will continue their generosity, and that their exam-
ple will be a stimulus to others to collect and to study these charming forms.
I shall be glad to give small sets to facilitate the work of those taking up the
study of hepatics. Respectfully submitted,

Caroline Coventry Haynes.

i6 —

REPORT OF THE LICHEN DEPARTMENT.

Interest in the lichens is unabated and many of the students have car-
ried their explorations after specimens to a point beyond that of cursory
examination. The more than three thousand specimens submitted for iden-
tification or verification during the past year have committed this depart-
ment to considerable labor, but the time and effort have been cheerfully
given; That portion of the Chapter Lichen Herbarium accumulated prior to
Jan. i, 1803, is in our charge. Accessions to the collection, except for an
individal contribution of one hundred specimens, have been limited to three
(3) numbers. It is to be regretted that voluntary gifts to the herbarium are
not more numerous, but this does not diminish our thanks to those who have
remembered. Respectfully,

G. K. Merriel.

REPORT OF THE TREASURER.

The following statement for the year beginning December 1, 1905, and
ending December 1, 1906, is respectfully submitted:

Receipts.

By cash on hand December 1, 1905 $ 40.59

By dues from members 166.90

$207.49

Disbursements.

To the Bryologist $136.80

To Miss Miller (express, etc.) 13.75

To Mr. Chamberlain (printing, etc.) . . 6.14

To Treasurer (postage, etc.) 3.00

$159.69

To cash on hand December 1, 1906 47. 80

$207.49

Annie Morrill Smith, Treasurer.

REPORT OF JUDGE OF ELECTION.

Whole number of votes cast 15

For President — Mr. E. B. Chamberlain 15

For Vice-President— Mr. G. K. Merrill. 14

For Vice-President — Miss C. C. Haynes 1

For Secretary — Dr. J. W. Bailey 15

For Treasurer — Mrs. A. M. Smith 15

Respectfully submitted,

J. Franklin Collins.

OFFERINGS.

To Chapter Members only. For postage.

Mrs. Carolyn W. Harris, 125 St. Marks Ave., Brooklyn, N. Y. Ramalina
reticulata (Nochd. ) Krempelh. Collected by Mr. A. J. Hill, Victoria,

17—

B. C.

Mrs. Elizabeth M. Dunham, 53 Maple street, Auburndale, Mass. Hyloco-
mium proliferum{\ ^.) Lindb. : H. triquetrum (L.) B. & S. Sphagnum
squarrosum Pers. Collected, Middle Dam, Maine.

Miss Alice L. Crockett, Camden, Maine. Sphagnum acutifolium Ehrh. var.
pulchrum Rl. forma purpureum Sch. ; 5. recurvum Pal. var. majus
Angs. forma fusco-virens.

Dr. J. F. Brenckle, Kulm, N. D. Dicranella varia (Hedw.) Schimp.:
Hypnum aduncum Hedw.; A7nblystegium serpens (L.) B. & S.

Mr. A. S. Foster, Cathlamet, Oregon. Pogonatum erythrodontium
Kindb.; Alectoria Fremontii Tuckerm. Collected, Mt. Hood, Oregon.

Mrs. Mary L. Stevens, 39 Columbia street, Brookline, Mass. Hypnum
‘crist a-castrensis L. ; Brachytheciwn reflexum Starke.

Rev. H. Dupret, Seminary of Philosophy, Montreal, Canada. Ambly'steg-
ium riparium var. longifolium Sch. Hypnum ochraceum Turn. Col-
lected near Montreal. U. S. postage accepted.

Miss Mary F. Miller, 1109 M. street, Washington, D. C. Scapania nemorosa
(L.)Dumort. ; Bazzania trilobata (L.) S. F. Gray. Collected, Shanda-
ken, New York. Frullania riparia Hampe. Collected, Rileyville, Va.

Dr. J. W. Bailey, 405 Walker Bl., Seattle, Wash. Dicranum strictum
Schleike.

LIST OF SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER MEMBERS.

Adams, Miss Carrie E., R. F. D. I. Hinsdale, N. H.

Adams, Mr. F. M Box 225, Sharon, Mass.

Ames, Mr. Oakes .North Easton, Mass.

Anderson, Mr. John A High School, Dubuque, Iowa-

Annand, Mr. George P 39 Brown street, Waltham, Mass.

Bade, Dr. Wm. Frederic 2223 Atherton street, Berkeley, California.

Bailey, Dr. John W Walker Block, Seattle, Wash.

Barbour, Mr. Wm. C Sayre, Pa.

Barnes, Prof. Charles R Dept. Botany, Univ. Chicago, 111.

Beckett, Mr.T. W. Naylor Fendalton, Christ Church, New Zealand.

Best, Dr. George N Rosemont, New Jersey.

Bethel, Mr. E .270 S. Marion street, Denver, Colorado.

Bogue, Prof. E. E. . . .Agricultural P. O., Michigan.

Bonser, Prof. Thomas A. . . 02217 Monroe street, Spokane, Wash.

Borden, Miss Lydia P Manoa, Delaware Co., Pa.

Brackett, Miss Mary A 50 Remsen street, Brooklyn, N. Y.

Brenckle, Dr. J. F Kulm. North Dakota.

Brigham, Miss Julia P 138 Pleasant street, Marlborough, Mass.

Britton, Mrs. Elizabeth G . . . .2965 Decatur Ave., Bedford Park, N. Y. City.

Browne, Mrs. A. F . Sandy Cove, Digby Co., Nova Scotia.

Bruce, Mr. C. Stanley : .Shelburne, Nova Scotia.

Bryant, Miss Elizabeth B . . . . 32 Reedsdale street, Allston, Mass.

-18-

Calkins, Mr. W. W 147 California Ave. , Chicago, 111.

Carr, Miss C. M., R. F. D. 3 South Framingham, Mass.

Carter, Mrs. R. H 37 Church street, Laconia, N. H.

Chamberlain, Mr. Edward B 519 West 121st street, N. Y. City.

Chapin Mrs. Louis N . . ..Hotel Margaret, Brooklyn, N. Y.

Chase, Mrs. Agnes 1 16 Florida Ave., N. W., Washington, D. C.

Chase, Mr. Virginius H. . . Wady Petra, Stark Co., 111.

Chatterton, Mr. F. W 227 Townsend Ave., New Haven, Conn.

Cheney, Prof. L. S Barron, Barron Co., Wis.

Choate, Miss Alice D 3400 Morgan street, St. Louis, Mo.

Clapp, Mrs. J. B 52 Hartford street, Dorchester, Mass.

Clark, Mr. H. S 16 Lynden Place, Hartford, Conn.

Clarke, Miss Cora H 91 Mt. Vernon street, Boston, Mass.

Collins, Prof. J. Franklin Collins 468 Hope street, Providence, Rh. Is.

Coomes, Mrs. Laura M Queens, Queens Co.. N. Y.

Craig, F. R. M. S., Mr. T. . . . . . 1013 Sherbrooke street, Montreal, Canada.

Cresson, Mr. Ezra T. Jr Box 248, Philadelphia, Pa.

Crockett, Miss Alice L . Camden, Maine,

Cummings, Prof. Clara E . . . . Wellesley College, Wellesley, Mass.

Curtis-, Mrs. Elizabeth B Box 47, Hendersonville, North Carolina.

Cushman, Miss H. Mary 300 N. 5th street, Reading, Pa.

Dacy, Miss Alice E t.28 Ward street, South Boston, Mass

Dautun, Mr. Henry 139 Franklin street, Jersey City, N. J.

Day, Prof. Alfred Ely. Syrian Protestant College, Beirut, Syria.,

Demetrio, Rev. Charles H ....... Emma, Lafayette Co., Mo.

Doran, Miss Genevieve • • • * 13 Washington Ave., Waltham, Mass.

Dunham, Mrs. H. C 53 Maple street, Auburndale, Mass.

Dupret, Rev. H Seminary of Philosophy, Montreal, Canada.

Eby, Mrs. ^Amelia F .... 141 North Duke street, Lancaster, Pa.

Eckfeldt, Dr. John W 245 N. 65th street, Philadelphia, Pa.

Edwards, Prof. Arthur M 423 Fourth Ave., Newark, N. J.

Evans, Dr. Alexander W : 67 Mansfield street, New Haven, Conn.

Fink, Prof. Bruce Miami University, Oxford, Ohio.

Fisher, Miss R. B Johnson, Vermont.

Fitzpatrick, Prof. T. J Box 434, Iowa City, Iowa.

Fletcher, Mr. S. W Peppered, Mass.

Flett, Mr. J. B 221 N. Tacoma Ave., Tacoma, Wash.

Foster, Mr. A. S Cathlamet, Wash.

Frye, Prof. T. C University Station, Seattle, Wash.

Gerritson, Mr. Walter 66 Robbins street, Waltham, Mass.

Gilbert, Mr. B. D Clayville, Oneida Co., N. Y.

Gilman, Mr. Charles W Palisades, Rockland Co., N. Y.

Gilson, Miss Helen S 50 Williams street, Rutland, V.t.

Graves, Mr. James A .Box 785, Susquehanna, Pa.

Gray, Mr. R. S 424 East 14th street, Oakland, Calif.

Green, Prof. H. A Tryon, N. C.

—19—

Greenalch, Mr. Wallace. ...... 14 Manning Boulevard, North, Albany, N. Y.

Greever, Mr. C. O 1345 East 9th street, Des Moines. Iowa.

Grout, Dr. A. J . . . .360 Lenox Road, Brooklyn, N. Y.

Hadley, Mrs. Sarah B., R. F. D. 1 .South Canterbury, Conn.

Harris, Mrs. Carolyn W ............ 125 St. Marks Ave., Brooklyn, N. Y.

Hasse, Dr. H. E .Box 265, Sawtelle, Calif.

Haughwout, Miss Mary R .......... Patton, Cambria Co. , Pa.

Haydock, Mr. Wm. E. 1328 Chestnut street, Philadelphia, Pa.

Haynes, Miss Caroline C. 16 East 36th street, N.Y. City, and Highlands, N- J.

Henschen, Mr. G 269 Herr street, Harrisburg, Pa.

Hill, Mr. Albert J. . . . New Westminster, British Columbia.

Hill, Mr. E. J ...... 7100 Eggleston Ave., Chicago, 111.

Holt, Prof. Wm. P. . . . . 1004 Jefferson Ave., Toledo, Ohio.v

Holzinger, Prof. John M Winona, Minn.

Horr, Mrs. Ella L 12 State street, Worcester, Mass.

Howe, Mr. Reginald Pleber, Jr .....Middlesex School, Concord, Mass.

Huntington, Mr. J. Warren Amesbury, Mass.

Hurlbut, Mrs. R. H .............. ..Box 31, South Sudbury, Mass.

Jackson, Mr. Joseph . . 15 Woodland street, Worcester, Mass.

Jennings, Mr. Otto E ....................... . 419 Craft Ave., Pittsburg, Pa.

Joline, Mrs. A. H . . 1 W. 72d street, N. Y. City.

Jones, Mr. William Lock Box 120, Lewistown, 111.

Kawasaki, M. Mitsujiro Nishimachi, Yokkaichi Ise, Japan.

Kendall, Miss Alice C Birds Oak, Auburndale, Mass.

Kennedy, Mr. George G Readville, Mass.

Klem, Miss Mary J 1808 y2 Lafayette Ave., St. Louis, Mo-

Kono, Mr. Gakuichi ....4th Buddist Middle School, Hiroshima, Japan.

Koyama, M. Genji Higashisa Kuramachi, Kioto, Japan.

Krout, Prof. A. F. K. . . Glenolden, Delaware Co., Pa.

Lachenaud, M. Georges • • • • Nexon, Haute-Vienne, France.

Lamprey,. Mrs. E. S 2 Guild street, Concord, N. H.

Leavitt, Mrs. Byron C Millbrook, Mass.

Lesdain, M. Bouly de .16 Rue Emmery, Dunkerque, Nord, France.

Lett, Rev.. Canon Henry W . . . Aghaderg Glebe, Loughbrickland,

Co. Down, Ireland.

Lippincott, Charles D .Swedesboro, New Jersey.

Lorenz, Miss Annie 96 Garden street, Hartford, Conn.

Lowe, Mrs. Josephine D Noro ton, Fairfield Co., Conn.

Macoun, Prof. John. ............. ..Sussex street, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada.

McConnell, Mrs. S, D. .......... Easton, Maryland,

McDonald, Mr. Frank E. .417 California Ave., Peoria, 111.

Marshall, Miss M. Alice. ...Box 57, Still River, Mass.

Martens, Mr. J. W. , Jr. .Shrub Oak, Westchester Co., N, Y.

Maxon, Mr. W. R .U. S. Nat. Museum, Washington, D. C.

Merrill, Mr. G. K. ...... . . . . . 564 Main street, Rockland, Maine.

Metcalf, Mrs. Rest-E. Hinsdale, N. H.

— 20 —

Miller, Miss Mary F

Miller, Mr. Robert K

Mirick, Miss Nellie

Moir, Mr. Wm

Naylor, Mr. J. P

Nelson, Mr. N. L. T

Newman, Rev. S. M

Nicholson, Mr. Wm. Edward

O'Connor, Mrs. J. T

Oleson, Mr. O. M

Okumura, Prof. Shutai

Palmer, Mrs. Rebecca L. . . .
Perrine, Miss Lura L ....... .

Plitt, Mr. Charles C

. . . . 1109 M street, N. W., Washington, D. C.

14 East Pleasant street, Baltimore, Md.

...... .28 East Walnut street, Oneida, N. Y.

. 48 Spring Park Ave., Jamaica Plain, Mass.

Greencastle, Ind.

3968 Laclede Ave., St. Louis, Mo.

1818 M street, N. W. , Washington, D. C.

Lewes, Sussex, England.

Garden City, N. Y.

Fort Dodge, Iowa.

1st Middle School, Kochi Ken, K6chi, Japan

81 Columbia Heights, Brooklyn, N. Y.

.609 Normal Ave., Valley City, No. Dak.
1706 Hanover street, Baltimore. Md.

Pollard, Mr. Charles Louis 2420 Fourteenth street, Washington, D. C.

Pratt, Miss Henrietta A 63 Central street, Waltham, Mass.

Puffer, Mrs. James J - • • ■ Box 39, Sudburv, Mass

Rapp, Mr. Severin Sanford, FI.

Rau, Mr. Eugene A Bethlehem, Pa.

Read, Mrs. R. M 3 99 High street, West Medford. Mass.

Renauld. Mons. T 3 Rue Miron, Nice, France

Reynolds, Mr. L. Russell Box 1293, Seattle, Wash

Robinson, Mr. C. B N. Y. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, N. Y. City.

Rondthaler, Miss E. W Moravian Seminary, Bethlehem, Pa.

Schumacher, Miss Rosalie Millington, N. J.

Seely, Mrs John A 62 Washington street, Ogdensburg, N. Y.

Sheldon. Dr. John L .Morgantown, - West Virginia.

Sherman, Dr. Lewis 448 Jackson street. Milwaukee, Wis.

Sherwood, Mr. Wm. L 36 Washington Place. N. Y. City.

Shreve, Mr. Forrest .Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md.

Smith, Mrs. Annie Morrill 78 Orange street, Brooklyn, N. Y

Smith, Mrs. Charles C 286 Marlborough street, Boston, Mass.

Stevens, Mrs. Mary L .39 Columbia street, Brookline, Mass.

Stevens, Mrs. O. H 32 Pleasant street, MarlboroM ass.

Stockberger, Prof. W. W Bureau Plant Industry, Washington, D C.

Streeter, Mrs. Hannah 504 Marshall street, North, Philadelphia. Pa.

Streeter, Mrs. Milford B 113 Hooper street, Brooklyn, N. Y.

Sweetzer, Prof. Albert R University of Oregon, Eugene, Oregon-

Talbot, Mr, Samuel S. 392 Spring street, Portland. Maine.

Taylor, Mrs. Augustus P Thomasville, Georgia.

Thompson, Mrs. D. G Brooklyn, N. Y.

Thompson, Miss Esther H Box 407, Litchfield, Conn.

Towle, Miss Phebe M 19 Orchard Terrace, Burlington, Vermont.

Vander Eike, Mr. Paul .Marine Mills, Minn.

Warner, Miss Edith A ... 78 Orange street, Brooklyn, N. Y.

Watts, Rev. W. Walter, .“The Manse.” Young, New South Wales,

Australia.

Webster, Mr. Hollis 16 Prentiss street, North Cambridge, Mass.

Wheeler, Miss Harriet .Chatham, Columbia Co., N. Y.

Wheeler, Miss Jane 248 Lark street. Albany, N. Y.

Williams, Mrs. Mary E Wernersville,. Pa.

Williams, Mr. R. S. . . .New York Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, N. Y. City.
Young. Mrs. H. E. . . . Atlin, British Columbia.

rAj-LOJ LnJinJTJT.nJlJTJlJTJTJTJT.jnJTJTJTJTJTJTJTL^

VOLUME X NUMBER 2 5

MARCH 1907 H?

The BRY0L0GI5T

AN ILLUSTRATED BIMONTHLY DEVOTED TO

NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES

HEPATICS AND LICHENS

EDITOR

ANNIE MORRILL SMITH

CONTENTS
Further Notes on Cladonias, No. IX (Ulus.)

Bruce Fink 21

The Genus Calypogeia and its Type Species

Alexander W. Evans 2k

Rhacopilum tomentosum {III us.) Elizabeth G. Britton 31

Miss Clara E. Cummings ( Obituary ) '33

Lescuraea frigida in Vermont .... Annie Lorenz 3k
Report of the Sullivant Moss Chapter Meeting ... 35

Sullivant Moss Chapter Notes 33

Offerings ........ (See Cover ) 3

§ Entered at the Post Office at Brooklyn, N. Y., April 2, 1900, as second class ot mail
jjj matter, under Act of March 3, 1879.

d Published by the Editor, 78 Orange St., Brooklyn, N. Y., U

OTJTjmJT-TLnJTJTmiJTJTnJTJTJTJTJlJTJT^^

PRESS OF MC BRIDE & STERN, 97-99 CLIFF STREET. NEW YORK

THE BRYOLOGIST

gimxrtttMij gxrnvttal

DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN
MOSSES, HEPATICS AND LICHENS

ALSO OFFICIAL ORGAN OF

THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER

EDITOR

Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith

ASSISTED BY

Mr. A. J. Grout, Ph.D. /

Dr. J. W. Bailey )

Mr. G. K. Merrill

Miss Caroline Coventry Haynes . . .

Mosses

Lichens

Hepatics

Subscription, $1.00 a Year

Single Copies, 20 cents

Four Vols. 1898-1901— $1.50 Five Vols. 1902-1906-85.00

THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER

officers for 1907

President— Mr. E. B. Chamberlain . . 519 West 121st Street
New York City

Vice-President— Mr. G. K. Merrill .... 564 Main Street
Rockland, Maine

Secretary — Dr . John W. Bailey . 4541 Fourteenth Ave., N.E.

Seattle , Wash.

Treasurer— Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith . 78 Orange Street
Brooklyn , N. Y.

Plate IV. —Fig. i. A Cladonia squamosa denticollis f. squamosissima
X 2. B Natural size.

Fig. 2. A. C. squamosa phyllocoma X 2. B Natural size.

THE BRYOLOGIST.

Vol. X.

March, 1907

No. 2.

FURTHER NOTES ON CLADONIAS. IX.

Cladosm squamosa and Giadonia subsquamosa.

Bruce Fink.

As promised in the last paper of this series (Bry. 9; Nov., 1906) the
species to be considered next in order is Cladonia squamosa. A somewhat
close relationship seems to exist between this species and two of those con-
sidered in the last paper, viz Clado.nia caespiticia and Cladonia delicata .
When we consider the differences that appear in the horizontal thalli of the
three species, we can hardly think that we have a possible immediate gen-
etic line in these species, but the relation is close enough to cause frequent
confusion on the part of persons reasonably well acquainted with lichens. If
the considerations below and preceding, with the accompanying figures, aid
in alleviating the difficulties encountered in the study of these plants, the
writer will have accomplished his purpose.

The close relationship between Cladonia squamosa and Cladonia sub-
squamosa is generally admitted by lichenists, and the two species are there-
fore considered in succession in the present paper.

There is still one other difficulty that will be met in the study of Cla-
donia squamosa, and that is confusing certain forms of this species with
forms of Cladonia furcata. The squamules, both of the primary thallus
and the podetia, should furnish sufficient means for differentiation, to say
nothing of the podetia, and yet the separation is not always easy to make.
As good cladoniologists as Dr. Wainio and L. Scnba failed to agree on a
form of Cladonia furcata collected by the writer at Fayette, Iowa. Mr.
Scriba thinking it might be a form of C. squamosa rather than C.furcatay
but surely all one species, and Dr. Wainio thinking from the material exam-
ined that both species were represented in the material sent. Repeated'
studies at the spot where the plant grows fully convinced the writer that all
belonged to the one species. C. furcata. A considerable portion of this,
material is still in the writer's herbarium, and specimens will be sent to any
persons sufficiently interested to send for them.

Cladonia squamosa (Scop.) Hoffm. Deutschl. FI. 2: 125. 1796. Primary

thallus commonly persistent, composed of middling sized or rarely large,
crenate, irregularly-subdigitate or subpinnate-laciniate squamules, which
are 1.5-7 mm. long and 1-5 mm. wide; ascending, flat or involute; scattered
or clustered and rarely cespitose so as to form a compact crust; sea-green
varying toward ashy or brown above: below white; the cortex continuous.
Podetia arising from the surface of the primary thallus, rarely dying at the
base; 10-85 mm. long and 2-5 mm. in diameter: subcylindrical or rarely
trumpet shaped; irregularly turgescent; clustered, erect, ascending, decum-
bent or irregularly flexuous; rarely simple or commonly more or less irregu-
larly or radiately branched, the branches erect or spreading, the axils fre-

The January BRYOLOGIST was issued January 2, 1907.

quently open- decorticate or sparsely areolate-corticate, or subcontinuous
toward the base, the areoles sometimes scattered or entirely disappearing
above where the podetia are sometimes sorediate: the corticate portions
commonly squamulose with frequently laciniate squamules; ashy, sea-green,
olivaceous or brown, or these colors variegated: commonly cup-bearing.
Cups abruptly dilated, medium sized or small, usually perforate, the mar-
gin commonly repeatedly proliferate. Apothecia small, 0.5-0. 7 mm. in diam-
eter; on the margin of the cups or at the ends of branches or proliferations;
subsolitary or clustered; thinly margined or immarginate; flat or becoming
convex; brown or rarely pale brown or possibly approaching brick-red.
Hypothecium pale. Hymenium pale or pale-brownish below and commonly
brownish above. Paraphyses usually simple, sometimes thickened and
brownish toward the apex. Asci clavate or cylindrico-clavate. Plate IV.
Figs. 1. A and B.

On soil, especially humus, or on rocks partly covered with soil, rarely on
rotting wood. Grows best in shaded moist places. Examined by the writer
from New Bedford, Mass. (H. Willey, who determined as C. delicata ),
Washington (W. W. Calkins, who determined as C. decor ticata), Newfound-
land (A. C. Waghorne), White Mountains (W. G. Farlow), New York (E. A.
Burt and Carolyn W. Harris), Ohio (E. E. Bogue), North Carolina (H. A.
Green), New Hampshire (Clara E. Cummings and G. K. Merrill), Maine (col-
lector unknown), Missouri (Colton Russell), Nebraska (T. A. Williams), Iowa,-
Minnesota, Illinois, Ohio, Puget Sound, Alberta and British Columbia (Bruce
Fink), Ontario (A.. C. Waghorne), Alaska (Wm. Trelease). Listed from
Florida by Eckfeldt and Calkins, and Wainio adds Greenland, Vancouver
Island, Alabama, and Louisiana. For further wide distribution in British
America see John Macoun’s “Catalogue of Canadian Plants,” part VII.
The above gives a general North American distribution, and the plant is
also known in all the grand divisions.

The plants listed above, so far seen by the writer, seem to be var. denti-
collis (Hoffm.) Flk., which is common in Europe and America and must
stand for the species.

Cladonia squamosa muricella (Del.) Wainio Mon. Clad. Univ. 1: 431.
1887. Podetia cupless, commonly almost completely decorticate, sometimes
sparsely sorediate, more or less squamulose.

Cited by Wainio from Vancouver Island, and listed from Massachusetts
by H. Willey. The writer has seen the variety from Alaska, collected by
Wm. Trelease, Known also in Europe, Asia and South America,

Cladonia squamosa multibractiata (Flk.) Wainio Mon. Clad. Univ.
1: 437. 1887. Podetia cup-bearing and almost destitute of squamules, corti-

cate.

Determined from Rainy Lake City, northern boundary of Minnesota, by
Dr. Wainio. The plants were small, the podetia being 10-25 mm. long and
1-2.5 mm. in diameter, with irregular and proliferate cups. H. Willey
regards this the common form at New Bedford, Massachusetts, and the writer
lias found it in Iowa. Not known elsewhere in North America, and only
found elsewhere in Europe.

—23—

Cladonia squamosa phyllocoma Rabenh. Clad. Eur. i860. Podetia
cup-bearing subcontinuously or areolate corticate, more or less squamulose.
The squamules are said to be rather large, btit this is not true of the plant
determined by Dr. Wainio from Minnesota and figured herein.

A single collection from Emo, Ontario, along the northern boundary
of Minnesota, has been placed here by Dr. Wainio. A European variety,
not known elsewhere in North America. Plate IV. Figs. 2. A and B.

Cladonia subsquamosa (Nyl.) Wainio, Mon. Clad. Univ, 1: 445. 1887.

Primary thallus composed of middling-sized squamules, which commonly dis-
appear sooner or later. Podetia arising from the surface of the squamules,
12-35 mm. long in ours and becoming twice as long in foreign plants;
subcylindrical or tubaeform: sometimes cup-bearing; irregularly branched
or rarely simple; axils sometimes perforate: the apices cup-bearing,

obtuse and perforate or rarely subulate; erect, the cortex verrucose or
areolate or almost wholly decorticate; sometimes squamulose towards
the base and squamulose-scaly higher up; whitish-sea- green or varying
toward brownish: the base sometimes dying and becoming dark colored.
Cups when present perforate, and the margin becoming repeatedly prolifer-
ate. Apothecia commonly small, o. 5-0.7 mm. in diameter; subsolitary or
more or less aggregated at the apices of the branches; flat and thinly mar-
gined or becoming convex and immarginate, brown. Hypothecium pale.
Hymenium pale below and brownish above. Paraphyses with thickened
apices. Asci clavate. Specimens seen sterile and apothecial characters taken
wholly from Dr. Wainio.

A single collection from the same locality as the last variety was placed
here by Dr. Wainio. The specimen was collected on earth over rocks.
Previously known in North America only from Vancouver Island and
Alaska. A rare plant, Dr. Wainio citing a single locality from each of the
following grand divisions, — Europe, South America and Australia.

In closing this paper, a word is in order regarding the photographs
for illustration. These have been furnished thus far, in part, by Mr. C. J.
Hibbard, Dr. E, T. Harper and Mr. G. K. Merrill, and in part by the
Bryologist, The writer spent a summer with Mr. Hibbard photographing
lichqns, and it was through this connection that Mr, Hibbard was called upon
to illustrate the first paper. Since then, Mr. Merrill has furnished the photo-
graphs for four papers, Dr, Harper for one and the Bryologist for the other
two. During the session of the University of W ashington Marine Station, for
the summer of 1906, the writer was with Dr. Harper, who was doing a large
amount of photographing of lichens and fungi, and gained his consent to
illustrate the remainder of the papers of this series. So we are under obliga-
tion's to Dr. Harper until the series is finished.

Our illustration of Cladonia squamosa is from a specimen sent by L.
Scriba of his own collecting in Germany, and named by him Cladonia
squamosa var. denticollis, form squamosissima Flk. , while that of the var.
phyllocoma is from the specimen collected by the writer at Emo, and deter-
mined by Dr. Wainio. Miami University, Oxford, Ohio.

— 24 —

THE GENUS CALYP0GE1A AND ITS TYPE SPECIES.

By Alexander W. Evans.

Dr. Emilio Levier, of Florence, a careful student of the Hepaticae, has
recently given excellent reasons why the generic names Kantia and Cincin-
nulus should be set aside in favor of Calypogeia A Since Kantia has been
accepted in North America for several years, a discussion of these reasons
may perhaps be of interest to American botanists.

The genus Calypogeia of Raddi was published in 1818.1 2 3 In its original
form it was composed of two divisions or sections, the first, A (examphigas-
triatae), for species without underleaves, the second, B (amphigastriatae), for
species with underleaves. In the section -A, Raddi placed two species, C.
ericetorum and C. flagellifera, the first proposed as new, the second based
on one of Micheli’s prelinnaean species. In the section B, he placed a single
species, C. fissa (with the variety integrifolia ), but quoted under this species,
as synonyms, the following: Mnium fissum L., Jungermannia sphaero-

cephala With., Jungermannia Trichomanis Dicks., a prelinnaean species of
Dillen, a species of Micheli, also prelinnaean, and Jungermamiia calypogea
Raddi, the last-named species having been published ten years previously. 3

The Jungermannia Trichomanis which is here given as a synonym was
based on Mnium Trichomanis L. At the time Raddi wrote, M , Trichomanis
and M. fissum were not considered distinct from each other, and both may
be found quoted as synonyms of Jungermannia Trichomanis in Hooker’s
British Jungermanniae, published in 1816. There is nothing surprising,
therefore, in the fact that Raddi made no attempt to keep them apart.

Three years after the appearance of Calypogeia , S. F. Gray proposed
the genus Kantia (or Kantius ), with the single species K. Trichomanis . 4
Under this species, following the example of Hooker, he gave both Mnium
Trichomanis and M. fissum as synonyms. The following year the genus Cin-
cinnulus of Dumortier was published,5 6 also with a single species, C. Tricho-
manis , which was the precise equivalent of Kan'tia Trichomanis S. F. Gray.
Both Gray and Dumortier were at that time ignorant of the earlier work of
Raddi, and Dumortier was also ignorant of the work of Gray.

In 1829 Corda recognized the genus Calypogeia and proposed the name
C. Trichomanis . 6 He based his species on Jungermania Trichomanis
Dicks, and, like his predecessors, included under this species 'both Mnium
Trichomanis and M. fissum. Why he chose Trichomanis as the specific
name and discarded fissa , which Raddi had already chosen, is not stated.
Perhaps it is because M. Trichomanis precedes M. fissum in the Species
Plantarum of Linnaeus, where these names first appear.

In 1836 Nees von Esenbeck also accepted the genus Calypogeia but saw

1 Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital. 1902: 92-98.

2 Mem. Soc. Ital. delle Sci. in Modena 18: 42. 1818.

3 Atti dell’Accad. delle Sci. in Siena 9: 236. pi. 3,f. 4-6. 1808.

4 Nat. Arr. British Plants 1 : 706. 1821.

5 Comm. Bot. 112. 1822.

6 Opiz, Beitr. zur Naturg. 653. 1829.

—25

the necessity for dividing it into two genera corresponding to Raddi’s sec-
tions, A and B. He proposed the generic name Gongylanthus for section
A, and reserved the name Calypogeia for section B. 1 In the Synopsis
Hepaticarum the two genera are understood in this same sense, and they
continued to be so understood for nearly thirty years.

Early in the seventies Lindberg revived the generic name Kantia and
applied it to the genus Calypogeia as restricted by Nees von Esenbeck.
At the same time he discarded the name Gongy lanthus and restored to this
genus the name Calypogeia ,2 In other words, while recognizing the two
genera into which Nees von Esenbeck had divided the original genus, he
reserved the name Calypogeia for Raddi’s section A, and applied to the
section B the next oldest available name Kantia .

Since this time there has been considerable diversity in the usage of the
names. Some botanists have followed Nees von Esenbeck: others have fol-
lowed Lindberg; still others, while accepting Calypogeia in Lindberg’s
sense, have repudiated the name Kantia in favor of the later name Cincin-
nulus. The course to be adopted naturally depends upon which of Raddi’s
three original species ought to be considered the type of the genus.

From the fact that Raddi quotes Jungermannia calypogea as a syno-
nym of Calypogeia fissa, Levier draws the conclusion that C. fissa is the
species which furnished to the new genus not only its characters but even its
name, and that it constituted the primordial type of Calypogeia ten years
before the other two species, C. ericetorum and C. flagellifera , were estab-
lished. On this basis he asserts that it would not be justifiable to emend
or restrict the genus in such a way that C. fissa should be excluded. Of
course it was precisely this result which was brought about by Lindberg
when he reserved the name Calypogeia fjpr Raddi’s section A.

Levier’s position is fully supported by the International Rules of Nomen-
clature adopted at Vienna by the recent Botanical Congress. Unfortunately
these rules do not discuss directly the important subject of generic types, but
Article 45 provides fully for the present case. The first two sentences of this
article are as follows: When a genus is divided into two or more genera, the

name must be kept and given to one of the principal divisions. If the genus
contains a section or some other division which, judging by its name or its
species, is the type or the origin of the group, the name is reserved for that
part of it. Applying these rules to Raddi’s genus it is clear that the emended
Calypogeia must be reserved for section B, because this section contains the
species Jungermannia calypogea , even though this species be treated as
a synonym.

The Code of Botanical Nomenclature which was recommended by the
Commission appointed by the Botanical Club of the American Association for
the Advancement of Science treats the matter of generic types more fully.
Under Canon 15 (e) the statement is made that “the application to a genus
of a former specific name of one of the included species, designates the

1 Naturg. der europ. Leberm. 2: 405. 1836; 3: 7. 1838.

2 See Acta Soc. Sci. Fenn. 10: 506. 1875.

— 26 —

type.” The type of the genus Calypogeia would therefore be C. fissa ,
because a former specific name of this species was colypogea , The fact
that this specific name has an adjective form while the generic name includes
an additional letter to convert it into a substantive can hardly be offered as
an objection to this conclusion.

It thus becomes evident that neither Kantia nor Cincinnulus can be
maintained, because both these genera were based upon a species which is
clearly congeneric with Calypogeia fissa. It is equally evident that Raddi’s
section A must bear the generic name Gongylanthus of Nees von Esenbeck,
and that section B must represent the genus Calypogeia in its restricted
sense. It is a noteworthy fact that these views are becoming more and more
widely held by European botanists, and it is probable that they will be
accepted by everybody in time.

The selection of Calypogeia fissa as the type of the genus is beset with
certain difficulties but is based on definite principles. It introduces the stu-
dent at once, however, to difficulties of a more subtle nature, due to the fact
that European writers interpret C. fissa in very different ways. By some its
validity is unquestioned ; by others it is considered a variety or even a mere
form of C. Trichomanis ; by others the name has been applied to plants
which are evidently distinct from those originally described by Raddi ; by
still others, who recognize its distinctness jin a provisional sort of a way,
transitional forms are alluded to which connect it with C. Trichomanis .

It has already been noted that C. Trichomanis and C. fissa were both
based on Linnaean species of Mnium. Whether Linnaeus actually distin-
guished these two species is doubtful. When he first published them he
drew their characters entirely from the writings of his predecessors, and
it is natural to assume that he based them upon these writings rather than
upon a personal study of the plants themselves. As Howe justly remarks
the only way in which these species can now be interpreted is by means of
the prelinnaean descriptions which Linnaeus quotes.1

Under Mnium Trichomanis the only species referred to is the “ Mnium
trichomanis facie, folio lis integris”oi Dillen;8 under M. fissum two spe-
cies are quoted, viz. : “ Mnium trichomanis facie, foliolis bifidis" of Dillen * 3
and fungermannia terrestris repens , foliis ex rotunditate acuminatis
bifidis: apertura pene visibili" of Micheli.4 Dillen’s herbarium is pre-
served at Oxford, and the hepatics which it contains were carefully exam-
ined by Lindberg over thirty years ago. The results of this examination
have been published in three distinct reports, which appeared in 1874, 1877,
and 1883, respectively. 5 U nfortunately these reports are at variance with one
another, at least so far as Mnium Trichomanis and M. fissum are concerned.
In all probability, however, the last report represents Lindberg’s latest views
on the subject, and will be the only one here quoted.

1 Mem. Torrey Club 7: 135. 1899.

2 Hist. Muse. 236. pi. 31, f. 5. 1741- 3 L. c. 237. pi. 31, f. 6.

4 Nov. Plant. Gen. 8. pl.5-.f- *4- 1729-

5 Not. Sallsk. pro F. et FI. Fenn. Forh. 13: 353-356 *- 1S74; Hepaticologiens Utveckling,

Helsingfors, 1877; Kritisk Granskning af Mossorna uti Dillenii Historia Muscorum, Hels-

ingfors, 1883.

— 27—

Among the specimens labeled “ Mnium Trichomanis facie, foliolis
infegrisi" LindLerg found two species, which he referred to Kantia caly-
pogea (Raddi) Lindb. and K. fissa (L.) Lindb., respectively.1 2 3 Dillen’s
figure, however, is said to represent the first of these species only. Among
the specimens labeled “ Mnium Trichomanis facie, foliolis bifid is,” he also
found the same two species but states that this time K. fissa is the one rep-
resented by Dillen’s figure. Lindberg had already identified the second
species quoted by Linnaeus under M. fissum as K. calypogea* but no impli-
cation is made that this determination was based on a study of Micheli’s
specimens. It should perhaps be emphasized that Kantia fissa Lindb. is by
no means the same as Calypogeia fissa Raddi, but represents instead
the species which is commonly known as C. arguta Nees & Mont. K. caly-
pogea, on the other hand, was supposed to be the same as Calypogeia
fissa.

It is clearly apparent from these statements that Mnium fissum L. is
an aggregate species, but it is difficult to defend Lindberg’s action in restrict-
ing the name fissum to one' of the component parts when Raddi had already
appropriated it for the other. Perhaps it was because he considered the
name more applicable to C. arguta than to what he called K. calypogea ,
perhaps because Dillen’s species was first published* earlier than Micheli’s.
The second reason might have weight even at the present day, were it not
for the fact that Dillen’s species, on Lindberg’s own showing, was based on
an indefinite specific type. That Lindberg had an accurate conception of
C. arguta is evident from the full description of this species which he pub-
lished.4 That he had an equally accurate conception of Raddi’s funger-
mannia calypogea is not so clear. Although he has never given a full
description of his K. calypogea, he has repeatedly emphasized the inflores-
cence as yielding important ditferential characters between this species and
K. Trichoinanis. According to his statements K. calypogea is characterized
by an autoicous inflorescence and K \ Trichomanis by a paroicous inflores-
cence. Why he applied the latter name to a paroicous species after he had
shown that the Dillenian plant upon which it was based was autoicous is a
question raised by Howe, but this question becomes of minor importance in
the light of some of the recent studies which have been made on C. Tricho-
manis. From a study of a large series of specimens of this species, Douin5
has shown that its inflorescence is exceedingly variable, and that autoicous,
synoicous and dioicous individuals occur along with the paroicous. In
fact he regards an autoicous inflorescence as perhaps the most normal type
for the species. These researches show that differences in the inflorescence
are insufficient by themselves to separate species in this genus, and they
therefore cast much suspicion on certain of Lindberg’s determinations, mak-
ing it probable that some of the specimens which he called K. calypogea would

1 Krit. Gransk. 12.

2 Hepat. Utv. 28.

3 In Ray, Syn. Meth. Stirp. Brit. 79. 1724 (Ed. III.).

4 Not. Sallsk. pro F. et FI. Fenn. Forh. 13: 363. 1874.

5 Rev. Bryol. 3 1 : 107, 108. 1904.

—28 —

now be included under C. Trichomanis. For these reasons Lindberg’s inter-
pretation of the two Dillenian species of Mnium can be accepted only with
reservations.

At the present time the Continental botanists who recognize C.fissa as a
species, although ascribing to it an autoicous inflorescence, no longer make
this the basis for separating it from C. Trichomanis , and it is worthy of
mention that they had ceased to do so even before the appearance of Douin’s
paper. They emphasize rather certain peculiarities found in the leaves and
underleaves. According to these writers the leaves are variously bidentate
at the apex, the teeth being sometimes large and conspicuous and sometimes
barely apparent. The underleaves are relatively small but are character-
ized by being broader than long: they are deeply bifid with the sinus often
extending beyond the middle, and their distant and usually blunt lobes,
although sometimes undivided, often show a blunt supplementary tooth on
the outside. One of the best of the recent descriptions is that published by
C. Muller, of Freiburg.1

The British hepaticologists, who also recognize the species, emphasize
the characters which have just been noted. For some reason, however, they
call the plant Kantia Sprengelii (Mart.) Pears.,2 instead of applying to it
the specific name of Raddi. The writer has been able to demonstrate this
fact by comparing a specimen of K. Sprengelii, collected by Slater at Castle
Howard in Yorkshire, with a specimen of C. fissa, collected by Levier in
the vicinity of Florence. These specimens fully agree with each other.
Whether they represent the Jungermannia Sprengelii of von Martius3 is a
much more doubtful matter. This species was originally described from
specimens collected near Nuremberg and was said to differ from J. Tricho-
manis in its smaller and more deeply bifid underleaves with acute laciniae,
and in its less frequently emarginate leaves. J. Sprengelii was recognized
as a species by Dumortier4 and also by Hiibener, 5 but Nees von Esenbeck
reduced it to a variety under C. Trichomanis and did not consider it very
clearly marked. Until very recently the plant has been scarcely recognized
by either French or German botanists. In 1899, however, Heribaud6 applied
the name Sprengelii to what he considered a slender variety of Cincinnulus
Trichomanis , growing among Sphagna, and Boulay7 and Douin8 have
adopted it in the same sense. It is hardly probable that either this interpre-
tation or the very different one arrived at by the British botanists was based
on a study of the original J, Sprengelii , and a comparison of Pearson’s fig-
ures with those of von Martius will show at once that they could hardly have
been drawn from the same plant. Apparently a complete understanding of

1 Beihefte Bot. Centralbl. 13: 98. 1902.

2 Hep. British Isles 138. pi. 52. 1900.

3 FI. Crypt. Erlang. 133. pi. 3, f 6. 1817.

4 Syll. Jung. 73. 1831 (as Cincinnulus Sprengelii).

5 Hep. Germ. 63. 1834.

6 Muse. d’Auvergne 492. 1899.

7 Muse, de la France 2: 51. 1904.

8 Mem. Soc. Sc. Nat. Cherbourg 35: 271. 1906.

—29—

J. Sprengelii has not yet been reached, but there seems to be no good reason
for applying this name to the Calypogeia fissa of Raddi.

In the opinion of the writer C. fissa should -be recognized as a species,
although its close relationship to C Trichomanis cannot be denied. All
writers agree that the latter species is extremely variable, and it is prob-
ably on this account that C. fissa has been so long overlooked or misunder-
stood. Certain forms of C. Trichomanis are especially puzzling because they
fail to show the characters of the species clearly and even simulate some of
the characters which have been assigned to C. fissa. In typical forms the
leaves are imbricated, undivided at the apex and scarcely or not at all decur-
rent at the base, while the underleaves are large and orbicular with a shal-
low apical sinus and rounded undivided lobes. Under conditions which
interfere with normal development the leaves tend to become scattered and
long-decurrent, thus changing their form completely, and the underleaves
become smaller and more deeply bifid, and sometimes show acute divisions.
The leaves even show a tendency at times to bebidentate, but this is usually
most strongly marked on slender branches or at the base of a normal branch
and is frequently associated with the formation of gemmae. In all proba-
bility these bidentate leaves represent a reversion to a primitive or juvenile
condition rather than a normal variation. In C. fissa the bidentate leaves
are found on robust individuals, and although not invariably formed they are
sufficiently frequent to yield a striking specific character. When they are
found associated with small and deeply bifid underleaves there will be little
danger of failing to distinguish the species. The synonymy of C. fissa may
be given as follows:

Calypogeia fissa (L.) Raddi.

Mnium fissum L. Sp. Plant. 1114. 1753 (in part).

fiingermannia fissa Scop FI. Carn 2: 348. 1772 (Ed. II.).

Jungermannia sphaerocephala With. Bot. Arr. British PI. 3: 854, 1796

(Ed. ill.).

Junger7)tan7iia calypogea Raddi, Attidell’ Accad. delle Sci. in Siena 9: 236.
pi. j \f. 4-6. 1808.

Calypogeia fissa Raddi, Mem. Soc. Ital. delle Sci. in Modena 18: 44. pi. 6,

f. 3. 1818.

Calypogeia Trichoi7ianis repa7ida Nees, Naturg. der europ. Leberm. 3: 89.
1838.

Ka7itia Tricho7na7'iis fissa'Lind.b. Acta Soc. Spi. Fenn. 10: 508. 1875.

Kantia calypogea Lindb. Hepat. Utv. 20. 1877.

Calypogeia TrichotTianis fissa Bernet, Cat. des Hepat. Suisse, etc. 108.
1888.

Kantia Sprengelii Pears. Hep. British Isles 138 . pi. 32. 1900. Not Pii7iger-
77ian7iia Sprengelii Mart.

Cincmnulus calypogea C. Mull. Frib. Beihefte Bot. Centralbl. 13:98. 1902.
Cincinnulus Tricho77ianis fissa Boulay, Muse, de la France 2: 51. 1904.

Calypogeia fissa is known, to have a wide geographical distribution in
Europe although its range has not yet been very definitely ascertained. It
seems on the whole to flourish best in warm climates. Scarcely anything is

—30—

known about its distribution on this side of the Atlantic, where it seems to be
much rarer. Pearson notes the occurrence of his Kantia Sprengelii in North
America but gives no stations for it, and at the present time the author is
able to record only two localities, viz. : Lafayette, Louisiana, Lang lots, and
Devonshire Marsh, Bermuda, Mrs. Britton. Specimens from the first local-
ity were distributed in Hep. Amer. 179 (as Kantia Sprengelii ), and the Ber-
muda specimens have already been listed by the writer (as K. Trichomanis'). 1
Doubtless its true range is much more extensive than these meager records
would seem to indicate.

There is perhaps some danger of confusing C. fissa with C. Sullivantii
Aust.,2 a species which has an extensive range in the eastern part of the
United States, especially along the Atlantic coast. C. Sullivantii is also
characterized by bidentate leaves and by small and deeply bifid underleaves,
each division of which commonly bears a small supplementary tooth on the
outside. It is, however, smaller and more delicate than C. fissa and usually
grows scattered among other plants of in loose thin tufts, instead of in com-
pact mats. Its underleaves are often squarrrose or even reflexed, and their
divisions and supplementary teeth are acute. In the majority of cases each
division is tipped with a row of two or three cells and each tooth consists of
a single projecting cell, but of course these numbers are subject to some
variation. The cuticle of the leaf-cel s yields another differential character
of importance, being minutely verruculose or striulate, instead of smooth
as in C. fissa. C. Sullivantii seems to be the North American repre-
sentative of the European C. arguta, the two species agreeing in nearly
all respects. The most important difference between them is to be found
in the teeth of the leaves. In C. Sullivantii these teeth are small and usually
parallel with each other, the sinus being narrow: in C. arguta they tend to
be larger and are more or less divergent, the sinus being broad and shallow.
C. arguta has been reported from a greenhouse in Philadelphia,3 but there
is no evidence that it. is native in this country.

Another North American species which is even more closely related to
C. fissa than those so far considered is the West Indian Calypogeia portori=
censis (Steph.) comb. nov. 4 This species was originally described from Porto
Rican specimens but is now known from St. Vincent, Dominica and Jamaica.
It seems to be most at home on logs in moist forests, especially at rather
high altitudes, and under these conditions frequently forms pure mats of
considerable extent. C. portoricensis is more robust than C. fissa , and its
large leaves are rounded at the apex but yet bear two minute teeth sepa-
rated by a shallow sinus. These teeth exhibit comparatively little variation
in size. The underleaves are less deeply bifid than those of C. fissa and are
attached by a more highly arched line; in most other respects the two
species resemble each other closely. Yale University.

1 Bull. Torrey Club 33: 131. 1906.

2 Bull. Torrey Club 6: 18. 1875. Kantia Sullivantii Underw. Bot. Gaz. 14: 196. 1889.-

3 See Under wood, ]Bull. Torrey Club 19: 300. 1892.

4 Kantia portoricensis Steph. Hedwigia 27: 280. pi. / i,f 1-3. 1888. According to Spruce
(Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 30: 355. 1894), a synonym of this species is Kantia vincentina H.
Wright, Jour. Sot. 28: 106. 1891.

Plate V. Rhacopilum tomentosum (Sw.) Brid.

— 32-

RHACOPILUM TOMENTOSUM (Sw.) BR1D.

Elizabeth G. Britton.

This genus and species are not recorded within the limits of the United
States in Lesquereux and James’ Manual, though Rau and Hervey listed
them in their catalogue of 1880. Specimens were first collected at Donaldson-
ville, Louisiana, by Dr. Charles Mohr in November, 1856, and named for him
by Dr. Carl Muller, who indicated its wide tropical and subtropical distribution.
This species was described as Hypnurn by Swartz in 1788 and the type local-
ity was Hispaniola, presumably from the western part of Haiti or Santo
Domingo.

Scraps of the type material have been examined at Kew and the British
Museum, and a duplicate West Indian specimen from Swartz has beenTound
in the Mitten Herbarium. Drawings have been made by Miss Taylor from
one of these co-types and from the specimens collected by Dr. Charles Mohr
in Louisiana for the accompanying plate.

My first acquaintance with this species was made in Bermuda in Septem-
ber, 1905, where it was found in great abundance in Church Cave, growingon
damp rocks in shade and fruiting. Since then it has been found in Jamaica,
and all the West Indian and Central American specimens have been care-
fully studied and compared. This seemed imperative for the names, syno-
nyms and varieties given by Paris Index Ed. 2. 4: 164. 1905, indicated that
there was a mixture and very wide distribution with considerable variation.

The synonymy of the North American species is as follows:

Rhacopilum tomeiitosum (Sw.) Brid. Bryol. univ. 2:719. 1827.

Hypnum tomentosum Sw. Prod. FI. Ind. occid. 141. 1788.

Hypnurn tomentosum Hedw. Muse, frond. 4: 48, t. 19. 1797.

Plants dark green: stem creeping, branching and tomentose with brown
radicles: branches erect; leaves curled and twisted when dry, the upper
smaller than the lower; lower leaves 1-2 mm. long by half as broad, vein
excurrent with a subulate awn, upper leaves fewer, smaller with points
nearly as long as the blade: margins more or less coarsely and unevenly ser-
rate above the middle; cells hexagonal, basal oblong, slightly decurrent,
median cells o 008-0.017 mm. X 6.008-0.012 mm., inflated or slightly mamil-
lose, occasionally minutely papillose. Monoicous, perichaetial leaves smaller
and long-subulate. Seta 2-3 cm. long, stout and red; calyptra 2 mm. long,
cucullate and hairy; lid conic-rostrate, annulus simple, falling with the lid,
neck slightly strumose; capsule curved, 5 mm. long, walls ribbed when dry,
with 4-10 rows of quadrate collenchymatic cells alternating with narrower,
longer parenchymatic cells; peristome double; teeth brown with paler papil-
lose tips; endostome white and papillose, carinate segments split; cilia
appendiculate and papillose: spores green, 0.013-0.016 mm., smooth.

On decaying trunks of trees in deep woods and Cypress swamps. On the
shore at the Bay of Bayou Lafourche, Donaldsonville, Louisiana, Chas.
Mohr. November and December, 1856.

Type locality: “Hispaniola,” O. Swartz. “On roots of trees near

■33-

rivers.” Widely distributed in the West Indies, from Bermuda, Cuba, Haiti,
St. Domingo, Jamaica, Guadeloupe and Trinidad. Also in Central America
from Mexico, Panama, Costa Rica, Guatemala and Nicaragua. Also in
South America from Venezuela, Columbia, Ecuador, Brazil, Bolivia to the
Argentine Republic and Paraguay. Also credited to Africa and Asia and
Java by Paris. New York Botanical Garden.

Explanation of Plate V.

The figures were drawn with a magnification three times greater than
that indicated and the resulting figures were reduced one- third.

Rhacopilum tomentosum, from St. Domingo. Co-type Swartz.

Fig. i. Branch showing arrangement of large and small leaves, X 6%.

Figs. 2, 3. Outlines of large leaves, X 12 X-

Figs. 4, 5. Outlines of small leaves, X 12 X-

Fig. 6. Apex of large leaf showing excurrent costa, X 80.

Fig. 7. Median cells from large leaf, X 195-

Fig. 8. Surface view of cells showing papillae, X 333X-

Fig. 9. Cross section of large leaf, X I38X-

Fig. 10. Cross section of stem, X 80.

Rhacopilum tomentosum from Louisiana, Dr. Mohr.

Fig. 11. Branch showing arrangement of large and small leaves, X 6%.
Figs. 12, 13. Outlines of large leaves, X 12X.

Figs- 14, 15. Outlines of small leaves, X12 X*

Fig. 16. Apex of large leaf showing excurrent costa, X 80.

Fig. 17. Median cells from large leaf, X 195-

Fig. 18. Outline of curved leaf showing wavy surface caused by rounded cells
and papillae, X 58 X*

Fig. 19. Surface view of cells from large leaf showing papillae, X 333X-
Fig. 20. Cross section of large leaf, X I38X-
Fig. 21. Cross section of stem, X 80.

MISS CLARA E. CUMMINGS.

Hunnewell Professor of Cryptogamic Botany at Wellesley College.

On the day of our recent Chapter meeting at Columbia, Dec. 28th, one
of our most valued members died. There is a brief notice in “ Science,” Jan.
11, 1907, page 77. The following obituary appeared in the “Boston Evening
Transcript,” Monday, Dec. 31, 1906:

MISS CLARA E. CUMMINGS.

Hunnewell Professor of Cryptogamic Botany at Wellesley College.

Miss Clara Eaton Cummings, Hunnewell professor of cryptogamic botany,
Wellesley College, died in Concord, N. H., Friday, after an illness of sev-
eral months. The funeral services were held Dec. 30th, at the house of her
niece, Mrs. Worthen, 24 Fayette street, Concord, N. H.

Professor Cummings has ;been to a peculiar degree identified with the
history of the college, which she so loyally served. Entering as a stndent in

—34—

1876, a year after the first opening of Wellesley, she at once showed so
marked a talent for the study of botany, especially for the identification of
cryptogamic flora, that she was retained as a permanent member of that
department of study, bearing the title of curator of the museum, 1878-79,
instructor in botany, 1879-86. After a period of study in Zurich, Miss Cum-
mings returned to the college as associate professor of cryptogamic botany.
In 1905 she became Hunnewell professor of botany, with temporary charge
of the department. In 1906 her title was changed to that of Hunnewell pro-
fessor of cryptogamic botany, in recognition of the closely specialized work
in which she had reached distinction, and with the hope that freed from the
burden of administrative cares she would gain strength for new enterprises
in her chosen field. Her health, however, proved to be seriously impaired.

Among the published works of Professor Cummings are “Lichens of
Alaska and Labrador;” she also edited “ Decades of North American Lich-
ens,” and was associate editor of “ Plant World;” she was fellow of the Amer-
ican Association for the Advancement of Science; a member of the Society of
Plant Morphology and Physiology (vice president in 1904), of the Mycologi-
cal Society, Torrey Botanical Club, Boston Society of Natural History and
Boston Mycological Club. Her studies were quickened and exalted by a
passionate love of nature in its loftier forms. Especially dear to her was the
mountain region of North Woodstock, N. H., her summer home. To those
who knew her in those inspiring scenes, she seemed one with the genius of
the place. Affectionate, gentle, trusting, brave of heart and blithe of spirit,
she was in her life blessed by the devoted attachment of noble friends to
whom her death brings lasting sorrow.”

LESCURAEA FRIGIDA IN VERMONT

Annie Lorenz.

The species in question was collected by Dr. A. J. Grout and the writer
on Mt. Mansfield, Vt., July 6, 1906, during the summer meeting of the Ver-
mont Botanical Club.

The specimens grew on the eastern face of a granite rock, on the path to
the Ice Cave on the “Upper Lip” of the mountain, at about 4300 ft. alt.

They were of a bronze-golden color, quite closely appressed to the rock,
and were sterile. They were hastily collected as Pterigynandrum, but upon
examination by Mrs. Britton and the writer it proved to be a Pseudoleskea
of such puzzling appearance that it was submitted to Dr. Best.

He reports it as Lescuraea frigida Kindb. very close to his own Pseudo-
leskea substriala, which however is a British Columbian species, and he pre-
fers to keep Kindberg’s name for the eastern form.

Lescuraea frigida Kindb. Eu. & N. Am. Bryineae 1: 26, 1897.

“ Leaves from subovate base nearly gradually narrowed to the long sub-
ulate or filiform-pointed acumen, recurved to it and distinctly decurrent; cells
sublinear except the quadrate alar ; costa sometimes long-excurrent. Stem-
leaves generally entire; branch-leaves serrulate at the whole acumen, some-
times short-acuminate and faintly mamillose. Capsules unknown. Stem

— 35 —

subpinnate. Tufts dark brown or blackish, not glossy. Very distinct in ser-
rulate branch-leaves and very narrow leaf-cells. Amer. r. Can., Northern
Labrador: Macoun, 1896.”

Lescuraea frigida was described by Kindberg from specimens collected
at Clearwater Lake, northern Labrador, in 1896, (Mac. Cat. VII. p. 273. 1902.)
but this is the first report from New England.

It ought to occur among the White Mountains, as well as in Vermont as
it is not dependent upon limestone, but being sterile, it has probably hitherto
been overlooked. Hartford, Conn.

REPORT OF THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER MEETING.

The fourth public meeting of the Sullivant Chapter was held at 2 p. m,
on December 28, 1906, in Schermerhorn Hall of Columbia University, New
York City, in connection with the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science. Owing to a most interesting discussion, under the direc-
tion of the Botanical Society of America, held in an adjoining room at the
same hour, the number in attendance varied, many coming to us before the
hour of the formal opening and others giving a portion of the time. Through
the kindness of Prof. Underwood, a room was placed at our disposal for the
day. Mr. Chamberlain and Miss Haynes were present early in the morning to
arrange the exhibit. The walls were hung with mounted sheets of mosses,
hepatics and lichens, and with photographs of noted scientists.

The exhibits were as follows: Mrs. M. L. Stevens showed two volumes

of mosses collected during the summer of 1906. Miss Alice C. Kendall sent
water-color sketches, with mouuted specimens of the mosses colored. A simi-
lar book of water-color sketches was sent by Mrs. Dunham. Mr. Hill, of
New Westminster, B. C., sent a valuable series of mounted mosses and
lichens, accompanied by notes. These specimens are to be added to the
Chapter Herbarium. Mr. Hill intended to present a descriptive paper, but a
serious accident prevented its completion. Miss Cora Clarke was present and
presided over a unique exhibit, her own invention. Numerous herbarium
sheets, each devoted to a single species of moss, were ruled into twelve
squares marked for the months of the year, and specimens of a moss from a
given locality, collected during as many different months as possible, were
mounted in the proper squares. The Monthly Chart thus shows, at a glance,
the varying stages of the moss and the comparative development of different
species. The execution of the work was most artistic. Miss Lorenz exhib-
ited a series of mounted mosses from Willoughby, Vermont. Microscopes
were furnished and Miss Haynes presided over her exhibit of slides of rare
hepatics and of original drawings. Mrs. Smith exhibited a series of artist’s
drawings with the half-tone proofs from each, also plates from original
specimens and from photographs showing the various methods of illustrating
The Bryololgist. Mr. Rapp presented a series of specimens collected in
Florida Prof. Holzinger sent a large number of duplicates from his Musci
Boreali Americani Exsiccati, to be given away as souvenirs. Last, but by
no means least in interest, was a long line of photographs of native as well

— 36—

as of foreign lichenists, loaned by Prof. Bruce Fink, who also presented to the
Chapter sixty rare lichens.

The meeting was called to order by the President, Mr. Edward B. Cham-
berlain, and the following program offered, the reading of reports and other
formalities being dispensed with.

Dr. A. W. Evans, “ Species of Calypogeia New to North America.”

Miss Annie Lorenz, “On the Genus Catharinea in Hartford County.”
A discussion followed this paper.

Mrs. E. G. Britton gave an informal talk on matters of general botani-
cal interest and exhibited mounted specimens illustrating the beautiful moss
flora of Jamaica, with comments on some West Indian genera. She passed
around for examination a rare fossil moss, found by Prof. Cockerell in
Nebraska, which she has determined as a species of Grimmia. This is the
fifth fossil moss that has been described and the first ever found in fruit.

Miss Emmerson described a possible new species of moss, Andreaea Toc-
coae, showing specimens and drawings.

Prof. Bruce Fink gave a brief survey of the noted lichenists, whose
photographs he exhibited, with a tribute to Wainio, and followed this by an
interesting account of recent collecting tripsin the Canadian Rockies.

Dr. Grout gave an informal talk on the ways in which amateurs may
render valuable contributions to botany.

Mr. R. S. Williams closed the formal program with an account of the
recent purchase of the Mitten Herbarium by the New York Botanical Garden,
and showed various genus covers illustrating Mitten’s method of work. A
discussion followed.

On account of lack of time, the following papers were read by title:
“Notes on Pogonatum tenue (Menz.) Britton,” by B. F. Bush: “ A List of
Missouri Mosses, with Notes,” by Rev. Charles H. Demetrio: “Common
Mosses of Central New York,” by Mr. B. D. Gilbert: “ Moss Notes,” by Mrs.
Lamprey, and “A New List of North American Species of Parmelia,”by Mr.
G. K. Merrill. Much to our regret, Mr. Reginald Heber Howe, Junior, was
detained by illness and, therefore, his paper with lantern illustrations was
not given. Mrs. Harris, too, was unable to present her paper on account of
illness. Dr. Best, though urged, declined to speak, saying that he came
only to enjoy the good things prepared.

At the close of the regular program a delightful social hour was passed,
greeting old and new friends, and examining the exhibits.

Secretary pro tern.

SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER NOTES.

Eight names have been added to the list of Chapter Members sin ce Janu-
ary ist. No. 166. Mr. Wilbur H. Wright, 6338 Ellis avenue. Chicago, 111.
No. 167. Mr. Stewart H. Burnham, Assistant State Botanist, Geological
Hall, Albany, N. Y. No. 168. A. H. MacKay, LL.D., Education Office,
Halifax, Nova Scotia. No. 169. Miss Anna Jenks, Secretary Botanical
Club Southern Pines, N. C. No. 170. Mr. W. F. Copeland, Clark Univer-
sity, Worcester, Mass. No. 171. Mr. George E. Nichols, 596 Yale P. O.,
New Haven, Conn. No. 172. Mr. A. Bruce Jackson, Mapledene, Newbury,
England. No. 173, Ernest I. Morgan, Esq., 314 Main street, Worcester,
Mass.

rnruu UTTUTririnjTJinjTj\njijTJTrirLriJTJTJTjTJi^^

VOLUME X NUMBER 3 5

MAY 1907

The BRY0L0GI5T

AN ILLUSTRATED BIMONTHLY DEVOTED TO

NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES

HEPATICS AND LICHENS

EDITOR

ANNIE MORRILL SMITH

CONTENTS

A Memoir of Prof. Clara E. Cummings {Portrait) Bruce Fink
Further Notes on Cladonias X {Illustrated) . Bruce Fink
Catharinea in Hartford County .... Annie Lorenz
Notes on Recent Literature . . A. J. Grout

North American Musci Pleurocarpi {A Review) J. M. Holzinger
Die Europaieschen Torf moose {A Review) A . LeRoy Andrews
Book Notices .... Edward B. Chamberlain
Lichens of Mount Monadnock, R. H. Howe, Jr.

Census Muscorum Australiensium, Watts & Whitelegge

Pogonatum tenue B. F. Bush

Notes on Catharinea rosulata .... T. C. Frye
Climacium Americanum in Decoration A. Bruce Jackson

Webera sessilis and Ants .... Charles C. Plitt

A Red Andreaea Cora H. Clarke

Sullivant Moss Chapter Notes and Offerings

Ionian tosf/gri

q Entered at the Post Office at Brooklyn, N. Y., April 2, 1900, as, Second class ot mail
^ matter, under Act of March 3, 1879. $1

g Published by the Editor, 78 Orange St., Brooklyn, N4Y., U, S. A,

duTI IJTJTJTUTJTnJTJTJTJTJTJTnJTJTnjTJTriJlJ^^

PRESS OF MC BRIDE & STERN, 07-99 CUFF STREET. NEW YORK

THE BRYOLOGIST

IPmmxttxI# gmmxat

DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN
MOSSES, HEPATICS AND LICHENS

ALSO OFFICIAL ORGAN OF

THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER

EDITOR

Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith

ASSISTED BY

Mr. A. J. Grout, Ph.D. )

Dr. J. W. Bailey j

Mr. G. K. Merrill

Miss Caroline Coventry Haynes . . .

Mosses

Lichens

Hepatics

Subscription, $1.00 a Year

Single Copies, 20 cents

FOUR Vols. 1898-1901 — $1.50 Five Vols. 1902-1906—15.00

THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER

OFFICERS FOR 1907

President— Mr. E. B. Chamberlain . . 35 West 59th Street
New York City

Vice-President— Mr. G. K. Merrill .... 564 Main Street
Rockland, Maine

Secretary— Dr. John W. Bailey . 4541 Fourteenth Ave., N.E.

Seattle , Wash.

Treasurer— Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith . 78 Orange Street
Brooklyn , N. Y.

Plate VI — Prof. Clara Eaton Cummings

THE BHYOLOGIST.

Vol. X. May, 1907 No. 3.

A MEMOIR OF CLARA E. CUMMINGS.

Bruce Fink.

To the writer has been assigned the sad duty of adding to the statements
that have already appeared regarding our lamented member of the Sullivant
Moss Chapter. More especially, the request made was that something should
be written regarding her work as a botanist. It was my good fortune to have
met Miss Cummings several times at Wellesley College and elsewhere, so
that to the impressions that came from correspondence was added that
knowledge of 'personality which comes only through meeting a co-worker.
That hers was a rare spirit was manifest, both in the personal touch and in
correspondence. There was a very manifest unselfishness, frankness and
devotion to the work that she did because she loved it. The earnestness
patience, enthusiasm and friendliness which made her the ideal teacher also
conduced to her success Jn aiding in the advancement of botanical science.
All who have come into intimate relations with her in either capacity must
have felt her delight in service.

Miss Cummings was a botanist in the highest sense, thoroughly in sym-
pathy with all that is best in her chosen science. Her reputation was by no
means confined to our own country, but she was well known in Europe
through personal acquaintance and correspondence. She will be remembered
especially on account of her contributions to Lichenology, and it is in the
main our present task to place before botanists a somewhat adequate view
regarding her labors in this special field; but we could do no greater injustice
than to do this without referring to her more general knowledge of botany,
and to the strength of character and breadth of culture and sympathy,
which touched the lives of those who .came in contact with her as friend,
teacher or co-wdrker in botany.

We have read with keenest appreciation the statement in the “ Wellesley
College News”, for February 6, 1907, regarding Miss Cummings’ life work as
a teacher in Wellesley College and as a contributor to botanical reseach, and
we can only hope to enlarge somewhat upon the latter. Miss Cummings’
first paper was the “ Catalogue of Musci and Hepaticae of North America,
north of Mexico,” which appeared in 1885. Just when she began her work on
the mosses can hot be ascertained, but I find in my herbarium specimens of
her “New England Mosses ” collected as early as 1880, and specimens of her
“Mosses of North America” collected early in 1884. The packets are not
numbered, and the writer does not know how many plants were distributed
in each of these two sets of exsiccati. Their existence, however, if it may
be assumed that the same accuracy which characterized her later work on
lichen exsiccati obtained, demonstrates that their author possessed a knowl-
edge of mosses before she began her more extended work on lichens.

The March BRYOLOGIST was issued March 1, 1907.

-33-

Miss Cummings also issued a set of “New England Lichens.” Just
when she began the distribution of this set, also unnumbered, is not known
to the writer, but he finds in his herbarium specimens from these exsiccati
collected in 1884. This indicates that she possessed a considerable knowl-
edge of lichens at this time, and it appears that the surroundings of her New
England home inspired an interest in mosses and lichens quite early. Born
at Plymouth, New Hampshire, July, 1855, doubtless Miss Cummings was at
work on these plants before or during her years as a student in the New
Hampshire Normal School in her native village, previous to entering Welles-
ley College in 1876. At least it is stated that she showed excellent ability in
the determination of lower plants at this early date, and we are justified
in the conclusion that there was an earlier period of preliminary study of
these plants.

The list of papers on lichenology, written by Miss Cummings and pub-
lished in her own name contains only three titles, all published during the
last five years of her life. The other papers given in the bibliography con-
tain lists of lichens made by her and published in papers by other botanists,
either from material which she had determined or examined, or as compila-
tions from the work of Tuckerman, Willey and others. Whatever part she
may have had in the making of these lists, the labor involved in their pre-
paration was doubtless insignificant in comparison with that which must
have been necessary in the preparation of exsiccati and “The Lichens of
Alaska.”

The labor involved in issuing “Decades of North American Lichens”
and “ Lichenes Boreali-Americani,” together with the large amount of
determining for others that Miss Cummings kept up for years in connection
with this work, is surely her best contribution to lichenology, — a contribu-
tion quietly performed and much of it entirely unknown, except to the per-
sons for whom she must have spent many weary hours in determining their
specimens. It is well known that the names of A. B. Seymour and T. A. Will-
iams have appeared in the two sets of exsiccati, but these sets of lichens are
after all very largely the work of Miss Cummings. In conjunction with Mr.
Seymour, she began issuing the decades in 1892, and the sets reached three
hundred and sixty numbers. The second edition, “ Lichenes Boreali-
Americani,” began to appear in 1894, and the name of T. A. Williams was
added as co-worker. This series of exsiccati reached two hundred and eighty
numbers. Early in 1905, Miss Cummings began negotiations with the writer
regarding taking the place of Mr. Williams in issuing the sets of exsiccati,
but because of the long-continued illness of the originator of the sets, the
work did not go forward. On account of these later plans, Miss Cummings’
only list of the two sets of exsiccati, arranged alphabetically by genera, has
been in the hands of the writer since August, 1905. This list might be of
some interest, but it is too long to include in the bibliography at the close of
this paper.

I am able to testify from personal experience to the great care which
Miss Cummings exercised in the determining of lichens forher friends. Our

—39-

correspondence began in February, 1893, when the writer sent specimens to
her asking her views regarding some of his determinations. From that time
forward, about sixty letters were received and preserved, besides whatever
unimportant ones may have been destroyed. In all of the discussions
regarding species, Miss Cummings showed care and accuracy. She had
access to the Tuckerman herbarium, and every uncertain thing was subjected
to careful comparison before she ventured a positive statement, whether col-
lected for her exsiccati or sent for her opinion of the species.

This correspondence was always interesting and helpful to the writer, and
is but one of the many instances in which Miss Cummings sacrificed herself
without stint for the benefit of her friends. Some gleanings from these letters
and postals received may be given here without impropriety. There was
the very frequent appeal to try to interest others in the study of lichens, and
the statement that she was sacrificing herself in issuing exsiccati and in her
correspondence for the good of the science of lichenology and for the love of
her work. As early as 1900 she wrote of being hard at work on the Alaska
lichens, and especially the lichens of the Harriman expedition. The writer
has since examined critically many of these Alaska specimens passed on
by Miss Cummings and finds in them even greater evidence of careful work.
The Pringle Mexican lichens were mentioned several times, the purpose
being to make a series of special sets of them. This seems never to have
been accomplished. In 1894, when the writer was inclined to turn from lich-
enology, there was made the same earnest appeal which no doubt came to
many another worker to continue in the work. The offers to loan literature
and aid in any possible way continued even after the time in 1899, when
came the first statements regarding ill health. She wrote several times of
her work which appeared in papers by other persons, among other things,
stating that she did all of the work on the lichens in Charles Mohr’s “ Plant
Life of Alabama,” except the preliminary statement.

Besides her other work, Miss Cummings found time to do a large
amount of lichen collecting in such widely separated, portions of the United
States as New England, Florida, Colorado and California. She also col-
lected on adjacent islands, and I find in my herbarium an occasional speci-
men of her collecting in Switzerland and Italy as long ago as 1887.

Miss Cummings was conservative in all of her work. Her conservatism
appears most plainly in her review of Dr. Albert Schneider’s “Text-book of
Lichenology,” and in her latest and best published contribution to lichen-
ology, “The Lichens of Alaska.” In the paper just named she clings very
closely to the Tuckermanian view regarding genera, in . such genera as
Buellia, Biatora and Lecanora, placing species having very different spore
characters in the same genus. In the treatment of the Cladonias only does
she depart to any considerable extent from Tuckerman’s method, her work
here following Dr. Wainio more largely. The same conservative spirit
manifests itself in her small number of new species, the two published in her
last contribution being the only ones due to her work, though she had col-
lected much where others seem to find new species very readily. A more

-40-

radical person might have had a larger output, but with her nothing was to
be done hastily, and no changes were to be made without most careful con-
sideration. Her work was constantly gaining in quality and influence as is
readily enough seen in improvements in manner of issuing the exsiccati and
in the character of her latest publication. In her early death, December 28,
1906, at a time when she had many unfinished plans for work in lichenology
and was most able to do efficient work, lichenology and botany sustain a
severe loss.

Others have written of Miss Cummings’ life work as a teacher at Welles-
ley College, of the recognition given her. and of various honors conferred upon
her. So it only remains to append a list of her papers, either published
wholly in her own name, or appearing in the writings of others. The two
numbered sets of lichen exsiccati are added after the papers, but not the
earlier distributions of mosses and lichens.

Bibliography.

Cummings, Clara E. Catalogue of the Musci and Hepaticae of North Amer-
ica, north of Mexico. 1-24. Natick, Massachusetts. Howard and Stiles,
Printers, 1885.

, in Dame, L. L.. and Collins, F. S. Flora of Middlesex County,

Massachusetts. Malden; Middlesex Institute. 1-201. 1888. A list of

146 species and varieties, based on the work of E. Tuckerman, Mrs. S.
E. French, J. L. Russell and Clara E. Cummings. Lichen list, pp. 165-
174.

Cryptogams collected by C. Willard Hayes in Alaska, Nat.

Geog. Mag. 4: 160-162. 15 May, 1892. List with localities of one Lyco-.
podium, 15 mosses, 5 hepatics, and 24 lichens. This article is an appendix
to Hayes. C. W. An Expedition through the Yukon District. Nat. Geog.
Mag. 4: 117-159- 15 May, 1892.

■AT • in Cooley, Grace E. Plants, collected in Alaska and Nanaimo,
B. C., July and August, 1891. Bull. Torr Bot. Club, 19: 239-249. 10 Aug.
1892. Lists of 45 mosses and 29 lichens, pp. 247-249.

in Robinson, B. L. and Greenman. J. M. On the Flora of the
Galapagos Islands as shown in the Collections of Dr. G. Baur. Cont.
Gray Herb. 9: (new series). Amer. Jour. Sci. 50: 135-149. 1 Aug. 1895.

A list of six species on page 149.

, in Deane, Walter. The Flora of the Blue Hills, Middlesex

Fells, Stony Brook and Beaver Brook Reservations of the Metropolitan
Park Commission, Massachusetts. Boston: C. M. Barrows and Co. I-
VIII and 1-144. 1896. A list of 36 species and varieties with notes on
distribution, pp. 133-136.

A Review of Schneider’s Text-book of Lichenology. Bot. Gaz.
25: 284-286. April, 1898.

, in Brooks, A. H., Richardson, G. B., and Collier, A. J. Recon-
naissance of the Cape Nome and adjacent gold fields of Stewart Penin-
sula, Alaska, in 1900. House document 547, Vol. 124; serial No. 4198.
1-222. 1901. On page 167 is a list of ten common lichens determined by
Miss Cummings.

—4i—

in Mdhr, Charles. Plant Life of Alabama. Cont. U. S. Nat.

Herb. 6: 1-921. 1901. A list of 225 species and varieties of lichens with
notes on distribution, pp. 267-283.

, in Delabarre, E. B. Report of the Brown- Harvard Expedition*

to Nachvak, Labrador, in the year 1900. Bull. Geog. Soc. Phila. 3: 65-
• 212. 1902. An annotated list of 43 lichens, pp. 196-200.

. Notes on New Species of Lichens collected by the Harriman

Expedition. Science, 15: (new series) 408. 14 March, 1902. Abstract of
paper read before the Society of Plant Morphology and Physiology.
Verrucaria fulva and Pertusaria pocillaria were mentioned as new
species and subsequently described. An Endocarpon was also men-
tioned as new, but has not been described.

, The Lichens of Alaska, Harriman Alaska Expedition, 5: Cryp-

togamic Botany. 1-424. 1904. A list of 217 species and varieties of

lichens collected by the Harriman Expedition, with keys, copious notes
and a bibliography. Of the Harriman Expedition lichens, 76 are reported
as new to Alaska. Other lichens, collected in Alaska are given in brief
summaries below each genus, making the total number of lichens known
for Alaska 462. Total number recorded as new to Alaska in the paper
is 84. Of these, two, Verrucaria fulva and Pertusaria pocillaria , are
described as new species. Pp. 67-149. Plates VIII and IX.

and Seymour, A. B. Decades of North American Lichens.

1892 to 1905. Three hundred and sixty numbers -\yere issued.

, T. A. Williams and A. B. Seymour. Lichenes Boreali-Ameri-

cani. 1894 to 1905. Two hundred and eighty numbers were issued.

Miami University, Oxford, Ohio.

FURTHER NOTES ON CLADONIAS. X.

Cladonia decorticata and Cladonia degenerans.

Bruce Fink.

As to the relationships of Cladonia decorticata, it has been considered a
variety of Cladonia pyxidata , to be considered in the next paper of this
series and has also been placed as a variety of Cladonia pityrea. From
material in the writer’s herbarium, it is apparent enough that specimens
might easily be confused with little-branched and decorticate conditions of
Cladonia squamosa as well as with some conditions of Cladonia furcata
scabriuscula. It seems to the writer that, of the species considered in this
series, the nearest relationship is with Cladonia squamosa, though Dr.
Wainio h'as placed several of the other species already considered or to fol-
low in the series between. The relationship with Cladonia furcata scabrius-
cula, especially its less branched and more decorticate forms, seems quite
near, while that with Cladonia pityrea is not at all close. ' Examination of
an excellent series of European specimens of Cladonia pityrea , received
from L. Scriba, reveals a closer relationship than the last, and yet it does not
appear that Cladonia decorticata should be confused with Cladonia pityrea.

- 42—

A practical difficulty in distinguishing between certain forms of Cladonia
degenerans and Cladonia gracilis dilatata is mentioned below, and the
writer has also had difficulty in separating certain specimens from forms of
. Cladonia crispata. However, this difficulty will not often be met.

It is certain enough that the two species considered in this present paper
are not so closely related to each other, as is each one to some other Cladonia ,
but it is impossible, in the present state of knowledge of the genus, if at all,
to place the Cladonias all in any probable continuous genetic series.

F/g.l.

Cladonia decorticata X2.

Cladonia decorticata (Flk.) Spreng. Linn. Sust. Veg. 4:271. 1827.

Primary thallus finally disappearing and usually more or less replaced by simi-
lar laciniate or crenate. somewhat concave or involute, scattered or clustered
squamules, which are usually small, 1-4 mm. long, and 1-2 mm. wide, light
sea-green above varying toward olivaceous, below whitish or brownish toward
the base. Podetia arising from the surface of the primary thallus ; 9-42 mm.
long and 0.75-2 mm. in diameter; cylindrical, cupless, simple or more or less
dichotomously or irregularly branched, the branches commonly erect or
spreading; the fertile apices often dilated, the sterile ones obtuse or subulate:
the sides sometimes fissured; clustered or subsolitary, erect or rarely ascend-

-43-

ing, or even decumbent ; variously sorediate, areolate and squamulose, the
latter especially toward the base; more or less decorticate between the areoles
or squamules even toward the base ; pale sea-green or brownish, the decorti-
cate portions white. Apothecia middling sized, 0.75-6.5 mm. in diameter;
confluent or conglomerate, at the apices of the podetia or branches: concave,
flat or convex; thinly margined or finally immarginate; usually brown.
Hypothecium pale. Hymenium pale or pale-brownish below and brownish
above. Paraphyses usually simple, commonly thickened and brownish
toward the apex. Asci clavate or cylindrico-clavate. Fig. 2.

On various kinds of soil, especially in dry sunny places. My own collec-
tions in Minnesota on thin earth over rocks. Seen by the writer from Can-
ada (J. Macoun) and from Minnesota (Bruce Fink). Wainio places Tuck.
Licli. Amer. Exs. no. 124, from the White Mountains here. J. Macoun’s
Cat. Canadian Plants, Part VII, records the plant from various parts of Brit-
ish America and from Newfoundland, Alaska and adjacent islands. Known
also in Europe, Asia and Africa.

The plant used for illustration was collected by the writer at Kettle
Falls, Minnesota, and determined by Dr. Wainio.

Cladonia degenerans (Flk. ) Spreng. Linn. Syst. Veg. 4: 273. 1827.

The primary thallus more or less evanescent, composed of usually medium
sized, irregularly laciniately lobed, flat or somewhat involute or convolute,
ascending, scattered or clustered squamules, which are 2-12 mm. long and
1 5-10 mm. wide; sea-green varying toward olivaceous above and white
below or darkening toward the base. Podetia arising from the surface of the
primary thallus ; 10-55 mm. long and 0.5-3. 5 mm. in diameter; more or less
irregularly cylindrical or turbinate; erect or ascending; the cortex areolate
with commonly elevated and frequently scattered areoles, the portions
between the areoles subtomentose ; sometimes squamulose; sea-green vary-
ing toward ashy or olivaceous, the decorticate portions white; the sides
rarely more or less grooved and perforate; occurring in larger or smaller
clusters, frequently cup-bearing and proliferate. Cups 1.5-8. 5 mm. in diam-
eter, abruptly or gradually dilated; usually more or less irregular: urceolate
or shallow; commonly dentate or proliferate, the proliferations arising either
from the margin or from the center of the cup and either solitary or radiately
arranged; the ranks 1-5 in number and the lowest 3-20 mm. long; the ster-
ile apices scyphiform, cornute or rarely subulate. Apothecia small to medium
sized 0.5-2. 5 mm. in diameter; regular or finally lobate and perforate ; solitary
or variously clustered at the apices of podetia or proliferations ; convex or flat,
immarginate; brown, varying toward pale or reddish-brown. Hypothecium
pale. Hymenium pale beiow and pale-brownish above. Paraphyses simple
or branched, frequently thickened and brownish toward the apex. Asci
cylindrico-clavate. Ours sterile and the spore and apothecial characters
taken from European material. Fig. 1.

On earth in open, dry places or rarely in dry woods. Rarely on earth
over rocks. Examined by the writer from Wyoming (Aven Nelson), from
Alaska (Wm. Trelease) and from several localities in Minnesota (Bruce

Cladonia degenerans X 3

Fink). Wainio’s distribution adds Port Clarance, Greenland, Newfoundland,
Miquelon, White Mountains, Massachusetts, Virginia and several localities
in British America. The above distribution indicates that the plant is to be
looked for throughout the northern portion of the United States and north-
ward, but still it is not well known. Found in all the grand divisions.

Dr. Wainio has seen fit to divide the species into four forms, two of which
he has recognized in material sent him by the writer from Minnesota. Of
eight of these specimens submitted, Dr. Wainio referred two to the first
form below, one to the second below and five to the species without attempt-
ing to refer to a form. Dr. Wainio admits in his Monograph that the four
forms are scarcely constant or distinct enough to be of any taxonomic value.
So we can do no better for the present than to record below two forms to
which our three American forms have been referred by the best authority on
the Cladonias. Future world-wide study of the species may enable workers
to understand the species and its varieties.

-45—

Cladonia degenerans euphorea (Ach.) Nyl. Syn. Lich. i: 200. 1858.

Podetia without squamules, or the lower portion sparsely squamulose, the
sterile cups regular and the fertile ones subregular, sometimes proliferate.

The plants determined by Dr. Wainio were collected at Kettle Falls and
at Harding, both in northern Minnesota. Not known elsewhere in America.
Well known in Europe One of our specimens submitted to Dr. Wainio
looked suspiciously like Cladonia gracilis dilatata , and was submitted a sec-
ond time with the result that it was returned simply Cladonia degenerans.
We can not question Dr. Wainio’ s determination and now see why he placed
the plant as he did, but the practical difficulty for the ordinary worker in dis-
tinguishing such forms is very great. For the illustration of this form, we
give in one figure plants from each of the two collections. A glance at the
figure will show those acquainted with C. gracilis, which plants of the fig-
ure resemble it most strongly.

Cladonia degenerans cladomorpha (Ach.) Wainio, Mon. Clad. Univ.
1: 141. 1894. Podetia without squamules or sparsely squamulose toward

the base, cup-bearing, the cups irregular with lacerate and sometimes
proliferate margins, or sometimes abortive or disappearing in the pro-
liferations.

A single collection made at Emo along the northern boundry of Minne-
sota, was placed here by Dr. Wainio. Not known elsewhere in America.
Frequent in Europe. Oxford, Ohio.

CATHARINEA IN HARTFORD COUNTY.

Annie Lorenz.

Hartford County, in the Connecticut valley, lies chiefly in a Triassic
region, although the Eastern Highlands enter the southeast corner of the
county at South Glastonbury.

The main formations are sandstones and shales, but the trap dykes are
the most conspicuous features of the landscape. The country east of the
river is largely sand-plain, extending to the foothills of the Highlands. This,
with its western exposure, gives East Hartford a rather warmer climate than
that of the western side of the river, and produces a flora in some respects
curiously resembling that of the shore of Long Island Sound. This makes a
good variety of soils, as the trap, a lime-and-soda feldspar, furnishes the
modicum of lime which is necessary to so many species.

From a geological standpoint, mosses may be roughly divided into three
classes according to their habitat: those requiring lime in the substratum on
which they grow ; those that sedulously avoid limestone, Kalkmeidend , as
the Germans say, and those that are not particular. Kerner holds that it is
not that certain species like the limestone, but that they can tolerate it, while
the others cannot. However that may be, a region containing any lime-
stone has always a much richer flora than one without. This applies with
equal emphasis to the Hepaticae.

The third class above mentioned includes most of the commoner cosmo-
politan mosses, and among them the Catharineae.

-46-

Of our three eastern Catharineae, all occur in the county. C. augustata
is much more common than C. undulata, while in England the reverse is the
case.

Dixon says that the two are separated “by a combination of characters
rather than by any one clearly-defined character.”

C. augustata chooses drier ground, and usually fruits abundantly, while
C. undulata prefers to grow in big cushions along the edges of shady
swamps or streams, and does not fruit as freely as the former. Then, C.
augustata usually has more or less dark red about it, particularly about the
fruit, and the leaves are of an olive-green, while C. undulata has fruit of a
brown ochre, and clear green leaves (about Hooker’s green No. i).

No. 5 of the writer’s specimens are male plants of C. undulata , or rather
the first flowering of the young plants, as the species is paroicous. They
were collected in June ; the antheridia are full-grown, but still immature. The
perigonial bracts resemble the leaves of Hylocomium brevirostre in size
and shape, they have five lamellae, like the leaves.

No. 199 approaches C. imdulata v. minor W. & M. It grew on an old
stump, but is good C. undulata. The plants are less than 1 cm. high,
lamellae 5, capsules brown, erect, 2-3 mm. long, seta 2-2.5 cm.

Catharinea crisp a, while probably common along the Sound shore, is
not so inland. East Hartford, collected Mr. C. A. Weatherby, is, according
to Mr. Collins, the first station reported from the State, but it is undoubtedly
overlooked, or not reported from other places.

East Hartford has the very sandy soil which C. crispa requires, and it
has been found in two quite different parts of the township, in big patches
beside brooks in the woods. Dixon says that the plants are frequently
buried up to the tops of the stem in sand, which is the case with the plants
at the School St. station. He further gives its habitat as “ sides and beds of
rocky streams, among grass or in sand.” Dr. Grout says, “Common in
swamps along the south shore of Long Island.”

The East Hartford stations are in the woods, on sandy banks of streams,
but not in swamps, nor is there a rock larger than a drift pebble in East
Hartford. Sterile C. crispa can easily betaken for Mniumhornum, which
is more than likely to be its next neighbor on the bank where found,
but lamellae can be demonstrated with a little care, although they are few,
1-4, and more or less inconspicuous.

The capsules mature slightly later than those of the other species, they
are dark olive instead of dark red.

These data apply to the typical forms, rather than the abnormal ones,
caused by variations in climate or habitat.

List of Specimens.

C\ augustata Brid.

No. 1. Collected, Hartford, 96 Garden street, Oct. 15, 1901.

No. 181. Collected, W. Hartford, Nov. 4, 1906. 600 ft. On trap ledge,

in ravine above Reservoir 3.

—47 —

No. 187. Collected, Burnside, Nov. 7, 1906. 100 ft. Sandy bank in

Laurel Park. Good material.

No. 200. Collected, W. Hartford, Dec. 2, 1906. 400 ft. Roadside.

Reservoir 3.

C.undulata (Z.) W. M.

No. 2. Newington Mt., March 14, 1902. 200 ft. Good sized fertile mate-
rial.

No. 6. Pomperaug Valley, June 9, 1906. Young plants, male heads,
first flowering.

No. 188. Burnside, Nov. 7, 1906. Laurel Park. Sterile plants, usual
form.

No. 188b, Fertile plants, same station.

No. 199. West Hartford, Nov. 25, 1906. 350 ft. On old stump, edge of

swamp. Reservoir 5. Ad v. minor M. & M.

C. crisp a James.

No. 173. Burnside, Oct. 30, 1906. School street, woods. Bank of
stream in woods. Capsules barely mature. Hartford, Conn.

[Read at the S. M. C. Meeting, Columbia University, Dec. 28, 1906.]

NOTES ON RECENT LITERATURE.

A. J. Grout.

Conocephalum conicum (L.) Dum. ' Ever since I was a mere lad I have
noticed a pungent aromatic smell when traveling along the moist banks of
our Vermont brooks in search of trout or other pleasures, but I never discov-
ered the source of the odor until this last summer (1906). The odor is given
forth by the crushed or bruised fronds of Conocephalum. So far as I can
ascertain this remarkably strong odor is not mentioned in any of our Ameri-
can works. Lett, in his “ Hepaticae of the British Islands.” mentions the
odor as comparable to that of bergamot. In Beihefte Bot. Centralblatt,
181: 327-408, 1905, Eugene Bolleter has a very complete account of exhaus-
tive studies on this plant: of this paper we hope soon to have a full review.
In it the odor of the plant is mentioned but it is called “turpentine-like.”
Go and smell and take your choice between turpentine and bergamot. To
me it is like neither, but has the pungency of turpentine without its quality.

* *

We are interested to note an article to help beginners in the study of
mosses, entitled, “A Word for Mosses,” by Prof. Wm. W. Bailey, in the Am.
Botanist, Dec. 1905. After a rather brief description of methods of study and
an explanation of some common terms, comes a list of living students of
merit We recommend the perusal of this list to those who wish to become
familiar with the methods of the editor of the Am. Botanist, for we attribute
some obvious peculiarities of this list to the editor, not the author.

* *

-48-

Freaks in Mosses. In the Bot. Gazette for August, 1903, Miss Mary C„
Bliss, of Wellesley College, records finding an archegonium of Poly trie hum
juniperinuin with two distinct venters, one above the other, “The lower ven-
ter containing two nuclei, which probably represent the egg cell and the ven-
tral canal cell. The upper venter has doubtless been developed from the first
neck canal cell and contains but a single nucleus. Directly above in the
neck of the archegonium, is the nucleus of second neck canal cell.” In the
February number of the same journal W. C. Coker recorded the occurrence
of two egg cells in the archegonium of Mnium. From her. own observations
and those of Coker, Miss Bliss is led to believe that the neck canal cells are
potential egg cells and that the egg cell and the neck canal cell have a com-
mon origin.

In Hedwigia, 45: 178-181, plates X and XI, Prof. W. Monkemeyer
describes a number of interesting freaks, such as a cleistocarpous capsule of
Bryum saxonicum Hagen, and ten abnormal capsules of Pogonatum nanumr
varying from completely cleistocarpous to operculate, with traces of a peri-
stome attached to the lid. All the capsules of Pogonatum were globular and
had broken through the calyptra instead of tearing it off at the base and car-
rying it up on the top of the sporophyte in the normal way. The setae were
bent and the hairy calyptras attached to their sides. Those of our readers
who have read Dr. R. H. True’s paper on “The Physiology of the Sphoro-
phyte of Funaria and Mnium” in Beihefte Bot. Ceritralblatt, 19l: 34-44, 1905,
will at once infer that the entire abnormality may have followed from the
breaking through the archegonium by the young sporophyte and the conse-
quent inability to develop, like that found by True in Funaria when the
operculum was removed.

A full account of Dr. True’s conclusions will be published in the Bryol-
ogist at an early date.

Prof. Monkemeyer also records several cases of two or three peristomes
in the same capsule, one above the other. In one case in Dicranella varia,
between the urn and the true operculum was inserted a hollow cylinder:
inside this were two peristomes attached by the slender tips of the teeth, the
upper being inverted with its base attached to the lid In a specimen of
Bryum saxonicum there were two hollow cylinders, one above the other, and
three peristomes, the two upper being inverted. In the same species there was
also a case like that of Dicranella varia but the upper portions of the teeth
were not so fully developed. There was an annulus at the base of each peri-
stome but the inner peristome appeared as merely a delicate yellow mem-
brane.

* *

In the Botanical Gazette for August, 1906, Prof. George J. Peirce, of
Stanford University, gives an account of work with “ Anthoceros and its
Nostoc Colonies,” and of field observations on the same. He concludes that
A nthoceros does better without the Nostoc, although he is not able to say that
the Nostoc is parasitic.

—49 —

Authentic and complete lists of mosses of limited areas are of great
value and interest to the systematist, and also to the general biologist by rea-
son of the bearing of plant distribution on the problems of evolution. Of
course absolutely complete lists are an impossibility, they can only be com-
plete as far as recorded observation goes.

The Bryophyta and Pteridophyta of Pennsylvania by the late Prof. T.
C. Porter, edited by Dr. John K. Small, and published by Ginn & Co., is one
of the best of such lists. It seems unfortunate to the reviewer that certain
changes in nomenclature have been made, but in spite of the efforts for uni-
formity there seems still to be a wide variation of taste in the matter.-

In Rhodora for May, 1906, A. LeRoy Andrews gives a list of “ New
England Sphagnaceae, ” with some notes. It may be of interest to our
readers to know that Mr. Andrews has consented to take up work on the
Sphagnaceae with the Sullivant Moss Chapter on his return from Europe.

In the same journal for July, 1906, Mr. J. Franklin Collins gives a simi-
lar list of th & Buxbaumiaceae, Georgiaceae and Polytrichaceae. Some refer-
ence to this list has previously been made in the Bryologist (9: 101) and
some extracts from his notes reprinted.

NORTH AMERICAN MUSCI PLEUROCARPI ISSUED BY
DR. A. J. GROUT.

John M. Holzinger.

Century III of this splendid series, published by Dr. A. J. Grout, Brook-
lyn, N. Y. , has just been completed, the twelfth fascicle having come to hand
at this writing, Jan. 30, 1907. A general review of this work is demanded
at this juncture, both on account of the work itself, and also for the benefit of
all whom the author has placed under lasting obligation by his long sus-
tained, painstaking effort on this collection. This work has been made pos-
sible only by much self-sacrifice on the part of the author, aided, to be sure,
by the generous help of all contributors in various parts of the country. The
writer has himself contributed a number of species, but he knows from
experience that the collecting is the lesser task by far. Dr. Grout’s work
looms up larger and larger in my appreciation as I experience what such a
publication requires in time and sacrifice of pleasures and neglect of routine
and social duties.

This twelfth fascicle is accompanied by a four page pamphlet, more than
three pages of which are taken up with the alphabetical enumeration of Cen-
turies I— III. The last page contains critical notes on Century III. Simi-
lar lists of notes accompanied Centuries I and II after each was completed.
Since this series is widel}r distributed among European as well as American
bryologists, there is no doubt that further critical notes and certainly
critical references will appear in the future in bryological journals on both
sides of the Atlantic. No scientific institution in which work along this line
is carried on can well afford to do without this help. Time and lack of space
forbid the enumeration of the new and rarer species so far distributed. Any
one really interested and desiring to know about this collection will surely

-50-

wish to see the author's full alphabetical list, which can be obtained by apply-
ing to the author at 360 Lenox Road, Brooklyn, N. Y. For the purpose of
stimulating field workers further to turn their attention toward Dr. Grout’s
needs, for he doubtless proposes to continue this series, and also to show
rather definitely the geographical gaps in which new collectors are desired
to arise, I have compiled the following tabulation showing the distribution of
States and collectors represented :

Maine — Miss Alice L. Crockett.

Vermont— Mrs. J. B. Clapp.

Vermont, New Hampshire, New York — A. J. Grout.

Vicinity of Catskill Mountain House— C. F. Austin and E. A. Rau.

New York — B. D. Gilbert, J. W. Martens.

Pennsylvania— D. A. Burnett.

Connecticut— Mrs. J. D. Lowe.

Massachusetts— Miss Cora H. Clarke, Mr. Walter Gerritson, Mr. J. W.
Huntington.

Maryland— Wm. R. Maxon.

District of Columbia — Miss Mary F. Miller

South Carolina — Prof. H. A. Green.

Georgia — Mrs. A. P. Taylor.

Florida — S. Rapp.

Missouri— N. L. T. Nelson.

Illinois— L. M. Umbach, F. E. McDonald.

Wisconsin — L. S. Cheney, J. M. Holzinger.

Colorado — J. M. Holzinger and C. F. Baker. (This should be the read-
ing on the label No. 176.)

Montana — J. M. Holzinger and J B. Blake.

California — M. A. Howe, M. S. Baker and F. P. Nutting.

Oregon — A. S. Foster.

Washington — J. W. Bailey, A. S. Foster, T. C. Frye. J. B. Flett.

British Columbia — J. W. Bailey, E. Wilson.

Canada — H. Dupret, J. Macoun.

This list shows that about thirty-four collectors, working in twenty-two
states and provinces have co-operated with the author, Dr. Grout, in achiev-
ing this notable result. Though much has been accomplished, a moment’s
consideration of the great tracts still awaiting even cursory exploration will
convince any one that the half is not yet done. Less than half the number
of states of the Union, and only a small corner of the vast Canadian region,
to say nothing of Alaska. The choicest, rarest things are yet waiting to be
discovered, among them doubtless scores of species still undescribed. It is
safe to state that one lifetime, even with five times the support so generously
given to the author, will hardly suffice to approximate the completion of this
task. Yet whatever fraction of it is done is a distinct gain for bryology; for
it is sure to make possible a uniform understanding of critical and little
known species by furnishing to most widely separated investigators uni-
formly identical material recognized as typical by the most competent stu-

-51-

dents of mosses in the world. The possession of such a classical collection
by comparative beginners in this study, at any price, is a privilege which is
now for the first time available. It will aid in the more rapid mastery of the
rudiments and in earlier initiation of the tyro into the critical study of diffi-
cult groups of mosses, a field in which the workers are as yet all too few, and
for which it is hoped the younger generation of students will train themselves
in rapidly growing numbers by such splendid aids as Dr. Grout’s North
American Pleurocarpi. Winona, Minn.

DIE EUROPAEISCHEN TORFMOOSE.

Nachtragsheft zu den Europaischen Laubmoosen, beschrieben und
gezeich net von Georg Roth. 80s. II Taf. Leipz.
(Engelmann) 1906. Preis M. 3.20.

Roth has given us in the above a supplement to his two volumes upon
the European mosses, in which the sphagna were lacking, with descriptions
and illustrations upon the same plan. The book fills a much felt want, as
Braithwaite’s admirable work (1880) is inadequate to an understanding of the
forms that have been segregated into species in the past few years, while the
illustrative work of Warnstorf has been scanty, diagramatic and in so far
unsatisfactory. The drawings of Roth are on the other hand realistic in
the extreme, treat admirably the critical points, notably the stem leaves and
the pore system of the branch-leaves, and should help to dissipate the uncer-
tainty with which bryologists have been prone to regard the group. Of the
fifty-seven described European specimens forty-three are definitely known
from North America, while most of the others are to be expected there, so the
work is hardly of less value to the American than to the European bryolo-
gist. The work follows in the main Warnstorf, with consideration of the
author’s own observations and other contributions upon the subject, a very
good bibliography of which is given at the outset. Especially has the
author sought to make available the work of Roll, which has been neglected
owing to its divergent and isolated nomenclature.

As compared with Warnstorf’s late's t treatment the following new names
are to be noted: S. Schliephackei (Roll) Roth, including as variety S.
Schultzii Warnst., S. pseudorecurvum Roll and S. pseudocuspidatum Roth,
an attempt as the names indicate to dispose of some of the troublesome con-
necting links between 5. cuspidatu77i and 5. recurvuTTi. S . pUTigens Roth
inserted between the already closely related S. I7iu7idatu77t Russ, and S.
Gravetii Russ. (=S. auricu latu77t Schpr.), S. turgidwn (C. M. ) Roth for
Warnstorf s S. crassicladu77i , and S. cor7iutu7n Roth for what Warnstorf had
treated as typical S. rufesce7is Bryol. Germ. As an apparent omission, I
would note the failure to allude to the recently proposed species 5. ochracewTi
Glowacki from Carinthia (Jahrb. d. Naturhist. Mus. von Karnten, XXVII,
Klagenfurt, 1904, accordance to reference).

An illustration of the pore-structure of the American S. Mendocmeiwi
Sulliv. is contributed by way of pointing out its distinction from the several

— 52—

related Scandinavian species detected by Harald Lindberg. A valuable
hint as to staining of plants for demonstration of the pore-structure is
appended, while the prefatory note that the author's drawings of non-Euro-
pean mosses preparatory to his publication of the world’s species have
reached the number of 3,940, is of general interest. The book is to be com-
mended as well for its cheapness as its excellence to all interested in our own
sadly neglected American sphagna. A. LeRoy Andrews.

Kiel, Germany.

BOOK NOTICES.

Lichens of Mount Monadnock, New Hampshire, by Reginald Heber
Howe, Junior. (Reprint from Am. Nat. 40: 661-665. Sept. 1906.)

This is an annotated list of seventy-one species and varieties collected
by the author April 5th and 6th, 1906, upon the slopes and summit of Mount
Monadnock (3166 feet) in Cheshire Co., N. H. The notes give the distribu-
tion in the Transition, Sub-Canadian, and Canadian floral zones occurring
on the mountain, the relative abundance of each species, and the substratum.
Specimens of all species listed are in the author’s herbarium.

Census Muscorum Australiensium. A classified Catalogue of the Frondose
Mosses of Australia and Tasmania, collated from available Publications
and Herbaria Records, by the Rev. W. Walter Watts and Thomas White-
legge, F. R. M. S. In two parts. (Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. 27: Pt 3,
Supp. pp. 1-90, and 30: Pt. 4, Supp. pp. 91-163. Sidney, N. S. W.
1902 and 1906.)

These two pamphlets, which are issued under the auspices of the
Linnean Society of New South Wales at the price of five shillings sixpence
for the two, comprise in convenient form a list of the Australian acrocarpous
mosses, including the Sphagnaceae and Andreaeaceae. The introduction
reviews briefly the circumstances that led to the preparation of the list, and
the work which has been done upon the moss-flora of this region by Mitten,
Wilson, C. Mueller, Brotherus, and others. This is followed by an outline of
the classificatory scheme used, which is, in the main, that of Dixon and
Jameson’s “ Handbook of British Mosses.” Regarding the inclusion of cer-
tain names the author says: “ It cannot, unfortunately, be claimed that

there are no synonyms, nor nomma nuda , in this Census., The inaccessi-
bility of specimens, and even, in some cases, of descriptions, the differing
principles of determination adopted by specialists, and the large number of
new species of which we know nothing except the names, make an unchal-
lengeable list of Australian Mosses impracticable at the present stage.”

In spite of these difficulties, nine hundred and eighteen mosses are listed,
exclusive of varieties. No new species are described. The species and
varieties are accompanied by notes, which are by no means bare records of
places and collectors’ names. Much historical matter, discussions of the
identity of doubtful species, frequent references to the original descriptions,
with abundant synonomy, render these notes of great value to the student.

—53—

Such work, while showing upon the surface little evidence of the labor
needed for its performance, will be of the greatest assistance to future work-
ers in untangling the difficult web presented by the Australian Musci. A
list of references, publications consulted, abbreviations, and a generic index
add greatly to the convenience of the work. It is to be hoped that the
authors may be able to complete their undertaking by issuing a list of the
pleurocarpous mosses. Edward B. Chamberlain.

POGONATUM TENUE.

B. F. Bush.

While exploring a deep, moist, shady ravine on the high bluff of the
Missouri river, at Sibley, Missouri, on October io, 1906, I noticed near the
bottom of the ravine on the opposite side, a stratum of hard, reddish-yellow
sand, which appeared to be covered at one place with a deep green scum.
Jumping down in the bottom of the ravine, I was very much surprised and
pleased to see that the green scum was the prothallium of Pogoncituui tenue
(Menz.) Britton, which was now fruiting abundantly.

The bluff at this place is at least three hundred feet above the river, and
about one thousand feet above the Gulf of Mexico, and the’ stratum of sand
in the ravine is about two hundred and fifty feet below the top of the bluff.

This is the second time I have collected this species in Missouri, the
other being at Pleasant Grove, Ripley County, in Southeastern Missouri, in
precisely the same sort of situation on a sand stratum at about four hundred
feet elevation.

The only other time I collected this species was at Spring Hill, Alabama,
in a deep ravine back of the hotel, in exactly the same sort of situation, on a
stratum of sand, in a, deep ravine, about two hundred feet above the Gulf of
Mexico.

NOTE ON CATHARINEA ROSULATA

T. C. Frye.

An examination of type material, .that is, material collected by type col-
lector at type locality and date, indicates that Catharinea rosulata (C. M. &
K.) {A trichum rosulatum C. M. & K.) described in Macoun’s Catalogue of
Canadian Plants, Part VI., p. 148, 1892, is simply Catharinea Selwyni
(Aust.) Kindb. {A trie hum Selwyni Aust. ). The short stem ascribed to C.
rosulata is often found in C, Selwyni , and in such cases the leaves are rosu-
late since they cannot be well otherwise, thus agreeing with C. rosulata.
The leaves in two plants agree in the undulation, dentation, areolation,
form, their scales at the back, and the height and number of their lamellae.
C. rosulata is said to have a leaf which is not margined, but in the material
examined they are margined in their upper part where they are dentate. It
agrees in this with C. Selwyni in which some of the leaves are margined to
the base, others to the middle, and very young ones not at all. Thickened
margins in young leaves would interfere with the normal development of the

-54-

leaf, since cells with thick walls rarely divide or enlarge. The leaves
of corresponding ages in C. rosulata and C. Selwyni are margined the same.
I feel sure no one could separate type C. rosulata from my authentic C. Set-
wyni'xt I were to mix them. University of Washington, Seattle.

March 15, 1907.

CLIMACIUM AMERICANUM IN DECORATION.

A. Bruce Jackson.

Until recently I was unaware that Climacium Americanum had any
decorative value. It is, however, frequently used by English florists for
wreaths and crosses, the dendroid stems being tied in bunches with a pleasing
effect. The much to be regretted practice of dyeing, which is as usual
resorted to, will not however commen . itself to a bryologist. A Newbury
florist tells me that Climacium comes to him from the Oriental dealers in a
dried condition and is called “ Resurrection Moss,” a name given I suppose
because it has the property with other mosses of expanding when moistened.
Two bunches of the moss colored, one olive-green and the other a hideous
dark red, are before me as I write. A friend sent me two or three .years
ago specimens of species obtained from the same shop, and on one of these
there are two capsules, a somewhat rare condition. As five shillings is
charged for a cross made up solely of this moss, its commercial value must
be considerable. I am indebted to Mr. H. N. Dixon for the identification.

Newbury, England.

WEBERA SESSILIS AND ANTS.

Charles C. Plitt.

A year ago, I learned that ants were very fond of the spores of Weber a
sessilis (Schmid.) Lindb. Finding a pretty specimen of this interesting little
moss, I brought it home. Not being able to put specimen away as soon as I
reached home, it was left over night in the vasculum ; in fact, it was several
days, before I again got the time to examine the specimen. What was my
surprise to find it over-run with ants ! Examining the specimen 1 found that
a piece had been gnawed out of the side of nearly every one of the capsules
and that the spores had been removed. Every body familiar with this moss,
with its large capsules, readily sees what an especially fine inducement it
offers for such a depredation.

This at once raised the question, whether such depredations ever occur
in a state of nature. I was almost convinced that such do occur, but it was
only recently that I found further proof that they actually do occur. On one
of my trips during the early part of the present month (Oct. 1906), I came
upon a pretty little patch of the Webera. Taking up a small portion of
it, I saw that it was immediately over an ant’s nest, I at once examined the
capsules and found them gnawed, just as I found that the ants last year had
gnawed the capsules of the plants left in the vasculum.

That this moss is thus pilfered at times, seems pretty evident. It would

— 55—

be interesting to know to what extent. Is it a common occurrence, or is it
only a rare one ? It would also be interesting to know, if any other mosses
are likwise thus attacked. That moss spores should be an especial dainty to
these little insects, is not at all improbable. Baltimore, Md.

A RED ANDRE/EA.

Cora H. Clarke.

On July 3rd, 1906, I was climbing a rocky path in the woods at Manches-
ter, Mass., not far from the ocean, nor much above sea-level, when my eye
was caught by the very dark red color of some small cushions of moss on a
bit of outcropping rock. At least, they appeared red, or a dark red-brown,
by contrast with the other mosses on the same rock. The largest cushion was
but little over an inch across. Some of the cushions bore a little fruit, which
I did not at first recognize to be that of Andresea; there were spores in some of
the capsules.

On July 21st, a visit to this same rock showed the Andresea in a dry condi-
tion, and therefore almost black. Not far off was an almost vertical rock-
wall, of considerable extent, but with growths of moss here and there. Here
again was Andresea but not so much in cushions as in patches with a flat sur-
face. The color was not red at all but black when dry — dark green when wet
—with little fruit.

Both forms answer to the description of Andrecea ruftestris , a species not
new to Massachusetts since Mr. Edwin Faxon found it in Franklin Park, Bos-
ton, Nov. 25th, 1886. His specimens were red rather than dark green, and
showed signs of having borne abundant fruit earlier in the season.

Boston, Mass.

SULUVANT MOSS CHAPTER NOTES.

Dr. A. J. Grout, 360 Lenox Road, Brooklyn. N. Y., would like to arrange
for a Sullivant Moss Chapter exploration of Mt. Washington, N. H., some
time during next July. Those interested please address as above.

Miss Lydia Prichett Borden, Manoa, Pa., under date Jan. n, 1907, writes
that she found Mnium spinulosum B. & S. in full fruit and many plants
with the spores apparently perfectly ripe on January 1st, this year. A friend
also found M. sylvaticum in fruit and a few other species which usually
fruit in spring. These were all found in Delaware County within a few miles
of Philadelphia.

Since March 1st the following persons have qualified as Chapter mem-
bers: No. 174. Dr. Marshall A. Howe, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx

Park, New York City. No. 175. Mrs. L. E, C. Rohrabacher, Hotel Stan-
der, Seattle, Wash. No. 176. Rev. C. H. Waddell, The Vicarage, Saint-
field, Co. Down, Ireland. No. 177. Dr. I. Hagen, Natural History Museum,
Trondhjem, Norway, No. 178. Dr. V. F. Brotherus, Helsingfors, Finland,
Sweden.

In opening a new set of books it has been found advisable to send out all

-56

unpaid accounts both to Chapter members and subscribers. This is not to be
taken as a regular order of procedure, as the understanding is that all bills
become due on the first of each January, and are to be paid without indi-
vidual notice. Receipts are, however, always returned.

OFFERINGS.

(To Chapter Members only. For postage.)

Rev. H. Dupret, Seminary of Philosophy, Montreal, Canada. Dicranum
fulvum Hook.; Paludella squarrosa Brid., from near Montreal.

Dr. J. F. Brenckle, Kulm, North Dakota. Tor tula mucronifolia , B. & S.,
Pterygoneurum cavifolium (Ehrh.) Jur. •

Prof. Thomas A. Bonser, E. 12 Nora Avenue, Spokane, Wash. Hypnum
uncinatum var. symmetricum R. & C. From Spokane.

Dr. J. W. Bailey, 4541 Fourteenth Avenue, Seattle, Wash. Dicranoweisia
cirrhata Lindb. From western Washington.

Mr. E. B. Chamberlain, 35 West 59th street. New York City. Plagiochila
asplenoides (L. ) Dum.: Preissia quadrata (Scop.) Nees. Collected
Pleasant Ridge, Maine.

AMERICAN HE PAX I CAE

When Prof. L. M. Underwood discontinued the
issue of the Hepaticae Americanae he had a good
deal of material on hand originally intended for
future issues; he has very kindly turned this over
to me and I am working it up, with Prof. A. W.
Evans’ valuable assistance in verifying and deter-
mining the species whenever necessary. This,
with material of my own collecting, I propose to
issue from year to year under the title of AMER-
ICAN HEPATICE.

The first issue comprising decades Til, is ready
for distribution. Price, $1.50. As only twenty
sets of these decades are issued it will be necessary
for subscribers to indicate their wishes at once.

Miss CAROLINE COVENTRY HAYNES HIGHLANDS, NEW JERSEY

rn.j-i_ru LnjTJiJXQjTJTJTJxrLrLnjT.nnriJxriJTnjT,j^nnnjxryxi^^

VOLUME X NUMBER 4 5

JULY, 1907

Wm*

The BRY0L0GI5T

AN ILLUSTRATED BIMONTHLY DEVOTED TO

NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES

HEPATICS AND LICHENS

EDITOR

ANNIE MORRILL SMITH

CONTENTS

Further Notes oi^Cladonias XL (. Illustrated )
Notes on Recent Literature .

Do you want your Polytrichaceae Identified?
GRIMMIA DUPRETI n. sp. (. Illustrated ) .

Bruce Fink 57
A. J. Grout 60
T. C. Frye 61
/„ Theriot 62

Lichens of the Adirondack League Club Tract

Carolyn IV. Harris 6k

Validity of Some Species of Fissidens ( Illustrated ) E. J. Hill 67

Catharinea crispa in Maine .... Alice L. Crockett 7k
Polytrichum gracile in Maine (Ulus.) . Elizabeth M. Dunham 75
Sullivant Moss Chapter Notes and Offerings .75

Entered at the Post Office at Brooklyn, N. Y., April 2, 1900, as second class ot mail
matter, under Act of March 3, 1879.

(- Published by the Editor, 78 Orange St., Brooklyn, N. Y., U. S. A.

§-urrirLjriJiJTJiJTJTJiJTnjTJTjanm^

'to

J0L 5 1907

PRE88 OF MC BRIDE A STERN, 97-9S CLIFF STREET. NEW YORI

THE BRYOLOGIST

IpmxwtTxtaj gmtvuaX

DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN
MOSSES, HEPATICS AND LICHENS

ALSO OFFICIAL ORGAN OF

THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER

EDITOR

Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith

ASSISTED BY

Mr. A. J. Grout, Ph.D. )

Dr. J. W. Bailey f

Mr. G. K. Merrill

Miss Caroline Coventry Haynes . . .

Mosses

Lichens

Hepatics

Subscription, $1.00 a Year Single Copies, 20 cents

Four Vols. 1898-1901— $1.50 Five Vols. 1902-1906— $5.00

THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER

OFFICERS FOR I907

President— Mr. E. B. Chamberlain . . 38 West 59th Street

New York City

Vice-President — Mr. G. K. Merrill .... 564 Main Street
Rockland , Maine

Secretary— Dr. John W. Bailey . 4541 Fourteenth Ave., N.E.

Seattle . Wash.

Treasurer— Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith . 78 Orange Street
Brooklyn , N. Y.

Plate VII — Fig. i. Cladowia pyxidata X 3
Fig. 2. Cladonia pityrea X 2

THE BRYOLOGIST.

Vol. X. July, 1907 No. 4.

FURTHER NOTES ON CLADON1AS. XI.

Cladonia pyxidata and Cladonia pityrea.

Bruce Fink.

Cladonia pyxidata is perhaps as easy to distinguish as any of our Cla-
donias, but it is sometimes confused with forms of Cladonia fimbriata , espe-
cially C. fimbriata shnplex, which has rather short podetia and large cups
for ihe species. Some of our best workers in American lichenology have also
confused Cladonia pyxidata with immature and sterile specimens of Cla-
donia deformis. This species could likewise be confused easily with the
northern alpine Cladonia carneola.

Cladonia pityrea is little known in America, and the writer can only
state his own difficulties with the species. Of the forms submitted to Dr.
Wainio, he had supposed the one from Iowa to be an unusual condition of
Cladonia cristatella, two of those from Minnesota had been doubtfully
referred to Cladonia fimbriata , and the others were recognized as very
unusual Cladonias"and sent without attempt at determination.

After a careful study of the effects of KOH on the thalli of Cladonias,
the writer is convinced that in many instances these chemical tests are of
considerable supplementary value in spite of differences due to age of thalli,
differences in substrata, etc. However, in all of the species mentioned
above, the KOH test is always or most usually negative or nearly so, so that
its use in diagnosis, would be of very little or no value. In a supplementary
paper, at the close_of this series, the writer will give the results of his studies
with KOH so that they may be used to supplement the diagnoses.

The specimen of Cladonia pyxidata that furnishes the illustration for
this paper was collected by the writer at Tower, Minnesota, and determined
by Dr. Wainio. That for Cladonia pityrea was collected near Hofheim, Ger-
many, by L. Scriba, and determined by him as follows: “ Cladonia pityrea

(Flk.) Fr. inter 5. cladomorpham Floerk. et 6. hololepidem (Flk.) Wainio.”

Cladonia pyxidata (L.) Hoffm. Deutschl. FI. 121. 1796. Primary th al-
ius commonly persistent, composed of irregularly or digitately incised or
lobate, flat, concave or rarely convex, commonly ascending, clustered or scat-
tered squamules, which are 2-8 mm. long and 1.5-6 mm. wide, sea-green
above or varying toward whitish or olivaceous, commonly lighter and sore-
diate below. Podetia arising from the surface of the primary thallus, 3.5-30
mm. long and 3-4.5 mm. in diameter; turbinate or tubaeform, erect; the
cortex areolate, or verrucose, or subcontinuous toward the base; frequently
more or less decorticate toward the top, rarely more or less squam-
ulose; sea-green varying toward ashy or olivaceous: the decorticate portion
white or ashy-brown: frequently closely clustered; cup-bearing. Cups 1-7
mm. in diameter, regular or irregular; on well developed podetia or the dila-

The May BRYOLOGIST was issued May 2, 1907.

tion beginning just above the primary thallus: the cavity non -perforate and
wholly or partly corticate: entire, dentate or proliferate from the margin, the
proliferations one or more ; the ranks 1-3. Apothecia medium sized, 1-4 mm.
in diameter; solitary or conglomerate; regular or irregular: sessile on the
margins of the cups or on longer or shorter pedicels: flat and thinly margined
or more commonly convex and immarginate: commonly brown and ours all
some shade of brown: scarcely common. Hypothecium pale or pale-brown-
ish. Hymenium pale or pale-brownish below and brownish above. Para-
physes simple or rarely branched, commonly thickened and brownish
toward the apex. Asci clavate. Plate VII. Fig. 1.

1 On earth or rocks, or rarely on old wood, usually in places only moder-
ately moist and shaded. Examined by the writer from New Hampshire (G.
K. Merrill and R. H. Howe, Jr.), Massachusetts (H. Willey), Maine (Clara
E. Cummings and G. K. Merrill), Long Island (H. von Schrenk), New York
(Carolyn W. Harris and E. A. Burt), Ohio (E. E. Bogue and M. Foltz), North
Carolina (H. A. Green and determined as Cladonia turgida ), Louisiana (A.
B. Langlois), Missouri (Colton Russell), Minnesota, Iowa, Ohio, Washing-
ton and Alberta (Bruce Fink), Kansas (H. Willey), Nebraska (T. A. Williams),
Colorado (C. F. Baker and H. H. Butler), Wyoming (Aven Nelson), Montana
(R. S. Williams, L. H. Pammel and M. J. Elrod), New Mexico (F. S. Earle),
Newfoundland (A. C. Waghorne), Alaska (Wm. Trelease), California (H. E.
Hasse). Listed from Alabama by C. Mohr and from many localities in British
America by J. Macoun. But Mr. Macoun has not recognized the first variety
below, and doubtless some of his material belongs there. Willey and Cal-
kins both list from Illinois, and Eckfeldt and Calkins from Florida. Wainio
adds nothing to the general North American distribution given above.

The plants listed above are those which Dr. Wainio would place for the
most part under Cladonia pyxidata neglecta, simply calling certain poorly
developed forms by the specific name only. So far as examined by the
writer the great majority of all specimens belong here, and this form should
stand for the species.

Cladonia pyxidata chlorophaea (Spreng.) Flk. Clad. Com 70. 1828.
The podetia more or less decorticate and sorediate toward the top.

Examined by the writer from Maine (G. K. Merrill), Massachusetts (R.
H. Howe, Jr.), New York (Carolyn W. Harris), Iowa, Minnesota, Washington
and Ohio (Bruce Fink), Tennessee (W. W. Calkins), Montana (M. J. Elrod),
Colorado (C. F. Baker and L. H. Pammel). Newfoundland (A. G. Waghorne).
Also listed from California by H. E. Hasse. Dr. Wainio's distribution adds
Great Bear Lake, Miquelon Island and Pennsylvania. No doubt generally
distributed over North America, but by no means so abundant as the species.
Known in all the grand divisions.

Cladonia pyxidata pocillum (Ach.) Wainio. Mon. Clad. Univ. 2:241, 1894.
Primary thallus of rather large and thick, round-lobed or somewhat incised,
closely adnate or slightly ascending squamules, which are more or less imbri-
cated and closely packed into a commonly olivaceous or brownish crust.
Podetia partly decorticate above, but not sorediate. Examined by the writer

-59-

from Minnesota and Alberta (Bruce Fink), W. W. Calkins lists from Illinois,
T. A. Williams lists as common at Rapid City, South Dakota, H. Willey has
listed from Massachusetts, H. E. Hasse from California, and J. W. Eckfeldt
and W. W. Calkins from Florida. John Macoun gives several localities in
British America, and Wainio's distribution indicated that the plant is con-
fined almost exclusively to arctic or alpine regions. In view of this, the dis
tribution in the United States, as given by American workers in recent years,
may well be considered' with careful re-examination o£ material. Found in
Europe, Asia and Africa.

Cladonia pityrea (Flk.) Fr. Nov. Sched. Crit. 21, 1826. Primary thallus
finally disappearing, when present composed of subdigitate, laciniate or
crenate, involute concave or flat, ascending, clustered or scattered squamules,
which are 1-3 mm. long and 0.5-2 mm. wide, sea-green or olivaceous above
and white below and rarely more or less sorediate-granulose. Podetia aris-
ing from the surface of the primary thallus, 3.5-50 mm. long and 0.5-4 mm.
in diameter, tubaeform, turbinate or subcylindrical; scattered or clustered into-
small patches: usually erect; the cortex subcontinuous and verrucose, or com-
posed of small areoles, the areoles raised and contiguous, or the surface
almost entirely decorticate and frequently sorediate-granulate; sometimes,
more or less squamulose; sea-green varying toward ashy or olivaceous, the^
decorticate portions commonly white, sometimes cup-bearing, the cupless,
and sterile apices obtuse or subulate, simple or digitately or irregularly-
branched. Cups 0.5-3 mm. in diameter, gradually or abruptly dilated, com-
monly more or less irregular, often oblique, the cavity rather shallow; the
margin dentate, lacerate or proliferate, the proliferations one or more and the
ranks 1-3. Apothecia small or medium sized, 0.5-4. 5 mm. in diameter, often
conglomerate; usually on short pedicels on the margins of the cups or at the
cupless apices: the disk flat and thinly margined or becoming convex and
immarginate; commonly brick-red (but ours are more commonly a dark
brown). Hypothecium pale or pale brownish. Hymenium of same color or
darker brownish above. Paraphyses simple or branched, commonly thick-
ened and brownish toward the apex. Asci clavate or eylindrico-clavate.
Plate VII. Fig. 2.

The only American specimens examined by the writer are a half dozen
specimens submitted by him to Dr. Wainio, five from Minnesota and one from
Iowa. Of the six, four were referred by Dr. Wainio to some of the various
forms which he recognizes, and two, one from Iowa and one from Minnesota,
were returned marked simply Cladonia pityrea. Dr. Wainio recognizes the
species from Vancouver Island, Oregon, Massachusetts, South Carolina,
Cuba, Porto Rico, Mexico, and one or two other small islands. This would
give the plant a wide North American distribution, though it does not seem
to be recognized by American lichenists, except those plants determined for
the writer by Dr. Wainio. The species is doubtless a compound conception,
but we can do no better, in the present state of knowledge, than to simply
record below the three forms which Dr. Wainio has been able to recognize in
the specimens sent him by the writer. While this treatment is far from sat-

— 6o —

isfactory, it is hoped that it will enable American workers to recognize the
species and perhaps the forms given below. For other forms that are per-
haps quite as likely to occur with us, the reader is referred to Dr. Wainio’ s
Monograph.

Cladonia pityrea phyllophora (Mudd. ) Wainio Mon. Clad. Univ. 2: 355,
1894. Podetia cupless, only 10-30 mm. in length, more or less squamulose,
corticate and without soredia. But Dr. Wainio admitted here one of our
forms, more or less decorticate. Specimens collected at Emo, on the north-
ern boundary of Minnesota and on Oak Island, in the Lake of the Woods,
were placed here by Dr. Wainio. Elsewhere recognized only in Europe.

Cladonia pityrea subacuta Wainio Mon. Clad. Univ. 2: 355, 1894.
Podetia cupless, 10-35 mm. in length, wholly granulose, or verrueose or
areolate-corticate toward the base, almost devoid of squamules.

A single specimen from Emo was placed here by Dr. Wainio. Not
known elsewhere from North America. More or less common in Europe.

Cladonia pityrea cladomor°pha (Flk.) Wainio Mon. Clad. Univ. 2: 255,1894.
Podetia cup-bearing, the ranks quite short (about 12 mm.), granulose or sore-
diate, often verrueose or areolate-eorticate toward the base, devoid or almost
devoid of squamules.

The great similarity of the last two varieties or forms is apparent
enough from the descriptions, and Dr. Wainio referred the cupless podetia
-of the collection from Emo to the last variety above, and those having cups
to the present one. The taxonomic value of such forms may be doubted,
but we record them, leaving the future to decide as to their value. A speci-
men collected in California by Dr. Given (1869) and sent to the writer as
Cladonia pyxidata was referred to the present form by Dr. Wainio. Except
for these two forms submitted to Dr. Wainio, not recognized in America.
.Several European exsiccati have been placed here.

Miami University, Oxford, Ohio.

NOTES ON RECENT LITERATURE II
Notes on the Physiology of the Sporophyte of Funaria and Mnium.

A. J. Grout.

(R. H. True in Beihefte Bot. Centralblatt IP1: 34-44, 1905.)

This is an account of interesting experiments to discover the exciting
cause of curvature of the seta in Funaria hygrometrica and Mnium cuspida-
tum Hedw. Dr. True concludes that “The young sporophyte, prior to the
development of a distinct capsular rudiment, is either positively heliotropic
or negatively geotropic, and tends to assume a perpendicular position which
is fixed by the further development of the tissues. When in the young
sporophyte the capsular rudiment has begun to develop, a sharp curvature
appears just below the capsule, turning the capsular rudiment into the per-
pendicular position of either a positively geotropic or of a negatively helio-
tropic reaction.”

Further experiments “seem to make it clear that in the case of Mnium ,

-6i —

and probably of Funaria also, the 1 nodding ’ of the capsules is brought
about by the stimulating action of gravity, since the direction of the illumina-
tion does not interfere with the tendency of the capsules to assume the
• nodding,’ or in the case of Mnium, the pendulous position seen in nature.”
“The directive influence of illumination is clearly marked in determining
the plane in which the capsular rudiment shall fall. Sometimes the apex of
the capsule falls toward the light, sometimes from it.”

“In an early growing stage the young sporophytes seem to react some-
what to gravity in a negative sense, tending to bend upward toward the per-
pendicular whether lighted from above or below.”

The following were incidental observations in connection with the experi-
ments. The entire zone of elongation of the sporophyte (in Funaria ) is situ-
ated inside the calyptra. The zone of elongation is limited to a space within
2 mm. from the apex, the most rapid growth being found about 0.8 mm. from
the tip. “ The young seta was found to have reached its complete diameter
at any given point as soon as its growth in length was completed,”

The calyptra appears to serve a very important purpose in preventing
the drying up of the young sporophyte tip. In Fu7iaria, because of the more
dry and exposed habitat of the species, it is only after the capsules are half
grown that they are able to survive the drying out of a few days of hot dry
weather. “ Hence the season for sporophyte formation falls in the moist
season of the year when the temperature is sufficient to allow rapid growth.’’
In Funaria the young calyptra consists of a long beak-like distal portion, an
enlarged sac-like portion contracted at base into a short collar-like portion
which clasps the seta very tightly. Although this sac-like calyptra be
removed with extreme care the sporophyte will not develop unless the cap-
sules be half grown. Dr. True infers that this is due largely, if not entirely, to
the drying out of the fcapsule after the removal of the calyptra. The cells of
the calyptra have abundant chloroplasts, and Dr. True believes that it has
powers of independent nutrition, but is somewhat in doubt as to the source of
its water supply, which is apparently the minute quantity of Water usually
to be seen in the upper part of the calyptra during the earlier stages of
sporophyte development. As Mnium cuspidatu?n grows in moist situations
its calyptra can be, and is, spared much earlier. Brooklyn, N. Y.

DO YOU WANT YOUR POLYTRICHACEAE IDENTIFIED?

In the course of some work on the Polytrichaceae of western North
America, to be published later, the writer has had occasion to attempt the
elaboration of serviceable keys to the species of the family. To test these
keys, and to get a wider acquaintance with the variations in the group the
writer would be pleaSbd to receive for determination, verification, or simply
for examination, collections of Polytrichaceae, including the genera Cathari-
nea (Atrichum), Oligotrichum, Bartramiopsis, Polytrichadelphus, Pogona-
tum, Polytrichum. T. C. Frye,

State University, Seattle, Washington.

— 62 —

'del .

Plate VIII — Grimmia Dupreti n, sp.

—63—

GRIMMIA DUPRETI, N. SP.

I. Theriot.

Explanation of Plate' Viii.

Grimmia Dupreti n. sp.

1. Entire plant X 18.

2. 2, 2. Leaves X 32.

3. Transverse section of a leaf X 95-

4. Perichaetial leaf X 32.

5. Basal aerolation of a leaf X 208.

6. Aerolation in the middle X 208.

7. Aerolation of the apex X 208.

8. 8. Perigonial leaves X 32.

9. Antheridia X 32.

10. Capsule in dry state X 18.

11. Lid X 18.

12. Transverse section of the capsule X 32.

13. Portion of the peristome X 95.

All figures slightly reduced. About one-fifth.

Monoica, obscure viridis, densiuscule caespitosa. Caulis simplex, brevis-
simus, erectus, 3-4 mm. longus. Folia sicca imbricata, madida erecto-
patentia, 1.2 mm. longa, 0.40-0.45 mm. lata, lanceolata, breviter acuminata,
carinata, obtusa, marginibus integris revolutis, costa basi angusta 24/* lata,
ad apicem dilatata, sub summo apice evanida, cellulis inferioribus re'ctangu-
lis, hyalinis a basi et marginibus, 30-40/* longis, 10-12/* latis, cseteris parvis,
quadrato-rotundatis, valde chlorophyllosis, parietibus incrassatis, 6-8/* latis,
laevibus, unistratosis. Folia 'perichsetialia subsimilia caulinis, sed multo
majora, acuta, apicibus breviter hyalinis, basis longius hyalinis, revoluta
in dimidio superiore, 1.5-1.8 mm. longa, e basi semi-vaginente, Cap-
sula in pedicello brevi, 0.6 mm. longo, recto, immersa, erecta, ovato-sub-
globosa, parva, basi rotundato, dilatata ori post maturitatem, sicca plicatula,
paulo angulosa, deoperculata, 0.8 mm. longa, 0.40-0.44 mm. crassa, oper-
culo convexo oblique sat longe rostrato. Peristomii dentes 16, integris,
rubescentes, lseves ; annulus non observari. Calyptra ignota. Sporae lseves,
12-14/* crassae. Flos mascules sub femineo sessilis, foliis perigonialibus
brevibus, ovatis, obtusis, latissimis, valde concavis, cum nervis tenuibus et
angustis; 5-6 antheridiis.

Hab. On mill stone grit, Oka, near Montreal (Canada). Leg. H.
Dupret, 2 August, 1905, No. 95.

Pretty small species, remarkable by its perichaetial leaves much larger
than the stem leaves, its very small capsule, its seta nearly equal to the cap-
sule and consequently more developed than in most species of the subgenus
Sckistidium.

It resembles by some characters the Grimmia atricha Kdb., from which
it is easily distinguished by its revoluted leaves, its smaller capsule, its
longer seta and its peristome with red teeth.

•Havre, France, le iojanvier, 1907.

—64—

[The Editor is responsible for the following translation.]

Grimmia Dupreti Ther & Card.

Monoicous, dark green, rather densely caespitose. Stems simple, very
short, erect, 3-4 mm. high. Leaves imbricate when dry, erecto-patent when
moist, 1.2 mm. long, 0.40-0.45 broad, lanceolate, short-acuminate, carinate,
obtuse, margins entire, revolute; costa narrow at base, 24/1 broad, dilated
towards the apex, vanishing below the tip; lower cells rectangular, hyaline
at base and margins, 30-40 ju long, 10-12 ju broad, other cells small, quadrate-
rounded, strongly chlorophyllose, walls incrassate, 6-8 /n broad, smooth, uni-
stratose. Perichaetial leaves similar to stem leaves, but much larger, the
short hyaline apex acute, hyaline base longer, revolute in upper half, 1.5-1.8
mm. long, from a semi-vaginant base. Capsules immersed on a short
straight pedicel 0.6 mm. long, erect, ovato-subglobose, small, rounded at
base, dilated at orifice when old, plicatulate when dry, slightly angular,
deoperculate, 0.8 mm. long, 0.40-0.44 mm. in diameter; operculum obliquely
convex, rather long rostrate. Peristome teeth 16, entire, rufescent, smooth.
Annulus not observed. Calyptra unknown. Spores smooth, 12-14 jj, in
diameter. Antheridial buds, sessil, below the perichaetial leaves, perigonial
leaves short, ovate, obtuse, very broad, strongly concave with thin narrow
costa; antheridia 5-6.

LICHENS OF THE ADIRONDACK LEAGUE CLUB TRACT.

Carolyn W. Harris.

The following species and varieties of Lichens were collected in June,
1905, by Annie Morrill Smith and the writer in the vicinity of Little Moose
Lake, Herkimer County, New York. The altitude varies from 1788 feet at
the level of Little Moose Lake, Mountain Lodge Club House, to 2460 feet at
the summit of Panther Mountain. The nomenclature and order follow that
of Tuckerman’s Synopsis, except in the genus Cladonia, in which the species
are arranged alphabetically, as no one authority is adhered to in the determ-
inations. All specimens are in the herbarium of the collectors.

1. Ramalina calicaris (L.) Fr. var. fastigiata Fr. On dead spruce.
Panther Mountain, Alt. 2460 ft.

2. Cetraria ciliaris (Ach.) Tuckerm. On dead spruce. Mountain
Lodge, Little Moose Lake, Tote Road to Twin Lake, Alt. 1788 ft.

3. Cetraria lacunosa Ach. On dead spruce. Trail to Fish Hatchery
and the River, Mountain Lodge.

4. Cetraria glauca (L. ) Ach. On branches of dead hemlock. Panther
Mountain.

5. Cetraria Oakesiana Tuckerm. On dead yellow birch. Trail to
Little Moose River, Panther Mountain;

6. Evernia furfuracea (L.) Mann. var. Cladonia Tuckerm. On
branches of dead hemlock, Panther Mountain.

7. Evernia prunastri (L.) Ach. On dead spruce. Panther Mountain.

8. Usnea barbata(L.) Fr. var. Florida Fr. On dead spruce. Panther
Mountain, Trail to First Lake, Tote Road to Twin Lake.

-65-

g. Usnea barbata (L. ) Fr. var. plicata Fr. On dead spruce. Same
localities as above.

io. Parmelia perlata (L.) Ach. On decayed wood. Trail to Fish
Hatchery, Panther Mountain.

n. Parmelia Borreri Turn. var. rudecta Tuckerm. Tote Road to
Twin Lake, Trail to Little Moose River.

12. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) Fr. On old logs. Trail to First Lake, Road
to Twin Lake, Little Moose Lake.

13. Parmelia saxatilis (L. ) Fr. var. sulcata Nyl. On decayed logs.
Trail to Little Moose River, Road to Twin Lake, Panther Mountain, Trail to
First Lake, Little Moose Lake.

14. Parmelia physodes (L.) Ach. On decayed wood. Little Moose
Lake, Road to Twin Lake, Panther Mountain, Mountain Lodge.

15. Parmelia olivacea (L.) Ach. On beech trees. Trail to Panther
Lake.

16. Parmelia olivacea (L.) Ach. var. panniformis Nyl.

17. Parmelia caperata (L.) Ach. On dead wood. Mountain Lodge.

18. Parmelia conspersa (Ehrh.) Ach. On mossy rocks. Little Moose
Lake.

19. Physcia speciosa (Wulf. , Ach.) Nyl. On beech trees. Trail to Lit-
tle Moose River, Panther Mountain.

20. Physcia granulifera (Ach.) Tuckerm. Little Moose Lake.

21. Physcia aquila (Ach.) Nyl. var. detonsa Tuckerm. On decayed
logs. Panther Mountain, Little Moose Lake, Trail to First Lake.

22. Physcia obscura (Ehrh.) Nyl. Panther Mountain, Little Moose
Lake.

23. Pyxine sorediata Fr, Trail to First Lake, Panther Mountain,
Trail to Little Moose River, Road to Twin Lake.

24. Umbilicaria Dillenii Tuckerm. On rocks in Little Moose Lake at
outlet.

25. Umbilicaria pustulata (L.) Hoffm. var. papulosa Tuckerm. On
same rocks and growing with above.

26. Sticta amplissima (Scop.) Mass. On dead yellow birch. Trail to
Little Moose River, Panther Mountain, Trail to First Lake.

27. Sticta pulmonaria (L.) Ach. On dead yellow birch, also on logs
with mosses. Panther Mountain, Trail to Little Moose River.

28. Nephroma Helveticum Ach. On decayed logs. Trail to Pan-
ther Lake, Trail to Panther Mountain.

■29. Peltigera horizontalis (L.) Hoffm. On earth with mosses. Trail
to First Lake, Panther Mountain.

30. Peltigera polydactyla (Neck.) Hoffm. On earth with mosses.
Trail to Little Moose River, Panther Mountain.

31. Pannaria lanuginosa (Ach ) Koerb. On decayed wood. Panther
Mountain, Trail to Little Moose River.

32. Lecanora pallida (Schreb.) Schaer. On dead beech trees. Pan-
ther Mountain, Trail to First Lake, Little Moose Lake.

-66-

33- Lecanora pallida (Schreb.) Schaer. var. cancriformis Tuckerm.
On birch trees. Fish Hatchery.

34. Lecanora subfusca (L.) Ach. On bark of living trees. Fish
Hatchery.

35. Lecanora atra (Huds.) Ach. On beech trees. Near Fish Hatchery.

36. Lecanora varia (Ehrh.) Nyl. On trees. Fish Hatchery.

37. Lecanora elatina Ach. On dead spruce: Near Fish Hatchery.

38. Pertusaria velata (Turn.) Nyl. On dead wood. Trail to First
Lake.

39. Pertusaria communis DC. On beech trees. Trail to First Lake.

40. Stereocaulon paschale (L. ) Fr. On granite rock. St. Louis
Point, Little Moose Lake.

41. Cladonia caespiticia (Pers.) FI. On the earth. Trail to Fish
Hatchery, Little Moose Lake.

42. Cladonia cristatella Tuckerm. On earth. Tote Road to Twin
Lake.

43. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. var. coniocraea (Flk.) Wainio. On
earth. Panther Mountain.

44. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. var. tubaeformis Fr. On the earth.
Panther Mountain.

45. Cladonia furcata (Huds.) Schrad. On earth. Little Moose Lake.

46. Cladonia gracilts dilicata (Hoffm.) Wainio. On decayed wood.
Trail to Fish Hatchery.

47. Cladonia pyxidata chlorophaea (Spreng.) Flk. On old log. Fish
Hatchery.

48. Cladonia pyxidata neglecta (Flk.) Schaer. On old log. Fish
Hatchery.

49. Cladonia rangiferina(L.) Hoffm. On earth. Trail to Little Moose
River.

50. Cladonia squamosa Hoffm. On earth. Trail to Fish Hatchery.

51. Cladonia turgida (Ehrh.) Hoffm. On the earth. Trail to Fish
Hatchery.

52. Cladonia verticillata Fr. On decayed wood. Trail to Fish
Hatchery.

53. Biatora Laureri (Hepp.) Tuckerm. On beech trees. Fish Hatch-
ery.

54. Biatora rubella (Ehrh.) Rabenh. Same as above. Fish Hatchery.

55. Biatora chlorantha Tuckerm. On spruce trees. Fish Hatchery.

56. Buellia parasema (Ach.) Th. Fr. On dead wood. Fish Hatchery.

57. Arthonia excedens Nyl. On trees. Fish Hatchery.

58. Pyrenula nitida Ach. On dead yellow birch. Little Moose Lake,
Trail to First Lake.

59. Graphis scripta Ach. On beech trees. Panther Mountain, Fish
Hatchery.

60. Graphis scripta Ach. var. recta (Humb. ) Nyl. On yellow birch

Brooklyn, New York.

-67-

Explanation of Plate IX.
Fissidens synoicus Sulliv. Figures i to 7 and
Fig. 11.

Plant natural size.

Plant X 5 diameters.

Leaf X 25 diameters.

Portion of leaf, showing arrangement of
cells, X 75 diameters.

Capsule X 75 diameters.

6. Portion of peristome X 1 50 diameters,

7. Synoicous flower X 150 diameters.

11. Flower of Fissidens synoicus X 150 diameters.

Fissidens inconst ans Schimp Figures 8 to 10.

8. Plant X 5 diameters.

9. Leaf X 25 diameters.

10. Portion of leaf X 75 diameters.

All reduced one-half.

THE VALIDITY OF SOME SPECIES OF FISSIDENS.

E. J. Hill.

Among the species of Fissidens which I have observed in the prosecu-
tion of field work none have had so varied a treatment as the following: F

inconst ans Schimp., F. synoicus Sulliv., F. minutulus Sulliv. and F

— 68 —

exiguns Sulliv. For comparison with these there have been furnished from
the Herbarium of Columbia College, New York City, F. inconstans Schimp-
Cheyenne Canon, Colorado, 1872; F. B amber geri Schimp., collected by
Milde at the original station, Meran, Tirol ; F bryoides Hedw. Erb. Critt.
Ital.; F. bryoides Hedw. from near Durlach, Baden; F. bryoides var. inter-
medius Ruthe=var. gymnandrus Buse. (No. 1160 of Rabenhorst, Bry. Eur. ,
collected by R. Ruthe, locality not given. This No. 1160 Warnstorf in Kryp.
FI. Mark Brand. Laubmoose 2: 171, 1906, gives as F. impar Mitt.). From
the Sullivant Herbarium at Cambridge, Mass., F synoicus Sulliv. San
Marcos, Texas, Ch. Wright, 1847. From the Field Columbian Museum,
Chicago, F bryoides Hedw. Collected by Gmelin, Stuttgart, No. 84879; F.
bryoides Hedw. Jura franconia, P. Reinsch, No. 84987; F. incurvus
Schwaegr. Vogesengebiet am feuchten Waldenorten, P. Reinsch, Nos. 84986
and 116238; F exiguus Sulliv. Ex, Musci Allegh No. 84199. The other
specimens used are of my own collection, the oldest F. minutulus Sulliv.
Kankakee, Illinois, 1872, determined for me by the late Thomas P. James
This has been the species most frequently found since, and occurs in exam-
ples from Minnesota, Illinois and New York. All my other examples, F.
exiguus , F. inconstans , F. synoicus , F. incurvus Stark, 1807 (=F. incur-
vus Schwaegr. 1816), are from northern Illinois.

F. inconstans in the Manual of Lesquereux and James seems to be lim-
ited to the collection of Wright at San Marcos, Texas. It is the only exam-
ple cited, and F. synoicus Sulliv. is made a synonym. No reference is made
to its presence elsewhere as is usual in the case of rare species. The Colo-
rado specimens were collected by T. C. Porter, July 11, 1872. They are
labeled “A! inconstans Schimp., Ed. n ( F . bryoides var. inconstans Limpr-
Laubmoose).” Why it was not referred to in the Manual published in 1884’
is not evident. It may have been due to the uncertainty of its standing in
the opinion of one of the authors, Mr. James, or have been overlooked. The
following note of his (fide Mrs. Britton) accompanies the specimens: “A.

Porteri n. sp. provisional. Stems branched, the branch bearing the fruit-
stalk is attached to the main stem about one-fourth its length. The capsule
small, oval, almost rotund. The male organs are axillary on the main stem
(Monoecious). Can it be a hybrid between F. incurvus and F. bryoidesl
A Fissidens which I cannot specifically separate from this I have twice found
at a single station at Glenwood, 111.

Fissidens inconstans was described by Schimper in 1876 from specimens
found by H. Boswell near Oxford, England, in 1863 (Synop. Mus. Europ. Ed-
11, 1 14, 1876.). Its fruit is said to mature in March. Schimper states that it
is very inconstant in the position of its fruit, which is sometimes terminal,
sometimes lateral and axillary, the capsule smaller than in F. incurvus ,
“ always suberect or erect.” “ Whether a species near to the very polymor-
phic F. inctirvus is really distinct or not is doubtful,” he adds. Warnstorf,
one of the latest authorities, gives it specific rank, grouping it in his Ueber-

*In the Synopsis of the Flora of Colorado, by Thomas C. Porter and John M. Coulter,
Washington, D. C., 1874, to which the article on Musci was contributedby Leo Lesquereux,
no species of Fissidens is given The list includes, among new ones described, those col-
lected by Porter and others in 1872 and 1873.

— 69—

sicht der Arten with F. bryoides (L.) Hedw. and F gymnandrus Buse, of
which he makes a species also. It is marked by an asterisk as not yet found
but likely to occur within the area his work embraces, and consequently is not
fully described. (Kryp. Flora der Mark Brand. Laubmoose 2: 166, 1906.)
This rank I take to be given it also by the way it is labeled in the Herbarium
of Columbia College. Roth makes it a variety of F bryoides , as also Lim-
pricht; Husnot a variety of F. incurvus\ Boulay one of cycle of forms,
including incur v us, eras sipes, pitsillus and Bambergeri , all closely allied to
F. incurvus. Dixon considers it a form or sport of F. bryoides\ Barnes both
this and F. synoicus sports of F. incurvus. (A Revision of North American
Species of Fissidens, Bot. Gaz. 12: 31, 1887.) Here are three main conclu-
sions, (a) a species, (b) a variety, form or sport of F bryoides , (c) a variety or
sport of F. incurvus.

Since I did not obtain specimens of F. inconstans from any European
locality, the statements in this paper so far as based on examination of plants
refer to the collections from Colorado and Glenwood, There is the possibil-
ity that they may not be the equivalents of the European moss, though this
seems probable. From the provisional name proposed by James he had his
doubts. The plants at Glenwood were first collected October 24, 1899. Hav-
ing found the synoicous plants in a packet of Gymnostomum calcareum
obtained at Lockport, 111., June 29, 1905, but examined some months later, I
again visited the Glenwood station April 12, 1906, and fortunately found
mature plants, since the first collections were all immature. They were in
full fruit, the opercula mostly gone, the capsules frequently injured or broken
off from rough usage in the winter. They showed a moss fruiting in the cold
season of the year, quite in contrast with the synoicous form from Lockport,
not so far advanced the last of June. They were associated with F. cris-
t'atus , Dicranella heteroilialla , Mnium cuspidatum and a species of Anomo-
don. A full description of the Glenwood and the Colorado specimen is given
below, illustrated by a drawing of plant, leaf, and its terminal portion from
the Glenwood specimens, Plate IX. Figs. 8-10.

Fissidens inconstans Schimp. Plants caespitose or gregarious, bright
green. Stems 2-10 mm, high (mostly 3-6 mm.), declined at base or ascending,
with copious rhizoids, some as long as the stems. Leaves 6-20 pairs, Ungulate
to oblong-lanceolate, acute to obtuish and apiculate, ^.9-1.6 X 0,2-0. 4 mm. with
a paler cord-like margin 2-4 cells wide extending to the point or ceasing just
below, sometimes wanting on the lower part of the dorsal lamella, frequently
loosened and detached part way. Vaginant lamina extending to the middle
of the leaf-complex or a little beyond. Costa percurrent. Cells irregularly
quadrate to polygonal, 8-14 ju. in diameter, the basal larger, nearly quadrangu-
lar, 15-30 ju long. Autocious. Male flowers axillary on the middle or lower
part of the stem: antheridia few, 1-2 or more, without paraphyses. Peri-
gonial leaves 2-4, broad oval, abruptly narrowed to a point. Inner peii-
chaetial leaves short, ovate to broad oval, acute or acutish, the outer like the
stem leaves. Archegonia 2-8, slender, without paraphyses. Sporophyte
terminal on the main stem or on short lateral branches. Seta dark red to pur-

—70—

pie, 2-3 mm. long. Capsule erect, greenish, slightly oblong to broad oval or
suborbicular, 0.8 X 0.45 mm. (some 0.35 X 0.3 mm.), a little narrowed below
the orifice when dry. Operculum conic-rostrate, brownish, oblique or
curved, sometimes as long as the capsule, 0.3-0.35 mm. Calyptra long
pointed, split on one side to the middle. Teeth long and slender (0.135-
0.215 mm.), very papillose, yellowish, with darker or brownish yellow base,
divided about four-fifths their length, the parts near the middle spirally
banded and more or less thickened. Spores pale yellow, globular, 9-18 jj, in
diameter. Annulus indistinct, adhering to base of operculum, the small cells
with the vertical diameter greater.

Clayey bank of ravine, Glenwood, 111., Oct. to April, E. J. Hill. Chey-
enne Canon, Colorado, July, 1872, T. C. Porter.

Fissidens synoicus was published in 1856 jin a separate, entitled:
“ The Musci and Hepaticae of the United States east of the Mississippi
River, contributed to the Second Edition ’of Gray’s Manual of Botany by
Williams. Sullivant.”* It includes “Additions and corrections ” that were
to be made to the Manual, whose pagination for the part containing the
Musci and Hepaticae ends with page 702. On page 103 of the separate,
which would be page 703 of the Manual, was the following description, to be
added to those on page 24 (page 624 of the Manual), following No. 3 of the
genus Fissidens or F. exiguus Sulliv. :

“3 b. Fissidens synoicus (n. sp.) — Hermaphrodite; stems simple,
inclined, 3"-6" long; leaves 12-14 (pairs ?), oblong-lanceolate, oblique, shortly
acuminate, bordered except at the denticulate apex, the blade shorter than
the duplicature, the dorsal wing vanishing above the base: costa continuous;
capsule terminal, oval-oblong, erect: operculum rather long-rostrate. San
Marcos, Texas. Wright. — A small species, distinct by its whitish green
leaves with a close areolation, regular erect capsule, and hermaphrodite
inflorescence.”

Prof. W. G. Farlow writes me that the bnly writing on the specimen in
Herb. Sulliv. is that given above where the specimen is cited. As seen by
the direction given in the separate it was to be placed between F. exiguus
and F. ?ninutulus, which in the Manual are immediately followed by F.
bryoides, thus indicating its relative position. I append a fuller description,
based on the collection from Lockport, which I identify with those from San
Marcos, and on those in the Herb. Sulliv. It is illustrated by Plate IX. Figs.
1-7 and Fig. ii. These are made from the Lockport moss.

Fissidens synoicus Sulliv. Cespitose, stems mostly simple, erect or
inclined at base, 6-12 mm. high. Leaves pale green, 8-20 pairs (mostly
10-15 pairs), oblong-lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, short acuminate or acute
and apiculate, 11-1.8 X 0.3-0.45 mm., the lower shorter: erose denticulate
near the point, somewhat wavy-sinuolate below; costa subpercurrent, occa-
sionally forming the point. Border 1-3 cells wide, or on vaginant lamina four
cells, frequently indistinct or absent, especially on one side, usually ceas-

*New York, George P Putnam & Co. Whether the additions and corrections were
inserted in subsequent editions of Gray’s Manual is doubtful. My copy with the imprint
of Ivison and Phinney. 1858, with the copyright of George P. Putman & Co., 1857, does not
contain them. The citation is always from the separate, a very rare book.

— 7i—

ing below the point and on the very narrow base of the dorsal lamella. Vag-
inant lamina rather more than halE the length of the leaf-complex. Cells of
middle and upper part roundish hexagonal to polygonal, 6-11/4 in diameter,
often quite variable: basal celis rather hyaline, quadrangular, some nearly
square, 13-27 X 6-10/*. Synoicous or dioicous, the flowers terminal or some-
times in a bud near the base. Antheridia 1-5 (1-7) large, subclavate, the
slender archegonia more numerous, sometimes 18-20, without paraphyses.
Seta reddish, 3-4 mm. long. Capsule erect, green, oval-oblong to subcylin-
drical, o. 5-0.7 mm. long, the mouth purplish. Operculum conic-rostrate,
long-beaked, the length of the capsule, straight or slightly oblique,

brownish. Teeth russet-brown, broad, rather short, not deeply divided
smooth or little papillose, the broad cross-bars horizontal. Spores globu-
lar, green, pitted, 13-16/4 in diameter.

Moist and shaded calcareous rocks. Fraction Run (now Dellwood Park)
Lockport, 111., June, 1905, E. J. Hill; San Marcos, Texas, Charles Wright,
1847. At Lockport it is associated with Gymnostomum calcareum Br. Germ
and A mblystegium varium (Hedw.) Lindb.

The chief difference between F. inconstans and F. synoicus is in the
inflorescence and the time of maturing the spores, winter or early spring in
one, early, or midsummer in the other. This would of itself suffice to' differ-
entiate them specifically. The teeth of the former are slender and quite
long, divided below the middle, the parts very papillose and spirally thick-
ened. In F. synoicus the teeth are not deeply divided, smooth or smoothish
the parts not spirally thickened. In F. inconstans the thickened leaf-border
is generally confluent with the costa at the point and readily separates from
the cells of the body of the leaf; in F synoicus the border is less developed
or more interrupted, not thickened or cord-like, and usually ceases below the
point. Its spores are green and pitted, those of F. inconstans are yellow or
brownish yellow.

In its inflorescence F synoicus is nearest to F. Bambergeri. Schimper
described this as dioicous, (Syn. Ed. 11, p. 115). Roth, Boulay, Husnot and
Milde give it variously as polygamous, synoicous, dioicous. I have found it
both synoicous and dioicous. Of twelve stems examined eight had floral
organs, two of them synoicous, two had archegonia only, four antheridia or
with buds having the short leaves of the perigonial form. In synoicous flow-
ers the leaves were the larger, perichaetial form, with 2-5 archegonia and
one or more but few large antheridia, all kinds without paraphyses, or rarely
with some. In the case of stems without fruit my experience is similar to
that of Milde, who says: “I always found the fruiting plants without male
flowers. The plant is also dioicous. The sterile plants bear either a single
female terminal flower, which consists of 5-12 archegonia without para-
physes, or a single terminal hermaphrodite flower in which I found r-3
antheridia and 3-5 archegonia without paraphyses. Since the antheridia
were always very large an error is not possible. The archegonia on the other
hand were always very long and slender.” (Zur Kryp. Flora sud. Tirol. Bot
Zeit. 22: 12, 1864.) Milde considers it similar to F. incurvus : Schimper as

— 72—

nearest F '. minutulus , its time of fruiting “early spring.” Roth says “late
autumn and winter.” In this character it is allied to F. bryoides, inconstans
and incurvus.

F B amber geri is in almost all respects smaller than F synoicus. The
stems are 1-3 mm. high, with 4-12 pairs of leaves, those of the middle part of
the stem, 0.6-0. 8 X 0.2-0.27 mm., the cells 4-8/* in diameter. The seta
is relatively long, 2.5-5 mm., the pale capsule 0.4-0.6 mm., the yellow*
brown spores 12-15^. The teeth are split about their length, slightly
papillose, the parts spirally thickened. The leaves are rather obscurely mar-
gined, generally by a single row of cells often broken or interrupted, absent
from some part or wholly gone. When absent the margin becomes a row of
quadrate, nearly square pellucid cells similar to the margin of the leaves of
F exiguus. The habitat of F. Bambergeri in Tirol is given by Roth as
“sandy loam in little hollows of rocks on hot slopes,” thus pointing to a
xerophytic nature, while F synoicus at Lockport is mesophytic.

F. synoicus should also be compared with F. incurvus. The inflores-
cence of this is autoicous, the antheridia terminal on short branches near the
base of the fertile stems. The sharp pointed leaves are not bordered quite to
the denticulate apex, the costa ceases just below the point, or becomes pro-
tuberant in the upper leaves. The border of the vaginant lamina is quite
characteristic. It is 4-5 cells wide, but ceases properly somewhat above the
base, gradually merging in the long quadrangular or polygonal cells of the
leaf base. The teeth are quite long and slender, rather deeply divided,
resembling those of F. minutulus. They are very papillose, the trabeculae
prominent, the parts spirally thickened above the middle. The capsule of F.
incurvus is not always curved, it may be erect as in F synoicus. I find it
thus in a collection made at Savanna, 111. The two collections of P. Reinsch
cited above differ from each other in this respect. Both have the same
kind of habitat, moist places in the forests of the Vosges'. One collection has
the typical curved or horizontal capsule, the other the erect. All three have
the same structure of leaf cells, the latter 8-15/bin diameter, the average 11
or 12//.*

The other species to be considered are F. exiguus and F. minutulus.
They were described and figured by Sullivant in 1846. (Mem. Am. Acad.
N. Ser. 3: 58-60. T. 2, 1846 Also Icon. Mus. Part 1, 36, 37, T. 23, 24,
1864.) As such they were retained in Gray's Manual and so appear in that of
Lesquereux and James. Austin made them varieties of F. incurvus. Barnes
and Grout made the same disposition of them, but the latter with a reserva-
tion that the later maturing of the spores in August rather indicates a speci-
fic rank By European bryologists one or both have been regarded as species
or been considered the equivalent of other species or varieties. Thus both
have been referred to F. pusillus Wils., and F. .exiguus to F. viridulus
Wahl. F minutulus has been made F. pusillus var. madius Spruce, F.

*The name F. synoicus n. sp. appears a second time in bryological literature, having
been used by C. Muller for a species collected in Argentina, South America, in 1873, and
published in Linnaea, 42: 240, 1878, 1879. From the reading of the description I hardly take
it to be the same as Sullivant’s moss If not a homonym of F. synoicus Sulliv . (1856), it is
invalidated by priority, and the one from Argentina should be given another name if on
comparison it is found to be distinct.

—73—

exiguus the same as F pusillus var. Lylei Wils , or F viridulus var.
Lylei (Wils.) Dixon.' This reference to at least three species and two vari-
eties, along with specific rank besides, shows much diversity of opinion, and
that it may be less confusing to leave them as Sullivant had them.

Both are quite similar in habitat, the most common the dry channels of
brooks and rills as I have seen them. F. minntulus I have also collected on
stones in damp places of woods or on ledges of rock by larger streams. The
desiccated condition of the more common habitat favors their fruiting in mid-
summer, since the stream beds are without running water, though it may
remain in pools; the localities are therefore moist and commonly shaded. F.
minutulus is apt to adhere very closely to a rock substratum. There maybe
no more appearance of a soil beneath it other than of the disintegrated rock
than in somecrustaceous lichens, or some species of Orthotrichum and Grim-
mia. There seems to be no choice of mineral constituents, for the stones and
pebbles are of the various kinds washed from the drift in which the channels
are cut. When on ledges they have been calcareous, which may be because
the localities commonly accessible to me are of limestone formation. It is
also apt to be unassociated with other mosses. F. exiguus I have found
associated on clay with Amb ly ste gium v arium .

Both species are dioicous, the male flowers mostly on shorter plants,
which are sometimes little more than buds provided with rhizoids and con-
cealed in the rhizoids of the larger fertile or sterile stems. In this they dif-
fer from F. incurvus, of which they have been made a variety, and which is
described by most authors as autoicous, though Roth makes it dioicous.
Warnstorf gives it as both dioicous and autoicous. They may be deceptive
in this respeet. The male flowers on the short basal branches may be well
furnished with rhizoids and easily detached by the slightest force. When
this happens accidently pr spontaneously the male flowers will appear as lit-
tle stems among the rhizoids of the fertile plants, as in the case of F niinu-
.tulus. When well advanced in growth there is apparently no vital connection
with the parent plants even when remaining in place. From this experience
with them I have been led to infer that the male organs may start as buds in
the axils of leaves of fertile stems and become independent actually or appar-
ently, or show a pseudo-dioicous inflorescence, which may account for some
of the discrepancies.

The principal distinction between F minutulus and F exiguus has been
found in the character of the leaf-margin. It is called immarginate in the
latter; I have not found this quite exact. There are two types of border in
Fissidens, one of linear cells that may be cord-like and not always firmly
united to the cells of the body of the leaf. F. bryoides is one of the best
examples. With it are classed minutulus , incurvus and inconstans. The
other type has a row or band of cells less or but slightly chlorophyllose and
consequently less deeply colored and more translucent than the remaining
cells of the leaf, or they may be differently colored with some tinge as of yel-
low. They are also in general more uniform in size and shape. This kind
of margin varies from a single row of cells to a band or zone four or five cells
wide. The wide yellowish form is seen in F cristatus and F cidiantoides ;

while in F. ta^ifolius and F. osmundoides it is of less thickened cells and but
one or two cells wide. F exiguus can be placed in this class though not
always so closely and uniformly defined. It has a marginal row of ceils
lighter and more pellucid as well as more nearly square or less irregular than
the remaining leaf-cells. I had made a note of this when first finding the
species several years ago, and have used it since as a help in distinguishing
the two closely allied species. It is just as apparent in the example from the
Musci Alleghanienses. In the drawing of the leaf F exigmts in Sullivant’s
leones Muscorum, PI. 23, Fig. 9, this feature is not clearly brought out, and
the margin does not differ essentially from the remaining cells of the leaf, only
slightly more uniform perhaps. The squarish and more uniform size of the
marginal row is more apparent in the plate accompanying the original descrip-
tion in the Memoirs of the American Academy, n. ser. iii, Tab. 11, B Fig. 2,
though as Sullivant viewed it, it was with “ foliis im margin atis,” as com-
pared with the “ lamina limbata ” of F minutulus figured on the same plate.
Leaves with a border row of pellucid cells of this character, whether called
immarginate or marginate. are readily distinguished from those with the
margin of F. m in utulus. As remarked above on the leaf of F. Bambergeri ,
where the border with the linear type of cells was absent, there was an
appearance of the other type.

Comparing the two in other respects the leaves of F. exiguus are more
shortly and abruptly pointed, maintaining their width more fully to near the
apex, making a shortly acuminate or acute leaf. Its capsule is commonly
thicker in proportion to its length, 'the operculum with a shorter and stouter
beak. In both the teeth are very papillose but in minutulus they are exceed-
ingly long and slender, more so than in any considered in this paper, and so
deeply cleft that one or both parts, though apt to be unequal, may be four
times the length of the basal portion. In exiguus they are about twice the
length, appearing less deeply divided though the basal part may be as broad
as in minutulus. The trabeculae in F. minutulus are mainly horizontal but
vary to oblique : or the projections may even take the spiral and somewhat
thickened forms, the latter features quite exceptional as I have found them.
In F. exiguus the spirally thickened form becomes more obvious, but as it is
an inconstant character in both its value is not great in distinguishing them
from each other, though on account of its quite uniform presence in bryoides ,
inconstans and incur vus, it is useful in separating the two from these.

In conclusion I wish to acknowledge my indebtedness to Mrs. Agnes
Chase, of Washington, D. C., for the drawings and for copies of descriptions,
and to Mrs. Elizabeth G. Britton and Prof. W. G. Farlow for the gift or loan
of specimens. Chicago, 111.

February, 1907.

CATHARINEA CRISPA IN MAINE.

Alice L. Crockett.

It is a pleasure to announce the discovery of a station for Catharinea
crisfici James, in Maine, it not having been reported before from this State,
nor so far northeasterly as this. It was found in fruit in Camden, Maine,
44° N. lat. 69° W. long., in a pasture near the bank of a large brook, on
knolls where six years ago a growth of alders had been cleared away. The
altitude is about 200 feet. For its determination I am indebted to Mr. E. B.
Chamberlain. Prof. J. Franklin Collins, in his list of New England plants,
Rhodora 8: 13 1, 1906, gives only Massachusetts as definitely possessing it.
See also Rhodora 9: 74, 1907. Camden, Maine.

—75—

POLYTRICHUM GRACILE IN HAINE.

Elizabeth Marie Dunham.

Among the mosses collected in
September at Middle Dam, Rangeley
Lakes, Maine, there was one strange
Polytrichum which Prof. J. Franklin
Collins has determined Polytrichum
gracile Dicks, and he speaks of it as
a form with low lamellae and wide leaf
margins. (Fig. a.) This variation is
noted in fine print after the description
of the species in Dixon and Jameson’s
“ Hand-book of British Mosses.” In
comparison with a specimen (Fig.
b.) collected by Mrs. Annie Morrill
Smith in the Adirondack Mts., the
Maine specimen shows leaf margins
about three times wider, and the
lamellae only three cells high instead
of four or five as in the New York
specimen. There was only one small
patch of the moss, growing on the
ground in a woody swamp. Upon first examination wTith hand lens, the
leaves closely resembled Catharinea augustata , although the growth as a
whole was plainly that of a Polytrichum. It is the first record of its occur-
rence in Maine, as far as Prof. Collins can learn. Auburndale, Mass.

SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER NOTES.

Mr. E. B. Chamberlain’s address after June 15 to September 15 will be
Cumberland Center, Maine.

Since May 1st the following persons have qualified as Chapter members:
No. 179. Prof. C. F. Baker. Estacion Central Agronomica, Santiago de las
Vegas, Cuba. No 180. Mons. I. Theriot, 1 Rue Dicquemare, Havre, France.
No. 181. Mr. H. N. Dixon, 23 East Park Parade, Northampton, England.
No. 182. Miss Emily L. Croswell, 20 St. James Avenue, Boston, Mass.
No. 183. Mr. E. J. Winslow, 523^ West Fourth street, Elmira, New York.
No. 184. Max Fleischer, Potsdamerstrasse 105 A, Berlin, Germany. No. 185.
Wilhelm Monkemeyer, Inspector Royal Botanic Gardens, Leipzig, Germany.
No. 186. Mons. Jules Cardot, Square du Petit Bois. Charleville, Ardennes,
France.

—76—

SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER NOTES.

We record with sorrow the death on Monday evening, June 3d (1907), at
his home at Clayville, Oneida Co., New York, of Mr. Benjamin Davis Gil-
bert. He suffered not long ago a paralytic stroke, and has since been in
feeble health so that his death was not entirely unexpected. As a young
man Mr. Gilbert took up the study of botany, giving attention especially to
the ferns and later to cryptogams. In his death the Chapter loses a devoted
friend.

We have received from Burroughs Wellcome & Co., a copy of “Well-
come’s Photographic Exposure Record and Diary” for 1907 (United States
Edition), and on reading it can do no less than advise our readers to send for
a copy. Address as above, 45 Lafayette street, New York City, enclosing
fifty-cents. We intend to use the “Exposure Calculator” and other rules,
etc., during this summer, aud will report later on our success.

Owing to illness Miss C. C. Haynes has been obliged to delay her series
on Lophozia species, but we hope to publish the conclusion in the Septem-
ber number. This also explains her failure to answer correspondence more
promptly.

OFFERINGS.

[To Chapter Members only. For postage.]

Mr. Charles C. Plitt, 1706 Hanover street, Baltimore, Md. P hyscomitrium
turbinatum (Rich.) C. M. c.fr. Collected near Baltimore.

Rev. H. Dupret, Seminary of Philosophy, Montreal, Canada. Dicranum
Jiagellare Hedw. ; Hypnum stellatum Schreb.

Mr. George E. Nichols, 569 Yale P. O., New Haven, Conn. Amphalanthus
filiformis (Swartz.) Nees. Collected in Jamaica. Tortula papillosa
Wils. Collected in Maryland.

Mr. Edward B. Chamberlain, Cumberland Center, Maine. (After Sept. 15,
No. 38 West 59th street, New York City). Eurhynchimn megapoUtanum
Milde, collected W. E. Nicholson, Sussex, England, c.fr. ; Fissidens
decipiens DeNot., collected in Maine, c.fr.; Swartzia capillacea Hedw.,
collected in Maine, c.fr.

Dr. John W. Bailey, 4541 Fourteenth Avenue, N. E., Seattle, Wash. Dicra-
num scofiarium curvulumY*>r\d.

rnruu LXlJXnJTJT.JTJTJTJTrUXriJT. JTnjTTLTLnJTJT.JTJ^ JlJT.rUTJTJTJTJTJX i_n njxp

VOLUME X NUMBER 5 5

Ks.

SEPTEMBER, 1907 ^

The BRY0L0GI5T

AN ILLUSTRATED BIMONTHLY DEVOTED TO

NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES

HEPATICS AND LICHENS

EDITOR

ANNIE MORRILL SMITH

CONTENTS

Further Notes on Cladonias XII. ( Illustrated ) Bruce Fink 77

Species of Hepaticae Known to Occur in West Virginia

John L. Sheldon 80

Musci and Hepaticae of Washington, D. C. and Vicinity

John M. Holzinger 85

Books and Exsiccati from Prof. Cummings’ Estate for Sale

Walter C. Whitney 92

Sullivant Moss Chapter Notes and Offerings

P Entered at the Post Office at Brooklyn, N. Y., April 2, 1900, as second class ot mail
t matter, under Act of March 3, 1879. ^

e Published by the Editor, 78 Orange St., Brooklyn, N. Y., U. S. A.

ihrumJTJTnJTJTmiJTjTJTrmrLmiJTJTJTJT^^ 1

PRE88 OF MCBRIDE & STERN, 97-99 CUFF STREET. NEW YORK

THE BRYOLOGIST

gimmxtM# gmmtat

DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN
MOSSES, HEPATICS AND LICHENS

ALSO OFFICIAL ORGAN OF

THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER

EDITOR

Mrs. Annie Mor r i l l Smith

ASSISTED BY

Mr. a. J. Grout, Ph.D. i Mosses

Dr. J. W. Bailey )

Mr. G. K. Merrill Lichens

Miss Caroline Coventry Haynes . . . Hepatics

Subscription, $1.00 a Year Single Copies, 20 cents

Four Vols. 1898-1901—11.50 Five Vols. 1902-1906— $5.00

THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER

OFFICERS FOR 1907

President— Mr. E. B. Chamberlain . . 38 West 59th Street
New York City

Vice-President— Mr. G. K. Merrill .... 564 Main Street
Rockland , Maine

Secretary— Dr. John W. Bailey . 4541 Fourteenth Ave., N.E.

Seattle, Wash*

Treasurer— Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith . 78 Orange Street
Brooklyn , N. Y.

Plate X — Cladonia bacillaris .

Clcidonia macilenta ,

Fig. ia Nat. Size, Fig. ib X 3
Fig. 2a Nat. Size, Fig. 2b X 2

THE BRYOEOGIST.

Vol. X.

September, 1907

No. 5.

FURTHER NOTES ON CLADONIAS. XII.

Cladonia baciUaris, Cladonia macilerata and Cladonia didyma.

Bruce Fink.

With this number of the series we pass from the brown fruited Cladonias
to those commonly having scarlet apothecia. Of the three considered in this
paper, the first two are so closely related as to render their separation most
difficult and uncertain. The difficulties to be encountered are discussed at
length under the description of the second species. The third of the three lich-
ens is closely related to the other two, but the character of the squamules,
especially the minute ones of the podetia when present, usually will serve to
differentiate sufficiently. Tuckerman has referred to this plant as “ Not a
little resembling C. bellidifiora in miniature,” but none of the specimens
known to the writer need be mistaken for this species.

All three of the plants considered resemble Cladonia cristatella in gen-
eral form, but that species has the podetia uniformly corticate.

To illustrate the first two species, we have chosen for Cladonia bacil-
laris a specimen from northern Minnesota, and for Cladonia macilenta one
of L. Scriba’s plants, collected in Germany.

Cladonia bacillaris (Del.) Nyl. Lich. Lapp. Cr. 179. 1866. Primary
thallus persistent or finally dying, composed of laciniate, lobate or crenate
squamules, which are 1-3 mm. long, and about 1 mm. wide, flat or somewhat
involute, scattered or clustered, sea-green or varying toward whitish or
olivaceous above, and wholly white below or darker toward the base of the
squamules, sometimes sorediate along the margin and below. Podetia aris-
ing from the surface of the squamules: quite slender, subcylindrical, rarely
enlarged toward the apex; 5-55 mm. long and 0.5-2 mm. in diameter
or even 4 mm. at the apex; cupless or rarely with very poorly developed
cups; simple or rarely branched: often sterile and the apex obtuse or rarely
subulate, or terminated by imperforate clustered or solitary apothecia; erect,
the greater part or entirely sorediate, sometimes squamulose toward the base,
and the squamules frequently occurring half way up or rarely even to the
top, often corticate toward the base and below the apothecia, ashy, sea-
green or olivaceous or a mixture of these colors. Apothecia medium sized,
1-5 mm. in diameter, solitary or clustered, immarginate or rarely margined,
usually convex, scarlet. Hypothecium pale. Hymenium reddish toward
the top and paler toward the lower part. Paraphyses simple or branched
toward the thickened and reddish apex. Asci cylindrico-clavate. Spores
obliquely disposed. Plate X. Figs, ia and ib.

On earth, old logs or stumps, found usually in rather open and dry
places.

The July Bryologist was issued July 3, 1907.

Examined by the writer from New Hampshire (R. H. Howe, Jr.), Illi-
nois (C. P. Clinton, for whom determined originally by the writer as Cla-
donia macilenta ), Iowa, Minnesota and Washington (Bruce Fink), Tennessee
(W. W. Calkins, who determined as Cladonia macilenta). New York (Caro-
lyn W. Harris), Mexico (J. G. Smith and named Cladonia mitrnla by T. A.
Williams), Newfoundland (A. C. Waghorne and called Cladonia macilenta
by Dr. F. Arnold). H. Willey lists the species from Massachusetts, and
Wainio’s distribution adds Ohio, New Mexico and Jamaica. The above lists
of localities would indicate quite a general North American distribution, but
the plant is little known since it is generally confused with the next. Known
in all the grand divisions.

Dr. Wainio gives three forms, of which only the first, a clavata (Ach.)
Wainio, is at all common. Ours all seem to belong to this form, which
should stand for the species

Cladonia macilenta Hoffm. Deutschl. FI. 126. 1796. Primary thallus
persistent or finally dying, composed of laciniate, lobate-laciniate, cren-
ate or rarely subentire, small or medium sized squamules, which are 1-4
mm. long and 1-3 mm wide, flat or somewhat involute, scattered or clus-
tered: sea-green, whitish sea-green or olivaceous above, white below or
darker or rarely yellow toward the base of the squamules; the margin
and lower side sometimes sorediate. Podetia arising from the surface
of the primary thallus, short or elongated, rather slender, subcylindrical or
clavate, 5-42 mm. long and 0.5-3 mm. in diameter, cupless, simple or
sparsely branched: apices obtuse or impressed, sterile or terminated by
imperforate, clustered or scattered apothecia: erect, esquamulose, squamu-
lose toward the base or rarely entirely squamulose: often corticate toward
the base and below the apothecia, white or sea-green. Apothecia small or
more commonly middling sized, o. 5-2.5 mm. in diameter, solitary or some-
what densely clustered, convex, immarginate or having a thin margin, scar-
let. Hypothecium pale. Hymenium red above and pale yellowish below.
Paraphyses usually simple, more or less thickened at the pale or reddish
apex. Asci clavate or cylindrico-clavate. Spores irregularly arranged.
Plate X. Figs. 2a and 2b.

On earth, dead wood, and on soil over rocks. Found especially in rather
dry, open places. Examined by the writer from Newfoundland (A. C. Wag-
horne), Canada (J Macoun), Iowa and Massachusetts (Bruce Fink). In all
these the spores were irregularly arranged, though some of the plants were
unbranched forms, otherwise appearing more like Cladonia bacillaris.
J. Macoun gives many localities in British American, but doubtless part of
the material is Cladonia bacillaris instead. T. A. Williams lists from
Nebraska and the Black Hills. Whether he studied the spore arrangement
sufficiently, I am not able to say, but suspect not, as American workers have
not usually recognized Cladonia bacillaris . H. Willey records from Massa-
chusetts, and says “We have also C. bacillaris Nyl. differing only in yield-
ing no reaction with iodine.” This statement follows after saying of C.
macilent.a, “podetia yellow with iodine.” Willey is here following

—79 -

Nylander’s view of the difference in the two species. H. Willey and W. W.
Calkins both record from Illinois, but we have no means of knowing whether
the two species were differentiated or not. Cladonia bacillaris and Cla-
donia macilenta seem to be scarcely distinct, but herbarium specimens indi-
cate that the latter plant is more robust and more commonly branched. The
spore arrangement is not easy to make out and is not always to be
depended upon, as the spores may be obliquely arranged in certain asci and
irregularly in others of the same plant. Tuckerman recognized only Cla-
donia macilenta , which he gave a wide North American distribution. Judg-
ment as to whether Cladonia bacillaris and Cladonia macilenta are distinct
species must finally be based upon wide study of specimens by the statistical
method, taking account of centres and ranges of variation and degree of isola-
tion of various forms encountered. For the present, we can find no better way
than to attempt to follow Dr. Wainio, who records the present species from all
the grand divisions. It is reasonable to suppose that chemical tests may have
some value in differentiating these two closely related species.

Dr. Wainio gives five forms, of which only the first and most common
one has been noticed in North America. This we would regard as the
species.

Cladonia didyma (Fee) Wainio Mon. Clad. Univ. 1:137. 1887. Primary
thallus disappearing or rarely persistent, composed of minute or medium
sized, laciniate or incised crenate squamules, which are 0.5-3 mm. long and
0.12-0. 15 mm. in diameter: somewhat involute or nearly flat, scattered or clus-
tered; without soredia, sea green above, varying toward olivaceous or rarely
toward whitish, below whitish, or yellowish toward the base of the squam-
ules. Podetia arising from the surface of the primary thallus; short or some-
what elongated, 1-45 mm. in length and o 5-3 mm. in diameter; cylindrical
and without cups; simple or with erect or divergent branches: erect, clus-
tered or subsolitary: decorticate, or more or less corticate at the base, whit-
ish-sea-green, varying toward whitish or brownish: squamules for most part
toward the base or absent; squamules, verrucae, granules or soredia minute.
Apothecia medium sized, or rather small, 0.3-2. 5 mm. in diameter, solitary
or more or less clustered; convex and immarginate, scarlet. Hypothecium
pale or cloudy. Hymenium deep red above and pale below. Paraphyses
simple, more slighly thickened toward the apex. Asci cylindrico-clavate.
Spores irregularly arranged.

On old trunks, earth or rocks. Examined by the writer from Virginia
(A. B. Seymour), Louisiana (A. B Langlois), Florida (W. W. Calkins). The
specimens of Calkins and Langlois were submitted to Dr. Wainio. Cladonia
pulchella, to which these men had referred their specimens, is a synonym.
Wainio cites the species from Massachusetts, Alabama, Mexico, Guadeloupe,
St. Domingo, Cuba and Martinique. Dr. J. W. Eckfeldt referred one of A.
C. Waghorne’s plants from Newfoundland here, otherwise our distribution is
confined to the United States and the islands. Common also in South Amer-
ica and known in Asia, Africa and Australia.

Dr. Wainio referred the specimens submitted to him to his first form,
Muscigena (Nyl.) Wainio. Mon. Clad. Univ. 1:141. 1887, which is the com-
mon form which may well stand for the species, the only one thus far noted
in North America. Miami University, Oxford, Ohio.

-80-

SPECIES OF HEPAT1CAE KNOWN TO OCCUR IN WEST VIRGINIA.

John L. Sheldon.

In so far as I have been able to find out, no one has made an intensive
and systematie study of the bryophytic flora of West Virginia. Several per-
sons have collected a number of species, for the most part at odd times or
while engaged in regular duties. This State ought to be, and probably is,
very rich in species of this group of plants. The variation in altitudes, the
different geological formations, the abundance of springs and small streams,
and the extent of virgin forest make conditions favorable for the growth of
hepatics.

In several parts of the State that I have visited, they were abundant.
Even on the campus at the university there are a number of species. Just
under the windows on the north side of Woodburn Hall there is a large patch
of Marchantia polymorpha , possibly introduced in waste material from the
biological laboratories. In the ravine are Frullania Asagrayana, Porella
platyphylla , and other species less abundant. Conocephalum conicum
grows in large mats under the -falls of Falling Run, a small stream passing
through the campus. These plants of Conocephalum have the odor referred
to by Dr. Grout in a recent number of the Bryologist. (Grout, A. J. Notes
on Recent Literature. Bryologist, 10: 3. 47. May, 1907.) It was the odor
and the prominent stomata that interested me most when I first found this
species growing on stones and earth along the edge of a little brook in Con-
necticut. Later, when I found it fruiting in the ravines along the Missouri
River in Nebraska, the fruits added new interest. Since then, I have found
it many times, but the odor was always the same, the one peculiar to Cono-
cephalum conicum. Often the odor has been mixed with the odor of mud
and decaying vegetables, but I have not yet had the pleasure of associating
it with brook trout.

And not only are there several species of hepatics on the university
campus, but in the vicinity of Morgantown, where the university is located,
there are many others, To the east, within walking distance, up Decker's
Creek, “over Cheat,” in the Tibb’s Run region, and on to Pisgah and
Cranesville there are still others, so that botany students in the university
can study a fairly good number of species of hepatics in their habitats with-
out much trouble. Professor Andrews (A. LeRoy Andrews, Additions to the
bryophytic flora of West Virginia. Bryologist, 8: 4. 63. July 1905.) has
already reported a number of species from some of these localities and
donated specimens to the Agricultural Experiment Station.

It is a common practice among farmers in the limestone districts to burn
the lime they use for fertilizing purposes. At Pisgah, Marchantia poly-
morpha and Funaria hygrometrica were found growing around the edge of
the refuse from one of these lime-piles. The luxuriant growth of the plants
and the abundance of fruit suggests that they are both lime lovers. This
may be a hint to those who have tried to grow Marchantia for laboratory
use. At Cranesville, a few miles east of Pisgah, Marchantia grew so

•8 1 —

thickly in a black spruce swamp, from which much of the timber had been
removed, that an ecologist might well call it a Marchantia formation instead
of a black spruce formation. Several species of hepatics have been collected
at Cranesville on the border line between West Virginia and Maryland at an
elevation of about 2500 feet. The meadows around Cranesville reminded me
at the time I was there of the meadows of New England, except that there
were no plants of Ranunculus bulbosus.

The best place to collect hepatics that I have found is at Cheat Bridge in
Randolph County. Last summer a party of us camped there for a week.
We certainly landed in the rainy season, for the sun did not shine for more
than a half a day while we were there, and rain fell the remainder of the
time. But what a place for mosses, hepatics and lichens, and how they were
growing and fruiting ! The rocks and decaying tree trunks were covered
with a thick carpet of mosses and hepatics and the tree trunks with
lichens. Specimens collected here have already found their resting place in
the herbaria of several members of the Sullivant Moss Chapter.

The places that I have named are probably no richer in species of hepa-
tics than many others in the State. The broad strip of mountains to the
east and southeast, where nearly all of the larger streams have their origin,
and where there is still much timber, should furnish many species not
yet reported for the State. While the number of species of hepatics
reported for West Virginia is not large, I have thought it worth. while to
bring such records as I have been able to secure together adding the new
ones that I have collected.

The following list is compiled from the Flora of West Virginia (Mill-
spaugh, C. F. and Nuttall, L. W. Flora of West Virginia. Pub. Field Colum-
bian Museum, 9: Bot. Ser. 1, 3, 65-276. Jan. 1896.), the Bryologist (1. c.),
The Proceedings of the Biological.Society of Washington, D. C. (Morris, E.
L.) Some Plants of West Virginia, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 13: 171-182. Oct.
31, 1900. (Pollard, Charles L. and Maxon, William R.) Some new and
additional records on the flora of West Virginia, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 14:
160-163. Aug. 9, 1901, the specimens in the herbarium of the West Vir-
ginia Agricultural Experiment Station, and from specimens in my own
herbarium. In so far as possible, habitat and locality is given. I have not
had access to the reports on the floras of the State, published before Mill-
spaugh and Nuttall’s Flora of West Virginia, so that the habitat, locality and
name of the collector can not be given for a number of species. Miss C. C.
Haynes has examined duplicates of nearly all the specimens in the herbaria
referred to and some of the originals; she has also given much valuable
assistance in revising the nomenclature.

MARCH ANTI ACE AE.

Conocephalum coNicuM (L.) Dumont. On rocks beside stream, Randall,
Monongalia County (Sheldon, 177). Cooper’s Rock, Monongalia County
(Post, 1669). On rock beside stream, north of Morgantown, Monon-
galia County (Sheldon, 1308). Below falls of Falling Run, University

■82-

campus, Morgantown. Common in several other localities but no speci-
mens collected.

Marchantia polymorpha L. On brick wall in Experiment Station green-
house, Morgantown (Sheldon, 537). Around edge of lime-pile, Pisgah,
Preston County (Sheldon, 1531). Very abundant on earth in spruce
swamp, Cranesville, Preston County (Sheldon, 1462). On earth near
mouth of coal mine, Richards, Monongalia County. Near Nuttallburg,
Fayette County (Nuttall).

Lunularia cruciata (L.) Dumort. In greenhouse, Morgantown (Sheldon,
2941).

METZGERIACEAE

Riccardia latifrons Lindb. A few plants growing with Scapania
nemorosa (L.) Dumort. on the north side of a bank at Sabraton, Monon-
galia County (Sheldon, 2302).

Riccardia multifida (L.) S. F. Gray.

“ pinguis (L.) S. F. Gray. Near Nuttallburg, Fayette County
(Nuttall).

Metzgeria conjugata Lindb. Near Nuttallburg (Nuttall). On tree trunks
with mosses, Cheat Bridge, Randolph County (Sheldon, 2531). Tibb's
Run, Monongalia County (Andrews).

Pellia epiphylla (L.) Corda. On earth and rocks around a spring, Morgan-
town (Sheldon, 768, 1280). Between stones along roadside, Cheat Bridge
(Sheldon, 2523).

Fossombronia faveolata Lindb. Growing on the north side of a bank with
Calypogeia trichomanis (L.) Corda, and along the roadside with Antho-
ceros laevis L. at Morgantown (Sheldon, 2764).

JUNGERMANNIACEAE.

Marsupella emarginata (Ehrh.) Dumort. “ Randoph County, at Pickens,
on clay bank of a small spring” (Millspaugh), Masontown, Preston
County (Andrews).

Nardia crenulata (Smith) Lindb. “Springy place near Easton,” Monon-
galia County (Andrews). Growing with Pellia epiphylla (L.) Corda at
Cheat Bridge (Sheldon).

Nardia crenuliformis (Aust.) Lindb. “ Few specimens from rocks in Tibb’s
Run” (Andrews).

Jungermannia lanceolata L. “ Rocks in Tibb’s Run ” (Andrews).

“ Schraderi Mart. “ Quinnimont [Fayette County] Aug. 22

No. 1 13” (Pollard & Maxon).

Jamesoniella autumnalis (DC.) Steph. Tibb’s Run (Andrews). On decay-
ing logs, Cheat Bridge (Sheldon, 2517).

Lophozia Marchica (Nees) Steph. “Specimens from wet place by road
near Easton, are so named by Dr. Evans” (Andrews).

Sphenolobus Michauxii (Web.) Steph. “Vertical rocks at Cheat View,”
Monongalia County (Andrews).

-83-

Sphenolobus exsectus (Schmid.) Steph.

Plagiochila porelloides Lindb.

“ Sulli vantii Gotsche. “Earth in vicinity of Quarry Run,”

Monongalia County (Andrews).

Plagiochila Virginica Evans. “Mercer: on walls of dry limestone cave,
Beaver Springs (1550).”

Lophocolea bidentata (L.) Dumort. “Rocks with mosses, by Quarry
Run ” (Andrews).

Lophocolea heterophylla (Schrad.) Dumort. Easton (Andrews). On
rocks and earth, Fettermann, Taylor County (Sheldon 2535). On earth,
Morgantown (Sheldon, 2846).

Harpanthus scutatus (Web.'& Mohr) Spruce.

Geocalyx graveolens (Schrad.) Nees. Tibb’s Run (Andrews).

Cephalozia curvifolia (Dicks.) Dumort. Near Nuttallburg (Nuttall).
Quinnimont (Pollard & Maxon). On decaying wood, Tibb’s Run
(Andrews). On decaying log, French Creek, Upshur County (Sheldon,
2095). On decaying logs, Cheat Bridge (Sheldon, 2532).

Cephalozia lunulaefolia Dumort. On decaying log with C. curvifolia
and C. serriflora , Cheat Bridge (Sheldon)

Cephalozia serriflora Lindb. “Rotton wood, near Tibb’s Run. This is
possibly the same as C. Virginiana reported by Pollard and Maxon”
(Andrews). Growing with famesoniella autuinnalis on decaying log,
Cheat Bridge (Sheldon, 2530).

Cephalozia Virginiana Spruce. “Quinnimont, Aug. 22, (No. 115a in part,
which is mostly C. curvifolia ). (Pollard & Maxon). See note under C.
serriflora.

Odontoschisma denudatum (Mart.) Dumort. “Decaying stumps and logs
by Tibb’s Run ” (Andrews).

Odontoschisma prostratum (Schwartz) Trevis. “ Rocks beside Tibb’s Run.
O. Sphagni listed by Millspaugh and Nuttall is evidently referable to
one or the other of these species” (Andrews).

Odontoschisma Sphagni (Dicks.) Dumort. Near Nuttallburg (Nuttall).
See note under O. prostratum.

Calypogeia trichomanis (L.) Corda. On earth, Morgantown (Sheldon, 2765).
On earth, Fort Spring, Greenbrier County (Sheldon, 2728).

Bazzania triangularis (Schleich.) Lindb. On rocks by brook, Tibb’s Run
(Andrews). On decaying logs, Cheat Bridge (Sheldon. 2518).

Bazzania trilobata (L.) S. F. Gray. On rocks among mosses. Dellslow
(Sheldon, 2282). Abundant on earth and decaying logs at Cheat Bridge
(Sheldon, 2534). Tibb’s Run (Sheldon, 630). Cranesville (Sheldon, 1565).

Lepidozia sylvatica Evans. “Ground near Tibb’s Run” (Andrews).

Blepharostoma trichophyllum (L.) Dumort. Tibb’s Run (Andrews).

Herberta adunca (Dicks.) S. F. Gray.

Trichocolea tomentella (Ehrh ) Dumort. Rocks in Brooks, Tibb’s Run
(Andrews).

Ptilidium pulcherrimum (Web.) Hampe. On decaying log, Cranesville

-84-

(Sheldon, 1536). Cheat Bridge (Sheldon. 2515, 2520, 2521). On fence rail,
Morgantown (Sheldon. 2830).

Diplophylleia taxifolia (Wahl.) Trevis.

Scapania nemorosa (L.) Dumort. On rocks in stream, Cheat Bridge (Shel-
don, 2516). On rocks along stream. Fort Spring (Sheldon, 2726). On
ledge of lime stone, Durbin, Pocahontas County (Sheldon, 2526). Small-
celled form determined by Mueller. On north side of bank, Sabraton
(Sheldon, 2318).

Scapania undulata (L.) Dumort. “Randolph County, at Pickens, on clay
bank of a spring” (Millspaugh). On stones in brook by roadside between
Cranesville and Albrightville (Sheldon, 1512). On stones in spring,
Cranesville (Sheldon, 1524).

Radula complanata (L.) Dumort. On tree trunk, Cheat Bridge (Sheldon,

2527).

Radula tenax Lindb.

“ xalpensis Mont.

PORELLA PINNATA L.

“ platyphylla (L.) Lindb. Common on tree trunks and decaying
logs. West of Morgantown (Sheldon, 1260). French Creek (Sheldon,
2069). Cranesville (Sheldon. 1546). Durbin (Sheldon, 2264). Cheat
Bridge (Sheldon, 2519).

Lejeunea cavifolia (Ehrh.) Lindb. “A small form growing on rocks in
Tibb’s Run is referred by Dr. Evans to this species ” (Andrews).

Lejeunea lucens Tayl. “On dripping limestone along Horsepen Creek.
McDowell County, West Vriginia, and Tazewell County, Virginia, alti-
tude 1850 ft., July 31, 1900 (Morris, 116b).”

Archilejeunea clypeata (Schwein.) Schiffn. Near Nuttallburg (Nuttall),
On rock and base of tree along stream, Fort Spring (Sheldon, 2720).

Jubula Penns ylvanica (Steph.) Evans.

Frullania Asagrayana Mont. Rather common on trees and rocks. Cranes-
ville (Sheldon, 1564). Cheat Bridge (Sheldon, 2524). Durbin (Sheldon.
2262). Lick Run, Preston County, (Sheldon, 1214). Ronceverte, Green-
brier County (Sheldon, 1076).

Frullania Brittoniae Evans. “Trees near Cheat River, by Ice’s Ferry
Monongalia County. Also near Masontown” (Andrews).

Frullania eboracensis Gottsche. “Trees by Decker’s Creek, near Morgan-
town ” (Andrews). On tree trunks. Durbin (Sheldon, 1074).

Frullania plana Sulliv. Near Nuttallburg (Nuttall).

“ squarrosa *(R. Bl. & N.) Dumort. “Trees by Decker’s Creek,
near Morgantown” (Andrews). West of Morgantown (Sheldon, 1259).
French Creek (Sheldon, 2094).

ANTHOCEROTACEAE

Anthoceros laevis L. “ On dripping limestone along the Guyandot River
below Baileyville, Wyoming County. Altitude 1200 ft., Aug. 15, 1900”
(Morris, 1221). Aundant along side of road and bank. Morgantown
(Sheldon, 67). On rocks along stream, Fort Spring (Sheldon, 2725).

Anthoceros punctatus L. In gutter along roadside. Morgantown (Sheldon,
2577). Morgantown, W. Va.

West Virginia University.

—85—

MUSCI AND HEPATICAE OF WASHINGTON, D. C., AND VICINITY.

John M. Holzinger.

It was the writer's fortune to work for three years, from 1891 to 1893,
in the Agricultural Department at our national capital, as an assistant
botanist. During that time I spent most of my leisure hours in exploring
the vicinity of Washington for mosses, and, incidentally also for Hepaticae.
The determination of the Hepaticae was entrusted entirely to Dr. A. W.
Evans. The mosses I tried to work out myself, but, being a novice, I
encountered many difficulties, so I sent my determinations and doubtful
materials to my friend Mr. Jules Cardot, who has thus seen and corrected
practically all the species recorded below. Besides, in the fifteen years that
have elapsed, special students have studied the material collected by me;
Mr. Cheney, the genus Amblystegium: Dr. Best, Leskea and Thuidium; Dr.
Grout, Eurhynchium and Brachythecium: Mrs. Britton, Sematophyllum,
Orthotrichum, etc. So that now, as a matter of fact, I can claim only the
collecting and final recording of most species, for future reference.

During my study in Washington I endeavored, naturally, to make use of
previous work of moss students. Only two persons seemed then to have
worked on mosses, and to have left a record: the first was Mr. Rudolph Old-
berg, a young druggist, a Scandinavian: the other, a Rev. E. Lehnert. Mr.
Oldberg’s work was recorded in “The Guide to the Flora of Washington,”
published by Prof. F. L. Ward as Bulletin No. 26 of the U. S. National
Museum, in 1881. In this Guide ninety-eight Musci and twenty-nine
Hepaticae are listed. Mr. Lehnert’s work is recorded in Prof. B. F. Knowl-
ton’s “ Additions to the Flora of Washington and Vicinity, from April 1, 1884,
to April 1, 1886,” published in the proceedings of the Biological Society of
Washington, Vol. Ill, 1884-1886. Here one hundred and seventy-nine
Musci and fifty-seven Hepaticae are listed. This second list is called a
“ revision,” “ so kindly placed ” at Prof. Knowlton’s disposal by Mr. Lehnert,
and the author proudly points out that Mr. Oldberg’s list is here augmented
“ by the addition of one hundred and eleven species, of which eighty-three
are Frondosi and twenty-eight Hepaticae, making a total of two hundred
and thirty-eight species.”

Naturally I made use also of the collection of mosses in the National
Herbarium, for purposes of comparison. So generally did I miss here the
species recorded in the two lists named above that I made a systematic com-
parison between these lists and the species actually represented. After thus
looking for the first forty-five species listed in Mr. Lehnert’s “Revision” I
confess I lost patience; for in this number I found only twelve of Mr. Old-
berg’s collection and none at all of Mr. Lehnert’s. I then searched for Mr.
Oldberg himself, and found he had died some years before. Mr. Lehnert, how-
ever, was alive, over in Philadelphia. With him I had some correspondence,
without definite result: for he could never furnish me material of species he
had reported. My friend Knowlton doubtless was serious — he was a serious
man— when he published “ Additions from April 1, 1884, to April 1, 1886; ” as
regards this revision of the District mosses, it proved to be a real April first

—86-

joke, without any scientific basis whatever. Even Mr. Oldberg’s report was
supported in so meager a way, by only about one-fourth of the species listed,
that I decided then and there on supplying as a first foundation for future
work on the District mosses, a list accompanied by specimens deposited in
the National Herbarium. For only on this basis can rational work be done
in the future.

The preparation of this list has been long delayed, owing to bread-win-
ing duties. The great distance at which I live from Washington since 1893
(at Winona, Minn.) has been one serious drawback. Fortunately Prof.
Edward B. Chamberlain, for some years till recently a teacher in one of the
Washington schools, has taken much interest in the District mosses, and has
with much sacrifice of time, collected for my use data from the National
Herbarium which I could not otherwise have obtained. To him and all my
other bryological friends who have in one way or another aided in determin-
ing and elaborating this collection, I wish here to express my heartfelt grati-
tude.

The list here offered for publication, is supported by material deposited
in the National Herbarium and mostly also in my private herbarium, for
every species cited. It is dedicated to future moss students with the earnest
wish that in their study they may experience the same humble joy felt by
the author in preparing it.

ALPHABETICAL LIST OF SPECIES OF MUSCI.

1. Amblystegium adnatum ( Hedw. ) Aust. Banks of Potomac.

2. “ Juratzkanum Sch. Agricultural Department grounds;

Bladensburg Road.

3. Amblystegium Kochii B. & S. Agricultural Department grounds.

4. “ Lescurii (Sulliv.) Aust. Banks of Potomac.

5. “ orthocladon L. & J. Rock Creek: Fourteenth street

extended; Glen Echo: Cabin John’s: road to Sligo.

6. Amblystegium riparum (Hedw.) B. & S. Great Falls of the Potomac.

7. “ serpens (Hedw.) B. & S. Rock Creek; Bladensburg Road.

8. “ varium Lindb., represnted by various forms. Agricul-

tural Department grounds; Glen Echo: Kendall Green; Rock
Creek; Soldiers’ Home grounds.

9. Anacamptodon splachnoides (Froehl.) Brid. Spencerville, Maryland.

10. Anomodon attenuatus (Schreb.) Huebn. Glen Echo.

11. “ minor Fuernr. Rock Creek.

12. “ rostratus (Hedw.)Sch. Rock Creek.

13. “ tristis (Ces.) Sulliv. (. Leskea tristis ) Rock Creek.

14. Aulacomnium heterostichum (Hedw.) B. & S. Arlington.

15. Barbula caespitosa (Schwaegr.) Schultz. Rock Creek; Glen Echo; Mt.

Vernon: Ingleside: Brightwood: Spencerville, Maryland.

16. Barbula unguiculata Hedw. Rock Creek (a form); Arlington.

17. Bartramia pomiformis Hedw. Rock Creek.

18. Brachythecium acuminatum (Hedw.) Kindb. Rock Creek: Spencerville,

Maryland.

-87-

19. Brachythecium acutuM (Mitt.) Sulliv. Rock Creek.

20. “ oyxcladon (Brid.) Jaeg. & Sauerb. ( Brachythecium

laetum Brid.) Arlington; Rock Creek; Soldiers’ Home grounds.

21. Brachythecium plumosum (Sw.) B. & S. Rock Creek; banks of the

Potomac.

22. Brachythecium rutabulum (L.) B. & S. Glen Echo; Cabin John’s.

23. Bruchia flexuosa (Schwaegr.) C. M. Spencerville, Maryland.

24. Bryhnia Novae-Angliae (Sulliv. & Lesq.) Grout in Bull. Torr. Bot.

Club, May, 1898 p. 229. ( Brachythecium Novae-Angliae ; Eurh-

ynchium Novae-Angliae). The tenability of this genus has been
questioned. Rock Creek; District of Columbia (collected Coville).

25. Bryum argenteum L. Arlington.

26. “ caespiticium L. Agricultural Department grounds.

27. cirratum Hoppe & Hornsch. Bladensburg Road.

28. Catharinea angustata Brid. (. A trie hum angustatum (Brid.) B. & S.)

Rock Creek.

29. Catharinea undulata W. & M. (. Atrichum undulatum (L.) P. B.).

Rock Creek.

30. Ceratodon minor Aust. (Det. Mrs. E. G. Britton). Rock Creek.

31. Ceratodon purpureus (L.) Brid. Rock Creek: Bladensburg Road.

32. Cirriphyllum Boscn (Schwaegr.) Grout in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 1898,

p. 226.

(. Eurhynchium Boscii (Schwaegr.) Jaeg.). Rock Creek.

33. Climacium Americanum Brid. Rock Greek.

34. Climacium Americanum Kindbergii R. & C. in Bot. Gaz., 1890, p. 59.

See also The Bryologist, 1901, p. 54, and 1906, p. 8. Rock Creek.

35. Cryphaea glomerata B. & S. Pock Creek.

36. Dicranella heteromalla JL.) Sch. Ingleside; Catholic University

grounds; Rock Creek.

37. Dicranella heteromalla orthocarpa (Hedw.) L. & J. (= Dicranella

Fitzgeraldii R. & C., fide Cardot in Bull. Herb. Boiss. Vol. 7, No.
4, and Dicranella Fitzgeraldi R. & C. in Bot. Gaz. 1888, p. 197).
Rock Creek.

38. Dicranella rufescens (Turn.) Sch. Mixed with Ditrichum tortile.

Rock Creek.

39. Dicranella varia (Hedw.) Sch. Glen Echo.

40. Dicranum flagellare Hedw. Rock Creek.

41. Dicranum fulvum Hook. Rock Creek.

42. Dicranum sabuletorum R. & C. in Bot. Gaz. 1889, p. 91, T. 12 A. Rock

Creek.

43. Dicranum scoparium (L.) Hedw. Spencerville, Maryland.

44. Dicranum scoparium pallidum (Mull). L. & J. Rock Creek.

45. Ditrichum pallidum (Schrad.) Hpe. Rock Creek.

46. Ditrichum tortile (Schreb ) Brockm. Rock Creek.

47. Ditrichum tortile pusillum (Timm) Brock. Rock Creek.

48. Ditrichum tortile var. A peculiar variety with leaf margins of two cell

-88-

layers and strongly serrate. The costa also is toothed toward the
apex. Rock Creek.

49. Ditrichum vaginans (Sulliv.) Hpe. Cabin John’s; Glen Echo; Rock

Creek.

50. Diphyscium sessile (Schmid) Lindb. ( Diphyscium folio suin') Rock Creek ;

Fourteenth street.

51. Drummondia clavellata (Dill.) Hook. Rock Creek.

52. Entodon cladorhizans (Hedw.) Par. ( Cylindrothecium cladorhizans')

Glen Echo.

53. Entodon compressus C. M. in Linn. 1844, p. 707. ( Cylindrothecium

compressum ). Arlington.

54. Entodon seductrix (Hedw.) C. M. in Linn, 1847, p. 214. ( Cylindrothe-

cium seductrix). Rock Creek.

55. Eurhynchium graminicolor (Brid.) Par. Index ed. 1. 1894, R. & C.

in Bull. Herb. Boiss. 1899, p. 325. Bryhnia graminicolor (Brid.)
Grout in Bull. Torr. Club, 1898, May, p. 231. ( Hypnum Sullivantii
Spruce). Rock Creek.

56. Eurhynchium graminicolor Holzingeri (R. & C.) Par. Index ed. 1,

1804. Bryhnia graminicolor Holzingeri (R. & C.) Grout in Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club, 1898, May, p. 232. District of Columbia (collected
Coville).

57. Eurhynchium hians (Hedw.) Lindb. 1871. Rock Creek Park.

58. Eurhynchium praelongum (Dill. L.) Bryhn. A pale pinnate form. Dr.

Grout has pencilled “ No” on the pocket, but does not say what it is.
Arlington: District of Columbia.

59. Eurhynchium strigosum robustum Roell in Hedwigia, 36: 52, 1897.

Rock Creek.

60. Eurhynchium strigosum scabrisetum Grout. Bull. Torr. Club, May,

1898, p. 241. Along Potomac, Georgetown, D. C. (collected J.
Blanchard).

61. Fissidens decipiens De Not. Spencerville, Maryland.

62. Fissidens incurvus Starke. Near the greenhouse of the Department of

Agriculture.

63. Fissidens minutulus Sulliv. Rock Creek Park.

64. Fissidens pusillus (Wils.) Milde. Rock Creek: Potomac valley; Glen •

Echo.

65. Fissidens taxifolius (L.) Hedw. Rock Creek; Soldiers’ Home grounds;

River View; Spencerville, Maryland.

66. Eontinalis biformis Sulliv. Rock Creek: Blagden’s Run; £reek near

Arlington.

67. Fontinalis Novae-Angliae Sulliv. Creek near Arlington.

68. Forsstroemia trichomitria (Hedw.) Lindb. ( Leptodon trichomitrion).

Ingleside.

69. Funaria hygrometrica (L.) Hedw. Arlington.

70. Grimmia Olneyi Sulliv. Great Falls, Maryland.

71. Grimmia pilifera P. B. ( Grimmia pennsilvanica Schwaegr.) Glen

Echo (collected E. B. Chamberlain).

-89-

72. Hedwigia albicans viridis (B. & S-.) Limpr. (. Hedwigia ciliata vvridis ).

Rock Creek.

73. Homalotheciella subcapillata (Hedw.) Card, in The Bryologist,

March, 1904, p. 31. Homalotheciella * Card, in Bull. Herb. Boiss.
Vol. 7, p. 374, 1890. Burnettia Grout in The Bryologist, July, 1903,
p. 65. [Homalothecium subcapillatuni) Rock Creek; Brightwood;
Arlington; Great Falls, Maryland.

74. Hypnum arcuatum Lindb. (. Hypnum patientiae). Road to Sligo.

75. Hypnum chrysophyllum Brid. Rock Creek.

76. Hypnum (Limnobium) Closteri Aust. See Cheney, N. Am. Species of

Amblystegium in Bot, Gaz. Oct., 1897, p. 241, where Amblystegium
Holzingeri R. & C. is reduced to Hypnum Closteri. In a ravine on
the Virginia side of the Potomac, above the Georgetown Bridge.

77. Hypnum curvifolium Hedw. Rock Creek; Arlington: Blagden’s Run.

78. Hypnum fertile Sendt. Rock Creek.

79. Hypnum hispidulum Brid. Road to Sligo; Mt. Pleasant; Arlington.

(On this plant there are papillae on the under surface of the leaves.)

80. Hypnum polygamum Sch. Arlington.

81. Hypnum reptile Rich. Rock Creek.

82. Isopterygium micans (Sw.) E. G. Britton in The Bryologist, July, 1902,

p. 67. ( Raphidostegium micans; Plagiothecium micans ) Rock

Creek.

83. Leptobryum pyriforme (L.) Sch. Rock Creek.

84. Leskea arenicola Best in The Bryologist, Nov., 1903, p. 97, reprinted

from Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, Sept., 1903. Spencerville, Maryland.

85. Leskea gracilescens Hedw. Arlington.

86. Leskea obscura Hedw. Rock Creek.

87. Leskea polycarpa Ehrh. Banks of the Potomac.

88. Leucobryum glaucum (L.) Sch. Catholic University grounds.

89. Leucobryum minus Hpe. Rock Creek: Bladensburg Road.

90. Leucodon julaceus (L.) Sulliv. Rock Creek: Spencerville, Maryland.

91. Mnium affine Bland. Glen Echo: Road to Sligo.

92. Mnium cuspidatum (L. ex. p. , Schreb.) Leyss. Arlington; Rock Creek;

Cabin John’s.

93. Mnium punctatum (L., Schreb.) Hedw. Rock Creek; Banks of the

Potomac.

94. Mnium stellare Reich. Rock Creek.

95. Neckera pennata (L.) Hedw. Spencerville, Maryland.

96. Orthotrichum Braunii B. & S. Rock Creek.

97. Orthotrichum Schimperi Hamm. ( Orthotrichum fallax Sch.); Sol-

diers’ Home grounds.

98. Orthotrichum cupulatum Hoffm. ( Orthotrichum strangulatum P,

B.). Spencerville, Maryland.

99. Orthotrichum Ohioense Sulliv. Rock Creek.

100. Phascum cuspidatum Schreb. var. Agricultural Department grounds.

*See Note Page 91.

—go—

101. Philonotis fontana (L.) Brid. , “a lax form,” Card. Rock Creek.

102. Physcomit’rium turbinatum (Rich.) C. M. Agricultural grounds.

103. Plagiothecium denticulatum (L.) B. & S. Alexandria, Virginia.

104. Plagiothecium Roeseanum (Hpe.) B. & S. (P lagiothecium Sulli-

vantiae B. & S.) Rock Creek: Banks of the Potomac; Fourteenth
Street extended.

105. Plagiothecium repens (Brid.) B. & S. Rock Creek.

106. Pleuridium alternifolium (Dicks., Kaulf.) Brid. Agricultural Depart-

ment grounds; Arlington Road.

107. Pleuridium subulatum (Huds.) Rabenh. Rock Creek; Tenallytown.

108. Pogonatum breyicaule (Brid.) P. B. East Washington Electric Rail-

way Line.

109. Polytrichum commune L. Rock Creek.

no. Polytrichum Ohioense R. & C. Rock Creek; Spencerville, Maryland,
in. “ Pottia truncata ” — a doubtful reference. Rock Creek Park.

112. Ptycfiomitrium incurvum (Schwaegr.) Sulliv. Rock Creek.

1 13. Pylaisia intricata (Hedw.) Card, (non Sch ) in Bull. Herb. Boiss. Vol.

7, No. 4, 1899, p. 373. ( Pylaisia velutina Sch.). Spencerville,

Maryland.

1 14. Pylaisia Schimperi Card, in loc. cit. ( Pylaisia intricata Sch.). Rock

Creek: Arlington: Fourteenth Street extended.

115. Pylaisia subdenticulata B. & S. Rock Creek: Spencerville, Mary-

land.

1 16. Rhynchostegium deplanatum Sch. Banks of the Potomac.

1 17. Rhynchostegium geophilum Aust. Rock Creek.

1 18. Rhynchostegium rusciforme (Weiss) B. & S. Broad Branch of Rock

Creek.

1 19. Rhynchostegium serrulatum (Hedw.) Jaeg. Rock Creek; Bay Ridge,

River View; Banks of the Potomac: Soldiers’ Home grounds; Sligo:
Agricultural Department grounds.

120. Sch is t i d 1 u m apocarpum (L.) B. & S. District of Columbia (collected

Coville).

121. Sematophyllum adnatum (Mx.) E. G. Britton in The Bryologist, July,

1902, p. 65 ( Rhaphidostegium microcarpon). Bay Ridge.

122. Sematophyllum Carolinianum (C. M.) E. G. B., in loc. cit. ( Raphi -

dostegium demissnm Carolinianum ). Rock Creek.

123. Sematophyllum Marylandicum (C. M.) E. G. B. , in loc. cit. ( Raphi -

dostegium demissum Marylandicuni). Rock Creek; Virginia side
of the Potomac.

124. Sphagnum cymbifolium laeve Warnst. ( Sphagnum cymbifolium forma

glaucescens). Rock Creek Park .

125. Systegium crispum (Hedw.) Sch. ( Astomum crispum ). Soldiers’ Home

grounds.

126. Systegium Sullivantii (B. & S.) Jaeg. ( Astomum Sullivantii). Agri-

cultural Department grounds.

127. Thelia asprella Sulliv. Rock Creek; River View: Spencerville,

Maryland.

—gi —

128. Thelia hirtella (Hedw.) Sulliv. Arlington.

129. Thuidium delicatulum (L. ) Mitt. Banks of the Potomac.

130. Thuidium microphyllum (Sw.) Best in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, March

1896, p. 88. {Thuidium gracile). Agricultural Department grounds;
Rock Creek; Ingleside; Mt. Pleasant: Spencerville, Maryland.

131. Thuidium RECOGNiTUM (Hedw.) Lindb. Rock Creek; Cabin John’s.

132. Thuidium scitum (P. B.) Aust. Glen Echo; Rock Creek.

133. Thuidium Virginianum (Brid.) Lindb. {Thuidium gracile La7icastri-

ense). See The Bryologist, Oct., 1901, p. 73, and Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club, March, 1896. Rock Creek.

134. Tortula muralis (L.) Hedw. Georgetown; grounds around Washing-

ton’s Church, Alexandria, Virginia.

135. Ulota crispula Bruch, in Brid, Bryol. Univ. Spencerville, Maryland.

136. Ulota Americana (P. B.) Mitt. {Ulota Hutchinsiae ). North Washing-

ton, D. C. ; Spencerville, Maryland.

137. Webera Lescuriana L. & J. Rock Creek.

138. Webera nutans (Schreb.) Hedw. Rock Creek: Glen Echo: Arlington.

139. Weisia viridula (L.) Hedw. Arlington: Glen Echo: Fourteenth Street

extended ; Agricultural Department grounds.

*Dr. George B. Sudworth, to whom I referred this nomenclature problem
for verification, disposed of it as follows: “If Homalothecium is untena-

ble, then Cardot’s so-called sections, Euhomalothecium and Homalotheciella,
are valid ; and in casting Homalothecium sp. into synonymy, the section name
Euhomalothecium must stand first , and Homalotheciella second , should the
former ever have to be replaced on account of any invalidity shown to exist.
This is so, because a section name is. in fact, a sub-generic name, and like a
sub-specific name, is raised to specific rank, and may at any time of neces-
sity (and if Homalothecium be untenable, this is a case of necessity) be
raised to generic rank. This cuts ouf^ a section name, but if the latter is
really wanted a new one may be created. Grout’s position in passing over
these two section names of Cardot’s is unsupported by any authority I know.
His Burnettia must certainly fall before either of Cardot’s section names.”

Alphabetical LisT of Species of Hepaticae.

The following species of Hepatics were collected by me in and near the
District of Columbia and were determined by Dr. Alexander W. Evans.

1. Archilejeunia clypeata (Schwein.) Schiffn. District of Columbia.

2. Bazzania triLobata (L.) S. F. Gray. Rock Creek.

3. Cephalozia curvifolia (Dicks) Dumort. Spencerville, Maryland.

4. Frullania eboracensis Gottsche. Banks of the Potomac opposite

Georgetown: Rock Creek; Spencerville, Maryland.

5. Frullania Asagrayana Mont. Blagden’s Run.

6. Frullania squarrosa (R. B1 & Nees) Dumort. Rock Creek.

7. Jungermannia pumila With. Banks of the Potomac opposite George-

town.

8. Kantia sp. Rock Creek.

—92— -

9. Lejeunia calcarea Libert. Rock Creek.

10. Lophocolea heterophylla (Schrad.) Dumort. Rock Creek.

11. Metzgeria conjugata Lindb. Rock Creek.

12. Nardia crenulata (Smith) Lindb. Rock Creek.

13. Nardia hyalina (Lyell.) Carriagt. Banks of the Potomac opposite

Georgetown.

14. Odontoschisma denudatum (Mart.) Dumort. Rock Creek.

15. Odontoschisma Sphagni (Dicks.) Dumort. District of Columbia:

Spencerville, Maryland.

16. Radula obconica Sulliv. Rock Creek.

17. Radula tenax Lindb. Rock Creek.

18. Scapania Evansii Bryhn. Rock Creek.

19. Scapania nemorosa (L.) Dumort. Arlington; East Washington; Rock

BOOKS AND EXSICCATI FROM PROF. CUMMINGS’ ESTATE

FOR SALE.

The following named books, from the library of the late Prof. Clara E.
Cummings, are offered for sale. The prices are net:

1 Lichens Exotici. A. M. Hue. Paris. 1892 $10 00

2 Lichenographia Scandinavica. T. M. Fries 3 00

3 Die Bedmgungen der Fortpflanzung bei Einigen Algen und Pilzen.

Dr. Geo. Klebs. Jena, 1896 .... 3 50

4 A Preliminary Catalogue of the Plants Growing on Mount Desert and

the Adjacent Islands. E. L. Rand and J. H. Redfield. 1894.... 25

5 Lehrbuch der Botanik fur Hochschulen. By Strasburger, Noll,

Schenck. Schimper. Jena, 1895 2 00

6 Handbuch der Systematischen Botanik. Dr. Chas. Luerssen. 1879. 3 00

7 Illustrirtes Pflanzenleben. Dr. Arnold Dodel-Port. Zurich, 1883. 1 00

8 Monographia Roccelleorum. Ein Beitrag zur Flechtensystematick.

Otto Vernon Darbishire. Stuttgart, 1898 10 00

9 Flecktenstudien. Hugo Zukal, 1884 1 50

10 British Lichens. Parti. Rev. James M. Crombie, 1861 ........ . 4 00

11 Geschichte und Litteratur ' der Lichenologie. 2 Vols. August von

Krempellhuber. Miinchen, 1867 2 00

12 Lichenum Helveticorum. L E. Schaerer. Bernae, 1823-1838 3 00

13 Enumeratio Critica Lichenum Europaeorum. L. E. Schaerer.

Bernae, 1850 1 50

14 Systema Lichenum Germaniae. Dr. S. W. Koerber. Breslau, 1855.. 2 00

15 Methodus qua Omnes Detectos Lichenes. Erick Acharius. 1803.. 2 00

16 Flora Cestrica. An Herborizing Companion for the Young Botan-

ists of Chester County, Pa. Wm. Darlington. 1853 300

17 Introduction to Elementary Practical Biology. Chas. W. Dodge.

Harper Bros., 1894 1 00

18 A Laboratory Manual of High School Botany. Frederick E. Clem-

ents. The University Publishing Co. 1900 50

38'

— 93 —

A Laboratory Course in Plant Physiology. Wm. F. Ganong.

Henry Holt Co. New York, igoi . . 75

The Teaching Botanist. Wm. F. Ganong. The McMillan Co. New

York, 1899 . 75

A Course in Scientific German. H. D. Hodges. Ginn & Heath.

Boston, 1878 50

Handbook of Practical Botany. Dr. E. Strasburger. The McMil-
lan Co. New York, 1900 1 50

Bergen’s Foundations of Botany. J. F. Bergen. Ginn & Co. 1901. 50

The Evolution of Plant Life Lower Forms. G. Massee. Methuen

& Co. London, 1891. 75

The Lichen Flora of Great Britain, Ireland and the Channel Islands.

Rev. W. A. Leighton 1879 • 3 75

A General History of Rome. Chas. Merivale, D.D. Harper Bros.

1876 1 00

A Handbook of Cryptogamic Botany. Alfred W. Bennett. Long-
mans, Green & Co. 1889 2 00

Latin English Dictionary. Rev. P. Bullions. Sheldon & Co. New

York, 1875. 2 00

German Grammar. Wm. D. Whitney. Henry Holt & Co. New

York 75

German Reader. Wm. D. Whitney. . 75

Dictionary of the German and English Languages. B. J. Adler.

D. Appleton & Co. 1874. • • • 2 00

An Introduction to Structural Botany. B. Duckenfield & Henry

Scott. Adams & Chas. Black. London, 1896 1 50

Elementary Introduction in Practical Biology. T. H. Huxley.

McMillan & Co. 1879 . ... 1 25

Text Book of General Lichenology. Albert Schneider. Willard

N. Clute & Co. Binghamton. 1897 2 50

A University Text Book of Botany. D L. Campbell. The McMil-
lan Co. 1902 3 00

A Text Book of Plant Physiology. Geo. J. Pierce. Henry Holt

& Co. New York. 1903 1 50

Outlines of Classification and Special Morphology of Plants. D. K.

Goebel. Clarendon Press. Oxford, 1887 3 00

Gray’s Botanical Text Book. Vol. 2. Geo. L. Goodale. New

York and'Chicago, 1885 .... 1 00

The Botanical Text Book. Parti. Asa Gray. New York, 1879.. 1 00

The Phantom Boquet on Skeletonizing. Edward Parrish. J. B.

Lippincott & Co. 1862 25

Dust and Its Dangers. T. Mitchell Prudden. New York, 1901. ... 50

Mosses With a Hand Lens. A. J. Grout. Flatbush, New York

City, 1900 . 1 50

A Fern Book for Everybody. M. C. Cooke, London and New
York

— 94 —

44 Introduction to Structural and Systematic Botany. Asa Gray. 50

New York and Chicago. I. B. Taylor & Co. 1876. 1 00

45 Botany for High Schools and Colleges. Chas. E. Bessey. Henry

Holt & Co. New York, 1881 125

46 Recreations in Botany. Caroline A. Creevey. Harper & Bros.

New York, 1893 75

47 Musci and Hepaticas of the United States. Wm, Sullivant. New

York, 1871 .

48 The British Moss Flora. R. Braithwaite, M.D. Vol. 1. London,

1887 . . 9 00

49 The Sphagnaceae or Peat Mosses of Europe and North America.

R. Braithwaite, M.D. London, 1880 3 00

50 Chapters in Modern Botany. Patrick Geddes. London, 1893 1 00

51 The Great World’s Farm. Selina Gaye. New York, 1894 50

52 Fuhrer fur Pilzfreunde. Edmund Michael. 1896 1 00

53 Bergen’s Botany Key and Flora. Ginn & Co. 1901 50

54 Fungi and Fungicides. Clarence M. Weed. New York, 1894 .... 50

55 Studies of Plant Life. Pepoon, Mitchell & Maxwell. Boston, 1900. 25

56 Field Book of American Wild Flowers. F. S. Mathews. 1902. ... 1 00

57 A Laboratory Manual of Botany. O. W. Caldwell. 1902 40

58 A Text Book of College Botany. G. F. Atkinson. New York, 1905 1 50

59 Drinking Water and Ice Supplies. T. M. Prudden. New York,

1899.. 25

60 Minnesota Plant Diseases. E. M. Freeman. St. Paul, 1905 25

61 Moulds, Mildews and Mushrooms. L. M. Underwood. New York,

1899 75

62 Outhnes of Botany. R. G. Leavitt. Am. Book Co. 1901 50

63 Our Ferns in Their Haunts. W. N. Clute. F. A. Stokes Co. 1901 1 50

64 Research Methods in Ecology. F. E. Clements. Lincoln, Neb. ,

1905 2 00

65 A Textbook of Botany. Strasburger, Noll, Schenck and Schimper.

Macmillan & Co. 1903 2 00

66 Gray’s Lessons in Botany. 1876 25

67 Our Secret Friends and Foes. P. F. Frankland. 1897 50

68 Guide to the Recognition of the Principal Orders of Cryptogams and

the Commoner and More Easily Distinguished New England Gen-
era. F. L. Sargent. Cambridge, 1886 1 00

69 Elementary Botany. G. F. Atkinson. Henry Holt & Co. 1899 .. 75

70 Manual of the Flora of the Northern States and Canada. N. L.

Britton. Henry Holt & Co. 1905 1 50

71 Practical Agriculture. C. C. James. D. Appleton & Co. 1900 . . 40

72 Plants. John M. Coulter. D. Appleton & Co. 1900 75

73 Outlines of Dairy Bacteriology. H. L. Russell, Madison, Wis.

1899 ....... 50

74 Introduction to Botany. V. M. Spaulding. D. C. Heath & Co.

1894 4°

—95—

75 Illustrated Guide to British Mosses. H. G. Jameson. 1894 2 00

76 Gray’s Manual of Botany. 1890 1 00

77 Mushrooms. G. F. Atkinson. Andrus & Church. Ithaca, 1900. . 2 00

78 Romance of Low Life Amongst Plants. M. C. Cooke. Young &

Co. 1893 . . 1 00

79 Our Native Ferns and Their Allies. L. M. Underwood. Henry

Holt & Co. 1888. 75

80 The Fern Allies. W. N. Clute. F. A Stokes Co. 1905 1 50

81 1000 American Fungi. Chas. Mcllvane. 1900. Author’s Edition.

Signed by the Author. No. 332 of 750 copies. ... 5 00

82 Practical Forestry. John Gifford. D. Appleton & Co. 1902...... 50

83 Introduction to Botany. W. C. Stevens. D. C. Heath & Co. 1902 75

84 Elementary Meteorology. Frank Waldo. Am Book Co. 1896 .. 1 00

85 Mosses of North America. Lesquereux and James. Cassino &

Co 1884 ... 5 00

86 Minnesota Plant Life. Conway McMdlan St. Paul. 1899....... 25

87 Report of the State Botanist of New York. 1894 1 00

88 Plantae Lichenosae. G. F. Hoffman. 1789-1801 ... 15 00

There is also offered for sale, two complete sets of the late Prof. Clara
E. Cummings’ exsiccati, Lichenes Boreali Americani. The sets comprise
280 numbers and are particularly interesting from the fact that for the most
part they are illustrative of Tuckerman’s specific conceptions. Originally
published at $7.50 per century, they are now offered at $10.00 per set. In
addition to the foregoing, two incomplete sets, the numbers in each comprising
1 to 140, 191 to 210 and 220 to 280, are offered at a price of $6.00 for each set.
The prices are net. Make checks payable to, and address for further particulars,

Mr. Walter C. Whitney,

10 Maple Street,

Newton, Mass.

SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER NOTES.

One new member only to report this time. No. 187. Superintendent H.
C. Sanborne, Franklin, New Hampshire.

OFFERINGS.

[To- Chapter Members only. For postage.]

Mr. E, B. Chamberlain, 38 West 59th street, New York City. Fissidens
Japonicus Doz. & Molk.; Fissidens perdecurrens Besch. Collected by
Prof. Shutai Okamura, in the province of Tosa, Japan. Both fruiting.

Miss Alice C. Kendall, Holden, Mass. Mninm hornum L. Collected in
Holden, c.fr. ^

Mr. F. E. McDonald, 417 California avenue, Peoria, 111. Ceratodon pur-
pur eus (L.) Brid. ; P hy scomitrium turb inatum (Rich.) C. M.: Dimichum
pallidum (Schreb.) Hpe. Allc.fr. Collected in Illinois.

-96-

Prof. C. F. Baker, Santiago de las Vegas, Cuba, offers in exchange a
limited number of specimens of the following Hepaticae: Aneura multi-

Jida Dum.; Bryopteris diffusa Nees; Bryopteris tenuicaulis Taylor;
Frullania atrata Nees; Leptolej eunea e l lip tic a Nees ; Madotheca sp. (So.
Cal.); Marckantia polymorphia L. (So. Cal.); Peltolej eunea Jackii Sz.:
P lagiochila dubia L. & G. ; Plagiochila zacuapana G. : and Taxilej eunea
erosifolia W.

List of northern hepatics which I desire in return for the above will be
given on application.

HERBARIUM FOR SALE.

The moss collection of K. A. T. Seth, Conservator of the Botanical
Museum, Upsala, Sweden, is offered for sale: it contains the following sets:

A T. Seth (Sweden ; representing over forty years work).

W. P. Schimper (Abyssinia, Guadeloupe, Europe).

J. Z. Zetterstedt (Sweden, Norway, Pyrenees).

S. Berggren (Sweden, Norway, Spitzbergen, Greenland, Nowaja
Semi j a, Beeren Island).

E. Nyman (Sweden, Norway, Java, New Guinea).

P. Dusen (Sweden, Kamarum, Chili, Terra del Fugo, Patagonia).

Besides these it contains specimens secured by exchanges from C. Muel-
ler, Lorentz, Spruce, L’Herminier, Breidler, Geheeb, Milde, Ruthe, Juratzka,
Fred. v. Mueller, Weber, F. Winter, C.J. Hartman, C. Hartman, R. Hart-
man, Arnell, Kindberg, Hagen, Bryhn, Kaaloos, Wulfsberg, Kaurin, Warns-
torf, Cobrier, Levier, Molendo, Wood, Booth, Blytt, Brotherus, C. Jensen,
Wahlenberg, Cleve, Bomanson, and Lindberg.

Further information may be had by addressing Dr. P. A. Rydberg, New
York Botanical Garden, who has the list of species.

QTLTirLru LriJTJxrLnnjTJTJiJTJijmnjxrinjxrxjTrijTnnjanjTJTJ^

NUMBER 6 5

§ VOLUME X

#1! NOVEMBER, 1907

The BKYOLOGIST

AN ILLUSTRATED BIMONTHLY DEVOTED TO

NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES

HEPATICS AND LICHENS

EDITOR

ANNIE MORRI LL . SMITH

CONTENTS

Further Notes on Ciadonias XIII. {Illustrated) Bruce Fink 97

Notes on Nomenclature VIII. . . Elizabeth G. Britton 100

Some British Columbia Lichens . . Thomas Hebden 101

Notes from Waterville, New Hampshire II. Annie Lorenz 102

A List of Mosses Collected in Missouri Charles H. Demetrio 103

Hrs. Mary L. Stevens {Obituary) Elizabeth Marie Dunham 106

Leucobryum glaucum {Illustrated) . . W. H. Burrell 107

Notes on Spore Dispersal in Sphagnum . E. J. Winslow 111

Sullivant Moss Chapter Notes— Election of Officers —

Offerings, Etc. * 112

q Entered at the Post Office at Brooklyn, N. Y., April 2, 1900, as second class of mail
q matter, under Act of March 3, 1879.

q Published by the Editor, 78 Orange St., Brooklyn, N. Y., U. S. A.

smnJTJTJTruinmirmjmirmjTjmrmr^^^ a.??

PRE88 OF MC BRIDE & STERN, 97-99 CUFF STREET. NEW YORK /

( ith'V/

l U J *

5 1907

THE B R YOLOGTST

IpmmxtMij gxr uxn&i

DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF NORTH AMERICAN
MOSSES, HEPATICS AND LICHENS

ALSO OFFICIAL ORGAN OF

THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER

EDITOR

Mrs Annie Morrill Smith

ASSISTED BY

Mr. A. J. Grout, Ph.D. )

Dr. J. W. Bailey f

Mr. G. K. Merrill

Miss Caroline. Coventry Haynes . .* .

Mosses

Lichens

Hepatics

Subscription, $1.00 a Year Single Copies, 20 cents

Four Vols. 1898-1901—51.50 Five Vols. 1902-1906—55.00

THE SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER

Invites all interested in the study of Mosses, Hepatics and Lichens,
to join. Dues, $1.10 a year — this includes a subscription to The
Bryologist. Send dues direct to Treasurer. . For further information
address the Secretary.

OFFICERS FOR 1907

President— Mr. E. B. Chamberlain . . 38 West 59th Street

New York City

Vice-President — Mr. G. K. Merrill .... 564 Main Street
Rockland, Maine

Secretary— Dr. John W. Bailey . 4541 Fourteenth Ave., N.E.

Seattle , Wash.

Treasurer— Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith . 78 Orange Street
Brooklyn , N. Y.

Plate 'Xl — Cladonia cristatella. Fig. ia Nat. Size, Fig. ib X 2.
Cladonia coccifera. Fig. 2a Nat. Size, 2b X 2.

THE BRYOLOGIST

Vol. X. November, 1907 No. 6.

FURTHER NOTES ON CLADONIAS. XIIL
Cladonia cristatella and Cladonia coccifera.

Bruce Fink.

In the two species considered in this second paper on the scarlet-fruited
Cladonias, we seem to be perhaps nearer certain of the brown-fruited Clad-
onias than we were in the three species considered in the last paper of the
series. In confirmation of this view, it may be stated that both Cladonia
cristatella and Cladonia coccifera have pale-fruited varieties, which may
easily be confused with such species as Cladonia mitrula, Cladonia botrytes ,
Cladonia pyxidata and Cladonia cameo la. Even so good a lichenist as
Nylander seems to have confused Tuckerman’s Cladonia cristatella ochro-
carpia with specimens of some pale-fruited American Cladonia, construct-
ing therefrom his species, Cladonia substraminea , with two varieties,
one from North America ’and one from South America. This illustrates the
dangers of making species from a few specimens submitted, Tuckerman
knowing well that his plants grew with the ordinary scarlet-fruited plants in
the White Mountains. Again, the resemblance of certain forms of Cladonia
pityrea to Cladonia cristatella was noted in a former paper of this series,
and the former species rarely shows a tendency toward scarlet-fruited condi-
tions as in some specimens collected by the writer in Iowa and determined by
Dr. Wainio.

The resemblance of a pale-fruited variety of Cladonia coccifera to Clad-
onia pyxidata and Cladonia carneola is noted below, and it need only be
added here that the variety of Cladonia coccifera often shows fruits varie-
gated with yellow and scarlet.

The two species considered in the present paper are somewhat closely
related and have been confused. But Cladonia incrassata Flk. is an inter-
mediate species, sometimes scyphiform and sometimes without cups, and our
constantly scyphiform Cladonia coccifera need not be confused with the cup-
less Cladonia cristatella.

The specimens used to illustrate this paper were both collected in Minne-
sota by the writer.

Cladonia cristatella Tuck. Syn. Lich. New Eng. 55. 1848. Primary
thallus usually persistent, composed of incised or crenate, small squamules,
which are 2-3 mm. long and wide, commonly flat but sometimes involute,
scattered or clustered, sea-green or straw-yellow above and whitish below,
sometimes sorediate above. Podetia arising from the surface of the squam-
ules ; usually of moderate length, 4-35 mm. long and o. 5-2. 5 mm. in diameter;
subcylindrical or somewhat enlarged toward the apex, without cups ; simple,
or more or less fasciculately or digitately branched toward the apex, the

The September Bryologist was issued September 3, 1907.

-98-

branches short and obtuse, and the apex or apices commonly terminated by
apothecia: the axils sometimes perforate, clustered or subsolitary; erect and
rarely squamulose; cortex continuous or areolate, smooth or roughened;
sea-green or straw-yellow. Apothecia medium sized or small, 0.3-3 mm. in
diameter, solitary or clustered, convex, immarginate, scarlet. Hypothecium
pale or pale yellowish. Hymenium pale reddish above and pale or pale
yellowish below. Paraphyses commonly simple, the apices only slightly
thickened or colored. Asci cylindrico-clavate. Plate XI. Fig. ia and ib.

On dead wood and rarely on earth, especially in rather dry woods.
Examined by the writer from Maine (F. L. Harvey), Massachusetts (Clara E.
Cummings), New York (E. A. Burt and Carolyn W. Harris), Long Island
(H. von Schrenk), Ohio (E. E. Bogue, M. Foltz and Bruce Fink), Missouri
(C. H. Demetrio and Colton Russell), South Carolina (H. A. Green), Illinois
(G. P. Clinton and Bruce Fink), North Carolina (Colton Russell), Wisconsin,
Iowa and Minnesota (Bruce Fink), Ontario (J. Macoun), Newfoundland (A.
C. Waghorne, and labeled Cladonia coccifera ), Tennessee (W. W. Calkins
and referred to Cladonia pulchella ). H. Willey records from Massachusetts
and Illinois, W. W. Calkins from Illinois, J. W. Eckfeldt and W. W. Calkins
from Florida, Charles Mohr from Alabama and C. H. Peck from New York.
Wainio’s distribution adds Virginia, New Jersey, Indiana, Georgia and
Texas. J. Macoun finds the plant widely distributed in British America, but
neither he, Dr. H. E. Hasse, nor any other collector seems to have found it
along the Pacific coast. Otherwise, widely distributed in North America.
A distinctly North American lichen.

Cladonia cristatella ramosa Tuck. Obs. North Amer. Lich. 395. 1862.
Podetia spreading, branched below and dichotomously much-divided above.

On sterile earth in the White Mountains, and also in Illinois according
to H. Willey.

Cladonia cristatella vestita Tuck. Syn. North Amer. Lich. 255. 1882.
Podetia densely squamulose, and often much like Cladonia pulchella.

From Massachusetts and New Jersey. Also a specimen sent Dr. Wainio,
collected by the writer at Tower, Minnesota, was placed here.

Cladonia cristatella paludicola Tuck. Syn. North Amer. Lich. 255.
1882. Podetia very short and the apothecia almost sessile. The squamules
of the primary thallus squamulose.

In Cypress and other swamps, indefinitely reported by Tuckerman. The
writer has referred here a specimen collected on a log at Mankato, Minne-
sota. But the squamules are scarcely sorediate, and the determination is
doubtful. H. Willey records for Massachusetts.

Cladonia cristatella ochrocarpia Tuck. Syn. North Amer. Lich. 255.
1882. Apothecia sometimes yellow. Tuckerman first called this Cladonia
floerkeana ochrocarpia Tuck. Lich. Amer. Excic. no. 133. 1854. Cladonia
sub sir amine a Nyl. Syn. Lich. 204. i860, seems to be the same in part.

Reported as frequent on sterile soil in the White Mountains, where it is
frequent and mixed with the ordinary form of the species. Also said to
occur in New York and Massachusetts, H. Willey recording from latter State.

—99—

Cladonia coccifera (L.) Willd. FI. Berol. Prod. 361. 1787. Primary
thallus usually persistent, composed of irregularly or flabellately incised,
crenate or lobate, small or larger squamules, which are 1-^4 mm. long and
1-3 mm. wide (foreign measurements more than twice as large): flat or some-
what involute, the lower side often more or less distinctly nervose; clustered,
or scattered, light to reddish sea-green above and white below or yellowish
toward the base, the base and the nerves yellow or red ; rarely sorediate above
and at the margins. Podetia arising from the surface of the primary thallus,
4-50 mm. long and 1-4 mm. in diameter at the base, cup-bearing, cylindrical
or turbinate, erect, corticate, the cortex subcontinuous toward the base and
areolate-verrucose toward the top; sea-green, frequently yellowish or reddish
tinged: the decorticate areas between the areoles are frequently white or
yellowish; rarely more or less squamulose. Cups gradually or abruptly
dilated, sometimes becoming oblique, subentire, dentate, radiate or prolifer-
ate, one to four proliferations from cup- bearing cups or apothecia, prolifer-
ations arising from the margins of the cups or rarely from within, the lower
rank 4-30 mm. long, the upper one or more formed by proliferation usually
shorter. Apothecia varying much in size, 1-8 mm. in diameter in ours (and
frequently twice as large in foreign specimens) ; clustered or solitary, at the
dilate apices of the proliferations or sessile on the margins of the cups: con.
vex or depressed convex: thinly margined or more commonly immarginate,
scarlet in ours. Hypothecium pale. Hymenium pale red above and pale
below. Paraphyses usually simple, somewhat enlarged at the apex. Asci
cylindrico-clavate. Plate XI. Fig. 2a and 2b.

On earth and on humus over rocks. Examined by the writer from New
Hampshire (Clara E. Cummings, G. K. Merrill and R. H. Howe, Jr.), Massa-
chusetts (Clara E. Cummings), Connecticut (H. A. Green), New York (Caro-
lyn W. Harris), Iowa, Minnesota, Washington, British Columbia, Alberta
(Bruce Fink), Montana (R. S. Williams), Ontario (J. Macoun), Alaska (Wm.
Trelease). Chas. Mohr records from Alabama, C. H. Peck from New York,
H. Willey from Massachusetts and J. Macoun from many localities in British
America. Dr. Wainio’s distribution adds only Gautemala. A large part of
specimens are recorded under the synonym, Cladonia cornucopioides (L.)
Fr. These forms fall .mainly at least under Cladonia coccifera stematina
(Ach.) Wainio Mon. Clad. Univ. 1: 158. 1887, which is the normal form and
which we prefer to let stand with the species. Widely distributed in north-
ern United States, British America and southward in the mountains. Tuck-
erman records from Oregon by Hall, otherwise the collections of the writer
from Washington seem to be the only ones from the west coast, within the
United States. Known in all the grand divisions except Africa.

Cladonia coccifera pleurota (Flk.) Schear. Lich. Helv. Spic. 25, 1823.
Podetia corticate below and more or less sorediate above. Squamules usually
sorediate below and along the margins.

Examined by the writer from New England (Clara E. Cummings), New
Hampshire (R. H. Howe, Jr.), Massachusetts (H. Willey), Iowa, Minnesota
and British Columbia (Bruce Fink), Nova Scotia and Newfoundland (A. C.

IOU —

Waghorne), Alaska (Wm. Trelease). Recorded from Montana by Carolyn
W. Harris. Dr. Wainio’s distribution adds Greenland, North Carolina and
California. Thus the variety seems to be as widely distributed in North
America as the species, but it is much less common in most localities. Its
foreign distribution is also the same as the species.

Cladonia coccifera ochrocarpia Flk. in Sommerf. Suppl. FI. Lapp. 128.
1826. Apothecia yellow, the podetia without soredia.

Recorded by H. Willey from Massachusetts. Found also in Europe.

The plant is little known and is easily confused with Cladonia pyxidata
on account of its yellow apothecia. Also easily mistaken for Cladonia
carneola, but this always has podetia sorediate toward the top. The plant
may be distinguished from Cladonia pyxidata by a careful comparison of
the primary thallus. Doubtless to be found elsewhere in North America

Miami University Oxford, Ohio.

NOTES ON NOMENCLATURE VIII

Elizabeth G. Britton.

Parts 227 and 228 of Engler and Prantl, Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfami-
lien by Brotherus were received in April, 1907. They include the Lembo-
phyllaceae , Entodontaceae, Fabroniaceae, Pilotrichaceae , Nematoceae and
Hookeriaceae. Thirty-five genera known to occur in North America, Central
America and the West Indies, with one hundred and ninety-nine species, are
listed

Isothecium Brid. includes four North American species following Cardot
and Grout. Orthothecium Br. & Sch., three species. Entodon , twenty-seven
species, eight North American. Platygyrium Br. & Sch., one species, P.
repens. Pylaisia Br. & Sch., six species, four North American. Triptero-
cladium (C. M.) Kindb. with three species. Pterygynandrum Hedw. with
two species. Stereophyllum Mitt, with nine species, only one North Ameri-
can. N. Donne llii (Aust.) R. & C. is omitted, probably by mistake.

Austinia C. M., dedicated to Coe Finch Austin, is included with one
Cuban species. Fabronia Raddi includes nine species of which four are North
American. Anacamptodon Brid., two species, one West Indian. Schwetsch-
kea C, Mull., one species, S. denticulata (Sull.) Card. Helicodontium
Schwaegr. 1824. ( Myrinia Schimp. 1866) to include H. Dieckii (Ren. & Card.)
Broth, from Oregon and three other American species. Clasmatodon Hook.
& Wils. with one species. C. parvulus (Hpe.) Sull Habrodon Schimp. with
H. perpusillus (De Not ) Lindb. ( H . Notarisii Schimp.

The greatest number of changes occur in the Pfookeriaceae, which are
split up into thirteen genera, only three of which contain North American
species: Cyclodictyon varians (Sull.) Broth, replaces H. varians Sull. Cal-
licostella cruceana (Dub.) Jaeg. replaces H. cruceana Duby. Hookeria Sm.
is restricted to five species, and Pterygophyllum lucens is replaced by H.
lucens(L.) Sm., which is congeneric with H. Sullivantii from North America

— IOI —

and H. acutifolia Hook, from “Nepal and Sikkim, Ceylon and Java, Guade-
loupe, Ecuador and Brazil.” We have three sets of specimens of this species
from Jamaica in fruit and careful comparisons recently made with the type
from Nepal, India, and with other specimens and exsiccatae cited below, have
forced a conviction that H. Sullivantii C. M. is identical with it. Fruiting
specimens were collected in Virginia and figured in the Memoirs of the Torrey
Botanical Club for 1894. Sullivant issued his Nos. 270 and 401 of the Musci
bor. Am. as H. acutifolia? and this query proves to be true.

Hookeria acutifolia Hook. ; Schwaegr. Suppl. 2. 2: 36. pi. 163. 1826.

Hookeria Grevilleana Griff. Not. PI. Asiat. 473. 1849.

Hookeria lucens acuminata C. Miill. Syn. 2: 202. 1850.

Pterygophyllum acutifolium Schimp, Syn. 2; 583. 1876.

Hookeria{?) Sullivantii C. Miill.; Lesq, & James, Man. 293. 1884.

Pterygophyllum acwninatum Par. 4: 1051. 1898.

Plants light yellowish green, forming glossy luminous tufts in wet places;
stems 2-4 cm. high; leaves 5-7 mm. long x 1.5-2 mm. broad, ovate to lance-
olate, acuminate, ecostate; cells rhomboidal, the apical smaller, often root-
ing at apex; marginal cells larger, entire. Perichetial leaves smaller,
narrower, acuminate. Dioicous ; antheridia in small buds at base of stems.
Seta stout, erect or curved, 1-2 cm. long; capsule horizontal, 2-3 mm. ; lid
long-rostrate equalling the urn ; annulus none: cells of walls dark red, thick;
peristome dark red: teeth brittle, slender and papillose at apex; endostome
yellow, smooth, not perforate, without cilia, but with 1-2 intermediate rows of
cells: spores green with large chlorophyll grains, .013-021 mm., smooth,
maturing in winter:

Habitat: In damp woods, under dripping ledges and along banks of
streams in mountains.

Type locality: Nepal, India. W. J. Hooker.

Distribution: India, Nepal, Sikkim, Ceylon and Java; North Ameri-

ica, Ohio, Virginia, West Virginia, North Carolina and Georgia; South
America, Ecuador and Brazil; West Indies, Jamaica and Guadeloupe.

Exsiccatae: Sullivant Musci Alleghanienses No. 58. 1845 as Hookeria

lucens Smith; Sullivant & Lesquereux Musci Boreali-Americani 270. 1856,
401. 1865, as H. acutifolia Hook.? No. 39. Fleischer Musci Frond. Archipelagi
Indici, 1898.

Illustrations: Schwaegr. Suppl. 2. 2: pi. 163. 1826; Griffith Ic. PI.
Asiat. pl. 99. f. 4. 1849; Mem. Torrey Club 4: 189. pi. 80. 1894.

New York Botanical Garden.

SOME BRITISH COLUMBIA LICHENS.

Thomas Hebden.

Mr. John Hooson, Mining Recorder’s Office, Rossland, B. C., having
made a collection of Lichens of the district has forwarded the same for veri-
fication which I have the pleasure of reporting as under:

— 102 —

Chlorea vulpina Nyl. Syn. i, p. i'-iy=Evernia vulpina (L.) Ach.
Tuckerm. Syn. p. 38.

Phacopsis vulpina Tulasne, parasitic on above. Parerga Lich. Koerber,
1865, p. 459.

Alectoria jubata (L.) Tuckerm. See Syn. Tuckerm. p. 44.

Umbilicaria proboscidea (L.) Stenh. See Syn. Tuckerm. p. 44.

“ vellea (L.) Nyl. See Syn. Tuckerm. p. 44.

Lecidella interiecta (Bgl. et Cost An. 272.) Sylloge Lichenum Italo-
corum, A. Jatta, 1900.

Lecidea geographica (L.) Leight. Lich. Flora, Great Brit. p. 373.

“ disciformis (Fr,) Leight. Lich. Flora, Great Brit. p. 373.

“ albilabra (Psora) Duf. Systema Lichenum Germaniae, Koerber
1855, p. 178.

Lecidea petreae (Rhizocarpon) Ach. See Leighton. Lich. FI. G. B. p.

378.

Lecidea atro-alba Ach. See Tuckerm. Syn. p. 76, and Leighton, p. 317.
Lecanora caesio-cinerea Nyl. See Leighton, p. 194.

“ alpina Th. Fr. See Tuckerm. Syn. p. 199.

“ cinereo-rufescans Nyl. See Tuckerm. Syn. p. 199; also
Leight. Lich. FI. G. B. p. 197.

Cullingworth, near Bradford, England.

NOTES FROM WATERVILLE, NEW HAMPSHIRE. II.

Annie Lorenz.

In the Bryologist for November, 1906, the writer published some notes
on the bryophytes of Waterville, N. H. A more critical inspection of Water-
ville during the past August, together with the examination of specimens col-
lected in 1906, has resulted in some further species of interest.

The prolonged cold of the previous winter has not only made everything
noticeably behindhand, but has badly winter-killed many of the rock-grow-
ing mosses. Also, as the early part of the summer was extremely wet, there
are abundant young sphorophytes for next year.

Marsupella EMARGiNATA(Ehrh.) Dum. is common in every available situ-
ation, even among the stones in a sandy pitcher-plant bog. The water was
very low on account of the August drought, and these plants had young peri-
anths. At the Cascades station, where it grows on the western faces of the
granite rocks, there had been abundant capsules, but they were nearly with-
ered away. by early August. %

Further exploration of the neighboring summits produced Frullania
Oakesiana Aust. and Hypnum Jamesii{Sn\\.) L. & J. all over the balsam scrub.
On Osceola were Lophozia lycopodioides (Wall.) Cogn. rather small, but ade-
quately spinulose, and Sphenolobus minutus (Crantz) St. which is abundant
on the ledges below the summit.

At the “ V, ” the curious ravine to which reference was made in the

— 103 —

former notes, are Jungermannia sphaerocarpa Hook., Lophozia alpestns
(Schleich) Evans and Tetraplodon mnioides B. & S. Fertile Blindici is
unusually abundant this year.

Anacamptodon splachnoides (Froel. ) Brid. occurred at two stations,
both on yellow birch. The larger patch was on a big birch hangingout over
a gully, nevertheless the writer did not find it inaccessible. In the writer’s
opinion Anacamptodon is overlooked rather than rare. It evidently grows
about holes on any kind of broad-leaf, and facing in any direction, although
fruiting more heavily with a southern exposure. A more or less permanent
supply of moisture is necessary for the production of capsules. The writer
has it from two stations in Massachusetts, one in Deerfield, a three-foot strip
solid with fruit. Both of these were upon sugar-maple.

Only Bryum argenteum L. and 7?. bimum Schreb. are noted, the latter on
wet corduroy in company with Riccardia pinguis (L.) S. F. G. Thuidium
Blandovii (W. & M.) B. & S. appeared in the cranberry bog, Fontinalis anti-
pyretica L. gigantea Sull. in a little brook on the A. M. C. path, and F.
Dalecarlica B. & S. on rocks in Mad River at Tyler’s Spring.

Dicranodontium also lives on an old root at a cold spring on the trail up
Osceola, at about 2500 ft. alt.

No part of the White Mountain territory has been as yet explored with
absolute minuteness, and Waterville is no exception to the rule.

Hartford, Conn.

A LIST OF THE MOSSES COLLECTED IN VARIOUS PARTS OF

MISSOURI.

By C. H. Demetrio.

[This list was prepared by the Rev. Mr. Demetrio for the December
1906, meeting of the Sullivant Moss Chapter, and is printed here without
change save in the matter of a few names. The list of course does not pre-
tend to be exhaustive. In each case the name of the person who has deter-
mined the species is given, and the localities from which it is represented in
the collection of Rev. Mr. Demetrio. For all matter of the names and the
authorities, the undersigned assumes full responsibility.

Edward B. Chamberlain.]

Ephemerum crassinervium Hampe. Dry ditches, Davis Creek Bottom, near
Emma, det. Rau.

Sphaerangium muticum Schimp. Clover field near Perryville, det. Rau.

“ triquetrum Schimp. Old fields near Emma, det. Cardot.

Phascum piliferum Schreb. Pastures, Emma, det. Cardot.

“ bryoides Dicks., var. pilifera Schultz, Emma, det. Cardot.
Pleuridium alternifolium Rabenh. Old fields, Perryville and Emma, det.
Rau.

Microbryum Floerkianum Schimp. Pastures, Emma, det. Cardot.

Bruchia flexuosa C. Muell. Old fields, Perryville and Emma, det. Rau.
Astomum crispum Hampe. Pastures, Emma, det. Cardot.

—104—

Astomum nitidulum Schimp. Old fields near Perryville, det. Rau.

“ Sullivantii Schimp. Pastures, Emma, det. Cardot.

Gymnostomum curvirostre Hedw. var. scabrum Lindb. Moist rocks, Ben-
ton Go., det. Cardot.

“ rupestre Schwaegr. Moist rocks in woods, Benton Co., det.

Cardot.

Weissia viridula Hedw. Roadside, Emma, det. Cardot.

Dicranella heteromalla Schimp. On ground in oak woods, det. Geheeb.

“ “ forma compacta, on sandstone, near Perryville,

det. Cardot.

“ varia Schimp. Claybanks, New Malle; and on gravel, Perry-

ville, det. Rau.

Dicranum fulvum Hook. Rocky cliffs, Cinque Hommes Creek, near Perry-
ville, det. Cardot.

“ scoparium Hedw. In oak woods, near Perryville, det. Rau.

“ “ var. orthophyllum Brid. New Malle, det. True,

Leucobryum glaucum Schimp. In Woods, Benton Co., det. Rau.
Fissidensincurvus Starke. Claybanks near Emma, det. Cardot.

“ J ulianus Schimp. Inundated rocks, Perryville, det. Rau.

“ obtusifolius Wilson. Moist shady rocks, Emma, det. Rau.

“ pusillus Wilson. On limestone, Honey Creek, Cole Co., det. Cardot*
“ viridulus Wilson. Banks of Davis Creek, near Emma, det. Cardot-
. Ceratodon purpureus Brid. Roadside, Emma.

“ “ var. aristatus Austin. On an old stump, Davis

Creek Bottoms, near Emma.

Ditrichum pallidum Hampe. Oak woods, Perryville, det. Rau.

Desmatodon arenaceus Sull. & Lesqr. Limestone, Concordia, det. Cardot.
“ plinthobius Sull. & Lesqr. On bricks in a garden, Emma, det.
Cardot.

Barbula caespitosa Schwaegr. Bases of trees, Benton Co., det. Cardot.

“ unguiculata Hedw. Moist banks, Emma, det. Cardot.

Grimmia apocarpa Hedw. On rocks near Perryville, det. Rau.

“ “ forma robusta Ren. & Card. Sandstone, Cooper Co., det.

Cardot.

“ leucophaea Grev. On rocks. Pettis Co., det. Cardot.

Hedwigia ciliata Ehrh. On rocks, Emma, det. Cardot.

Orthotrichum cupulatum Hoffm. Limestone, Sarcoxie, det. Mrs. Britton.

“ strangulatum Sull. Tree trunks, Benton Co., det. Cardot.

Drummondia clavellata Hook. Tree trunks, Benton Co., det. Cardot.
Tetraphis pellucida Hedw. Sandstone, Perryville, det. Cardot.
Aphanorrhegma serratum Sull. Dry sloughs, Emma, det. Mrs. Britton.
Physcomitrium turbinatum Brid. Roadsides, Emma, det. Mrs. Britton.

Fun aria flavicans Michx. In woods, Benton Co., det. Cardot.

“ hygrometrica Sibth. Moist shady places, Emma, det. Cardot.
Webera albicans Schimp! Banks of Davis Creek, Emma, det. Mrs. Britton.
Bryum argenteum Br. & Sch. Rocky ledges near Perryville, det. Rau.

— 105—

Bryum ARGENTEUMjVar. lanatum Br. & Sch. Oldfields and pastures, Emma,
det. Mrs. Britton.

, “ atropurpureum Br. &. Sch. Old fields, Emma, det. Cardot.

“ “ var. cubicum Ren. & Card. Old fields, Emma, det.

Cardot.

“ caespiticium L. Sides of a dam, Emma, det. Cardot.

Bryum Ontariense Kindb. Rocky woods, Benton Co., det. Cardot.

Mnium cuspidatum Leyss. Moist thickets, Emma, det. Rau.

Aulacomnium heterostichum Br. & Sch. Near Perryville, det. Rau.
Catharinaea angustata Brid. Oak woods, Emma, det. Cardot.

“ Macmillani Holzr. Saline Co., det. E. B. Chamberlain.

“ undulata Web. & Mohr. , var. altecristata Ren. & Card.

Roadsides, Emma, det. Cardot.

Pogonatum brevicaule Beauv. Banks in woods, Emma, det. Rau.
Polytrichum Ohioense Ren. & Card. Sterile ground in woods, Benton Co.,
det. Cardot.

Diphyscium foliosum Mohr. On sand rocks in woods, Perryville, det.
Geheeb.

Fontinalis filiformis Sull. &. Lesqr. On trunks in a slough, Perry Co., det.
Rau.

“ flaccida Ren. & Card. On roots in a rivulet, Perryville, det
Cardot.

“ Missourica Ren. & Card. On roots in a spring, Benton Co., det.
Cardot.

Leucodon brachypus Brid. On trees, Perryville, det. Cardot.

“ julaceus Sull. On trees, Cape Giradeau, det. Cardot.

Fabronia pusilla Raddi. On limestone, Spring River, Lawrence Co., det.
Raddi.

Leskea polycarpa Ehrh. Base of trees, Emma, det. Rau.

Thelia asprella Sull. Base young trees, Emma, det. Cardot.

“ hirtella Sull. On beech trees, Benton Co., det. Cardot.

“ Lescurii Sull. On rocks, Sarcoxie, det. Mrs. Britton.

Anomadon obtusifolius Br. & Sch. On logs, near Emma, det. Rau.
Platygyrium repens Br. &Sch. On logs, near Emma, det. Rau.

Pylaisia intricata Br. & Sch. On tree near Perryville, det. Cardot.
Cylindrothecium compressum Br. & Sch. Bases of trees, Davis Creek, near
Emma, det. Mrs. Britton.

“ Demetrii Ren. & Card. In a well, Emma, det. Cardot.

“ seductrix Sull. On base of a sycamore, Altenburg, det.

Cardot.

Climaceum dendroides Web. & Mohr. Bluffs of Cinque Hommes Creek,
near Perryville, det. Rau.

Thuidium delicatulum Mitt. On old logs, Perryville, det. Rau.

“ scitum Aust. var. aestivale Aust. On old logs, Davis Creek, near
Emma, det. Rau.

Brachythecium acuminatum Kindb. Bases of trees, Emma, det. Cardot:

— io6 —

and B. Sarcoxie, det. Mrs. Britton. (This last is the
form known as Hypnum setosum Hedw.)
Brachythecium Novae-Angliae Jaegr. & Sauerb. Moist rocks, Houston,
Texas Co., det. Rau.

“ oxycladon Jaegr. & Sauerb. Roadside, Emma, det.

Renauld.

“ rivulare Br. & Sch. Big Springs, Sarcoxie, det. Rau.

“ rutabulum Br. & Sch. Moist ledges, Benton Co., det.

Cardot.

“ salebrosum Br. & Sch. Banks of Davis Creek, near Emma,

det. Mrs. Britton.

Cirriphyllum Boscii Grout. In woods, Benton Co., det. Cardot.
Eurhynchium praelongum Bryhn. Moist places, Emma, det. Cardot.
Rhyncostegium serrulatum Jaegr. & Sauerb. Fence corners and thickets,
Emma, det. Cardot.

Plagiothecium denticulatum B. & S. var. laetum Aust. Moist ledges,
Benton Co., det. Cardot.

“ deplanatum Grout. Woods, Emma, det. Cardot.

Amblystegium fluviatile Br. & Sch. On logs in swamps, Forest Green,
Chariton Co., det. Cardot.

“ irriguum Br. & Sch. Wet soil, Perry Co., det. Cardot.

“ Kochii Br. & Sch. In a well, Emma, det. Cardot.

“ riparium Br. & Sch. In a well, Emma, det. Cardot.

“ “ forma minor. On old logs, Davis Creek, near

Emma, det. Cardot

. Hypnum chrysophyllum Brid. On the ground near Dykes, Texas Co., det.
Rau.

“ cupressiforme L. Bluffs of Cinque Hommes Creek near Perryville,
det. Rau.

“ curvifolium Hedw. In woods along the Black Water Run, near
Sweet Springs. Saline Co., det. Rau.

“ hispidulum Brid. Thickets and roadsides, Emma, det. Cardot.

Emma, Mo.

MRS. MARY L. STEVENS.

Our readers will learn with regret of the death, on September 17th, 1907,
of a charter member of the Sullivant Moss Chapter, Mrs. Mary L. Stevens.
Her active interest in the Chapter caused her to be well known to many, and
those whom she could help she served well and faithfully. She was ever as
eager to find material to offer as she was to accept what others offered.

Her interest in botany dates back many years, and her herbarium shows
great painstaking, and contains beautiful speciments of ferns, mosses and
liehens. She showed unusual talent in painting flowers, and among her
numerous sketches are two sets of mushrooms and orchids that are excep-
tionally well handled. She was careful to keep all interesting notes on
mosses that she learned either from her own observation or from those who
kindly helped her to determine specimens. These notes she neatly arranged
and bound together, with an accompanying colored sketch of each moss,
making a valuable note book for beginners.

Those who knew her personally found Her always ready to share her
specimens, and glad if she could pass along any bit of information. As one
friend has said, we all have had a big slice of pleasant and helpful friendship
taken out of our lives. Elizabeth Marie Dunham.

Plate XII - Leucobryum glaucum Schimp.

— io8 —

LEUCOBRYUM GLAUCUM SCHP.

By W. H. Burrell, F.L.S.

Leucobryum glaucum Schp. , in unattached double convex discs, has
recently been detected in Norfolk, England, enabling me to take an active
interest in the two previous records, published in Dixon’s “Handbook of
British Mosses,” and in The Bryologist, Vol. IX, No. 4, July, 1906. The
former describes spheroidal balls or cushions from Hedsor, Bucks, entirely
unattached, consisting of stems radiating outwards from a central point.
The latter refers to an apparently similiar cushion found by B. D. Gilbert
in hemlock woods in Otsego Co., New York, which was observed to be rest-
ing in a matrix, of its own diameter, and about half an inch deep. Mr. Gil-
bert offers no explanation as to how the cushion separated itself and
developed its radiate growth, neither does he state what the underlying cup
was composed of; if it consisted of the older portions of Leucobryum stems,
from which the cushion had separated, there is no analogy between the
Otsego and Norfolk examples; if, however, the cup was composed of earthy
matter, similar causes may have originated the cushions, heavy rain or flood
causing it in this instance to become embedded.

A careful study of the large quantity of material at hand leads me to
expect this form of Leucobryum to be wide spread and frequent; it is with
the object of stimulating observation that this note is prepared.

In the parish of Aylmerton, Norfolk, on the slope of a hill, under the
shade of beech trees, several hundreds of small cushions of Leucobryum are
growing, a series of intermediates showing the connection between normal
plano-convex tufts firmly attached to the forest soil and double convex unat-
tached discs exhibiting no distinction between base and summit. Some are
resting on fallen leaves of the previous autumn to which they are attached
by radicals and mycelium ; others are resting on their convex surface with
the plane earth-covered base directed skyward through inversion: one fine
tuft four inches (10 cm.) in diameter, with a clean base devoid of earthy mat-
ter was resting on a bed of Mnium hornum L. : it had been there long enough
for the base to conform to the inequalities of the underlying moss and the lat-
ter was slightly discolored ; others had in varying degrees pushed out new
growth, illustrating stage by stage the gradual formation of the double con-
vex cushion. Perfect cushions are the exception, rather than the rule, though
many occur.

The rigid habit of the plant, its method of vegetative reproduction and
the structure of the leaves are important factors in the development of the

Explanation Plate XII. Leucobryum glaucum Schimp.

Fig. 1. Portion of leaf with bud developing from rhizoids X 15 diam.

Fig. 2. Transverse section of portion of leaf showing a single layer of
chlorophyllose cells (a) embedded in 2-4 layers of hyaline cells
with bordered pores (b) X 170 diam.

Figs. 3, 5, 7. Cushions, lower surface, reduced to one-half diam.

Figs. 4, 6. Cushions, upper surface, reduced to one-half diam.

— iog —

form under discussion. The leaves of most mosses are built up of a single
layer of cells which quickly part with their moisture in dry air and as readily
re-absorb it from damp air. The leaves of Leucobryum, however, have a
remarkable cell structure allied to that of Sphagnum, consisting of a single
layer of chlorophyllose cells (Fig. 2a) embedded in 2-8 layers of empty hya-
line cells whose adjoining walls are perforated with bordered pores (Fig.
2b). When the hyaline cells are filled with water the green color of the
embedded chlorophyllose cells is seen: when water is displaced by air the
plant assumes a dirty white color suggestive of the name leucobryum — white
moss. The water held by these cells after rainfall can be squeezed out as
from a sponge and renders unattached tufts self-sustaining on the same prin-
ciple that camels can exist for considerable periods in arid deserts— they
carry their own supply. In Braithwaite’s British Moss Flora reference is
made to the abnormal vitality of the genus, and persistent growth even in
the drying press; dipping in boiling water before pressing is recommended
to prevent dehiscence of the capsule.

Leucobryum is not a frequent fruiter: in compensation for the rarity of
spore formation new growth proceeds from buds developed from radicals
which are freely formed on the surface of the leaves. (Fig. 1). Regardless
of the position of the parent tuft these buds develop geotropically at which-
ever surface happens to be uppermost at the time. The double convex form
assumed by the most perfect tufts, and to which all conform more or less, is
favored by the rigid habit of the plant and by its squat growth in the local-
ity referred to. In its most luxuriant form Leucobryum is a denizen of
swamps where it forms large bosses 6-8 inches high, but at Aylmerton the
average height is 1 ^ inches (3-q cm.). A tuft torn from a deep boss, would
lie prostate: but the short tuft when disturbed has a tendency to come to rest
either in its normal position or completely inverted, alternating growth
taking place in two definite directions: too much stress must not be laid on
this because many examples occur of single stems lying prostrate and pro-
ducing plano-convex cushions half an inch (12 mm.) in diameter, by the devel-
opment of buds from the apical leaves. Displaced plants do not to any great
extent appear to recover an erect position by curvature of the stem; they
remain in the position accident assigns them and form a frame work to
which the new growth from buds conforms.

Assuming that I am correct in attributing the unattached state to acci-
dental and repeated disturbance, which brings into play the natural vitality
of the plant, and stimulates bud formation, it is not difficult to suggest a
cause for the disturbance. The tread of woodmen and sportsmen and the
removal of timber play their part, but in well stocked game preserves I have
long been familiar with displaced moss, especially Dicranum scoparium
Hedw., and I have attributed this to the scrapping of pheasants. In open
moorland, where Dicranium forms dense masses, the ground is often lit-
tered with small tufts which apparently depend upon chance conveyance to
a congenial spot for continued existence. In woodland, similar displace-
ment takes place with a slightly different result; in the cool shade Dicranum

— no—

forms lank lax tufts; when disturbed the stems lie prostrate but growth is
hardly arrested: by an exaggeration of the geniculate curve which is a feature
of several species, the apiees recover a vertical position and re-establish
themselves: in this case balls are not formed but vitality is preserved by a
curvature of the stem.

In large game birds may be found, I believe, an ever present and ever
active agency for the periodical disturbance necessary.

The activity of these birds may be gauged by an examination of a chest-
nut grove in winter, when not a nut will be found ; hundreds of torn and
empty husks will show that birds have fed there. The Leucobryum site at
Aylmerton is under beech trees, and the fallen nuts give a direct reason for
special attention from birds.

It will not be out of place to refer to another roving moss mentioned by
H. N. Dixon, in a paper on the moss flora of Northamptonshire, published
in Journ. of Northamptonshire Nat. Hist. Soc. Vol. X. 1899. The author
says: “A remarkable form of Porotrichum alopecurum Mitt, occurs in

“ Weldon Quarries, which I have not found, or seen noticed, elsewhere. On
“ a recent visit in the spring of 1898, the bottoms of some low depressions
“ under trees were carpeted with globular mosses, which were found to con-
“ sist of living ‘ balls ’ of this moss, entirely detached from the soil and with-
“ out rootlets, and from two to four or five inches in diameter. The interior
“of the ‘ balls’ consisted of the rigid, wiry stems proper to the species, which
“had branched profusely in all directions, and so produced this peculiar
“ form. The branches were extremely dense and numerous, many hundreds
“ of secondary stems going to make up a single tuft or ‘ ball,’ and entirely
“ hiding the central stem or stems. From this, as well as from the size of
“ the tufts, it was clear that they must represent the growth of many months,
“ probably of several years, and this without connection of any kind with the
“soil or other matrix; so that the nutriment must have been obtained
“entirely from atmospheric moisture; they were, however, perfectly fresh
“ and vigorous. No doubt detached stems of this moss, the ordinary form of
“which was growingin close proximity, has been carried at various times by
“ the wind into the hollows, where the moisture of the air, together with the
“natural vitality, apparently a marked character of the species, combined
“ not only to resist decay, but even to promote growth, resulting in the very
“ unusual phenomenon described.”

In a later note Mr. Dixon records a similar growth of Porotrichum alope-
curum in Ireland, reported by the Curator of the Fernery, Botanic Park, Bel-
fast, who called it “ the rolling moss,” and described how it grew without roots
and was blown about from place to place by the wind; he kept it as a curi-
osity among his ferns.

The unattached state of Leucobryum and Porotrichum bears no relation
to the Wind Witches described by Kerner in Nat. Hist, of Plants, Vol. II,
page 850. According to the author a number of herbaceous plants, inhabiting
the Steppes of southern Russia, contract into flattened balls at maturity, and,
becoming detached from the soil, are rolled along by gusts of wind. The

II —

object achieved here is the distribution of seeds: the withered plants lie in
sheltered nooks to which they have been blown until the rainy season, when,
under the influence of moisture, the seed vessels open and the seeds are
washed out. The plants themselves are dead, but in the case of the mosses
vitality is maintained for a succession of years.

Sheringham, Norfolk, England.

NOTES ON SPORE DISPERAL IN SPHAGNUM.

E. J. Winslow.

On August 9th of the present year, while botanizing in a swamp near
Lake Willoughby, Westmore, Vt. , my attention was attracted by the frequent
recurrence of a snapping sound like the breaking of a wheat straw. Upon
investigation I found that the Sphagnum, which grew abundantly all around,
was heavily fruited, and the strongly inflated capsules as they dried out in
the mid-forenoon sun, were expelling their spores with the little explosion
that I had noticed. I was never able to catch a capsule in the act, but by
following the sound quickly I could catch a glimpse of a tiny and very transi-
ent cloud of reddish brown spores two or three inches from the top of a
bunch of capsules.

I tried unsuccessfully to procure the effect by squeezing the capsules
between the thumb and finger, but from a bunch which I gathered and
carried in my hand the popping continued until most of the ripe capsules were
exploded. As far as I could see there was no breeze or other disturbance to
aid in producing the explosion, but the plants were exposed to the direct rays
of the sun, and it was the time of day (about 10 a. m.) when the last of the
dew was disappearing from the ground. So it would seem that perfect dry-
ness is the only condition necessary to produce the discharge in a ripe cap-
sule. Elmira, New York.

SULLIVANT MOSS CHAPTER NOTES.

New Members: No. 188 — Clarence A. Cheever, M.D., 1531 Blue Hill

Ave., Mattapan, Mass. No. 186 — Mr. George M. Pendleton, Sisson, Cali-
fornia. No. 190 — Mrs. Clara Anderson Groves, Thorsby Institute, Thorsby,
Alabama.

NOTICE— ELECTION OF OFFICERS FOR 1908.

Members of the Sullivant Moss Chapter are requested to forward ballots
at once to the Judge of Election, Miss Lydia Pritchett Borden, Manoa, Dela-
ware Co., Pa. Polls close November 30th. The following candidates have
signified their willingness to serve, if elected. Members, however, are at
liberty to vote for any other candidate, should they prefer to do so.

— 1 1 2-

For President— Dr. T. C. Frye, University of Washington, Seattle, Wash.
For Vice-President— Miss C. C. Haynes, New York City and Highlands,
New Jersey.

For Secretary —Mr. N. L. T. Nelson, St. Louis, Mo.

For Treasurer — Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y.

OFFERINGS.

(To Chapter Members only. For postage.)

Miss Annie Lorenz, 96 Garden St., Hartford, Conn. Blindia acuta (Huds.)
B. &S., c.fr. Collected at Waterville, N. H.

Miss Mary 'F. Miller, 1109 M. Street, N. W., Washington, D. C. Asterella
tenella (L.) Nees. ; Cephalozia curvifolia (Dicks.) Dumort, (showing
antheridia). Collected at Great Falls, Va.

Mr. E. B. Chamberlain, 38 West 59th Street, New York City. Ulota curvi-
folia (Wahl.) Brid., c.fr.; Didymodoti rufus Lov. str. Collected by Dr.
I. Hagen in Norway.

Dr. J. W. Bailey, 4541 Fourteenth Ave., N. E., Seattle, Wash. Sphag-
num recurvum var. mucronatum (Russ.) Warnst-; S. acutifolium var.
rubrum (Brid.) Warnst. Collected by Mr. Foster at Hamilton, Wash.

Dr. J. F. Brenckle, Kulm, North Dakota. Leskea polycarpa var. paludosa
(Hedw.) Schimp. ; Urceolaria scruposa { L.) Nyl. var. parasitica Som-
merf. Collected in North Dakota.

PART III

MOSSES WITH HAND-LENS AND
MICROSCOPE

was issued early in June. Tortulaceae to Leskeacese. Price $1.00. Shall we
send you a copy? After Sept, i, 1906, the price of this work will be advanced
to $1.25 per part to all who subscribe after that date. Have you a copy of

MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS

second edition, 8vo., 224 pp., 39 full page plates and 151 cuts in the text?
Describes 169 species of Mosses and 54 species of Hepatics, $1.75.

Sample pages on application. A. J. Grout, 360 Lenox Road, Brooklyn, N. Y.

BOTANICAL SUPPLIES

Everything for the Botanist

COLLECTING CASES— MOUNTING PAPER— MOUNTING CARDS
GENUS COVERS— TROWELS __ Send for Circular

GROUT

MOSSES WITH A HAND-LENS

New Edition $1.75 Net, Post Paid.

MOSSES with a HAND-LENS MP MICROSCOPE

PARTS I. II. & III., $1.00 each net, postpaid.

Sample Pages on application.

O. T. LOUIS CO., 59 Fifth Ave., New York City

The Fern Bulletin & The American Botanist

are too well known to need extensive description. If
interested in botany you need them both. Send for
sample copy and our offer of back numbers. Address:

WILLARD N. CLUTE & CO. * BINGHAMTON, N. Y.

nJTJTJTJTXLTLJl rUTJTTLTLnJTJT. JTJT^ mr nnnnnnnnnnnnrmnnnng

PUBLICATIONS OF

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

Monthly: established 1870. Each issue averages nearly
60 pages and 2 or 3 plates. Devoted to botanical contri-
butions of the widest range; morphological, physiologi-
cal, systematic, ecological and geographic. $3.00 a year.

TORREYA

A monthly journal of botanical notes and news : estab-
lished 1901. About 16 pages in each issue. $1.00 a year.

MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

Issued at irregular intervals since 1889. Consisting of
papers too long for publication in the Bulletin. Eleven
volumes completed. $3.00 a volume.

All subscriptions should be addressed to the Treasurer
of the Torrey Botanical Club.

FRANCIS E. LLOYD Columbia University, New York

City

Cbe

Iftycological

Bulletin

Devoted

Exclusively to mushrooms

Tor Beginners and Amateurs

Numerous illustrations on plate paper
with short simple explanations

Issued Monthly
Price 25c. a Year

Vols. 1, 2 & 3 (1903-4-5), - 50c. each
Bound Volumes, - - 75c. each

Address W. A. KELLERMAN

Columbus, Ohio

FLORA OF THE SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES

BY JOHN K. SMALL, PH.D.

Large octavo, pp. X + 1370 Price, $3.60

Subscriptions may be sent to Dr. JOHN K. SMALL, Bedford Park. New York City

LICHENS OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA

Sets of 38 Specimens (Nos. 1-38) may be had for $3.50

HEPATICS OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA

Sets of 25 Specimens (Nos. 1-25) may be had for $2.50

MOSSES OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS, Collected by A. A. Heller
Sets of 20 specimens (Nos. 1-20) may be had for $2.00
MOSSES OF THE SOUTHERN UNITED STATES

Sets of 51 Specimens (Nos. 1-51) may be had for $5.00

(Checks from outside of New York City must include Idc extra)
Subscriptions may be sent to Dr. J. K. Small, Bedford Park, New York City

^TjTJTJTJTJTJTJTJTLTUlJUlJTJTJlJTJYJTJTJlJlJTrLnJTJTJTJL

The Bryologist

AN ILLUSTRATED BIMONTHLY

DEVOTED TO

NORTH AMERICAN MOSSES

HEPATICS AND LICHENS

Volume IX, 1906

Editor

ANNIE MORRILL SMITH

Published by the Editor
78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y.

INDEX 1906

Acaulon muticum 27

‘ ‘ robustum 86

“ rufescens 27

“ Sullivani, 86

Acer macrophyllum 95

Acrocryphsea . 40

Agaricales 89

Alectoria jubata 49

‘ ‘ jubata chalybei£ormis.47, 49

“ jubata implexa 49,81

Alsia 37

“ Californica 40, 106

“ “ flagellifera 40

“ longipes 40

“ Macounii 40

Amblystegium Holzingeri 10

“ Kochii 10

“ laxirete 9

“ Lescurii 27

“ minutissimura . . . 63

“ radicale 63

“ riparium 9, 10

“ serpens 64

“ vacillans 10

Anacamptodon Cubensis 44

*• splachnoides . . . . 44

“ “ Tay-

loriae n. var . . 44

Andreaea petrophila 96

Anoectangium . 37

Anomodon apiculatus 64

“ attenuatus. . . 64

Anthoceros punctatus 26

Antitrichia 40

‘ ‘ Californica ... 95

“ “ flagellifera. 40

“ curtipendula gigantea 95

Aphanorhegma serratum 24

Aptychus 37

Astomum cylindricum 36

“ Sullivantii. 27

Aulacomnium androgynum .... 7

*• palustre dimorphum. 7

“ “ inbricatum . 7

“ “ lingulatum. 7

Bseomyces seruginosus 51

“ roseus 51

Barbula 11

“ acrophylla 36

“ amplexa 24

‘ ‘ Australasiae . 36

austro-unguiculata 36

“ Bakeri 24

“ calycina 35

‘ ‘ chlorotricha 36

“ torquata 35

Bartramia exigua. 41

“ glauco-viridis 24

“ gymnostoma 35

“ papillata 35

Bazzania triangularis 62

“ trilobata 26

Blepharostoma trichophyllum . 62

Blindia acuta 96

“ “ flexipes 24

Blyttia . . . 11

Brachelyma robustum 38

“ subulatum 38

Brachythecium acuminatum 64

“ acutum. 27

“ asperrimum 8

“ flexicaule 27, 64

“ Isetum 64

“ lampochryseum. . 106

“ Noveboracense..27, 44

“ oxycladon 27

“ plumosum 64

“ populeum 27

“ rivulare 44, 64

‘ rutabulum 36, 64

salebrosum 64

“ “ mamili-

gerum 106

Brachythecium splendens 106

“ subasperrimum . . 8

“ Washingtonianum 8

Braunia 38

Breutelia affinis. 35

“ commutata 35, 36

Bruchia Sullivantii 26

Bryhnia Novae-Angliae 27

Bryum 11

argenteum niveum 36

“ Baileyi ... 24

“ bimum 64

“ calodictyon . . 35, 36

“ dimorphophyllum. . 6

“ distantifolium 6

“ erythrophylloides 6

“ erythrophyllum 6

“ erythropyxis. 35

“ nutans. . . 64

“ p achy theca 35

“ pallens 6

“ pendulum 64

“ Pennsylvanicum 94

“ peraristatum 35

‘ ‘ polycladum 24

“ proliferum 97

“ psuedostriquetrum 7

“ subatropurpureum 35

“ sublaevigatum. 41

-4—

Bryum Tasmanicum seta breviore 41

Burnettia fabrofolia n. sp 44, 45

“ subcapillata 44, 45

Buxbaumia... . .. 11

“ aphylla 26, 64

“ indusiata 64

Campylium hispidulum 64

Campylopus Woollsii.. ... 35

Catherinea .... 97

angustata 64

“ undulata. ...... 11, 54, 64

Cephalozia bicuspidata 5, 62

curvifolia . .' 62

divaricata. . 63

fluitans 74, 75

lunulaefolia 63

myriantha 63

serriflora. 63

Ceratodon minor 64

“ purpureus 35, 64

Cetraria aurescens .... 49

ciliaris . . . ., 4, 47, 48

glauca . . .... 49

Islandica 4, 48

juniperina .. 49

“ Pinas tri.... 49

lacunosa 47, 49

Oakesiana ... 4?, 49, 81

Richardsonii 4

ssepincola . . . . 4

Chiloscyphus ascendens 63

“ polyanthos rivularis 63

Claopodium Bolanderi 96

“ crispifolinm 96

“ Whippleanum 96

Clasmatodon parvulus 24

Claytonia Chamissoi 30

Climacium American urn. .8, 38, 39, 64
“ “ fluitans. 39

“ “ pseudo-

Kindbergii . 8

Climacium dendroides 38

“ Kindbergii. ....8,27,38

“ pseudo-Kindbergii . . 38

Cololejeunea Biddlecomige 63

Collema flaccidum 50

nigrescens 50

Conocephalum conicum 62

Cryphsea Ravenellii 39,40

Cryphaeadelphus 37, 38

Cyathophorum pennatum 11

Cynodontium Bruntoni 94

Cynodontium virens Wahlen-

bergii ... 64

Cladonia amaurocrsea 51

“ bacillaris 51

“ Boryi 82

* Star indicates illustrations.

*Cladonia botrytes 89

* “ caespiticia. . . .23, 51,89, 90

cariosa . . .21, 22, 23, 51,

57, 58, 59

cariosa corticata 24

“ squamulosa, 24

cenotea furcellata. . . 48, 82

cornucopioides '. 51

var. cribosa 22

cristatella 48,51

deformis 51

delicata 51, 89, 91

var. dilatata 21

fimbriata 21, 51, 90

flmbriata apolepta 82

“ coniocrea. . .51, 82
“ simplex..... 51

furcata 21, 48, 51

“ crispata 51

“ paradoxa. . . 51, 82

“ racemosa 51

gracilis 21, 51

“ dilacerata 48, 51

“ dilatata 51

‘ ‘ elongata 82

“ hybrid a 51

“ verticillata 51

leptophylla 57, 59

mitrula. . .23, 51. 57, '58,

59, 60, 89, 90
“ abbreviata. . . . 59

“ imbricata 59

papillaria 82

pityrea 82

pyxidata .... ...... 51

“ chlorophsea. 51, 82

“ neglecta 51

rangiferina 51

“ alpestris . . . 51

“ sylvatica..48, 51

squamosa 51,89

" ‘ denticollis ... 82

subcariosa 57, 58

subolescens. 23

symphycarpa 23, 24

*• epiphylla 90

symphycarpia 58

turgida 51

uncialis 51

“ obtusata 48

verticillata 21, 51

“ evoluta.21, 51 , 82

Dawsonia longiseta 41

Dendroalsia 40

“ abietina 40, 96

“ circinnata 40

Dendropogon 39

— 5—

Dendropogonella, nom. nov. ...

“ rufescens

Dicranella heteromalla ..... .26,

Dicranodontium longirostre. . . .64,

Dicranum Drummondii

“ flagellare

“ “ minutissimum

fulvum

fuscescens. 64,

longifolium.. 64,

montanum

scoparium

“ 4 4 squarrosum.

“ “ scoparioides

“ undulatum '

“ viride..

Diphyscium

Diplophylleia taxifolia

Distichum inclinatum. .

Ditrichum affine.

Dryopteris spinulosa intermedia.

Eccremidiumpulchellum

Encalypta procera

“ Selwyni

“ Tasmanica.. .......

Endocarpon fluviatile.

“ miniatum aquaticum
“ complicatum

Entodon Drummondia. . |

Ephemerum cristatum

“ . serratum

Erpodium 37,

“ biseriatuin

4 ‘ Cubensis

diversifolium

* “ Domingense

44 Paraguense

“ Pnnglei

Eucladium virticillatum

Eurhynchium f allax

“ Oreganum. ...... .

“ praelongum

“ •“ Stokesii

4 4 stoloniferum. .... 95,

“ strigosum,

“ “ praecox

Evernia furfuraceae .........

“ prunastri 47,

' 44 vulpina

Fabronia

44 Scottiae

44 Tayloriana

4 4 4 4 foliis integris

Fissidens adiantoides . .... ...

“ elamellosus

“ macrodus

44 Ravenelli,

Fontinalis antipypetica gigantea

28, 64

“ Dalicarlica 26, 64

“ Lescurii 7

44 Neo-Mexicana Colupi-

bica . . , , . . 106

Fontinalis seriata 8

41 subcarinata 7

Forsstroemia .39, 40

44 Floridana 40

44 immersa 40

nitida 40

Ohioensis.. ..... 40

4 4 trichomitria 40

Frullania Asagrayana 63

44 Eborcensis . . 63

Funaria (Entosthodon) apophys-

ata 35

Funaria (Enthosth ) aristata 35

44 hygrometrica. 11, 64

“ sphaerocarpa 35

44 pilifera 36

44 Tasmanica 35

Geocalyx graveolens 63

Georgia pellucida 26

Gigaspermum repens 36

Girgensohnia 39

Goniomitrium acuminatum 36

enerve 36

Graphis scripta 48

Groutia 40

Grimmia . . 11

44 apocarpa 41

44 campestris 34

“ cygnicollis 34

44 glauca 24

44 leiocarpa 34

44 leucophaea 29, 30, 31

44 Muhlenbeckii 24

44 pulvinata obtusa 34

44 teretinervis 30

Harpanthus scutatus.. . 63

Hedwigia albicans 34, 38

“ ciliata 11, 34, 64

microcyathea.. . . . .., 34

Hedwigidium imberbe 34

Heterocladium heteropteroides. ., 96

filescens 96

Heterocladium procurrens 96

Homalia Jamesii 97

Homalotheciella 45

*Homalothecium subcapillatum.43, 45

Hookeria cruceana. .’ 106

“ varians 24

Hylocomia 96

Hylocomium parietinum 64

, 97

, 96

— 6—

Hylocomium proliferum 64

“ Schreberi 64

“ splendens 11

“ triquetrum 64

Hymenostomum Sullivani 35

Hypna 96

Hypnum Bestii 106

“ chrysophyllum, 27,64

“ Closteri .... 10

“ cordifolium 27

crista-castrensis 27, 65

“ curvifolium 65

“ denticulatum 42

“ “ aptychus 42

“ “ laetum .. 42

“ dilatatum 97

“ eugyrium 97

“ fertile 65

“ fluitans gracile 27

“ Goulardii 10

“ Haldanianum 65

“ imponens 65

“ malacocladum 10

“ molluscum. 27

“ occidental e .106

‘ 1 palustre 65

“ Patientiae 27

“ patulum 36

“ pratense 27, 65

“ reptile 65

“ recurvans 42

“ revolvens 97

“ (Tamariscella) scabri-

folium 41

Hypnum scorpioides 97

“ stellatum 97

“ subcapillatum 45

“ tenuifolium, 36

Hypopterygium 11

Jamesoniella autumnalis 63

Jungermannia 11

“ bicrenata. 100

“ capitata 100

“ excisa 100

“ “ crispa 100

“ “ crispata.... 100

“ intermedia 100

“ “ capitata 100

“ lauceolata. . 63

“ Mildeana 99

“ Novae-Caesarae. . . 99

Juniperus Virginiana 32

Kantia trichomanis 63

Lasia subcapillata 45

Lecidea enteroleuca 48, 82

Lecanora pallida 48

“ subfusca 48

Lejeunea , ... 11

“ cavifolia 63

Lepidozia reptans. . ... 63

“ setacea 26,77,78

“ sylvatica 26, 77, 78

Leptodon 40

“ Floridanus 106

“ trichomitrion immersum 24

Letogium lacerum 51

“ myochroum 51

pulchellum 51

tremelloides 51

Leucobryum 11

“ albidum 65

44 glaucum.. 65, 72

*Leucodon Domingensis. . . 39, 40

Lichen velleus 83, 84, 86

Limnobium molle 65

Lophocolea heterophylla 63

“ minor 26

Lophozia alpestris 63

“ barbata 63, 97

* “ bicrenata..,. ...98,99,100

“ capitata 100

* “ excisa ... 98, 99, 100

“ gracilis ... .63, 96, 97

“ incisa 63, 97

* “ inflata 74, 75

* “ “ heterostipa.. . .74, 75

* “ Marchica 98, 99

“ ventricosa 100

Macouniella 40

Malacophyllae (Sect) . . 7

Marchantia polymorpha 11, 62

Marsupellae 97

Marsupella emarginata 63

Metzgeria congugata 62

Metzgeriopsis 11

Mielichoferia Forsythi 41

“ turgens 41

Mnia 97

Mnium affine .' ... .55, 65

“ “ ciliare.. : 55,56

“ “ elatum 65

“ “ rugicum 27

“ Drummondii 55, 56

“ punctatum 65

4 4 punctatum elatum ....... 27

“ rostratum 27, 65

“ spinuloosum. 65

“ subglobosum 65

“ sylvaticum 54, 55, 65

44 undulatum.. 11

Monoclea dilatata. 11

Mycoporium pycnocarpum 82

Mylia anomala 75

Nardia hyalina 63

‘i

— 7—

Neckera Dichelyma

“ Douglasii

“ Menziesii . .

“ oligocarpa. . . . .

“ pennata

Nephroma Helveticum

lsevigatum . ..

“ “ parile ....

“ tomentosum

Odontoschisma denudatum ....

‘ ‘ prostratum . . : . . 5,

“ Sphagni 5,

Oligotrichum parallelum

Orthotrichum

“ papillosum

sordidum

Pallavicinia Lyellii

Pannaria brunnea

“ lanuginosa

“ leucosticta

“ microphylla

molybdsea

“ “ cronia

“ rubiginosa

Papillaria nigrescens

Parmelia Borreri 47, 49,

“ “ rudecta . 47, 49,

“ caperata 47, 49,

colpodes

*• conspersa

“ laevigata :

‘ “ revoluta

“ olivacea 47,

“ “ aspidota

“ “ sorediata ....

“ perforata

“ perlata 47,

“ “ olivetorum

“ saxatilis

“ “ omphalodes.. .

“ panniformis. .

“ “ sulcata. ....

“ tiliacea 47, 49,

*• physodes 47, 49,

“ “ japonica

Pellia epiphylla

Peltigera aphthosa

“ canina . . . .

“ sorediata

“ “ spongiosa .... 48,

horizontalis

“ polydactyla

“ pulverulenta..

“ rufescens

“ scutata...

Pertusaria velata

Phascum caulescens : . . .93,

Phascum cuspidatum 11

Philonotis 96

. “ appressa.' 41

“ remotifolia 41

Physcia aquila 50

“ “ detonsa 47, 50

“ hispida. .. 50

“ obscura 50

“ “ endochrysea.. . . 81

“ pulverulenta 50

“ leucoleiptes.50, 81

“ speciosa 47, 50

“ stellaris 50

“ “ aipolia 50

“ tribacia .... 50

Pilotrichella cymbifolia 24

Pilotrichum flagelliferum 40

Placodium aurantiacum 51

“ elegans 51

“ vitellinum 51

Plagiochila asplenioides 63

Plagiothecium demissum 65

denticulatum 96

“ “ pusillum 42

“ depressum 65

“ elegans 9, 96

“ Groutii ..9,28,42

“ latebricola 28, 65

‘ micans 28

“ Muehlenbeckii.. . . 9

'• Muellerianum. . . . 97

pseudosilesiacum. 9

“ pulchellum 65

Ruthei 27

“ silesiacum. 9, 65

“ striatellum 9,65

“ sulcatum 8

“ sylvaticum 65

“ Sullivantise pro-

pagulifera 27

Plagiothecium undulatum 96

Platygyrium brachycladon 45

Pleuridium alternifolium 27

“ gracilentum 36

“ nervosum 36

“ palustre 27

“ subulatum 27

Pleuroziopsis Ruthenicum 39

Pogonatum 97

“ alpinum 42

“ brachyphyllum 42

“ brevicaule 42, 65

‘ ‘ erythrodontium .... 24

“ urnigerum 65

Pohlia elongata. 97

“ nutans... 27,41, 97

Polytrichum 97

Polytrichum commune 54, 65,

101, 102, 104
“ “ perigonale 101

Polytrichum commune uligin-

osum 101

Polytrichum formosum ... 102

'• * gracile 65,102

“ Jensenii 102

“ juniperinum..41, 54, 65

“ alpinum. 26

Polytrichum Ohioense 65

“ piliferum 65

“ strictum. 96

Porella platyphylla 63

Pottia brachyodus 36

“ brevicaulis 36

“ Nevadensis 24

Pseudobraunia 38

“ Californica 38

Pseudocryphsea flagellifera * 40

Pseudoleskea calochlora 34

Pterigynandrum 46

“ brachycladon. . . 45

Pterogonium ascendens 45

“ decumbens 45, 46

“ gracile 40

“ ornithopodioides. . . 40

“ subcapillatum 45

Ptilidium pulcherrimum * . 63

Ptychomitrium Drummondii. . . . 80

“ Gardneri 80

“ incurvum 80

* “ Leibergii 80, 91

“ pygmmum 80

“ rugosum 80

Pylaisia intricata. 65

“ Schimperi 28

Pyxine sorediata 47, 50

Pyramidula tetragona 24

Racopilum convolutaceum ..... 41

Radula complanata. ............ 63

Ramalina calicaris 47, 48

“ caniculata. .47, 48

“ “ farinacea 48

“ “ fastigiata. ..48, 81

“ “ fraxinea. . . .48, 81

“ pollinaria 48

“ rigida 32,48

Raphidostegium adnatum. . . . ..28, 45
“ Hegelianum Flori-

danum'.. 106

Raphidostegium recurvans 28

Rhacomitrium aciculare.. 27, 97

“ patens 24

Rhacopilum ..................... 11

Rhizogonium spiniforme 24

Riccardia latifrons. 62

Riccardia sinuata 62

Riccia lutescens 26

Scapania 96

“ apiculata 63

“ nemorosa 63

“ subalpina 63

“ undulata. 63

Schlotheimia Sullivantii 24

Scleropodium obtusifolium 95

Scouleria marginata 24

Sematophyllum recurvans 65

Solorina saccata 50, 87

Sphaerocarpus • 11

Sphenolobus exsectasformis 63

“ exsectus.... 63

“ Hellerianus 63

Michauxii 63

“ minutus 63

Sphagnum 11, 96, 99

‘ • acutifolium ...,66, 72, 103

“ “ rubellum;. 66

“ “ quinque-

farium . .66, 72

Sphagnum cornutum 103

“ crassicladum. ...... . 103

“ cuspidatum 66

‘ • cymbifolium 66, 103

“ foliis tenuibus 93

“ intermedium 66

‘ • laricinum 103

“ pseudocuspidatum. . . 103

“ pungens 103

“ rufescens 103

“ Schliephackei 103

“ subsecundum 103

,k turgidum 103

Splachnnm . . 92, 93, 94

“ ampullaceum, 92,93

“ augustatum 94

“ caulescens 93

“ luteum 92, 93

“ setaceum 94

“ sphaericum 24, 92, 93

“ vasculosum 92, 93

Stereocaulon condensatum 81

“ coralloides 51

“ paschale 48, 51

“ pileatum 81

“ tomentosum 48

Stereodon cupressiformis 41

Sticta amplissima 47,50

“ crocata 50

“ pulmonaria 48, 50

“ scrobiculata ‘ 50

Tayloria serrata 24

Tetraphis pellucida 65

-9-

Tetraplodon angustatus

“ “ f. gracilescens

“ australis .. .44, 92, 93,

“ caulescens

Thamnium.

Thelia asprella

“ Lescurii 27,

Theloschistes chrysophthalmus. .

‘‘ concolor

“ “ effuse

“ lychneus.

“ parietinus

“ polycarpus '

Thiudium Blandovii

“ delicatulum

“ microphyllum

“ paludosum

“ recognitum

“ scitum

“ “ aestivale

T illandsia usneoides

Timmiella anomala

Tortula atrovirens

“ Baileyi .

“ evanescens

“ papillosa ..

“ princeps 34,

“ vesiculosa

Trachycarpidium Novae Valesiae
Trematodon ambiguum.. ......

“ ambiguus 27,

Trichocolea tomentella

Triquetrella albicuspes

“ papillata

Ulota crispa

“ Ludwigii

“ phyllantha .

Umbilicaria cirrhosa

Dillenii ...... .50, 72,

hirsuta 83, 8(5,

Muhlenbergii 47,

Pennsylvanica ......

polyrrhizos 83,

pustulata 3, 47,

“ papulosa 3, 47,

spadochroa 83. 84,

85, 86,

“ vellea.. 47, 50, 83. 84,
85, 86,

“ “ hirsuta rupta

“ “ “ vellei-

formis

Umbilicaria hirsuta vulgaris. . . .

‘ ‘ vellea spadochroa cin-

ereo-rufescens

Umbilicaria vellea spadochra
rupta • .86,

Usnea angulata. 49

“ barbata 49

“ “ ceratina 49, 81

“ dasypoga 49

“ florida hirta. . .47, 49

“ “ “ rubiginea. 81

“ “ “ strigosa... 81

“• “ plicata 49

“ “ rubiginea.. 49

“ longissima 49

“ trichodea 49

Weissia flavipes 35

INDEX OF AUTHORS.

Bailey, Dr. J. W 95, 96

Best, Dr. G. N .....79, 80, 81

Britton, Elizabeth G....10. 11, 12,

37, 38, 39, 40
Cardot & Theriot ....... 6. 7, 8, 9, 10

Chamberlain, Ed. B.....12, 13, 14,

53, 104 105, 106
Clarke, Cora H........ ... .13, 25, 26

Collins, J. Franklin. 60, 61, 62,

101, 102

Crawford. Joseph ...73,74

Evans, Alex. W...., .....77,78

Fink, Bruce... .1, 2, 21, 22, 23, 24,

52, 57, 58, 59, 60, 89, 90, 91

Gilbert, B. D 72

Grout, A J. .24, 26, 27, 28, 42, 43,

44, 45, 46, 105

Hagen, Dr. 1 92, 93, 94

Harris, Carolyn W 48, 49, 50,

51, 52, 87

Haynes, C. C...5, 6, 16, 28, 29, 62,

63, 74, 75, 98, 99, 100

Hill, E. J .... 32

Holzipger, John M ..... . 7, 29. 30, 31

Howe, Reginald Heber, Jr ....32,

46, 47, 48, 81, 82. 103
Lorenz, Miss Annie.. ... ... 96, 97

Merrill, G. K. .3, 4, 16, 66, 67, 68,

69. 70, 71, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87

Miller, Mary F. . . . . . .14, 15

Naylor, J. P 82

Nicholson, W. Ed 102, 103

Smith, Mrs. A. M ..12, 15, 63, 64,

65, 66. 104

Towle, Phebe M... 54, 55, 56

Watts, Rev. W. W 34, 35, 36, 41

INDEX OF SUBJECTS.

Additions to Bryophyte Flora of
Long Island. A. J. Grout.

26, 27, 28

A. L. Club List Mosses. A. M.

Smith 63, 64, 65, 66

Australian Mosses — Some Local-
ity Pictures. Rev. W. W.

Watts 34, 35, 36, 41

*Bryological Notes. A. J. Grout 42
*Cephalozia Francisi. C. C.

Haynes 5

Chapter Note (Foreign Exchange)

Ed. B. Chamberlain. 12, 13

Chemical Tests— Lichen No. 3.

G. K. Merrill 66

Chilson Lake List Lichens. C.

W. Harris 48

*Cladonias, Further Notes on.
Bruce Fink.. .21, 22, 23, 24, 57,

58, 59, 60, 89, 90, 91

December Chapter Meeting, E.

B. Chamberlain ... 105

Encalypta procera — A correction.

E. J. Hill 32

^Further Notes on Cladonias,
Bruce Fink.. ..21, 22, 23, 24,

57, 58, 59, 60, 89, 90, 91
*Grimmia glauca— New species
or a Hybrid, John M. Hol-

zinger 29, 30, 31

Hepatics, List of. C. C. Flaynes.

62, 63

Lichens, List of Foliaceous and
Fruticous: Carolyn W. Har-
ris 48, 49, 50, 51, 52

Lichen Notes, Nos. 2, 3, and 4.

G. K. Merrill 3, 4, 66, 67,

68, 69, 70, 71, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87
Little Moose List Hepatics. C.

C. Haynes 62, 63

Little Moose Lake .73, 74

List S. M. C, Members . . . .18, 19, 20
Meeting Sullivant Moss Chapter.

53, 104, 105

Microscopical Technique. J. P.

Naylor 82

Mosses, A. L. Club List. A.

M. Smith 63, 64, 65, 66

Mosses at Congress of New Eng-
land Natural History Society.
Cora H. Clarke 25, 26

^Mountain Lodge 73, 74

Mounting Mosses — Some Hints.

J. Franklin Collins . . ...60, 61, 62
New or Unrecorded Mosses of
North America, Cardot &

Theriot 6, 7, 8, 9, 10

Notes on Mosses of Waterville,

N. H. Annie Lorenz 96, 97

*Notes on Nomenclature VI.

Elizabeth G. Britton. ..37, 38,

39, 40

Notes on Polytrichum commune.

J. F. Collins 101, 102

Notes on Life History of the

Mniums. Phebe M. Towle.. 54
Notice — Election of Officers S.

M. C. 1907 104

Offerings . : 16, 17, 33, 53, 88, 106

*Ptychomitrium Leibergii n. sp.

Dr. G. N. Best 79, 80, 81

Ramalina rigida on Rhode Island

Coast. R. H. Howe, Jr 32

Some Additions to Flora of Mid-
dlesex Co., Mass. R. H.

Howe, Jr.' 81, 82

Some Characteristics of Lophozia
inflata and Cephalozia fluit-

ans. C. C. Haynes 74, 75

Some Lichens of Mt. Watatic,

R. H. Howe, Jr 46, 47, 48

Sullivant Moss Chapter Notes.

12, 13, 32, 33, 52-, 71, 103, 104, 105
S, M. C. Annual Reports.. 13, 14,

15, 16

Ten Lophozias Selected and Illus-
trated. Caroline C. Haynes.

98, 99, 100

Tetraplodon australis. A Study

of. Dr. I. Hagen.. 92, 93, 94

*Third Botanical Symposium .41,

Joseph Crawford 73, 74

*Tuckerman. Edward. (A Brief
Summary of his work).

Bruce Fink 1, 2

Two Anomalies and a Curious

Sight. B. D. Gilbert 72

Vancouver Island Biology — I.

Dr. J. W. Bailey 95, 96

“When Doctors Disagree.” A.

J. Grout 42

REVIEWS.

Common and Conspicuous Lich-
ens of New England (Howe
and Howe). Bruce Fink. .. . 52

Die Europaeischen Torfmoose
(Roth). W. E. Nicholson.

102, 103

Fern Allies of N. A. (Clute). A.

M. S 12

Hepatiques of France (Lacou-
ture). Caroline C. Haynes. 28, 29
Lichens of New England. Com-
mon, etc. (R. H. & M. A.
Howe). Bruce Fink 52

: — II —

Lichenology for Beginners (Sar-
gent). A. M. S..,. 17

Moss Ex. Club. Census Cat. B.
Hepatics (Macvicar). Caro-
line C. Haynes . . . 28

Organography of Plants (Goebel)

Elizabeth G. Britton. 10, 11, 12
Publisher Dr. Schneider’s Work

on Lichens 52

Publisher Sargent’s Work on

Lichens . . 52

Revised Key to Hepatics B. Is.

A. M. S., 74

Musci Acrocarpi Boreali-Ameri-
cani (Holzinger). A. J.

Grout......... 17, 24, 105

North American Musci Pleuro-
carpi (Grout). Ed. B. Cham-
berlain 106

ERRATA.

Page 6, line 24, for 5-5 read 3-5.

Page 6, line 34, for Lindb. read Kindb.

Page 8, line 12 for subasparrimum read subasperrimum.

Page 21, line 1, for 8: 3, 1905, read 8 : 37, 1905.

Page 26, line 9 from below, for Spagna read Sphagni .

Page 30, line 18, for leucopheae read leucophaea.

Page 32, lines 19 and 22, for Selwini read Selwyni.

Page 41, line 31, for Bottiaceae read Pottiaceae.

Page 42, line 9, for 1894 read 1904.

Page 42, line 13, for A. J. G., type read A. J, G.; and type.

Page 44, line 13, for Tyloriae read Tayloriae .

Page 45, line 22, for 41 read 141.

Page 49, line 6, for furfuraceae read furfuracea.

Page 51, line 7, for aueantiacum read aurantiacum.

Page 58, line 39, for contex read cortex.

Page 58, line 45, for Asi read Asci.

Page 61, line 8, for 1 6 read 1:6.

Page 63, line 17. for Lcipidozia read Lepidozici.

Page 64, line 4, for accuininatum read acuminatum.

Page 64, line 25, for Jiagallare read flagellar e.

Page 64, line 32, for scoparoides read scoparioides.

Page 65, line 33, for urnigarum read ur7iigerum.

Page 65, line 38, for piliforum read pi lifer um.

Page 65, line 40, for recurvens read recurvans .

Page 66, line 7, for quinquefarinum read quinquefarium. Also same
error page 72. line 25.

Page 72, line 32, insert are, before several.

Page 77, line 5, for setacca read setacea.

Page 80, line 21, for John F. Leiberg read John B. Leiberg.

Page 81. line 31, for Physia read Phystia.

Pages 84-86 for Li. Um. read Li. Un passim.

Page 84, line 22, for margin read margine.

Page 86, line 25, for Luec. read Suec.

Page 86, line 33, for Scharer’s read Schaerer’s.

Page 86. line 35, for valleus read velleus.

Page 86, line 37, for U. vellea read U. vellea.

Page 914 last line, for page 60 read page 80.

Page 92, line 14; for Splachnae read Splachneae.

Page 102, line 3 from below, for S. C. Horrell read C. S. Horrell.

Page 103, line 12 from below, for spores read pores.

llll 1 1 III 111 III II I 111 II I II 1 1 II

3 9088 01541 2802

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "The Bryologist"

See other formats